emda a oe Se hes Gate: re ojntche acate sie ear ees + aes: 520 piheenn aly > phe aa es . ane oY « sis senar ich oon teach aslo, hang e o ene nd t 6 AM gp ‘ one bare hs ANNALS OF THE Can NEGiE MUSEUM VOLUME XII IQIQ W. J. HOLLAND, Editor PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHORITY OF THE - BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTE JANUARY AND DECEMBER, 1919 pir RRESS|OR Sag THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY LANCASTER, PA, © TABLE-OF CONTENTS: PAGES Title-page and Table of Contents...... BES Po hak ae iam et 1-ili VEE RD BIS yo 2s Rt leva EA en ie a eS See e iv LARS Gil TSAR ESTER Ss a a ae else ie ry, List of Species and Varieties New to Science’...................4. Vi-vili 1 SSUES BIE CIC AGS) 6 a eNet hs te Alitad cAaee e me eh Pen ei ae, Se nen Ra Maem iasatea EEN CMS POAT RG NCIS Sexe Secret dttwaic oth c Os dts tare sty cat I-3; 33-39 Obituary Notes: Charles Rochester Eastman, Henry John Heinz, Andrew Arnold Lambing, Herbert Huntington Smith: Ep eal RSAC) LEV in Ue ia A eee ae te PR SAR 347-363 I. A Catalog of the Collection of Watches Belonging to Mr. H. J. Heinz of Pittsburgh and Deposited by him in the Carnegie Museum. By Douglas Stewart, W. J: Holland, and A. S. Coggeshall’? h.o.. : Gio Big EAE ta Sicncyent Nara Ma ae Dr eget MA 4= 32 II. Report upon the Material Discovered in the Upper Eocene of the Uinta Basin by Earl Douglas in the Years 1908-1909, and by O. A. Peterson in 1912. By O:-A! Peterson............ 40-168 III. Contributions to the Study of the Fresh-water Fishes of the Island of Formosa. By Masamitsu Oshima............... 169-328 IV. On Elephenor, A New Genus of Fishes from Japan. By David SIEZIPT JSG Seu ae ae p Sea ai Deh et Aiea aah UR eed RP RNS SN Mee 329-342 V. A Description of Cypripedium passerinum. By Otto E. erin HES 2 8 aig ORI le ni Ue coh AR ae ee Week Ma te ny Se 343-344 IFES «sic & BREIL Rs Tae tie ite alee etre es ee are aati oe eR SS 345-369 Pl eShy | ili WES AYE V-XXXII. XXXIV. XXXV. XXXVI. XXXVII. XXXVIITI. XXXIX. XL. XLI. ELI XLITI. XLIV. XLV. DENA XLVII. XLVIII. XE, L Wik, PL: EIT. LIV. IEE EMA LVII. EVIE ADS. IEXS EZ. LX: LXITII. Eis? OF BLATES: . (Frontispiece) Watch which belonged to Lord Nelson (Heinz Collection). Portable Sun-dials, 1618-1720 (Heinz Collection). Watches contained in the Heinz Collection. Canids from the Uinta. Canids from the Uinta. Ungulates from the Uinta. Artiodactyls from the Uinta. Artiodactyls from the Uinta. Achenodon. Protoreodon from the Uinta. Restoration of Skeleton of Protoreodon medius. Perissodactyls from the Uinta. Helaletes and Epihippus. Perissodactyls from the Uinta. Prothyracodon uintense. Prothyracodon from the Uinta. Artiodactyls from the Uinta. Pseudobagrus tatwanensis; P. adiposalis; Liobagrus nantoénsis. Formosania gilberti; Labeo jordant. Scaphesthes tamusuiensis; Puntius snydert; Spinibarbus hollandi. Recumbent spine of S. hollandt; Gnathopogon tijime; Phoxiscus kikuchit. Culter aoki1; Macropodus filamentosus. Rhinogobius taiwanus; R. formosanus; Glossogobtus parvus. Caristius japonicus; Elephenor macropus. Platyberyx opalescens; Pteraclis velifera. Bentenia esticola. Pterycombus brama,; Pteraclis trichipterus. Pteraclis ocellatus; Centropholis goodet. Cypripedium passerinum. Portrait of Charles Rochester Eastman. Portrait of Andrew Arnold Lambing. Portrait of Herbert Huntington Smith. Portrait of Henry John Heinz. iv Lisi OF PiEURES IN LEXT: ; PAGES D'Orsay presented to the Carnegie Museum by Messrs. Healey & Co. of New York City. The first vehicle lighted by electric storage- patteniesm mm sth eh re Brat seen. 2s RSE OM Ooh ea EN SU ALL gers 277 Peet OVEN OOM ANS ELENUS 7 Sed aie: tee ogo oar ale ae Aone ad poche wn Meta 44 Fakes oa ee ECT eee Me Ade alee Ge RR AO ee 44 ESE ULOMESGOMPTESSIGENS <5) 2e lok Nas oes oe eh de oe 60 eM PECLSCIENTOLOM US ALC YI Ny ed Soe bi de Maen EDS oes es 63 MSS GUUNCUUS SUI OUS oan. ets no aia sale beh dva align ducers aces wa ate 64 LGR PLT OSCUILU US WIMULPREIOUL, . > tac \ © 2 Nils apc tavies lake sels wo tts es Seles wale 64 MIE EXO CUITN SAIC LCE Ac cave sc oa erst ar Ve. Fishes. Family SILURID&. Pseudobagrus taiwanensis Oshima...... p. 180, Pl. XLVIII, fig. 1. Formosa. Pseudobagrus adiposalis Oshima........p. 181, Pl. XLVIII, fig. 2. Formosa. Liobagrus nantoénsis Oshima...........p. 183, Pl. XLVIII, fig. 3. Formosa. Family HOMALOPTERID&. Formosania (gen. nov.) gilberti Oshima. p. 194, Pl. XLIX, figs. 1-2. Formosa. Family CyPRINID. Labeo jordant Oshima.............. p. 204, Pl. XLIX, fig: 3. Formosar Acrossocheilus (gen. nov.) Oshima, p. 206. (Type Gymnostomus formosanus Regan.) Scaphesthes (gen. nov.) tamustiensis Oshima. ...p. 209, Pl. L, fig. 1. Formosa. Puntius snydert Oshima.:....2......... p. 216, Pl. LL, figs 2.) Hornasas Spinibarbus (gen. nov.) hollandt Oshima * p. 218, Pl. L, fig. 3; Li, fig. 1.” Bommesas Gnathopogon wjime Oshima............ p: 200; Pl, Li; fig. 2) Formosa. Phoxiscus (gen. nov.) ktkuchit Oshima...... p: 216, Pl, Ll; fig. 3. PKormosar Aristichthys (gen. nov.) Oshima....p. 246, (Type Leuciscus nobilis (Gray) ). CulierNdokm Oshimarn ease ee ee p. 250, Pl. Lil, fig. 1. “Formosar Cultriculus (gen. nov.) Oshima, p. 252. (Type Culter leucisculus Kner, non Basilewsky = Hemiculter knert Kkreyenberg. ) Family LABYRINTHICI Macropodus filamentosus Oshima...... p. 278, Pl. LIl, fig: 2: Formosar GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES NEW TO SCIENCE. Vii Family GoBip. Rhinogobius taiwanus Oshima............ p. 298, Pl. LIII, fig. 1. Formosa. Rhinogobius formosanus Oshima........ Ds 200, selon tices 2 sen OLmosa- GlOSSOgOULUS. Paruus Osniman. ace ie 5. cho os oes owe De B05 7 lee tices Family ELEPHENORID fam. nov. Jordan. (Type Elephenor macropus (Bellotti) Jordan.) Elephenor gen.nov. Type Caristius macropus (Bellotti) Jordan... pp.329-334. Family PTERACLIDE. Centropholis goodet Jordan (nom. nov. for Pteraclis carolinus Good & Bean, Oe Guvan Oc VALENCIENNES) = pec eeds echt ce oe sne ee PP: 332, 333- Mammals (Fossil). CARNIVORA. Family OXY4NID#. Limnocyon douglassi Peterson. .p.45, Pl. XXXIV, figs. 11-14.. Uinta Eocene. Family MIAcip&. Mimicyon (gen. nov.) longipes sp. nov. Peterson. p. 48, Pl. XXXIV, figs. 6-10. Uinta Eocene. Prodaphenus (?) robustus sp. nov. Peterson. p. 50, Pl. XXXIV, figs. 3-5. Uinta Eocene. Pleurocyon (gen. nov.) magnus sp. noy. Peterson p. 52, Pl. XXXV. Uinta Eocene. Pleurocyon medius sp. nov. Peterson................ p. 59. Uinta Eocene. RODENTIA. Family ISCHYROMYID. Paramys compressidens sp. nov. Peterson...... p. 60, fig. 3. Uinta Eocene. Paramys medius sp. nov. Peterson. p. 61, Pl. XXXIV, figs. 15-22. Uinta Eocene. Ischyrotomus gidleyi sp. nov. Peterson...... p: 63, fig: 4. Uinta Eocene: Sciuravus altidens sp. nov. Peterson........ p. 64, fig. 5. Uinta Eocene. Prosciurus (?) robustus sp. nov. Peterson........p. 65. fig. 6. Uinta Eocene. ARTIODACTYLA. Subfamily HOMACODONTIN#. Hylomeryx (gen. nov.) annectens sp. nov. Peterson. pp. 67-71, Pl. XXXVI, figs. 5-6, text-figs. 8-10. Uinta Eocene. Sphenomeryx (gen. nov.) quadricuspis sp. nov. p. 71, Pl. XX XVII, figs. 15-16. Uinta Eocene. Vlil GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES NEW TO SCIENCE. Mesomeryx (gen. nov.) grangeri sp. nov. Peterson. p. 73, Pl. XX XVII, fig. 17. Uinta Eocene. Family ANOPLOTHERIID. Diplobunops (gen. nov.) matthewi, sp. nov., Peterson. p. 76, Pl. XXXVII. Uinta Eocene. Family AGRIOCHGRID&. Protor-odon medius sp. nov. Peterson. p. 82, Pl. XL, figs. 1-16; pl. XLI. Uinta Eocene- Family CAMELID#. Protylopus annectens sp. nov. Peterson. p. 91, Pl. XXXVII, fig. 14, text-fig. 15. Uinta Eocene. Family HyPERTRAGULID, Leptotragulus medius sp. nov. Peterson. p. 94, Pl. XX XVII, figs. 1-4. Uinta Eocene. PERISSODACTYLA: ISECTOLOPHID fam. nov. Peterson, p. I15. (To include Homogalax Hay (non = Systemodon Cope) Parisectolophus Peterson nom. nov. for Isectolophus latidens Scott & Osborn, etc.) HoMOGALAXIN@ subfam. nov. Peterson, p. I16. (Type gen. Homogalax Hay, non = Systemodon Cope.) ISECTOLOPHIN subfam. nov. Peterson, p. 116. Tsectolophus scotti sp. nov. Peterson { p. 120, Pl. XXXIV, fig. 23. Uinta Eocene. Parisectolophus nom. nov. for Isectolophus latidens Scott & Osborn, Peterson. p. 121. Henry’s Fork, Wyoming. Schizo'ophodon (gen. nov.) cuspidens. sp. nov. Peterson. p. 122, Pl. XLIV, fig. 4. Uinta Eocene. Family HyRACODONTID&. Hvyrachyus grande sp. nov. Peterson. p. 129, text-figs. 18-19. Uinta Eocene. Prothyracodon uintense sp. nov. Peterson. p. 134, Pl. XXXVI, fig. 1; pl. XLV; Pl. XLVI, figs. 10-16. Uinta Eocene. CHALICOTHEROIDEA. Eomoropus annectens sp. nov. Peterson. p. 139, Pl. XXXVI, fig. 2. Uinta Eocene. 1 64, fifth line from top, for ‘‘ near base’ . 65, third line from top, for ‘‘ P—” read P*. . 69, fifteenth line from top, for “ protero ’ . 95, fourth line from top, for ‘“‘ A. proavus . 138, thirteenth line from top, for . 141, eighth line from bottom, for “‘ 103 . 142, third line from bottom, for ‘type’ . 144, second and fourth lines from bottom, for “ paratype ’ . 148, sixth line from top, for “ upper’ ERRATA ET CORRIGENDA. ’ read near top. read postero. . 76, fifteenth line from top, for “Plate XXXVII” read Plate XXXVIII. . 86, third line from bottom, for ‘‘ Culbertsoni’’ read culbertsont. - 92, sixteenth line from top, for “a paratype of” read belonging to. ” read L. proavus. B IP 12 18s P 1p P. 113, third line from bottom, for “to those ”’ read do those. P: P 1B: 1 Ee P P IP 124, First footnote belongs to p. 123. . 128, second line from top, for “ Fig. 3” read Fig. 6. ‘cutitalis”’ read cubttalis. ” read 104. read paratype. ’ read type. ’ read lower. . 154, fifth to sixteenth lines from bottom, for “ 30” read 3016. Fo Fo r ‘““ Capeta,”’ where found, read Capoeta. r “‘ Distechodon,”’ where found, read ‘‘ Distechodon.”’ PUBLICATIONS OF THE CARNEGIE MuSEUM SERIAL No. 100 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM VoL. XII. Nos. 2-4 W. J. HOLLAND, LZaztor PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTE OCTOBER, IQIQ ANNALS OF THE ean NE GLE MUS EUM VOLUME Ir NO: 1c EDITORIAL NOTES Last June a proposal made by the Alabama Museum of Natural History to undertake a thorough exploration of the Tertiary deposits of Alabama and adjoining states in conjunction with the Carnegie Museum, was received and accepted. It is not necessary here to out- line the details of the arrangement entered into by the two institutions. The field work was, however, to be in charge of Mr. Herbert H. Smith. Mr. Smith is a veteran collector, who enjoys an international repu- tation as probably one of the ablest and most painstaking field- naturalists of our day. The work has been begun and most grati- fying results are already reported. A number of localities, which hitherto have not been carefully investigated, prove to be very rich in specimens and species, some of which no doubt are new to science. They represent horizons from which up to the present time but very scanty collections have been made. Certain of the beds in Alabama have been quite thoroughly worked in times past and the faunules contained in them are known; but other horizons have been more or less neglected. While not overlooking such well-known deposits as the Claiborne, the joint expedition of the Carnegie Museum and the Alabama Museum of Natural History will devote much time to the investigation of those deposits which have as yet been only partially studied. It is hoped that by thus codperating the two institutions may add considerably to the knowledge gained of the faunas of this most interesting geological region. 1 2 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Letters received in August from Mr. Samuel M. Klages report that in spite of various difficulties he has succeeded in obtaining large series of birds and other natural history specimens, principally insects, in the Mana Valley, French Guiana, which he reports to be highly inter- esting and to contain a very large and varied avifauna. He found the country immediately in proximity to Cayenne rather poor in species, partly because of the wholesale destruction of birds by “‘ pot-hunters,” but on reaching the distant interior, where the ravages of the hungry are less visible, he discovered a great wealth of interesting forms, and hopes to be able to make a representative collection. This will possess much scientific interest, if for no other reason, because of its topotypic value, it being well known to ornithologists that many species of South American birds originally described in the writings of French and Dutch naturalists were obtained in this region. In these days in which writers are much addicted to the erection of subspecies and the description of so-called local varieties, we have deemed it desirable that at least one of the great American museums should endeavor to acquire a collection of the birds of Guiana, as complete as possible by comparison with which the value of so-called subspecies may be in a measure tested. Mr. H. J. Heinz has added to the collection deposited in the Heinz Room a number of interesting objects coming from the imperial palace at Pekin. According to the information which he has received con- cerning them, these things are pieces of elaborately carved or decorated furniture which affirmed were removed at the time of the establishment of the Republic in China, in order that certain rooms in the palace might be furnished in the latest European styles. Whether this was the exact motive for their removal from the imperial palace or not, they are certainly highly interesting as illustrating Chinese art. The building and installation of a large and costly series of cases for the display of the specimens in the Heinz Room is nearing com- pletion. The work has heavily taxed the time and thought of the Director of the Museum, who for the most part prepared the drawings and has attended to a multiplicity of structural details involved in the adaptation of the cases to the room and to the uses to which they are to be put. EDITORIAL. 3 Mr. Herbert DuPuy has within recent months added to the col- lection of old American silverware which he has kindly loaned to the Museum, thirteen pieces which possess great interest. He has also deposited a strip of Gobelin tapestry made toward the end of the seventeenth century. The initial paper in this number of the ANNALS consists of a catalog of the collection of watches deposited by Mr. H. J. Heinz in the Car- negie Museum, containing one hundred specimens illustrating the evolution of this form of time-piece and showing a number of beautiful specimens of the jeweler’s art displayed in the adornment of watch- cases. Probably the most interesting specimen from an historic standpoint, is the watch which belonged to Lord Nelson, the hero of Trafalgar, which is shown as the frontispiece of the catalog, a small edition of which is being separately issued. The catalog has been prepared jointly by Mr. Douglas Stewart, who wrote the introduction and prepared the list of the specimens, and by Dr. W. J. Holland who edited the paper and attended to the preparation of the plates which illustrate it, the photographs having been made by Mr. A. S. Cogge- shall. te 0n 00-0 0000 OOM OHO OOM OHO OHO OH OHM OH OOH OH OHO OOOH OH OH OOH OOM OHH OHO OHH Onn OnOnOnOuenOrels 409+ Oo Oo O19 O01 r+ Oe @ or © er © er Be re O er Oe Or Bee ee Wor O01 Gee Ger ee We Gor Ger Sor Ser Sor Ger Ger Gere Ger Gor Wer Ser Ser Gor Gor er Wor Gor Gee Gor O11 © or or Gor Wor Gov Bor O oe Gor O21 Gor or Sor evo Oo Oo Oo Oe+ Ser Ser See re Oo Gos Gor O e+ O e+ O19 O10 G00 Go Oo Oo O10 Oe Ser Gee Oo@ Iv CATALOG OF THE: COLEECTION OPMWATCHES Bike LONGING TO MR. H. J. HEINZ OF PITTSBURGH AND DEPOSITED BY HIM IN. THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. By DouGLas STEWART, W. J. HOLLAND, AND A. S. COGGESHALL. INTRODUCTION. The necessity of some means of marking the passage of time must early have impressed the minds of even primitive: peoples. It is impossible to clearly trace the evolution of chronometric instruments, but the passage of the sun across the heavens at comparatively regular intervals doubtless gave the first impulse to their invention. The earliest form was doubtless the sun-dial, not as we know it now, but simply a stake driven into the ground, which measured time by the shadow which it cast. It was called by the Greeks a gnomon (yv@pwr), “the one who knows.”’ The word dial, from the Latin dies, is more familiar, gzomon now being used to designate that part of the sun-dial which casts the shadow. As in the case of many other inventions, that of the sun-dial is attributed to the Phcenicians. The first direct reference to it in literature is in Isaiah XXX—VIII, 8, which, in the Revised Version, says: ‘‘ Behold I will cause the shadow on the steps, which is gone down on the dial of Ahaz with the sun, to return back- ward ten steps; So the sun returned ten steps on the dial whereon it was gone down.”’ As chronologists assign the reign of Ahaz, King of Judah, to the years 742-727 B. C., some idea of the antiquity of the dial is given by this passage. The earliest dial of which we have an accurate description is the hemicycle, or hemisphere, of the Chaldean astronomer, Berosus. This learned man, a priest of Bel, translated the standard Babylonian work on astrology and astronomy into Greek. The translation, which was completed in the reign of Antiochus II, about the year 250 B. C., gives a full description of the dial. Another very ancient method of determining the flight of time was by means of the clepsydra or water-clock. The name is derived from the Greek xdé7 Tew, to steal, and téwp, water, and refers to the grad- 4 ODB++ OOo Or Or O19 O19 ++ Or ++ O e+ O09 Orr O19 Boe Ger @ or Ooo © oe B+ Oo G19 O19 G++ Oo © +e © oe 1 © O19 Wor Gor Ooo © os Gor 19 O19 Oe Oe © +9 Wer © 11 Oe Wee Oo Ws O er Ooo We O11 S11 Soe +e or er Gs Oo O11 O19 O19 +1 +0 Woe 10 O10 9 Or O11 Ore Oe O19 © ee © OO Or Or Or OOH One OJ OO OOO OH OH OOOH OH OH OH OH OH OH OM OH OH OH OOH OOH OHO OH OHO OOH OOH OH OHS OH On OH OOOH OOO On Onur Oneuarole Plate ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. ex ~ oes «Bear Aly ) 70. (No. Watch which belonged to Lord Nelson tow aad ; : - A i. | = . : - - a a y » a : { = F : | = | _ a. 4 | re = F 4 i - A : e . “ s ; | | \ y ¥ 7 h ; 5 F ; a : : é + . ’ . OJ eee Oe 00 01111019011 Orr Orr OH9 Orr OH Oe HOH O19 O99 Oo1 e+ Oe+ Orr eo Oe O19 e1O 1119011 Orr Orr Ber es Or Oe Oe O11O 1111+ OOO Or Orr GeO Or Or Orel: *f # Do Ber Bo Oo Bev Hor @ or Doe Ger Ser Gos Oe Gor Gee Gee or Ger Ger Ho Wer Ser Ger Ger Ser Gor Ser Ser Ger Ger Sore Ger Soo Se + Ger Gor Gar Gor Gee Ger Gor Ser Ger Gee Gor Gee Gor Ger Gor Gor O or Gor Ger G01 Oe Gor Gor Ger Gor Ger Goo Ha Gor Gar Goo Soe Gee Ger Gor Ger Gor Sor Soe Goo Gee Ger Se Ser Ser See Ser Se Ser Ser SerS~ THE H. J. HEmnz COLLECTION OF WATCHES. 5 ’ ual “stealing away of water.’’ Time was measured by the amount of water discharged from a vessel through a small aperture, the quant- ity discharged in a given unit of time being first determined. In the Athenian courts it was customary to limit the length of arguments by this device; Aschines (389-314 B. C.) tells us that the “ first water”’ was allowed to the accuser, the ‘‘second’’ to the accused, and the “third” to the judges. Many modifications of this instrument were employed, and the familiar hour-glass, also known to the Asiatics long before the time of Christ, was practically the same instrument, in which sand was substituted for water. All of these earlier methods for measuring time were woefully inac- curate, so that the invention of the clock was a great step in advance. The name of the inventor and the date of the invention of this val- uable instrument are both lost in the mists of medieval times. In the year 1120 A. D. in the rules of the Monastery of Citeaux, France, the sacristan is charged with the duty of ‘‘adjusting the clock, so that it may strike and awaken the monks for matins.’’ In the latter part of the same rules it is ordered ‘‘to prolong their reading until the clock sounds.’? The bell was an important part of. these early time- keepers. The word “‘clock”’ itself is most probably derived from the Celtic word for a bell, and in the Celtic, Scandinavian, and German tongues still preserves its original meaning (German, glocke; Danish, klokke; Geelic, clog; Welsh, cloch). Peter Henlein or Hele of Nuremberg, a noted clock-maker, seems to hold the undisputed honor of inventing the watch. He was born in 1480 and died in 1542. His ingenuity in substituting a spring to take the place of the ponderous weights of the clock made the watch, or portable clock, a possibility. This first spring was simply a straight band about a pillar. In the year 1658 Hooke applied a spiral spring to the balance-wheel of the watch in the same year that Huyghens first applied the pendulum to the clock. It does not seem necessary to attempt a history of the mechanical improvements which followed, as many technical works, fully illustrated, have been published. It was some time, however, before the mechanical improvements kept pace with the perfection which was lavished upon the ornamentation of the case. The bell was retained as an essential feature of these early time- 1 See Dom. Augustin Calmet, ‘‘Commentaire littéral sur la régle de Saint Benoit,” Vol. I, pp. 279-280. 022 O09 or © O29 O29 e919 Oe Oe er O09 er Oo Wor er O22 Der Wer O19 O09 19 Oe Gee 19 19 Wer Oo O11 O19 Wer Oe Woe Oe Wer Ore Ger Wer Oe Ge Oe Oe Ge Or OS GO Ger Srole . 0509 G++ © ++ Oe 99 O91 Oe ++ @ 0 00 Wor Ooo Or +0 Boe @ 09 Woe Oe O10 Oo O 0B 10 O00 G o2 Ore 1 O oe O29 O oo O00] +0 © 0 © 20 Oo 00 O10 O10 Ger Oo O10 @ 10H 00H 10 O00 Gor Ooo eo Ooo Geos 0 O00 G11 O10 G19 O ee OG +0 Oo +2 Oo G 09 Oe Gee O00 Oo ee O09 © or Oe Or Ore Ser Or Or Or Oe Oe Onn On Gn Gu G- 2 ojerO-0=88= 0-00-08 8-:0-0=0-8-~-0-0-0-0=8--8 = 0-8-8 0-0= 8=0=0-8=9-0--0~0- 9-8-0 O~-OnO OO vO Omir 8 eB nO On Sr E AOS we Or OOH OOH Or OH OH OH Oe e011 OH O11 OH OH 9110111401414 911111111 OHHH OHH OHH OH OHOs £09000 @ 10 09 O09 O00 Os © 0+ @ 0+ Oo @ or © oe O09 O01 © e011 O or Bee or @ 00 Ge e+ 2+ + Os Gor e+ O01 O05 @ 00 © 0+ @ co Gor G oo Goo G0 Oo or © 0+ O10 Oo 10 O11 Oo Oo Or Ser Or Or Or Oe 6 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. pieces. The word watch, from the Anglo-Saxon wacan, to waken, gives an indication of this. Though originating in Germany the watch-making craft soon ob- tained a foothold in France, and by 1600 A. D. the manufacture of time-pieces was a flourishing industry in that country, having its most important center in the town of Blois. The skill of the metal-workers of the seventeenth century found full scope in the ornamentation of watch-cases and many beautiful examples were produced, but they are now exceedingly rare in collections. From France some watch- makers emigrated to England, and many skilled workmen were pres- ently engaged there in this calling. The earliest watches were fitted with only one hand, which indicated the hour. The subdivisions of the hour were roughly calculated by the position of this hand between the points marking the hours. The figures were raised and many of the earlier watches were provided with a knob above each numeral so that the time could be ascertained in the dark by feeling. Watches with two hands did not appear until somewhat later, and it was not until the middle of the seventeenth century that dials painted in enamel became the fashion for the most costly watches. Shortly afterwards dials of gold and silver with figures in relief came into vogue. The development of the characteristic circular shape of the watch of today was gradual. The earliest types were square metal boxes, with the figures placed on a circle of a different metal fastened to the face. No. 19 of this collection is a good example of this type. This form of watch had no protecting lid, but the resultant injury to the dial soon necessitated the invention of a cover or outer case. The first lids were of perforated meta!, thus permitting the figures under- neath to be seen. Watches at this time were expensive and could only be owned by the very wealthy. The extravagance of dress in the Elizabethan period had its effect upon watches. Gold and other precious metals, crystal, tortoise-shell, and enamel were lavishly used in the decoration of watch-cases and the most skillful artists were employed to make them. As the watch-glass had not yet come into general use, many of the watches had double or pair-cases. The outer case had no connection with the watch proper, but was a box in which the watch was carried. Many beautiful examples of these outer gold cases ornamented with a chased or repoussé design are exhibited in this collection. In this connection it is well to distinguish between © 8 Wo © e+ Oo B+ Oo Owe Boe Or Boe O09 © oe Oo Oe © or © re Oo Oe Bee O02 e+ Ore © oe Mee Ooo O02 © 0 © 4+ Oo Oo Oo © oe O00 Ore Oo Woe Wee Wee Oe Ore Ore er Oe Oe Oe Ser Oe Or Sr One of. $0999 O91 Oo O ee Geo O16 ++ G++ O14 +6 O +1 G +2 O11 O10 WoO +9 oe O04 @ 1+ Os We O19 O19 O19 Wo W102 @ +9 Oe Wo © +e © ++ © Ore © +9 O12 O19 Oo Woe © 09 O19 0G 10 Oo Ooo Oo Go0 Goo Ose Se O11 G sor O19 O00 Woe +9 O19 Oo Ooo Gor oe Or Oe oe O oe Oe re ee Hor Oo O19 G10 O10 Oo O19 O10 O19 OO Grr oho 0 11 11011 O12 O11 O11 Or O11 O41 1 OH BH OH OH OH OHO O11 O11 O11 OH Hs OH OHH OHH OHH OHO OHH OH OH OH OH OH OOH OOH OH OH OHO SOHO Grol . THE H. J. HEINZ COLLECTION OF WATCHES. fi these two methods of ornament. In repoussé work, the metal is punched from the back, producing a design in bold relief, while in chasing the design is cut or engraved from the front and is the more delicate method. As these Elizabethan watches were not carried in the pocket, but were suspended about the neck by a ribbon, fashioned into bracelets, or set in brooches, every opportunity was afforded for their display. Both transparent and opaque enamel were extensively employed and many artists, noted as workers in enamel, as well as lapidaries, were engaged in designing and fabricating watch-cases. On account of the high price of watches, the portable, but inaccurate, sun-dial persisted in use, and Nos. 1 to 6 of this collection are rare examples of that instrument. In Shakespeare’s ‘‘As You Like It” Jaques’s speech, “And then he drew a dial from his poke,’’ contains a reference to such a pocket-dial. The Puritan hatred for display reveals its influence even in watch- cases. During the period of the Revolution and Protectorate ex- travagance and beauty of ornament gave way to plainness in decora- tion and watches were carried concealed in the pocket. The fob (Provincial German fuppe—a little pocket) now made its appearance, and Cromwell’s watch, preserved in the British Museum, is one of the earliest to display this adjunct. The mechanical skill of the Swiss shortly after this period began to reveal itself in the manufacture of watches, and in modern times Switzerland became the recognized center of the industry, many thousands of persons being employed in it. With the introduction of machinery for making the parts of watches the trade gradually became of great importance in the United States. The American working man of today is able to buy for a few dollars a much more accurate time-piece than could have been possessed by the wealthiest courtier of the Elizabethan Era. It must be confessed, however, that in these instruments artistic design has been very largely sacri- ficed to utility. It is rather exceptional to find the name of the maker on early watches, but many of the cities had a distinctive trade-mark, as an “N” for Nuremberg, a pineapple for Augsburg, and a bear for Berne. By such marks, in many cases, it is at least possible to determine the place of manufacture. In England the ‘ Hall-mark”’ is a sure guide to the date. These marks are impressed upon watch-cases, jewelry, and plate, made from 9800 © 0+ 29 © 00 012 © oO oe © 00 0 O09 O19 O29 O19 0 O09 O91 O19 O01 O19 0 Oo O19 Gee er er Wor Geer Oo+ See eee Or O11 O12 Wee See Ser Ger @ er Gor Ser See Ge Ger See See Ser Ge er Ber Ser ee or Gor Bo Wo Go Sor Gor Der Gore Oe Wee Ger Serer Ges Gee Hor Ser Wee Ger Ger G++ Ser Ser GS Se Ser Ooo te GeO ree Wee W ee Ore @ ee WoO oe Ooo @ oe © oe @ ee Ooo @ +r Ore ee Ose O +0 @ or ++ @ +9 Oo @ oe Oo ++ Os O29 Ber O19 @ oe Ore 19 O10 Ooo @ +o O09 O19 Oo oe OH o9 © ee 09 O19 Wee ee Gee er Gor Wee Ws Ger G+ 1+ Ger Oe Oe Go Wee G1 Ooo Oe er Or Doe Os Wee Ore Gee Wee Oe 19 Oe Or Ge Bee Oe Oe Oe Oe Or Sr O-Oer Oe 02 O21 Or OH Ore Hr Hr OH Oe OH OH DH OHH 9 OH Or OH OH OH Oi OHHH O11 OH OH Wer Ber er OH OH OH Oe OH Oe Orr Ors 09909029 OOO Or Brel Of 1102011210011 O19 19919 O19 O19 B19 O11 O19 O19 9 Hr Or BH 1119 O19 Oe Wer O19 G1 O19 O12 B19 B91 Ore OO OO O11 OOOO Or Gr Srna 8 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. either gold or silver, after the quality of the metal has been ascertained by analysis at the Assay Halls of the Goldsmith’s Company of London. The privilege of assaying and marking precious metals was conferred upon this honorable body by statute in 1300 A. D. and a charter was granted in A. D. 1327. The powers of the company have been con- firmed by subsequent acts of Parliament. The standard mark of the London Hall is a lion passant for sterling silver and this was also the mark on twenty-two-carat gold until the year 1845. The present mark for gold is a crown and the figures, which indicate the purity of the metal, such as ‘‘18”’ for eighteen-carats. Prior to 1821 a crowned leopard’s head was also used as hall-mark. The exact year of manufacture is indicated by a letter of the alphabet which is changed each year on the last day of May. The standard of purity in gold in the earlier watch-cases was much higher than at present, as it was not until 1798 that a lower standard than twenty-two carats was allowed. In that year the use of eighteen-carat gold was permitted. In 1854 three more standards were introduced, fifteen, twelve, and nine carats of gold being admitted to use. Mr. H. J. Heinz, who has generously deposited this collection in the Carnegie Museum, has used extreme care in the selection of the speci- mens of which it is composed. A number of years ago he became interested in the subject and began the formation of a collection. His collection is much more extensive than that displayed, but he insists that only the best specimens shall be exhibited. Quality is empha- sized rather than quantity, though the collection is not by any means small. So faras possible the catalog is arranged in chronological order and the various steps in the development of the watch from the por- table dial to watches of modern times may be traced. The collection has great educative value, not merely from the artistic standpoint, but from the mechanical standpoint as well, since it is possible by its help to study the evolution of watches as machines. For many reasons the collection is worthy to be regarded as one of the most important in the United States. 0 +9099 O O11 O10 +9 O19 O19 O01 O oOo Gee e+ Oo+ Boe O oe Go © or O01 Bo G0 oe Ooo @o0 B19 G oe © +e @ ++ G19 Or © +e O +9 G19 Ooo Oo © +0 O09 O10 @ or O09 Oo O00 O10 O19 Oss G 10 or Oe Gee Ger Oe \9s0s00610200b081016n056 76 205050"0- 05620-60658 20%0 sO >enes8 8: men0eT* efe 0106202001 OOH OOH OOH OOOH OH OH OOH OH OOH OOH OHO Or SOO On Oru Gn Or Or OHO Or OO OOOO On Gr OnrOuOeGrole 2 © +s O00 8 Ooo O00 Oe Oe Gee Ger See Ser Gee er Gee Ger @ or Ser Soe Ger@er Gere See See Gee Oer Wee Gor Ger Serer ee We Gor @or Gor Oee Gor Ger er Gero G or Wor Woe Ooo Ooo Wee © or Woe Gor or Oo Wo 0 Wor Oar Wee Wer Oe 20 O00 G00 Oo Wo O01 O09 O19 O10 00 G00 Oo 01 1 Oe O11 O19 O11 O11 OO Oer® See a Canny renee ene WE nes O~O-On8 eS Sr Su Sn ee 8 Sh 8-8-8 8s ORS See HONG RCO reer eer Orr era Ais THE H. J. HEINz COLLECTION oF WATCHES. 9 CATALOG 1. Ivory universal portable sun-dial and compass. Made by Lien- hart Miller at Augsburg, Germany, in the year 1618. (92 X 54 X 14 mm.)? (Plate II, fig. 1.) 2. Ivory universal portable sun-dial and compass. Made by Hanns Troeschel at Augsburg, Germany, in the year 1621. (100 X 72710) tT.) (Plate IT, fig. 2.) 3. Ivory universal portable sun-dial, perpetual calendar, and compass. Made by Ch. Blond at Dieppe, France, about the year 1660. (60% 58-56 13) mim;) (Plate Ti, foe 22) 4. Bronze portable sun-dial. Made by Johan Schretteger at Augs- burg, Germany, about the year 1660. (Diameter 57 mm.; thickness 13 mm.) (Plate II], fig. 2.) 5. Bronze octagonal portable sun-dial. Made by Piochat in Paris, Ae wT 1ON (77 <-64. X<% nm: ) (Plate IV, fig. 1.) 2 Asin many cases the figures given on the plates accompanying this Catalog are necessarily reduced, we have given the principal dimensions, diameter over all across the face, and greatest thickness including the crystals or covers as they now are. It is proper to observe that crystals when broken may be replaced by others of a different curvature, and that this measurement, for purposes of comparison, may therefore at times prove to be misleading. er try tt th fet ty tt ty tt to tt i i ee ro a Sa a a a ala a a 060006 @ 0 O10 19 90 O20 O00 Wo O90 W sO +O ++ 00 O14 O10] WoO +0 © + O19 O +O +O +0 O29 O19 W019 O 1010+ Oe G1 Goo Ooo oo Oo Oo Ose 20 S10 22 Oo WoO :0 G12 O10 B oH 10 O19 Os 0G eo G19 G1 Oo Wee 10 O19 Oe G1 Ore Gee Ooo Ser Oe Ge Wer We Ooo Or SOO OBS OOO Sn OG Oue Of e+ O11 01 OO O01 00110 OOH OO OH OOH OHO OH OOH O81 OOH OOH OH OH OHO Oe OH OOH OO OOOOH O91 Or OOOO Gur Orolo fe OO OOO Om OOOH OOH OOH OH OH OHO OH OOOO OO OHO Oe OOOO BHO OHO OOS OHO OH OOO On Or On uOnGrole . : 10 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 6. Bronze octagonal portable sun-dial’ and compass. Made by Butterfield, an Englishman, who settled in Paris in the year 1720. This dial is almost a duplicate of the preceding, even to the design of the gnomon, which is a bird. (77 X 65 XII mm.) ; : (Plate IV, fig. 2.) 7. Silver ‘‘Nuremberg Egg’’.2 An elaborately engraved silver dial has a brass ring superimposed, on which the figures for the hours are engraved. The case is pierced and engraved, the engraving depictinga boarhunt. Madeat Augsburg, Germany, during the early part of the seventeenth century. (Length 63, breadth 41, thickness 28 mm.) (Plate V, fig. 2.) ' 8, Gilt brass ‘‘ Nuremberg Egg’’, signed ‘‘H.’’ Made in the seven- teenth century. (Length 48, breadth 30, thickness 23 mm.) (Plate V; fig: 2:) 9. Watch in gilt metal case with a perforated and engraved lid, which makes the dial visible without raising the lid. The dial is of engraved metal. The case is surrounded by a band of pierced and engraved silver. The watch has an alarm-bell. Made by Angelo Rota in Rome between the years 1590 and 1600. The catgut movement of this watch is of slightly laterdate. (Diam- eter 60, thickness 31 mm.) (Plate V, fig. 1.) ’ The ‘‘Nuremberg Egg” is a name applied to watches of this flattened, oval form, which were first made at Nuremberg about 1600 A. D. +9 O91 019019 O11 O19 O10 O19 O11 O29 G1 Ooo WW 19 oO oe or Oo e+ O19 11 O29 O19 O11 14 Oe O11 O16 Or 19 O11 O19 O19 O19 O19 O11 12 O19 O11 O19 O19 O10 G19 Os G19 OO 19 O10 Wess 1] ees O19 O19 W111 sO ++ e019 +e O00 O +0 1 O19 © Or © or 09 Oo 19 Oe Oe Oe Be Oe Or Or OO Ore 08 Oe Bo Ber Oo Oo Wer Ooo Bee Bee Dee Wee Ger Oe2 Gee © ror Ger Bor er or Ger a0 oo Ger So Gee Sor Gor Ger Ser Gee Gee +O er Gor Gee Ger Gor Ger Bor G29 O oe Oo Gee Oa B09 G 99 B20 O01 G11 Ber 2H 2+ Woe See G oe Ger e+ Ge or or Wee Soe ee Wee Serer Oe Se Gee Oo O11 Ger Go Ge Gere Wer Ore Oer Ger Ger OvGere OHHH 000 0H 888 OHH OHOHOH On On OH OH OHO OHOHOHOMOHOn OH OHO OH OHOHOMOHOHOHOn HOH Ore OHOnOHOnOnOnOnOnerele Je O 000 OHO OH OHO OH OH OHO OH OH OM OH OH OOH OH OHO OH OHM OU OOH OH OH OU Gru Sr Or nO Ons OrOn Geren OnGu sr GuGue O29 O + O01 Oe Oo Bee Oo ++ O01 @ ++ Oe or O e+ Oo Oe O11 O oe Wee e+ Oe oe O11 Oo e+ Oe e+ Der Se Ger Gor Ges Ser See Ger Sos Oe Oe Ser Oe Ser Gor oe Gee Ser See See Ger Ser G ers Ger We + Ger Ger Oe Oo Ger Gee See Gor Ger Ger Gor Sor Sor Sor er Gor Ser Gr Oo Wee Sos Ger Se Ger Ge e+ Oe Ser Serer Ser Ger S: Tue H. J. HEINz CoLLECTION OF WATCHES. ut 10. Watch in metal case with blue and white enameled dial, catgut movement, and alarm-bel!. Made by P. Gregoire at Blois, France, about the year 1620. (Diameter 52, thickness 30 mm.) (Plate V, fig. 4.) ‘ 11. Silver watch in a pierced and engraved case. The dial is of silver and bears the name of Grantham, though the works were made by Fromanteel and Clark of London, about the year 1680. The case is of a later date. (Diameter 50, thickness 34 mm.) (Plate VI, fig. 1.) 12. Silver watch with a pierced and engraved case. Made by Daniel Quare, of London, about the year 1680.4 (Diameter 46, thick- ness 3I mm.) (Plate VI, fig. 2.) 13. Asilver watch with a double case. The outer and inner cases are pierced and engraved. The dial is of carved silver. Made by Paul Luttin in London, A. D. 1690. (Diameter 55, thickness 38 mm.) (Plate VI, fig. 3.) 14. Watch in a case enameled both inside and out in a Louis XIII design. Made by Thomas Tompion in London in the year 1690.5 (Diameter 46, thickness 29 mm.) (Plate VI, fig. 4.) 4Quare was a famous English watchmaker and the inventor of the repeating watch. 5 Tompion (1638-1713) was known as the ‘‘Father of English watchmaking,”’ and did more to bring this craft to the fore in England than any man of his time. He was the first maker to number watches successively and thus make positive identification possible. This watch is number 234. Tompion and his pupil, George Graham, are buried in Westminster Abbey. are OOOO 0 Wee ee 00 O12 O09 Oo G19 Oo Oe Goo G oo oe o9 Ooo GoGo. O10 +0 O12 Oo Oo2 Gor +0 O10 Sor Sor o0 W +0 00 O19 B00 O10 O10 O10 © +0 Oo We @ 0 © 10 © 19 O10 O00 G0 10 O20 O19 O09 We 009 G oO s0 19 e2 Gor Go G1 G00 19 Wee Oe Ge Oe Oe Oe Or OOS Oe Orr Or Or On SS Su SG Gue fe 0010 OOH OOH OOOH OOOH OM OOH OOOOH OOH OHO OOOH OO On OOO Oe 1099010011011 O OOH OHO Ba Gu Gerle eJe9~ 8-0 0=0-0~8=0-8-8=0-9~8~-0=9~8=0=8"8~0- 9-8-0 80=0n8~ 8+ O98" 8= On On 9H On OHO E~ OOH AnD OWS Or OnOnONOrnI® 0450-11 0 G08 Or B09 0 O01 OO 19 OH O01 1 Oe Ose OHH 11 Bor Ger Ore Gor Ore O11 1 Oee oS or Ser Woe Sor Ore Oe Ger Ser Ger Wee Ser Bor Ger Ger Sor Wer Ser Ger Wer er er Be or @ ere Ger Wer Sor Oe O11 Gee Wer Wore Gee Gee Ger Wer Wer Ger Or Gee Oe Oe Ber Ger Oe Oe GOs Or Oe GO Or® fe 12 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 15. Silver watch in an outer case of tortoise-shell piqué. Made by Henry Jones, of London. Jones died in the year 1693.8 (Diameter 53, thickness 30 mm.) (Elate Vii foe 1) 16. Silver watch with a pierced and engraved case, white enameled dial. Contains an alarm-bell. Made by Duquesne in the seventeenth century. (Diameter 60, thickness 31 mm.) (Plate VII, fig. 2.) 17. Silver watch with a pierced and engraved case. An engraved metal dial with an ornamental brass border. Curious cover for winding holes, in the form of a mask. Made by Millegg in Vienna in the seventeenth century. (Diameter 53, thickness 37 mm.) (Plate VII, fig. 3.) 18. Silver watch contained inan outer protecting case. Highly deco- rated movement. A semicircular piece is removed from the upper half of the dial and through it isseen one-half of a disc which rotates underneath once in twenty-four hours. On one- half of the disc is a golden sun, one of the rays of which points to the hour from 6 A. M. to 6 P. M., and on the other half a silver moon performs the same service from 6 P. M.to6 A. M. The figures are all on the upper half of the dial. The minutes are indicated by a hand in the usual way. Made by Paul Bramer, of Amsterdam, about the year 1700. (Diameter 58, thickness 31 mm.) (Plate VIII, fig. 3.) 6 Henry Jones was a noted English clock- and watch-maker and the first English- man to construct a Torricellian tube, as the barometer was first called. The word piqué designates a form of decoration made by driving silver pins through the outer surface of the case in a conventional design. 0898 +90 O59 O10 19 Oe O09 Oe O09 Oe Oe @ oe BO ++ Ore O19 Oo Ooo G++ © sO +9 Oe +9 @ +9 O19 O10 Ose +9] 19 Ooo oe G e919 Ooo Oe ie Ooo Oo Goo Ore Soe or Oe Gor Gee Oo Ser Gee Se Os + Ger Ger Oo Gor Gee Gor Gee Go See Gee Soe Gee Ger Gee Gee Ge Se Ger Hoe oo Gee Go Wee Ser Ser Ger Ore Gore SoG Ser Ger - 0209 O 2019 O OOH Or OH OHO OOOOH OH OHO OHO OOOH OHO OOO OO Or Or OHO OOO OO OOOO OOO OuOnGuerrle Je OO OOOH OOH OHO On OH OH OOH OOH OH OOH OHO OOOH OHO OH OHO OOH OH Ou OH Ons On On On On OO Or fot ise) Tue H. J. HEINz COLLECTION oF WATCHES. 19. Square iron watch, ornamented with brass and cut iron. This is one of the earliest types of watches and was made by Johann Sigmund Schloer, at Regensburg, (?) Bavaria,’ probably in the seventeenth century. (Diameter 38, thickness 19 mm.) (Plate VIII, fig. 2.) 20. Chatelaine of chased gold on grey agate. Period of Louis XV (1710-1774). (120 X 60 X 4 mm.) (Plate VIII, fig. 1.) 21. Gold and enamel watch. Miniature of a lady on the back, sur- rounded by a border of paste. Made by Esquivillon Fréres and DeChoudens of Paris. Period of Louis XV (1710-1774). (Diameter 36, thickness 20 mm.) (Plate LX, fig. 2.) 22. Silver watch in a pierced and engraved case, containing an alarm- bell. White enameled dial. Made by Tasinon at Tournay, France. Period of Louis XV (1710-1774). (Diameter 62, thickness 37 mm.) (Plate IX, fig. 1.) 23. Silver repeating watch with a pierced and engraved case; enameled dial. Made by Jean Fardoit in Paris in the early eighteenth century. (Diameter 52, thickness 31 mm.) (Plate IX, fig. 4.) 7 The inscription seems to be ‘‘ Regenb,”’ which we take to be an abbreviation for Regensburg. There is a small village named Regen in Bavaria, but it is more likely that Schloer was located in Ratisbon (Regensburg). ; 01:65 00101000 e OOH Or OHO OH OHO OOOH OOOOH OHO OOH OOOH OHO OH OOOOH OOOOH OHO OH OHOH OOH OrOre Or OHOHOHOuOnOnOHOu nS OrOnOHOnOnOnsnOn Suen On OrOuOnOnOr@nOuOnOuener 09 020 09 66 60 00 O10 19 1G 100219 G12 G0 1G 2 G19 O99 10 91110 G10 12 G2 G19 or 191110 10 19 Ge GeO Go Hor O10 Gee e010 GGG GGG GrGrGs £01909 19 O11 O11 O OOOH OOOOH Sr Pn Ou Sr Sr Our Ou Sur Su Or Gu Su Gr GuGu 09012900 004 0 0222022022 00 02 090122022 01 080212 811 0 O11 OH OH OH O11 OH O80 OOH OOOOH HOH OOOOH OOOOH Orr On BnOrole ci 010 OH OH Oe OO O19 11 OH OH OH +1 Ore Ore 2 Br OH OH O19 O11 92 O11 OH ++ 12 O11 er Wer O12 Oe OOH Oe O21 O11 OHH OH OOOOH OOOO On OuSuerele 14 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 24. Brass watch with a white metal dial. The movement was made by Gaudron in Paris (1710-1730), though the case is of a later date. Made for the Turkish market. (Diameter 52, thickness e 32 mm.) (Plate LX, fig. 3.) 25. Silver double case watch. The outer case is in a repoussé de- sign; signed by D. Cochin, a celebrated French silver worker (1660-1680). The movement was made at a later date (1718) by George Graham, of London.§ (Diameter 55, thickness 31 mm.) (Plate X, fig. 2.) 26. Watch with a crystal case held by a silver gilt rim; chased gold dial, upon which are superimposed white plaques with black enameled figures. Green enamel decoration on dial. Made for the Turkish market by Julien LeRoy of Paris, about the year 1700.9 (Diameter 49, thickness 29 mm.) (Plate VII, fig. 4.) 27. Gold watch with double case; white enameled dial ornamented with a gold and green enamel plaque. The outer case is of dark blue opaque enamel with a floral design in silver gilt appliqué. Made by Julien LeRoy in Paris for the Turkish market. Early eighteenth century. (Diameter 57, thickness 28 mm.) (Plates fig: 1.) 8 George Graham, known as ‘‘Honest George Graham,’’ was one of the most eminent watchmakers of his time (1673-1751). A pupil of Thomas Tompion (see No. 14), he was the only other watchmaker to be honored by burial in Westminster Abbey. 9 Julien Le Roy was a scientific watchmaker born in 1686 and died in 1759. He devised a form of repeating mechanism, which was soon substituted for the bell in use before. eee er Ore Bee ee er Oe ee Ber ee er Ore Ser Ser Ser See Wer Ger Ser See Wee Wer Ger Ger Serer Ger Ger Ger Ser Ser Ger Oe Ger Ger Ger Ger Ger Ger Ser Wor Ooo Gor Serer Wer Ger or Goro or O11 O er Ger Gor or Ger Wee Ose Serer Ger Gor Oe Oe Wer Ger Ser Ser Wer Wer Grr Ser Ser Ser Ger Ser or Oer OG Or Gees +} © +9056 O +906 W 94 O41 19 BO o4 Oe O19 O19 Oo W 00 @s1 oe Ooo Oo Oe Oo G19 Oo O19 Gee Oo © +1 Oo © 10 Ooo Oo +9 Oe O19 Ger Oe O09 G = O16 100 Oo Boo Gee oe G ee Gee Gee Ger Sooo Gers Gee Goro 1G er We O11 1+ Ose +O 10 Oo G19 @ oe Oo Woo O19 O09 O +9 Ooo Oe Ooo Ove Oe Oo OS oO Oe Or Or Bo Gee oJ 0 62428 01 018001001101 OOH OH OHO OH OOH OH OOOH OH OOOOH OHO OOOOH OHO OHO OO OOOO OO Or On Or Oneuorels i i ie aaa head ai ai olen Ere Pee a Re MSH APES CE MERON AGM ne eee ce re er ere ere aren eee! 066019 O00 @ er Oe O11 OOH Os OH Oe Oe Oo Ore Oe Orr Wer Wer Oe Oe Oe Oe Oe Oe Or Oe G11 O11 Or Oe Oe Oe Ge Oe Oe Or Oe Oe Oe Or Or Sr OS SO GOGO faak or THE H. J. HEINZ COLLECTION OF WATCHES. 28. Gold watch set with a beautiful enamel of a lady watering flowers surrounded by a border of blue enamel and vari-colored gold. Made by Esquivillon Fréres and De Choudens in Paris. Period of Louis XV (1710-1774). (Diameter 53, thickness 22 mm.) (Plate X, fig. 3.) 29. Double case silver watch. The back of the outer case covered with tortoise-shell upon which is painted ‘‘ Peter and the Cock.” Made by Charles Meadows in London inthe year1719. (Diam- eter 65, thickness 31 mm.) (Plate X, fig. 4.) 30. Silver watch with an engraved gold border and silver dial. Made in Paris by L’Epine, about the year 1720. L’Epine was the father of Jean Antoine L’Epine, Court watchmaker to Louis XV of France. (Diameter 54, thickness 11 mm.) (Plate XIII, fig. 1.) 31. Silver watch with an outer case covered by leather with piqué decoration. Silver dial. Made by Hilgerus Vogel at Cologne in the year 1720. (Diameter 57, thickness 33 mm.) (Plate XIII, fig. 4.) 32. Silver watch with a silver dial. Outer case of tortoise-shell piqué. Made by Francois Mercier, Paris, A. D. 1725. (Diameter 53, thickness 30 mm.) L 08 @56@ 06 @ 10020 +009 O19 e019 s1 O10 1919 O19G 01 19s O10 O19 O19 Or ©1419 O19 19s O12 O91 G19 19 G19 19 11 G9 O19 1901 +. G11 G11 Or Os OG OGG GOOG OSS Or Gr SOO Suv Or Our Sr Sr Oru Pu Gu Ou Sue Su Gu ou (Plate XII, fig. 5.) &® 7 in a “ e H e 3 3 3 e 3 e z e 6 e e e Fy e e 3 e 3 e 3 e A e 3 e 3 e 3 e 3 e 3 e e e 3 e e 3 e H e 3 e e 3 e e A e 3 e 3 e 3 e 3 e 3 r 3 e 3 ° 3 e 3 e A e 3 e 3 e 3 e 3 e $ e A ° 3 e H e 3 e ~h A lor) ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 33. Silver watch, four inches in diameter, with an outer protecting case covered with black tooled leather, silver mounted, the- inner case beautifully pierced, engraved, and ornamented with silver gilt. The watch contains a bell upon which the hours and quarters are repeated, when the cord, suspended from the bottom of the case, is pulled. It also contains an alarm and indicates the days of the month. Made by Frantz Roth at Augsburg, Germany, about the year 1730. (Diameter 89, thickness 51 mm.) (Plate XI.) 34. Double case silver watch. Both the outer and inner cases elabor- ately pierced and engraved. Repeats the hours and quarters. Made by Andreas Colling at Augsburg, Germany, about the year 1730. (Diameter 53, thickness 29 mm.) (Plate XIII, fig. 2.) 35. Gold repeating watch in a pierced and engraved case. Made by Charles Cabrier in London, in the year 1730. (Diameter 45, thickness 25 mm.) (Plate XII, fig. 1.) 36. Enameled watch set with zircons; the back of beautiful enamel in two shades of blue with gold decorations; a fine pair of jewelled hands. ‘The outer case is ornamented with bands of tortoise- shell with a glass protecting both front and back. Made by Phillip Terrot at Genoa, about the year 1730. (Diameter 58, thickness 25 mm.) (Plate XII, fig. 4.) ’ Oe O10 Oe Oe ere O Hr Or Orr Or Orr Oer Or Serr Ger Orr Ser OG Ger Ger Ger Gr Ger OrGrGeGe 0460100 Gus BBs Wer ee @ er @er@er@er Ser @er@erGer@er Serer Gor Gor Ooo or er er O11 901 or Ger G11 Serer Gor Gor Gor G11 G01 O01 sr Orr S19 seer Ger@er@erQroer@er@eree of. $0 +9010 0+O r+ O19 O11 O11 O11 O19 ++ 1+ O19 +9 Woe Wo e+ or e+ O19 O11 O11 O19 Os Gor Oo+ 11 12 O11 Oe O19 Gee O19 Or ++ Ors © re G12 ee O11 Wor O10 Oo Orv Oe oe 19 Os 1011+ 11 19 +9 O19 G11 O11 O10 11 Gor G1 a0 Go e+ Oe9 oe O10 19 oe Oo O19 O10 10101 OOO Grr Gere 09001019 O99 © e010 0G Oo Bee Wee Ore Dee er Ger O19 Oo O12 Wee Ooo Ooo eo ee ee Gee Gee O12 O19 Ger W oO oe Oe G++ O o2 Oe2 Wee Oe re OO Or Ger Or Oe SG Se Ge Ou Gee Je OO OOH OHO OOM OHO OOH OH OHO OH OOH OM OHO OH OHO OH OH OOOH OHO OHO OOH Oren O Oren Or fe 20201101000 O11 01981901119 O19 O12 OH O12 9191919 O19 O19 2 O11 O11 OH OOOOH OOOOH OH OH OH OH OH OH On Su SOHO OHO Ouw Dt rt Ld | 9066 © 45 O00 O02 O00 O08 O01 © H1 O09 O11 Wee Oe Wee © oe Wor Oo Oo+ Gr @ er Ore e+ Or O11 O19 Oe O19 1S er Oe W ee Oe oer Ger Ser Wee Oe Gee Ser Ges Oe Wor Or Ger Wor er Oe er O11 e+ Oo or Gor s+ Oe e+ Ger ee Oo O11 Oo Ws O11 Ger Oe Os Oe Oe Oe Or Or Or Oe Or Sr Or Or Sr SSO SrSrre THe H. J. HEINz CoLLECTION OF WATCHES. 17 37. Gold watch pierced and engraved. The outer case is ornamented with a repoussé design, depicting a warrior leaving for battle. It repeats the hours and quarters. Made by William Hawes, London, A. D. 1741. (Diameter 49, thickness 30 mm.) (Plate XII, fig. 2.) 38. Gold quarter repeating watch in a pierced and engraved case. Made by Benjamin Gray and Justin Vulliamy, London, A. D. 1746. (Diameter 40, thickness 23 mm.) (Plate XII, fig. 3.) 39. Gold double-case watch, the outer case pierced and decorated with a repoussé design. Black enameled figures are super-imposed upon an engine-turned dial. Made by James Blackborow, London, A. D. 1734-1746. (Diameter 50, thickness 28 mm.) (Plate Xenriy, fies 32) 40. Large silver watch designed for use in a sedan-chair. Case beauti- fully pierced and engraved. Black enameled figures on a silver dial; repeats and contains an alarm. Made by Antonius Heckel, Vienna, A. D. 1750. (Diameter 96, thickness 55 mm.) (Plate XIV.) 41. Gold pair-case watch, decorated with a pierced, embossed, and engraved design. Repeating movement. Made by Beuster of London in the year 1750. (Diameter 48, thickness 29 mm.) (Plate XV, fig. 4.) 10 Benjamin Gray was watchmaker to King George II. Justin Vulliamy emi- grated from Switzerland about 1730. He worked for Gray, married his daughter, and eventually became a partner in the business. Watches bearing the signature of these two men are invariably of exceptional quality. 010 OH OOOH Or Orele of. O06 @ 09 © +0 O oe O00 O10 O10 oe Woe Ose O19 e010 v0 +e O19 O or © or ee Wo0 O10 +9 O19 O19 © oe © +9 19 O22 O19 © 29 O29 9 Wo Wo @ 09 O09 © 09 OW 1 O09 O19 © 29 O19 00 10 W919 Wer O19 Wer Oe Os Oe O01 O19 O11 O01 O11 O 1 Oe Oe Ore Ore Or OG SOG Or OO Or Or Or OS On SOS O~ Oo fo+ 00 OO Or Oo Or Oe Or Or Or Or Orr Or er Bere O11 er Oe er Ger Oe Wer er Wer Ber es O11 O11 er Ber Oe Or Oe O11 OOH Oe G1 O11 O11 O11 OO OHO OOO Grols 18 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 42. Pendant watch with copper case and enameled dial. Raised inscription ‘‘M. Dieu.’’ Made in Rome by J. Clovi in the year 1741, though the case is dated 1751. (Height 77, diam- eter 53 mm.) (Plate XXIV, fig. 1.) 43. Silver watch with an outer case of opaque enamel. On the back of the case a man is depicted playing upon a pipe to a Watteau- like sheperdess, with Cupid in the background. Made by P. Charleson in London, A. D. 1758. (Diameter 54, thickness 28 mm.) (Plate XXIII, fig. 3.) 44. Gold watch, repoussé case with an outer protecting case of glass and shagreen.' Made by Thomas White, of London, A. D. 1759. (Diameter 52, thickness 25 mm.) (Plate Says figs 35) 45. Gold double-case watch; the outer case ornamented with a re- poussé design: ‘‘ Maidens bringing offerings to Apollo.”” Made by Samuel Weldon, of London, in the year 1759. (Diameter 50, thickness 27 mm.) (Plate XVI, fig. 1.) ll Shagreen was a popular covering for watch-cases during the eighteenth century. True shagreen is a remarkably tough kind of leather made chiefly in Astrachan from the skin of the ass or horse. The peculiar roughness is produced by treading into the dampened skin, hard, round seeds which are shaken out when the skin is dry. The skin is then stained green in a solution of copper filings and salammoniac, dried a second time, and rubbed down. The depressions left by the seeds produce the characteristic spotted appearance. BoB 00 or Gor Gor Ooo Goo oe See G or Ooo Ooo Go Gee @ oe Goo oo O or oe Gor Goo Goo Goo Soe Goo Ooo Soe Ove Sor Ooo Ooo O oe Goo | 00 or } oe @ oe Ooo Goo Goo Soe Soe Sor Sor Geo Ger Ser See Ger Serer Se £00000 Ooo B20 Gee Soe Ooo Goo Soe Gee Goo Soo Ooo Ooo Ooo Ooo Ooo Hee Gor Ger Goo Soe Hee Ger Gee Gee Ger Geo Ger Hoe Ger Gee Gee 9 Oe 0 OHO O11 Oe Oe Orr OHH B21 er 11 Ore Ore O01 Oe O11 Or er Ger Orr 19 O11 O11 e+ O19 O11 e1 ees Wee Ws +O ee Ger Ger er 1 Wer er Gee er Gee Weer 11 O11 19 19 Wer O11 19 G01 Gor 01 O11 O11 © 1r Wor B21 Wer G11 O11 O11 Be O01 19 Os O11 O19 s+ Wr We O19 O10 111 O11 OO 1G SOW : 21 O21 O OOO Oe OH OH OHO Oe Orr Wer Ber Orr Oe Oe Oe Wee Orr Ore Orr Be We Oe Oe OHH O11 e+ OOH OHO OOH OH OH OH OH OH OHO OOO OOO Our Onaeole ofo+ 000010 o Oo 01 Or Or Ore Or OHH OH Orr OH O11 OH OOH OHO OOOOH OH OH OOOO OO Or SOO OOOO OOOO OOO Ou GrrOr a ea ae hh i i ka ie i i a ae ti) THE H. J. HEInNz COLLECTION OF WATCHES. 19 46. Watch of vari-colored gold. The back ornamented by a design in quatre couleur. Made by Gudin in Paris. Period of Louis XV, about the year 1760. (Diameter 40, thickness 17 mm.) (Plate XVI, fis. 2.) 47. Pair-case watch, the outer case.ornamented with a marine view in Battersea enamel.!2. The inner case is of gold with a cipher C. C. engraved on the back, surmounted by a unicorn head. Signed G. C. Made in London, about the year 1760. (Diam- eter 58, thickness 25 mm.) (Plate XVI, fig. 3.) 48. Gilt metal watch with an engraved silver dial. The movement is by Daniel Torin of London, about the year 1760. The elaborate case is of French workmanship and was made for the Turkish market. At the back of the case a gold plaque depicting a boy playing with a bird is placed upon a painted background, while above the head a bird, controlléd by the movement, flies back and forth. (Diameter 58, thickness 32 mm.) (Plate XV, fig. 1.) 49. Silver verge 13 watch contained in an outer case of tortoise-shell piqué. Made in London by John Wilter (1760-1784) for the Dutch market. (Diameter 54, thickness 32 mm.) (Plate XV, fig. 2.) 12 Battersea enamel dates from the year 1750, when Sir Theodore Janssen estab- lished a manufactory at York House, Battersea. 13 The verge is the pin upon which are placed the plates which regulate the speed of the escape-wheel. This method was first used in the clock and later modified for use in the watch. 0-2 © 0 © 09 © 00 O09 © 0 O02 © 02 O22 @ 00 © 02 © 09 © 0 O00 © 09 © 09 © 02 Ooo Oo G 0+ O21 O29 B06 O19 O09 O09 OOo G01 G11 Oe Oe Oe Po Ov Pr Or Gr Or GGG Or Gr Gr GeO Gr GGG OO er Bor Ooo Bee See Ooo Gee O re Soe G oe oe O10 Oo O or @ oe Ge0 O00 @ oe @ oe © 00 Ooo OG 10 @ 2G 09 Oe O00 G02 O09 G 02 Oe O00 B+? OO 00 © oo © 20 O00 O 40 Woe © 0 © oe O10 O10 Ber Oo ee Oe Oe G+ £0010 +20 2002800081001 110 1101111011012 12 0002802020818 0 1101101000080 8888S sore a a a nlc O09 B09 O01 © x2 Oe © eo Or B02 O12 O40 © er oe Bee Wee O12 O19 © Wo See Ooo Soe Wer oe Go O11 O11 Ore Gee Ger oro Gore + O1e Gor O12 We O19 Oo We Wer Oo Ger Wor 1 Oo Wr Oe Wer Ger Ger Wee er 11 Were We Oe Wee Oo O11 100 1 GG O19 Oe O11 Sere G1 WO Oe Orr Ser Or G Or Gere 20 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 50. Watch of vari-colored gold. The mechanism is visible through a crystal plate at the back of the case; beautifully made hands set with jewels. Made by S. Triboulet, Geneva, A. D. 1760. (Diameter 45, thickness 23 mm.) (Plate XVII, fig. 1.) 51. Gold pair-case watch; the outer case repoussé, classical design, with an ornamental border of green, blue, and white enamel. The dial is elaborately carved and discloses a calendar. Dutch manufacture, though signed ‘“Smiht (sic) London.’’ Made about 1760. (Diameter 50, thickness 25 mm.) (Plate XVII, figs 2.) 52. Pinchbeck!4 watch; pierced and engraved case. Made by John Cock, of London, about the year 1760. (Diameter 47, thick- ness 33 mm.) (Plate XVII, fig. 3.) 53. Silver watch with a pierced and engraved dial. The back of the case is pierced and ornamented with five repoussé scenes from the legend of William Tell. Designed for use in a sedan-chair. Made by Philiph Votter, of Vienna, in the year 1763. (Diam- eter 95, thickness 55 mm.) (Plate XVIII.) 14 Pinchbeck was a favorite material for the manufacture of watch-cases. It is composed of an alloy, three parts zinc to four of copper. It took its name from the inventor, Charles Pinchbeck (1670-1732). The secret of this composition was jealously guarded by the inventor and his descendants for many years. O96 0 O96 O00 O09 O90 O16 O16 er Ooo O00 Go Woe Bor O19 Ooo @ 9 G9 Hoe @ oo Oe Oo O +9 O19 Ooo or Ooo O19 Woe Ooo Oo oe Ore oe Ooo Oo Oe Oe © oe Oo Or Gee Ser Oe Gee Oe OO Gr See of. $0 O9O9 O00 O09 O er Oo s+ e+ G++ G19 ++ © ++ Gor © or Goo Goo @ +9 Ooo O29 © r+ O19 O19 @ +9 © oo @ ++ © +9 O19 Oe © oe © 2 O19 O ++ © ee O29 Ors © O12 O19 O19 © 2+ © + Ooo Ooo Seo Ose Soe Soo Oe So Oe Os Wer Ge SoG 1G +1 O19 Go O11 01 +9 +110 01 Sor Ooo Soe G0 Ooo O or Ger Sor Sor Gor Oer Our Ser Ooo Wer Ooo Ore Or ® feo O88 OHO OOOH OHO OOH OOH OOH OOOH OOH OH OOOOH OH OOH OOOOH OH OHO OOOH OHO OOH OHO Oren ererrls Tue H. J. Heinz CoLLEcTION OF WATCHES. 21 54. Large silver-gilt double-case watch, both cases pierced and en- graved. In the outer case a large enamel ‘“ Mother watching a sleeping child’’ is set. The watch is provided with hour-, minute-, second-, and split-second-hands. Two tunes may be played upon a concealed musical attachment. Made by Timothy Williamson of Fleet Street, London, in the year 1769. Looted from the Chinese Imperial Palace in Pekin during the “Boxer Rebellion.”’ (Diameter 167, thickness 60 mm.) (Plate XIX.) 55. Gold pair-case repeating watch. The inner case is pierced and engraved; the outer case with a pierced and repoussé design. Made by Hughes of London in the year 1770. (Diameter 48, thickness 25 mm.) (Plate XVII, fig. 4.) 56. Gold watch of the Louis XVI period. The back is of gros bleu enamel with a superimposed floral design in platinum set with zircons, surrounded by a filigree gold border set with milk opals. French manufacture of about the year 1770. (Diameter 59, thickness 24 mm.) (Plate XXII, fig. 1.) 57. Pair-case gold watch. The inner case is without ornament. The outer case is ornamented with a repoussé design. Made by Harry Potter in London, A. D. 1773. (Diameter 52, thick- ness 25 mm.) (Plate Xs: fie: 2.) OHO eh oe Ore Bee oe Gee Wee Gee Oe oe Oe Ooo Oe oe O00 oe Oe @ oe @ or Oo Ooo O19 © 19 © oe Oe O +8 © 2 @ 19 Oo @ 22 O09 © 29 Oo O09 Ger Oe O19 Oe © or O19 © e+ Woe © 12 19 Oo O12 Oe O19 Or Oe Os Oe oO O19 Woe Wo G++ Os O11 Oe Oe Oe OO Or Or SO OOO Or SSeS SoS GOP Gu Gu oy 1019016011001 O12 2 O12 OO 01 O00 os O18 2 O19 O20 © 2 O09 © 02 O01 29 O12 Oo O19 Or Or © O10 O01 Oo Bos OHH OHHH O11 OOH O01 Oe Orr r+ Or O19 OHO 1+ O11 O11 Or Ger O11 O11 Os +1 We O11 Oe Or We Oe O11 Wer O11 O11 Or OO Or Or O11 Oo Gr 11 Or OO O11 OO GeO GO le 0 9999 0+ O 19 O09 O19 Oe O19 O19 Oo O29 OH O19 Bor Oo +9 Oo O19 O19 Oo © 19 WO Heo Orr O19 Woo Oo Her Os O19 O19 Oe Oo e219 Oe Ge He O Or See Or Sr Gv Se Or Ge Gr Or Gere Je 0 01101 O11 O02 + O++ Borer e+ B14 Or O22 OH O14 O14 O11 e+ O21 O11 Oe e111 O11 O21 G22 O22 OH HOH O11 OOH OH O11 O11 OOOH Or OO Or Our OurGrele 22, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 58. Gold watch with an outer protecting case of painted tortoise- shell. The back medallion depicts a maiden and Cupid. Made by N. Scott of Maidstone, England, about the year 1775. (Diameter 51, thickness 24 mm.) _ (Plate XX, fig. 3.) 59. Gold watch with a beautifully enameled case depicting a lady and gentleman watching children at play in a park. Made by Paul Bannicker at Paris during the Louis XVI period. Upon the face of the watch a wreath of flowers terminating in clasped hands is painted, and the inscription ‘‘Mariés Le 3 Juillet, 1775. (Diameter 57, thickness 21 mm.) (Plate XX, fig. 4.) 60. Pair-case gold watch. The outer case is ornamented with a repoussé design. Made by James Noakes, of London, A. D. 1776-1794. (Diameter 47, thickness 26 mm.) (Plate XXII, fig. 2.) 61. A large watch in a pierced and engraved pinchbeck case; a border of imitation pearls and rubies at both sides of the case; musical attachment. Made by George Margetts in London, A. D. 1779. (Diameter 90, thickness 42 mm.) (Plate XXI.) 62. Watch with a case of opaque enamel, the back decorated with a picture of a woman with a pot of flowers. Set with diamonds. Each side of the case is surrounded with a border of diamonds. Made in Switzerland by J. Fazy et fils, A. D.1780-1785. (Di- ameter 49, thickness 19 mm.) (Plate XVI, fig. 4.) x f OOOOH OH OH OO OOo Oo Or Or Or On Or Oe Or Or OOO Orr GeO Orr Ger Gr Orr Orr O11 O11 Ws Oo Ger Gor Wor Oe Or Or Or Oe O11 Or er Gor er Our Oo Om Orr Bor © er 1 O01 O09 01 O09 O19 O29 O11 O21 B21 O21 or Oo Oo Orr O01 O11 O09 O09 01 O11 O11 O19 OOOO OOO Ore +99 +9 OO 00 1+ O +1 Oo Oo Bre O11 Be Ore © O11 O19 Ooo Or Or Orr O11 Oo O19 O09 Ore © O19 O19 @ ++ © +9 © O10 We © oe © O20 © O19 © 19 O19 O08 O14 O10 © O10 Gee er Oe Ose Os 906919 O oO 190611 oe Oe Goo Oe O10 Ooo Goo 1000 Oe Oo @ oo Oo @ ee oe Ooo Ooo Gee Oo O or © or Ooo er See er Oe See : OOOOH OOOH OH Or OH OOOO Or Or Or Ge Oe OOOO Or Or OOOO OOO Or OOOO Or OOO Or Or OOOO OrOrOrole fe OOO OOH OH Or Or OH OH OH OOH OOH OOOOH OOOOH OOOH OOOH Orn OSH GOOG Sr OOOO SO Or OOO Ore ihe eee eis a CL Ce LL a el od De Oo O08 O00 Bee Oo Oi O or Bor @ oe Ooo Or © oe © or Wor @ oe Hoe Hoe G or Gor Hos Ooo O or O or Oe Bee Gee Gor Hor Gor Gor Gee Ger Gee Hee Ger Gar Gee See Ger Gor Ger Gee Gor Soe Se Ore Ser Ser Ser Se Ser THE, H. J. HEINZ COLLECTION OF WATCHES. 23 63. Gold watch with the dial surrounded by a border of milk-opals set in dark blue enamel. The back is also surrounded by opals and is of beautiful translucent mauve enamel on a chased sur- face. A wreath of small diamonds, set in platinum, is cemented on the center of the back. Made by Joseph Martineau & Son, St. Martin’s Court, London, in the year 1784. (Diameter 49, thickness 22 mm.) (Plate XXII, fig. 4.) 64. Gold watch with the back of the case ornamented with an enamel picture of a woman and child with pet bird; surrounded with a border of blue and white enamel. Made at Paris by Pierre Gregson, Watchmaker to Louis XVI of France, A. D. 1780- 1790. (Diameter 51, thickness 17 mm.) (Plate XXII, fig. 3.) 65. Gold watch, surrounded front and back with a border of paste. In the back a single carbuncle is set, surrounding which is a white enamel circle with the inscription in black: “L’amitié fait le charme de la vie.’’ Border is of rose diamonds and green enamel. Period of Louis XVI, A. D. 1774-1792. (Diameter 35, thickness 18 mm.) (Plate XV, fig. 5.) 66. Watch in a vari-colored gold case set with turquoise and garnets; gold dial with black enameled figures. Made by Pierre LeRoy, Paris, about the year 1780. (Diameter 38, thickness 14 mm.) (Plate XX ,fig. 1.) O20 O00 © 29 Oe Ooo He Ber O02 Ooo os O or © oe Oo Bor O00 Gee Gee Gee oe Gor Gor or G 0+ Doe Soe Gor Gee eo G0 Oo Ser Oso Ger Ser Goo Soe Gee See See Oo Se Ge Oe Oe SO Se OG On Geeie re 6G 6016 +9 O09 O06 Oe O16 16 O60 O e9 © oe O +9 O19 Boe Wee © oe © o0 © oe O09 O10 O10 © 20 O10 @ oe W109 © 10 O o9 Oe] ov Ove © ve § G0 Gee O20 O11 O14 Os Oe 10 1+ O20 O19 Oo Oo +9 O19 O19 Oo @ oe oe © oe Oe O19 W0 @oe OW o9 O19 O19 OO ee O19 Oo O19 Oo OO Ore OH Or OOH OH OOH OH Or On OHO SHO“ e o-« Ofer OOO OO OH OH OOH Oe le W890 Ber or OH Be Oe O ee Her Ger Ge Wee Ger ee G12 Oe Ger Oo ee Ooo Ger Wee ee 1+ Oo Os Gee oe ++ Os Oo se Os +O oe ee O19 Ger er Oe Oo Ger Oo Ooo © er oe Oo ee Oo Oo Ooo Ooo Be © e+ © e+ Ooo Woo © e+ Oar Oe Oe © oe O01 Oo Gee © 29 Oo Oo Oe O19 O e+ Oo er Oe O19 Oo Oe Oo Oe Or GS Gree 24 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 67. Silver watch upon the dial of which are two mechanical figures, which seem to strike the hours and quarters, though this is done by a concealed bell. Made at Geneva, Switzerland, by George Achard et fils, about the year 1780. (Diameter 54, thickness 25 mm.) (Plate XXVII, fig. 1.) 68. Gilt metal watch, the back enameled on copper and studded with jargons.1® Made by Leonard Bordier at Geneva, Switzerland, about the year 1785. (Diameter 56, thickness 23 mm.) (Plate XXIII, fig. 4.) 69. A pinchbeck watch with double case; the inner case pierced and engraved. The outer case is also pierced, engraved, and set with an enamel portrait of a lady. A pinchbeck chain with a topaz seal attached accompanies the watch. Made by Frazer of London in the year 1785. (Diameter 63, thickness 34 mm.) (Plate XXX, fig. 1.) 70. Silver verge watch with an outer case decorated with a painting of a man bearing a gun, and accompanied by two dogs; the outer case protected by a covering of transparent horn. Made by Philip Phillips, of London, in the year 1776. (Diameter 60, thickness 26 mm.) (Plate X XIII, fig. 1.) 18 Jargon or jargoon, is the name given in Ceylon to the colorless or yellowish zircons, whlch are also sometimes called ‘‘ Matura diamonds,”’ because found in the province of Matura. Zircon is a mineral slightly harder than quartz and is a silicate of zirconium, though the name is also sometimes given to silicates of tin. 9B 90 O09 B96 B00 0 Oo 9 O06 Oe O10 Oo0 Wo Gor @ 9 See Go Gor G+ Oo Oo Oo G1 O19 O10 Woe Dor O09 G19 O19 © 02 © 09 Or G02 O12 © oe Ore oh Or © 02 @ 10 Ooo Oe @ 22 Ose Oe Gr Oe Or OO Ore ©1102 0+ 0+ O11 1102111 OHH O41 OH +111 BH OHO H+ Wer O11 11H O11 OHO e+ Or Oe OH OH OOO Or Or Or Or On Or Or OrOrOrrle of $0290 O 19 OOO 1919 O19 O19 O09 O11 O10 a9 O19 19 O19 Oo Wr Geo We 9 O19 © O19 © 12 Oo O19 O19 B19 Or Os Oo ee 9 Or OH O19 19 O19 O19 O19 O19 Or O19 Oe O19 O19 OOo Oe Ws 100 G11 1 O11 Oe9 O19 O01 O11 O10 O11 Oo O11 O19 O10 e+ OOo O19 ee O09 OOo O19 Oo Oe Ore Oo O10 Or Ore @ er Ose Ose e]0H 0000200 OHO OOOH OHO OH OH OH OHO OHO HOO OH EHO OOH O OOH HEHEHE ONOH OH OH OnOnOHOnenenOnOnennerrls Tue H. J. HEINZ COLLECTION OF WATCHES. 25 71. Watch contained in a bronze case ornamented with a conventional design of bronze pins piqué. Blue and white enamel dial. Made by Tayot, of Paris, in the eighteenth century. (Diam- eter 59, thickness 42 mm.) (Plate X XITI, fig. 2.) 72. Gold pair-case watch. The movement is by George Graham of London (1695-1751), though the case is of much later date, being Hall-marked, ‘‘London 1789.’’ It is probable that the works have been taken from an earlier piece. The inner case is pierced and engraved, while the outer case contains a well- executed enamel of a lady with parrot. (Diameter 51, thick- ness 29 mm.) (Plate XXIV, fig. 3.) ree Gold watch with back of translucent blue enamel surrounded by a circle of pearls both front and back. Attached to the watch is an elaborate fob of gold, enamel, and pearls. Madein London by Jeffrys and Jones, A. D. 1769-1794. (Diameter 46, thick- ness I5 mm.) (Plate XXV.) 74. Gold watch, the dial surrounded by a border of blue and white opaque enamel. The back is of royal blue translucent enamel, upon which is cemented a monogram in fine diamonds. Made by Rundle and Bridge of London. watchmakers to King George III of England, about the year 1790. (Diameter 49, thickness 19 mm.) (Plate XXIV, fig. 2.) D9 O 00S er Or Seo G or Sor Ger O or Seo Geo Gor Sen Gor Ser Geo G ve Ser Goo @ oe Gee G00 Geo G oe or H eG oreo Sor Ooo on Ooo @ oo Ho Goo Go Hoo O09 Hoe Gor Br Her Ger Hor Serer Gu Grr GerGerGe $000 O00 O00 O09 Ooo O10 Wor Ore Sooo Geo G eo Ge G oe See Ger Sor Wer Sor Wer Ser Or Ge Ser Se Se Se GG Gr GGG’ * 029 0000 0000 O00 19 O90 00 O20 O22 O10 O00 O02 O00 © 11 O09 Boe © 19 O22 Oo2 Oo ee © 19 G1 O10 © 19 O11 O19 Go B10 O29 Oo OG oe O er ee Oo Ose O19 Oo Oo Gee Or Oo SG So See Ge GS HePP ECR SESE ORE“8204 Rr Sn HOHEBEO— PHONON RP EHR“ ENON Oren OME nes On Ore Permit ooo rrr irr rrr rir rr rer rrr i or be eee of o+ +O ee er Oe O11 OH Wer BH rH Dr OH OOH Wer Oe O14 BHO O11 O11 OHH OHH OH OH OH O21 O11 Oe OH BHO OOH Or OHH O11 Or Or OHH OHH Or Orr Orr Oru Ger Orele t 28D H+ @ eo © + @ 0+ © e+ © e+ Oe Ooo Bee Oe @ 16 Oe Soe Ooo Ooo Sas e+ Goo Woe Soe Gos oe e+ Gee Sor e+ or Oo @ or Ooo Gor Geo Ws + Or Soe Gor Gee Ger ev Gor Gor Ooo Go Ge a2 or Go or G00 Oo @ 00 Gor Gee G19 2+ O00 O10 G11 1+ Bor Ho Hor G01 GoW oe oe G00 O00 or oe oe Or Oe Ose Gee Ber G11 Gee eo ee er er Oe Ose @: 26 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 75. Large gold watch, three and one-half inches in diameter. Open face showing split-second-hand. Made by Bouvier Fréres at Geneva in the year 1790. (Diameter 80, thickness 27 mm.) (Plate XXVI, fig. 3.) 76. Gold repeating watch contained in an outer case of brown and ‘white opaque enamel attached to a chatelaine of the same ma- terial. The movement was made by Peter Mackdonald in London in the years 1790-1794. This watch was formerly the property of Admiral, Lord Nelson, the Hero of Trafalgar. On the back of the watch an N is engraved, surmounted by a coronet, and also the letter B. The N is for Nelson and the B for Bronté. The Neapolitan title of Duke of Bronté was granted to Nelson in 1799. This watch was made some years before being presented to Nelson, the date of manufacture antedating the conferment of the title ‘‘Duke of Bronté.” (Diameter 50, thickness 22 mm.) (PlateI. Frontispiece.) 77. Pinchbeck watch contained in an outer case of shagreen. Made by John Morier in London. Morier was admitted to the Clockmakers’ Company in the year 1799.18 (Diameter 46, thickness 22 mm.) (Plate XXVI, fig. 1.) 78. Open-face pinchbeck watch; surrounded on each side by a border of paste. The back is ornamented with an enamel. French or Swiss manufacture of the late eighteenth century. (Diam- eter 51, thickness 22 mm.) (Plate X XVII, fig. 3.) 16 The shagreen cover on this watch is the best example-of that material in the collection. oo oe ee et ee ee ee ee er re er ro or er er rt re rr rr rr rt ry rr rr rr rr ir rr rr rr rr rr rr ry ry | cieig sanONOnOnONE=5/ 00: BA OREROTOUPTENOTONEREROCELOneTenecOnaTeTeTOROLOcECEConEcaanarelenectnocezoneceuaiece: O00 06 @ 00 Oe 00 G00 O00 09 O10 O00 00 Oe O00 G02 Oe @ +0 O20 O09 or @ oe @ 19 29 Oe O19 Oe OO ee Or Ser Bee Ooo Ore Jee en One Or OOOOH OOOOH OH OH OH OH OH OH OHO OH OH OHO OH OOOOH OOOH OOH OH OH OH On On OH OHOr Gren OrOrOnererrls Tue H. J. Hetnz CoLLection oF WATCHES. 27 79. Watch of vari-colored gold, set with garnets and demantoids.!’ French or Swiss manufacture of the early nineteenth century. (Diameter 35, thickness 16 mm.) (Plate XXVII, fig. 2.) 80. Watcn in case of vari-colored gold set with garnets and turquoise. Made by Luigi Duchéne et fils in Switzerland in the late eigh- teenth or early nineteenth century. (Diameter 40, thickness I5 mm.) (Plate X XVII, fig. 4.) 81. Gold open-face watch with a silver dial. The back is elaborately enameled in black, blue, gray, and yellow. Swiss manufacture of the early nineteenth century. (Diameter 41, thickness 12 mm.) (Plate XEXIEXS fig: 2:) 82. Gold watch surrounded on the front by a border of pearls. The back also has a border of pearls around the outer edge upon a base of blue enamel; a picture framed in pearls is cleverly executed in gold, seed-pearls, and enamel. Made by Patry and Chaudoir at Geneva, Switzerland, about the year 1800. (Diameter 52, thickness 22 mm.) (Plate X XVI, fig. 2.) 17 Demantoids are green garnets, the word “‘garnet’’ being in jewelers’ parlance restricted to the red variety. $2 © ++ © 22 O00 @ 02 Oe © ar Oe © 0+ O09 O09 O02 Oe Wer Oe Wer er O00 Gee Oo Wee Gor Ooo Boe Oo Ger See Gee Ser Ger Serer Gee Os + Gor Gor O er See or oe @ or ae Gee Oo er Ooo O or Oe © e+ Oo Ooo er @ or oe Ger e+ Gee Oa+ Gor e+ Wee O01 e+ Oo ++ Ose Gor Wor Ger ++ Oe © e+ Ger See Ger G++ Gee Oo Oe Ser Ge Se er Se Gere OOD ee Oe Gee oe ee See G oo Goo er Ooo Ooo Bon @ oe Ooo Gee @ +0 Ooo @ 9 Ooo oe Os0 Ooo Ose Ooo Oo Oo O00 Ooo O20 O10 Os Oo Oo O00 Oo Ooo oe e290 G00 02 Goo Ger Gor Ger Geo Goo Gor Gs 0 Gov Gor Ooo Gor Gor Sor Ooo Sse Os Gee See ee Gee Gee Go Ger Ooo Oo Oe Oe Or Oe Oe Oe Oe On Ge Se GS Gu Gn Ge fe 0 Oo O01 020111 OOH OH OHO OOH OOOH OOH On OOH Or OHO OHO Or OHO OOH Or Or Orr Orr Orr Orr Gr Ore Ger Orr Os Ore OOO Or On®d vole OjrOrEnO=8=8=0"9<0=0-8- 0-02 0~0=0-8“0=9=O=8=0=0<0- 0-8“ OH O= 0“ 0x00 O20 OWS O 0-07 8--OAO OO nO Oe ne +1902 © 01 © 02 Os B+ Oo B+ O41 or 4101+ O19 G0 O19 191911 091911 O19 OH G1 O11 1111 B11 Orr Or O19 Oe +O O11 O11 G11 Ber O19 O11 OO O19 Gr Orr Ger O21 Ber O11 O19 O01 Be 11 er 2111 O11 O11 B11 O91 B21 O11 91 111 OOO OOOO OOOO Or Or Or OrGrOre of oO 0001101111010 11 O11 0110101011 OH OHH OOH OHO OHO OH OHO OHH OHH On OH On On OH Ou Guu On Ou On Ou Suen Gu BnrOu Guu Ou duane 28 - ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 83. Silver watch with various dials showing the hours and minutes, the day of the month, a compass and a curious painting of Adam and Eve, about which a serpent revolves to mark the seconds. French manufacture of the early nineteenth cen- tury.8 (Diameter 60, thickness 19 mm.) (Plate XXIX, fig. 3.) 84. Chatelaine of gold and enamel with a circular enamel picture of two children and a bird upon its nest. French manufacture of the period of the First Empire. (62 X 40 X 3 mm.) (Plate XXVIII, fig. 3.) 85. Gold watch with a silver dial upon which a miniature gold clock with a pendulum is shown. Made by Perrin Fréres at Paris. Period of First Empire. (Diameter 56, thickness 17 mm.) (Plate XXVIII, fig. 1.) 86. Gold mechanical repeating watch. The dial is cut out in the center disclosing two seated figures of gold, which seem to strike the quarters, while a movable figure at the top ad- vances to strike the hours. In reality the striking is accom- plished by a concealed mechanism. French or Swiss manu- facture of the early nineteenth century. (Diameter 47, thick- ness 20 mm.) (Plate SGXXe fie ars) 18 A similar watch, number 291, is in the collection of Mrs. George A. Hearn at the Metropolitan Museum, New York City. OOH @rerele © +9090 +9 © +9 O09 O01 O +6 O11 +9 ++ @ ++ O19 Oo @ oo © 1+ O19 O oe Or O10 o0 O12 O10 O10 Woe © +9 © oe Oo WoW +9 © +9 O09 We @ or © or ©oe Ove Ove O10 Gov Ooo @ or © oe Ore Ooo © oe O00 ee 19 Oo9 Ooo Oe We 6 or 1 Go Ose Gee O19 G1 Os O10 Wor Oo Wee Woo Soo Oe Bee G oo Ser Oe Gee Boe Wer Oe Gee Gor Go Ooo Or Wor oe Sor Oro Wow + oJ e OOOO OOOH OOH On OHO OHH OH OH OH OOH OOO On OOH OOOOH OH OOH OH OOH Oru OOOO OO OOOO Or Or dja SHOP OnOn Ones On SH Ss EH RSSLRHOn SH BHEnenerenens=ens-8USnenouenereriOue £00081 Oe 11001 O11 Oe OH OHO OH OOOH OOOH OH OHO OOO Or OOOO Or Or On OO Orr Or Or Or Or Or OOO Su Or Grr Ores THE H. J. HEINZ COLLECTION OF Wartcues. 29 87. Gold mechanical musical watch. The face is painted with a woodland scene with a village in the distance. Beautifully made figures of vari-colored gold perform when the mechanism is set in motion. A maiden and youth dance to the music, a woman grinds an organ, while a seated boy industriously beats upon a kettledrum. French or Swiss manufacture of the early nineteenth century. (Diameter 57, thickness 20 mm.) (Plate XXX, fig. 3.) 88. Gold open-face watch and white dial with black figures. The back has a scene painted to represent a kitchen. Figures of vari-colored gold and silver are set in motion by the mechanism concealed in the watch. A woman turns a spinning-wheel, a little girl stirs some food in a bowl, while the spit, upon which a fowl is roasting, is turned by a dog in a treadmill. French or Swiss manufacture. Early nineteenth century. (Diameter 56, thickness 27 mm.) (Plate XXIX, fig. 1.) 89. Gold open-face watch with a border of small zircons. The back is set with an enamel of a lady listening to a youth playing upon a pipe. Made by Racine at Paris about the year 1800. (Diameter 51, thickness I9 mm.) (Plate XXVIII, fig. 2.) 06 B O20 1G Ger Serre See Ser Gee Ger Ger Qu Or Ger QeQu Ques 019019015 1991401010811 11 91011 OHO OOOOH OHOHOHOHOHeHOnQErOrGrOnGrguguenrguOurGnGnGnGnGrOnQu@uGuGuOuGuOnGueueuPuSrOuGuGuGuGuusueususs 0-20 +2 0 +9 0 +0 0 00 O10 ++ O11 O21 02102201 1 O12 1819922140122 O21 O28 O21 O11 O21 OHO 11081109 O 9 OOOOH OH OH OOO OHO OH OHO OOOO @-olo JO HOO Oe Oe Oe OOO Ore Or Or er er er Oe Oe Oe Oe Oe Oe er Wer Oe O11 O11 e111 er or er O11 Oe Oe OH OH er OOOOH OOH Or Or On SrGrole 2 30 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. go. Silver watch with plain open face, made by Abraham Louis Bro- guet (1746-1823) at Paris. In the back is set a repoussé design by D. Cochin, depicting Esther at the Court of Ahas- uerus.!® (Diameter 54, thickness 20 mm.) (Plate SOX; fig. 23) gi. Gilt metal watch. Surrounded front and back by a border of paste. In the back an enamel of a young girl with flowers is set. Made by Abraham Louis Breguet, Paris, A. D. 1746-1823. (Diameter 49, thickness 23 mm.) (Plate XX XIII, fig. *3:) 92. Silver open-face watch surrounded by two gold bands. Made by Abraham Louis Breguet, Paris, A. D. 1746-1823. (Diameter 62, thickness 14 mm.) (Plate XXXI, fig. 2.) 93. Gold watch with silver dial; enameled on the back. Made by Abraham Vacheron Girod in the early part of the nineteenth century. (Diameter 43, thickness 16 mm.) (Plate X XIX, fig. 4.) 19 Abraham Louis Breguet was the most famous watchmaker of his time, a man of rare attainments and inventive genius. - The silver back of this watch has been taken from a much earlier piece, as Cochin was a famous silversmith who worked between the years 1660 and 1680. 20 Many of the watches made by this workman were contained in exceedingly plain cases as he was always willing to conform to the wishes of his customers in regard to cases. © O69 Oo Oe Oe Ooo or Wee Wee Oe Orr Oo Oo Gee Oo Wee Her Oe @ 0+ Oar O oe Or Gee Oe Oe O09 Or e+ a+ Wes Oo O ee Oo Wee Oe Oe Oe Wer Ger Oe See Oe Oe Oe SO OS OuOue ‘ HOH EHO OHO OH OHO HOH OOH OHO BGG OOO eGo OOOO Gor G1 Wore Gs 1 6B to Goh eo 0 BB 0119 O11 O10 Ooo Or0 10 01 G er Ber Ber Ber Ber Ber er 11 Ber O01 Oe 965 G60 O11 Ber Ber Go er Wer Ger Weer Ber Goi Go QS Ger Geer Ore @er@er@rr@eree of 10+ O +1 O11 O16 O19 O11 r+ O14 O11 O19 Or Or Or O11 O19 O11 O11 Oe Wor O11 O19 O19 © r+ 11 Oo Wee Wo Ose Wor 9 O12 O19 O10 e911 O19 Woe Oe O11 s+ O19 O19 +. O11 Oe Oo Oe O11 O+ eer 19 O19 e111 O11 O10 11 0011111 ©9019 O19 +1 O19 Oe O19 O11 sO 1 O19 O19 O19 O10 O10 Oe Ore Oe Oerw. THE H. J. HEINZ COLLECTION OF WATCHES. 31 94. Silver watch in a case without ornament; white enamel dial with twenty-four figures. The hours from seven A. M. to six P. M. are indicated by red Arabic numerals, while those from seven P. M. to six A. M. are indicated by black Roman numerals. Made by Louis Antoine Breguet, a son of the famous Breguet, in Paris in the year 1830. (Diameter 60, thickness 23 mm.) (Plate XXXII, fig. 3.) 95. Gold engine-turned watch. Surrounded by a border of white enamel. Made by Louis Antoine Breguet, in Paris about the year 1830. (Diameter 55, thickness 13 mm.) (Plate XXXII, fig. 1.) 96. Oval watch with a case enameled inside and out. The outer picture represents Venus disarming Cupid. Viennese work of the nineteenth century. (Long axis 48, shorter axis 40, thick- ness 24 mm.) (Plate XXX, fig. 4.) 97. Watch set in a case carved from a single carbuncle, in the shape of a cockle shell. The dial is elaborately decorated in gold and enamel set with diamonds, covered by rock crystal. Made by Froment-Meurice. French, nineteenth century. (Height 46, width 53, thickness 24 mm.) (Plate XX XIII, fig. 4.) £0190 1201110209 O10 G11 G1 Gor Gee Gee Gee oor Gee Gere Goer er Gor Oro Gere Serer Gee ree Ger Gee Gor Geese Ger Ser Ger Ger GoGo GeO OGG Or Gr GGG Gur GrOuGreOrGr GO Or Sr Gr Gu Gu Gu Gu PuGuGu Pru Sr Su Sr Gr Gr Su Sr Gr Gueue 7. 090 O09 O09 © 09 B22 © e9 © ee oOo Oo O22 © 22 © +1 © ee ee oe Wo O22 © e209 O21 Oe B91 O09 OO 2+ O11 Oe +1 O01 Wer O29 O12 O22 O11 B11 OOo Oe Bee OOO GGG GS Gr Gr Gewie ole CH PLOENOn Oe Oper One Tren se eTs He: RnR sO Ore ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate X 1. Gold watch by Le Roy, Paris, early eighteenth century. (No. 27.) 2. Silver watch, case by D. Cochin, Paris, 1660-1680. (No. 25.) Enamelled gold watch, Paris, period of Louis XV. (No. 28.) Silver watch by Meadows, London, A. D. 1719. (No. 29.) Bw ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XI. Watch by Frantz Roth, Augsburg, circa A. D. 1730. (No. 33.) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XII. t. Gold repeating watch by Cabrier, London, 1730. (No. 35.) 2. Gold watch by William Hawes, London, 1741. (No. 37-) 3. Gold watch by Gray and Vulliamy, London, 17406. (No. 38.) 4. Watch by P. Terrot, Genoa, 1730. Enamelled, set with zircons. (No. 36.) 5 . Watch by F. Mercier, Paris, 1725. Outer case tortoise-shell piqué. (No.-32.) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. nN Ww . Watch by L’Epine, Paris, 1720, gold border, silver dial. (No. 30.) . Watch by Andreas Colling, Augsburg, circa 1730. (No. 34) Watch by James Blackborow, London, 1734-1746. (No. 39.) Silver watch with outer leather cover, by Vogel, Cologne, 1720. (No. 31.) Plate XIII. » RNa ha, —_ 7 a | = ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Large watch for use in sedan-chair, by Heckel, Vienna, A. D.1750. (No. 40.) Plate XIV. ANNALS,CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XV. Gilt watch and key, London, circa 1760. (No. 48.) Silver verge watch by John Wilter, London, A. D. 1760-1784. (No. 49.) Gold watch by Thomas White, London, A. D. 1759. (No. 44.) Gold repeating watch by Beuster, London, A. D. 1750. (No. 41.) Gold watch with carbuncle in back, period of Louis XVI. (No. 65.) Or ts CONN ey ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XVI. 1. Gold watch by Samuel Weldon, London, A. D. 1759. (No. 45.) Watch of vari-colored gold by Gudin, Paris, circa 1760. (No. 46.) iS) Watch with outer case of Battersea Enamel, London, circa 1760. (No. 47.) . Enamelled watch set with diamonds, Swiss, Fazy et fils, 1780-85. (No. 62.) SW ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XVII. = oe - OP ap ang weg TT rae y j Whi Watch by Triboulet, Geneva, A.D. 1760. (No. 50.) Gold pair-case watch, Dutch, circa 1760. (No. 51.) Pinchbeck watch by John Cock, London, circa 1760. (No. 52.) Gold repeating watch by Hughes, London, A. D. ITs (CN So) PWN H Plate XVIII. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. (No. 703. I Vienna, Silver watch for use in sedan-chair by Philiph Votter, (CPS ON) (,,UOTTTeqoy Joxog ,, surmmp UIyeg 78 soVJeg [euedwuy wor peJooy) “oq joyoeg “e “6oL1 ‘CV ‘UOpUOT ‘uOsMRTTIAA Aq JUSUIYOR}7e [BOISNUT YPM YOM Vd1] JO vey “I XIX ld ‘IX “ISA “(WNSSAW JISSNYVO STVNNY ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XX. *, < ges Trew 1. Vari-colored gold watch, set with turquiose, P. LeRoy, Paris, 1780. (No. 66.) . Pair-case gold watch by Harry Potter, London, A. D. 1773. (No. 57.) . Gold watch with outer case of tortoise-shell, N. Scott, Maidstone. (No. 58.) 4. Enamelled gold watch by P. Bannicker, Paris, 1775. (No. 59.) iS) WwW Plate XX\I. XII. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. (No. 61.) Large watch in pierced pinchback case, G. Margetts, London, A. D. 1779. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXII. 1. Gold watch of Louis XVI period, French, circa 1770. (No. 56.) 2. Gold pair-case watch, by Jas. Noakes, London, 1776-1794. (No. 60.) 3. Gold watch by Jos. Martineau & Son, London, 1784. (No. 63.) 4. Gold watch by Pierre Gregson, Paris, 1780-1790. (No. 64.) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXIII. t. Silver verge watch by Philip Phillips, London, 1770. (No. 70.) (No.‘71-) (No. 43.) Watch in bronze case piqué by Tayot, Paris, eighteenth century. Ne Silver watch with outer enamel case, Charleson, London, 1758. Gilt metal watch by L. Bordier, Geneva, circa 1785. (No. 68.) SS W ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXIV, 1. Pendant watch by J. Clovi, Rome, A.D.1741. (No. 42.) 2. Gold watch by Rundle & Bridge, London, A. D. 1790. (No. 74.) 3. Gold pair-case watch, outer case enamelled. (No. 72.) Plate XXV. XII. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. (No. 73.) Watch and fob by Jeffrys & Jones, London, 1769-94. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXVI. a oe < WW = 6) a / a 1. Watch in outer case of shagreen, J. Morier, London. (No. 77.) 2. Gold watch bordered with pearls by Patry & Chaudoir, Geneva, 1800. (No. 82.) 3. Large gold watch by Bouvier Fréres, Geneva, A.D. 1790. (No. 75.) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXVII. 1. Watch by George Achard et fils, Geneva, A. D. 1780. (No. 67.) 2. Gold watch, Swiss or French, early nineteenth century. (No. 79.) 3. Pinchbeck watch, French or Swiss, late eighteenth century. (No. 78.) 4. Watch by Luigi Duchéne et fils, Switzerland, late eighteenth century. (No. 80.) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXVIII. “ARLE LS ge FERIA 4 “ ie ” 1. Gold watch by Perrin Fréres, period of First Empire. (No. 85.) 2. Watch by Racine, Paris, civca A. D. 1800. (No. 89.) (No. 84.) 3. Chatelaine, gold and enamel, French, period of First Empire. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXIX 1. Watch, French or Swiss, early nineteenth century. (No. 88.) NO . Swiss watch, early nineteenth century. (No. 81.) . French watch, early nineteenth century. (No. 83.) WwW 4. Watch by A. V. Girod, early nineteenth century. (No. 93.) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXX, Watch, French or Swiss, early nineteenth century. (No. 86.) Watch by A. L. Breguet, 1746-1823. (No. 90.) Gold musical watch, French or Swiss, early nineteenth century. I (No. 87.) hw DN Viennese watch, early nineteenth century. (No. 96.) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXXI. 1. Watch by Frazer, London, 1785. (No. 69.) 2. Watch by A. L. Breguet, Paris, 1746-1823. (No. 92.) 3. Musical box and watch, Swiss or French, early nineteenth century. (No. 98.) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXXII . Watch by L. A. Breguet, Paris, circa 1830. (No. 95.) . Watch by Pernetti, Swiss, nineteenth century. (No. 99.) . Watch by L. A. Breguet, Paris, 1830. (No. 94.) ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Pilate XXXIII. 1, 2. Watch studded with pearls by Bautte & Moynier, Geneva, 1820. (No. 100.) 3. Watch by A. L. Breguet, Paris, 1746 1823. (No. 91.) 4. Watch set in carbuncle, by Froment-Meurice, France, nineteenth century. (No. 97.) ANNALS ¥& OF THE era tele NEUSE UM VOLUME XII. NOS. 2-4. EDITORIAL NOTES. THE exigencies of the -period, which began when the United States were forced into the world war by Germany, left their impress upon the entire life of the nation, and affected every individual and institution. The Carnegie Museum did not escape this influence. In view of all the circumstances and the painful economies which seemed to be necessitated, the Director of the Museum, who is also the Editor of its publications, felt constrained to suspend the issue of the ANNALS and Memorrs of the Museum, until such time as the institution might be relieved in a measure from the financial embar- rassment into which it had been brought in the spring of 1918 by the reduction in its revenues, which took place at that time. During the year 1918 no parts of either of the above-named publications were placed in the hands of the printer. It is a matter of congratulation that in May, 1919, we were apprised of the fact that the funds avail- able for the work of the Museum for the current fiscal year had been restored to the same amount as that which had been granted in a num- ber of the preceding years, and accordingly steps have been taken to issue as speedily as possible a number of valuable and important papers on various subjects which should, and under other circum- stances would, have been published in 1918. The Editor sincerely hopes that the temporary delay in the issue of these contributions to science may not have worked entire disappointment to the authors of the same, and that he may receive their pardon in view of the fact that the circumstances were not of his making or choosing. 3—DEC. 2, 1919 oo 34 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. From July, 1918, to the middle of April, 1919, Mr. Douglas Stewart, who has long been associated with the Director of the Carnegie Museum as an administrative assistant, and also has discharged the functions of the Curatorship of Mineralogy, and taken charge of the collections in several of the other sections, was absent from Pitts- burgh. Mr. Stewart had volunteered his services to the American Red Cross in Washington, and there was occupied in the work of the Bureau of Prisoners Relief for most of his time. Letters testifying in unqualified terms to the value of his services in this connection, and to the gratitude of the Officers of the American Red Cross for the kindness of the Trustees of the Carnegie Institute in having al- lowed him to undertake the work have been received, and are cherished in the archives of the Museum. Mr. O. J. Murtre, who at the time the United States entered into the war, was assistant curator of the collections of mammals in our possession, was called to the colors, and entered the Aviation Service. It was not his privilege to be called into duty across seas, and he has recently been honorably discharged. He writes that it is his present intention not to devote himself to curatorial duties, as he prefers life in the open, and he has made arrangements to undertake the breeding of fur-bearing animals in the Northwest, in association with his brothers. Mr. Joun Linx, who entered an Officers Training Camp in June, 1918, to better qualify himself for military service, was in the fall of the year discharged because of a minor physical defect, and imme- diately returned to his post at the Museum. SINCE the last number of the ANNALS of the Museum was issued, the hand of death has removed from us a number of those whose services to the institution have made their connection with it memor- able. On Christmas Eve, December 24, 1918, Monsignor A. A. Lambing passed away, full of years and honors. He was one of the original Trustees of the Institute, having been appointed by Mr. Carnegie, had served for a considerable time as a member of the Committee upon the Museum, and almost continuously as Honorary Curator of our Historical Collections. The sudden death from pneu- monia on May 14, 1919, of Mr. Henry J. Heinz, has robbed us of another EDITORIAL. 35 devoted friend, who did much to add to the collections of the Museum, and long served as Honorary Curator of Textiles, Timepieces, and Ivory Carvings. His loss is irreparable. Professor Charles Rochester Eastman and Herbert Huntington Smith are two others whose names are indelibly linked with the development of the Carnegie Museum, and they both were summoned from life under tragic circumstances. Brief biographies of these friends of the institution and former asso- ciates of the Director will be given elsewhere in this issue of the ANNALS. In spite of the financial embarrassment under which we labored during the fiscal year, which closed on March 31, 1919, there were some notable additions made to the collections in the Museum during that period. One hundred and twenty-six mammals were added, seventy-nine representing the fauna of North America, the remainder being from South America. We have over four thousand five hundred mammals in the Museum. The collection of birds was increased by the addition of six thousand and eighty-five specimens. Thirty-two specimens represent species from North America, the remainder are specimens from portions of South America, which have hitherto been little explored, or only imperfectly represented in the museums of the world. Our birds number about seventy thousand specimens. Our collection of recent reptiles was notably augmented as the result of the journey undertaken by Dr. L. E. Griffin through New Mexico, Arizona, and southern California. There are not far from eight thousand specimens now in the collection, principally from North America, although South America is also represented, and we have some material from other continents. The acquisition of a representative collection of the fresh-water fishes of the island of Formosa through the kindness of Mr. Matsumitsu Oshima of the Institute of Science which is maintained by the govern- ment of that island, is noteworthy. Our collection of fishes aggre- gates over fifteen thousand specimens. Numerous mollusca, principally from the Mississippi Valley were acquired, and a great deal of important work was done during the year by Drs. Ortmann and Sterki in determining and classifying material already obtained in former years. The collection of mollusks 36 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. now numbers about six thousand seven hundred species, represented by about thirty thousand sets of specimens. About sixteen thousand insects were obtained mainly from South America and tropical Africa. The Director completed for the American Museum of Natural History an extensive paper upon the lepidoptera of the Congo brought back from that country by the Lang-Chapin Expedition. A number of new species and new varieties are described. There are over a million of insects in our collections, representing approximately one hundred thousand species. The work in the Herbarium was largely restricted during the past year to the classification and arrangement of material acquired in former years, but some important accessions were made by purchase and exchange. A very important paper upon the Oligocene fossil plants collected some years ago by Mr. Earl Douglas near Missoula, Mon- tana, has been prepared by Professor O. E. Jennings, and submitted for publication. Dr. Jennings informs me that there are about two hundred and fifty thousand specimens in the herbarium, representing approximately fifty-five thousand species. Nearly one thousand mineralogical specimens were received during the year, principally as gifts, including that of the Andriessen Col- lection, presented to the Museum by Mr. Richard Hartje, Jr., and the collection made by the late Mr. E. L. Dunbar of Pittsburgh, pre- sented by his daughter, Miss Fannie K. Dunbar. Our collection of minerals is one of the largest in the state. In the field of paleontology important work was done at the National Dinosaur Monument in Utah, where Mr. Earl Douglass has continued the work of excavation commenced some years ago. The force in the laboratory has succeeded in freeing from the matrix a great deal of interesting and valuable material, which we hope to soon describe and publish to the world. Some of it undoubtedly represents forms hitherto unknown to science. Our paleontological collections are very extensive, exceeded in size and importance by only one, or pos- sibly two others in North America. One of our undertakings was the thorough exploration of the Indian mound at Guyasuta, the ancestral home of the Darlington family near the city, the Museum having been invited by Mrs. S. A. Ammon and her sister, Miss Darlington, todo this work. It is a well-confirmed tradition that the late General O’Hara caused the interment in this mound of the remains of the celebrated Indian chief, Guyasuta, who EDITORIAL. on accompanied George Washington on his memorable journey to the French commandant at Fort LeBoeuf. During the later years of the life of the old Seneca chief, General O’Hara built for him a log cabin near the spot and provided him with food and clothing. Evidence of an intrusive burial in the mound was discovered, and the remains have been carefully preserved, and when the proper time comes, it is hoped to obtain permission to reinter them in Highland Park at a point overlooking his old home, marking the spot by a suitable me- morial not only to him but to the tribe to which he belonged, which has almost vanished. We have received many important gifts and loans of ethnological material, among which may be mentioned the entire collection of the late Robert C. Hall, which, having become the property of Mr. Edward B. Lee, has by him been kindly placed in our custody. Our collection of coins and medals was enriched by the gift to the Museum by Mrs. S. A. Ammon of the beautiful assemblage of medals formed by her father, the late William M. Darlington, Esq. A large number of the medals struck by the authority of the American Con- gress at various dates in the last century, thus became our property. D’Orsay presented to the Carnegie Museum by Messrs. Healey & Co. of N. Y. City. The first vehicle lighted by electric storage batteries. 38 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Notable additions to the ceramics in the Museum have been made, among which may be mentioned the gift of one hundred and forty- three specimens of early colonial and eighteenth century English pottery and glass-ware presented by Mrs. Jessie Porterfield Heasley. A gift which is much appreciated is that made by Messrs. Healey & Company, the famous carriage-builders of New York City, who presented to us a D’Orsay, made under the personal supervision of General Healey, which is a masterpiece of the art of the blacksmith and carriage-builder, and which has historic interest because it is known to be the first vehicle manufactured in America which was illuminated by electric light from storage-batteries, and was one of the first, if not the very first, to be provided with rubber tires. Numerous interesting additions were made to our carvings in wood and ivory, and art-work in the metals. Important accessions of letters and documents were added to our rapidly growing accumulation of historical papers. The foregoing paragraphs serve to throw some light on the activities of the Museum during the past year. Fuller and more detailed information is contained in the Annual Report of the Director, pre- sented to the Trustees in April, 1919. THE fraternity between men of science in foreign lands and our- selves has been illustrated in a pleasing manner on several occasions during the past years. The following letter was received from Monsieur Edmond Perrier, the Director of the National Museum of Natural History in Paris, and Ex-President of the Académie des Sciences, shortly after the United States had begun hostilities against Germany. ‘““MusEuM NATIONAL D’HISTOIRE NATURELLE » PARIS, le'o2 Avil signe “Le Mus&um p’HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE PARIS AU MUSEE CAR- NEGIE. “Dr. W. J. HoLLanpb, Directeur, ‘“ Mon cher Collégue. ‘“Au moment ot on va dresser avec accompagnement de salves d’ar- tillerie pour cette fin le drapeau américain et le drapeau tricolor accolés l’un a l’autre au sommet de la tour Eiffel, le Muséum National EDITORIAL. 39 d’Histoire Naturelle, que vous avez comblé, tient 4 vous adresser avec émotion un salut confraternel, et je suis heureux d’étre son inter- préte. Ensemble nos deux pays combattent pour assurer la paix au monde, pour détruire ce qui reste des institutions du moyen-age organisées pour la conquéte et le butin, et leur substituer des institu- ‘tions pacifiques basées sur la bienveillante solidarité qui doit unir tous les hommes dignes de ce nom. Cette commune conception de la vie est le gage que les Etats Unis et la France ne se sépareront plus. “Soyez, confrére, de vos collégues de I|’Institut Carnegie, institut de paix, notre interpréte trés aimé. ‘““EDMOND PERRIER, “ Directeur du Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle.” Another communication, which was inspired by the signing of the armistice in November, and which came to hand in January, is the following: ““MusEo NACIONAL DE CIENCIAS NATURALES MADRID (Hip6DROMO). “Nov. 15, 1918. To THE DIRECTOR OF THE CARNEGIE Museum, PITTSBURGH. Dear Sir: Please let us congratulate very warmly your Museum, as representative of American Science, for the end of the great war, a so glorious end for your country and for the cause of universal freedom and peace. Yours very friendly, . IGn. BOLIvaR, Director. JoaQguIn Gonz. HIDALGO Luts Lozano Epuarbo H. PAcHECO Lucas Fr. NAVARRO Ricarpo GA. MERCET ANGEL CABRERA CANDIDO BOLIVAR ANTONIO DE ZULUETA ROMUALDO GONZALEZ FRAGOSO.”’ Il: REPORT UPON THE MATERIAL, DISEGCOVERED Say THE UPPER EOCENE OF THE UINTA’ BASIN’ BY EARL DOUGLAS IN THE YEARS 1908-1909, ANID BY Ot As PELE R SON RIN rome By O. A. PETERSON. INTRODUCTION. The present report may be considered as the continuation of the work done by Messrs. Earl Douglass, O. A. Peterson, and C. W. Gilmore who have already written upon the Titanotheroidea and the turtles, and incidentally have briefly discussed the geology of the Uinta Basin.1. A more complete and detailed account of the geology of the Uinta Tertiary is deferred pending a further and more complete study in the near future. The collection of fossil insects and plants will also be taken up in later publications. The illustrations are from drawings made by Mr. Sydney C. Pren- LICE: I. FISHES AND REPTILES OF THE UINTA EOCENE. (The Turtles belonging to the collections made by Mr. Earl Douglas and the author of this paper have received full treatment by Mr. C. W. Gilmore in his paper, entitled ‘‘The Fossil Turtles of the Uinta Formation,” Memoirs Carn. Mus., VII, 1915, pp. 101-161.) II. PISCES. Above the typical Green River Shales of the Uinta Basin remains of fishes, such as the scales of gars and isolated bones, are often found in different localities and horizons. These remains are generally dis- covered in heavy bedded sandstones of stream origin and are very 1 Douglass, Earl, ‘‘ Preliminary Description of Some New Titanotheres from the Uinta Deposits,”” ANN. Car. Mus., Vol. VI, 1909, pp. 304-311; ‘‘Geology of the Uinta Formation,’’ BULL. GEOL. SURV. OF AMERICA, Vol. XXV, I914, pp. 417-420. Peterson, O. A., “‘A New Titanothere from the Uinta Eocene,’’ ANN. CAR. Mus., Vol. IX, 1914, pp. 20-52; ‘‘A Small Titanothere from the Lower Uinta Beds,”’ l.c., pp. 53-57; ‘‘Some Undescribed Remains of the Uinta Titanothere Dolicho- rhinus,” l.c., pp. 129-138. Gilmore, C. W., ‘‘The Fossil Turtles of the Uinta Formation,’’ Mem. Car. Mus., Vol. VII, No. 2, 1915, pp. IOI—I61I. 40 PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 41 seldom so complete as to permit of exact identification. A mandible, No. 2382, found in Horizon B appears to belong to the Halecomorphi of the family Amide, and agrees best with Pappichthys (P. plicatus) Cope, “ Tertiary Vertebrata’’, p. 59, Plate IV, Fig. 1. A second speci- men, No. 3031, with a great number of scales in position, found in horizon C, appears to belong to Amza, while a third, No. 2368, from horizon C (near base) are fragments of both rami, which are longer, slenderer, more rod-like, but with a single tooth-row, as in No. 2382, referred to Pappichthys. This specimen may or may not pertain to the same group. III. REPTILIA. CROCODILIA. The fauna of the Uinta sediments includes a number of species of Crocodilia which continued from earlier epochs. These remains are generally found in sandstone of more or less coarse texture and of stream origin, as is the case with the remains of the fishes. In the collections made by the Carnegie Museum in 1908 and 1912 are a number of specimens which represent horizons A, B, and C of the Uinta. C. M., No. 2971, a skull which was found in the upper part of horizon A near White River, Utah, compares best with the de- scription and illustrations of Crocodilus clavis by Professor Cope, “Tertiary Vertebrata’’, pp. 157-159, Plate XXII. Alower jaw, C.M., No. 2972, found in horizon B, is also referred to C. clavis, while No. 2988 is a pair of lower jaws found in horizon C, and represents an animal larger than either Nos. 2971 or 2972. This specimen may _very possibly represent a new species, but reliable comparisons and diagnoses of characters cannot be made because of the mutilated condition of the specimen. IV. MAMMALIA. Order CARNIVORA (Fere). Family MESONYCHID Cope. Genus HARPAGOLESTES Wortman. 1. Harpagolestes uintensis (Scott and Osborn). Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XXIV, 1887, p. 225. To this species is referred a lower jaw, together with other parts of the skeleton of one individual, C. M. No. 2961. The remains were found in horizon B of the Uinta formation close to the place where 42 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. the hypotype of H. uintensis was found at the eastern end of the Uinta Basin near Wagonhound Bend Canyon on White River, Utah. The specimen represents an animal as large as, or slightly larger, than the type of H. uintensis, and is here recorded for the convenience of the student, because it differs from that specimen, and also from H. immanis Matthew, by the presence of a minute anterior cusp on Pz. Pz and also Mg are of larger size than is the case in the type of H. uintensis. Since the type of the latter species consists of loose teeth, which may possibly not all belong to the same specimen, no great stress should at this time be laid on the differences noted. The presence of the anterior cusp on Pz may also be an individual character of the present specimen. The erection of a new species is therefore not thought prudent. Family OXY A.NIDZ Cope. Genus OxyNODON Matthew. Oxyznodon dysodus Matthew. Hyenodon sp. OSBORN, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., VII, 1895, p. 78, Fig. 3. Oxyenodon dysodus MATTHEW, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XII, 1900, p. 49 (type of genus Oxy@nodon). Oxyenodon dysodus Hay, U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull. 179, 1902, p. 759. (Specimen No. 1893 A.M.N.H.) Oxyznodon dysclerus Hay. Oxyenodon dysodus WORTMAN (non Matthew), Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., XII, 1900, p. 145. Limnocyon dysodus WORTMAN, Am. Journ. Sci. (4), XIII, 1902, p. 206. Oxyenodon dysclerus Hay, U.S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 179, 1902, p. 769; Matthew, Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., IX, Pt. VI, 1900, p. 412 and 433. (Specimen No. 2515 A.M.N.H.) The above synonymy carefully worked out shows the status of the two species of Oxyenodon as known at the present time. On comparing Oxyenodon dysodus Matthew with material repre- senting Limnocyon the two appear to agree in the general structure of thelowerjaw. They havea very thick jaw with a heavy symphysis, which extends backward even with the posterior face of Pz. The dentition of the type of Oxyenodon dysodus Matthew is very imperfect and furnishes, unfortunately, small opportunity for comparison. It represents an animal larger than the type of Oxyenodon dysclerus, and further differs from the latter by having the chin gently turned PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 43 upward, while in O. dysclerus the chin is turned upward more abruptly. Although O. dysodus may pertain to a different genus (? Limnocyon) it seems preferable to retain it in Oxyenodon, pending the discovery of more material of both Oxyenodon and Limnocyon in that horizon of the Uinta formation in which the type was found. This decision is mainly based upon the fact that a specimen representing a new species of Limnocyon, vide infra, was found during the summer of 1912 at the same locality where Oxyenodon dysodus was obtained,? and which differs from the latter. In this new form the mandible is proportion- ally shorter, especially in the region of the premolars. The first - upper premolar is obliquely placed in the alveolar border, and the premolars are crowded, while in O: dysodus P+ is directly fore-and-aft and the premolars occupy proportionally a greater space. These differences between the two specimens compared may be of generic importance. M+ in Oxyenodon dysclerus has the paracone and metacone placed closer together than in Limnocyon. In the latter genus P* and P#* have smaller heels and M2 has one instead of two median tubercles. Recently acquired material, representing the limbs of Oxyenodon dysclerus, described below, further show that the limbs are longer in proportion to the skull than is the case in Limnocyon. 2. Oxyenodon dysclerus Hay (Plate XXXIV, Figs. 1-2). U. S. Geological Survey, Bull. No. 179, 1902, p. 759. (For synonymy see ante.) This species is represented by a well-preserved skull with the lower jaws attached, portions of the vertebral column, and the fore-limb of one individual, No. 3051. The specimen was found by the writer on White River, Uinta County, Utah, in the same locality and in the same horizon in which the type was obtained. It was found in a fine-grained sandstone concretion in which it is still imbedded in half relief, the skull and portions of the fore-limb having been more com- pletely worked out for further detailed study and illustration. The differences between the present specimen and the type (No. 2515 of the American Museum) are very slight, judging from the descriptions, the illustration, and actual comparison. The axis has a high neural spine and the cervical centra have stout transverse processes, which project rather strongly backward. 2 Mr. Peterson collected in 1893-95 the material upon which Osborn, Matthew, Hay, and Wortman wrote. (Editor.) 44 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. The left fore-limb is quite completely preserved, and, as observed above, is longer in proportion to the length of the skull than in Limno- cyon. ‘The scapula is long and rather narrow, more nearly recalling such Fic. 1. Oxyenodon dysclerus. Carnegie Museum No. 3051. X 2/3. a recent form as Viverra zibetha, the coracoid process and the meta- cromion being, however, proportionally more developed than in the latter. The spine, which is very high, rises close to the glenoid cavity and separates the pre- and post-scapular fosse in nearly equal pro- portions. The humerus has received considerable crushing, especially in the upper portion of the bone, but its length is not impaired. The bone Fic. 2. Oxye@nodon dysclerus. Carnegie Museum No. 3051. X 2/3. is slender, the deltoid is quite prominent and extends well down on the shaft, but does not terminate as abruptly below as in the Miacide. The entepicondyle and entepicondylar foramen are quite large, having approximately the same proportions as in Limnocyon verus. The trochlea is also similar to the latter, except the inter-trochlear PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 45 ridge, which seems to be less developed in the present species. This, however, may be partly due to crushing. The supinator ridge appears to be somewhat less developed than in L. verus. The proportionate length of the ulna and radius is the same as in Limnocyon verus. The fore-arm answers quite well to the description given of L. verus by Matthew, except that the olecranon process of the present specimen is shorter. The fore-foot is preserved with the exception of the ungual pha- langes, the trapezium, a portion of the trapezoid, and Mc. 1. The carpus is low and broad, the metacarpals quite long in comparison with the length of the radius and ulna, and the phalanges are long, those of the proximal row with the shafts quite convex dorsally. The scaphoid and centrale, or what I take to be a portion of the cen- trale, appear to be united, and the lunar is also apparently fused, or nearly fused, with the scaphoid. The cuneiform is not complete, but appears to be high, with the articulation for the ulna excavated anteroposteriorly and having a large concave facet for the pisiform. The latter is of large size, with the termination of the tuberosity con- siderably expanded, especially supero-inferiorly. The unciform is large and the facet for the cuneiform is very oblique. The metacar- pals are moderately spread, their shafts have an oval cross-section, and are more expanded laterally near the distal end. The median phalanges are depressed. The unguals are not represented in the specimen. ; Genus Limnocyon Marsh. 3. Limnocyon douglassi sp. nov.’ (Plate XX XIV, Figs. 11-14). Type: Fragments of skull, lower jaws, and other portions of skeleton, CaM No: 3373: Horizon: Uinta Eocene, horizon B. Locality: Eastern end of Uinta Basin, Uinta County, Utah. Specific Characters: Premolars relatively small; Px suddenly en- larged; P® with anterior and posterior accessory cusps proportionally small. Type representing an animal slightly larger than Limnocyon potens of the Washakie Eocene. A portion of the right maxillary, with P2, P*, and My are very nearly complete; the roots of M® and the anterior premolars are pre- served in the specimen. There is also a fragment representing the 3In honor of Mr. Earl Douglass who found the type in 1908. 46 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. left maxillary, the base of the zygomatic arch, both upper canines, one incisor tooth, and other fragments of teeth. The upper incisor is robust, laterally compressed, with a short and thick fang and the crown heavily enameled and striated. The canine is likewise flattened and the crown deeply striated. The maxillary is broken off in the region of P+, but it is evident that the tooth had two roots and occu- pied a crowded and oblique position in the alveolar border, differing thus from L. verus. P# is represented by two stout fangs, while P# has the crown complete. The main cusp of the latter is conical and rather blunt. At the antero-internal angle there is a minute basal tubercle, while posteriorly there is a basal heel of considerable size as in L. verus. P* has the triangular outline due to the prominent deuterocone characteristic of the genus. The anterior external tub- ercle of this tooth is unusually well developed, while that of the oppo- site tooth, though better developed than in L. verus, is of considerably smaller size. The median and postero-external cusps are much worn down, indicating the senility of the animal. On comparing P2 with that of Limnocyon potens Matthew, it is at once observed that the anterior and posterior cusps of the crown are proportionally smaller than in that species. All the inferior premolars are crowded in the specimen under con- sideration and they carry deep vertical strie. Py is represented only by its roots in the left mandible, this tooth in the right mandible having dropped out and the alveole having been partly closed before the death of the animal. The second, third, and fourth premolars have only a slight indication of an anterior basal tubercle as in L. potens,* while posteriorly there is a considerable cusp. Cingula are feebly or not at all represented. The trigonid of My is much worn and is otherwise incomplete posteriorly; the heel is rather large and slightly basin-shaped. The trigonid of My is entirely broken off, but the heel is quite complete, and shows a sharp inner face and a more obtuse elevation along the external margin of the heel. The vertebral column is represented only by a few centra, which appear to be very small in proportion to the remains of the head. The tail was robust, as is shown by two or three centra from the proxi- mal region. The limb-bones, even more than the remains of the vertebral column, appear disproportionately small, and it was with some hesita- 4In L. potens the anterior premolars are larger, while Pz is proportionally smaller. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 47 tion that I originally referred them to the same individual. However, when compared with Limnocyon verus described by Dr. Matthew (Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1X, Part VI, 1909, pp. 433-447) the differences are not so great, the limb-bones of the present specimen being perhaps somewhat smaller in proportion. The pelvis is represented by fragments of the ilia and the ischium. The fragments indicate that the pelvis was quite elongated and narrow. The ilium is suddenly expanded at the contact with the sacrum, espe- cially along the superior border, and the great sacro-sciatic notch is short. Immediately anterior to the acetabulum are heavy rugosities for muscular attachments. The ischium has a considerable inward twist when the pelvis is placed in position; the shaft is rather com- pressed laterally and the ischial spine is located well back of the aceta- bulum, similar to, though relatively of smaller size than in Tritem- nodon agilis Matthew. The femur is quite complete and presents characters much in accord with Limnocyon verus. The distal end appears to be somewhat broader than in the latter species, which may, however, be partly due to crushing. The upper end of the shaft has an inward turn similar to that in Limnocyon verus; the lesser trochanter is possibly located somewhat more posteriorly than in the latter species, but the third trochanter is approximately in the same position and of the same proportionate size. Distally the bone is, as already stated, broadly expanded, which is in part, at least, due to crushing. However, the rotular trochlea appears to be proportionally broader than in Lim- nocyon verus. Above the external condyle on the postero-fibular angle is a curious deep groove in the neighborhood of the attachment for the gastrocnemius. The intercondyloid notch is quite broad. The tibia and fibula are poorly represented. It is, however, plain that the shaft of the fibula is quite stout and oval in cross-section. Both calcanea are represented with the greater portion of the tuber calcis broken off. The bone is rather small, not much expanded laterally, due to the small development of the lesser process. The groove for the interosseous ligament is quite broad, as in many recent Fere, but the bone as a whole is perhaps most suggestive of the Miacine. The peroneal tubercle is large, with the tendinal groove for the peroneus longus fairly well developed. The facet for the cuboid is oblique and on the plantar face is a truncated tuberosity for muscular attachment. 48 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. The astragalus is represented by the head, which is broad as in L. verus. MEASUREMENTS. Length of 1uppermolar-premolar senese..sa-eeiee nie ai eee eee 54 mm, Length of mandible, condyle to point of symphysis................... Tie eee Depth: of mandible at:P x 14.1.4 tents oe cree eee CeCe oe ee 25 ae Depth ofmandible ati Min... ecto chs Sots oe eit ol a Seer eee 20% Length of lower molar-premolar series... 05..2.adeose os oa neeee SS mie engthvofdoweripremolars’ a... csi eee rake be heeke he ee uaieeo se Ree Big Eengthvot lower amolarsiand!2 522 4. aks cis eis tt crate a een ney eee 2 i Men ctha op ternary: xuetch cxcksustcutve se o8s otis oe) sesncu at epateteteect shoe tesieahel eae Sacto t22 0 Family MIACIDZ Cope. Genus MIMOCYON gen. nov. 4. Mimocyon longipes sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV, Figs. 6-10.) Type: Fragments of the left lower jaw with Py and My in place, fragment of Pz? and greater portion of the lower canine of same side; the distal end of the humerus, proximal end of the ulna, a section of the shaft of the radius, the distal articulation of the tibia, the tarsus, and proximal ends of three metatarsals, C. M. No. 3022. Horizon: Uinta Eocene, Horizon C, near base. Locality: Six miles east of Myton, Uinta County, Utah. Generic Characters: Antero-posterior diameter of Pz and My equal. Anterior and posterior accessory cusps small and heel large. Trigonid low and small, heel large and basin-shaped. Tarsus high. DESCRIPTION OF THE TYPE. The ramus is not deep and is rather thin transversely. Py had in all probability two roots. The succeeding alveoli of Py and Px indi- cate that they were of considerable antero-posterior diameter and were distinctly two-rooted. Pz is not reduced in size, its antero- posterior diameter equals that of My. The principal cusp of the crown is not compressed laterally, is rather high, and has distinct ridges in front and behind. ‘There is a small anterior basal cusp, which more appropriately might be regarded as a heavy cingulum, a promi- nent basal heel, and a small accessory tubercle posteriorly. The cingulum is well developed and completely surrounds the tooth, in this respect answering the description of Miacis vulpinus (Scott).® M; has an unusually small and low trigonid, which is very little greater 5 Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 36th meeting, New York, 1887, p. 255. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 49 in the antero-posterior diameter than the heel. The anterior and internal tubercles of the trigonid are of moderate development, while the external is, as usual, the largest of the three. The heel is unusually large and decidedly basin-shaped. Externally this tooth has a well- developed cingulum, but internally it is smooth. Ms was of consid- erable size, judging from the alveolus. Mz was evidently present, but whether or not it had two roots cannot be determined from the type specimen. The distal end of the humerus is comparatively broad, and in this respect it suggests such forms as Muacis parvivorus and Odéddectes proximus, described by Matthew.* The entepicondyle and the entepi- condylar foramen are also of large size and the trochlear portion for the radius convex, as in M. parvivorus. The trochlea for the greater sigmoid cavity of the ulna is wide and the supinator ridge does not extend high up on the shaft. A fragment of the proximal end of the ulna is preserved with the type. “ke olecranon process appears to have a moderate expansion antero-posteriorly and the anterior border is compressed laterally immediately above the greater sigmoid cavity. The latter is quite wide and oblique, with a prominent coronoid process and a concave lesser sigmoid cavity, which indicates power to rotate the head of the radius. The shaft appears to have a considerably backward curve, and is compressed laterally, expanded antero-posteriorly, and deeply channeled on the ulnar face. The distal trochlea of the tibia is not broad, and there is a shallow groove separating the internal malleolar facet from the external portion of the trochlea. The astragalus is high and narrow, with a long neck unlike that of Miacis parvivorus and more suggestive of the astragalus of Cercoleptes. The trochlear groove of the astragalus is shallow, the internal ridge being low, but more developed than in the form from the Bridger and in older genera. The head is laterally broad and there is present a minute astragalar foramen. The tuber of the calcaneum is compressed laterally and terminates above in a prominent tuberosity, which is very slightly grooved. The lesser process is not greatly expanded and the facet for the cuboid is very oblique. The dorsal face of the calcaneum is broken off. The navicular is proportionally narrow, 6 “Carnivora and Insectivora of the Bridger Basis,’ Mem Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX, 1909, pp. 368, 378. 4—DEC. 2, 1919. 50 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. especially when the transverse diameter of the head of the astragalus is taken into consideration. The fact, however, is, that the head of the astragalus extends laterally, as in the Oxyenids, and articulates with the cuboid perhaps even to a greater extent than in the recent Kinka- jou. The cuboid is very nearly as high proportionally as in Cer- coleptes and has, as indicated above, a facet for the astragalus on the proximal tibial angle. The facet for the distal end of the calcaneum is oblique to conform to the corresponding facet on the calcaneum described above. There is present a heavy plantar tuberosity which again suggests similarity to Cercoleptes. The cuneiforms are high and narrow, the entocuneiform being of considerable size and has a large facet for Mt. I, indicating that digit to be approximately pro- portionate in size to that in Cercoleptes. The metatarsals are repre- sented only by the heads of II, IV, and V and a portion of the shafts of OE MEASUREMENTS. Vertical diameter of ramus at M;approximately...................... 20 mm. Length of molar-premolar dentition approximately.................... 60) Antero=posterior diameter Of Pg ao ate esate oto s ecciets Os eins) olen eraicva se apenronee Ties Antero=postenlordiametenor Miss aeterac nis terete ehateiiare ale aussi s eter ee ae Transverse diameter of distal trochlea of humerus..................... ine}. Greater transverse diameter of dorsal end of humerus approximately .... 30 “ Greatest length: ot caleaneum! approximately... 3... = 2c sas ne pay Greatest =heightrofastragalus cis soe cherishes hn beens aoe 2 See Transverse diameter of trochlea of astragalus......................... TOn us Greatestsherghtrotacuboiderjcerce aceite lee erie ee eerie ees TOUet ‘Transverse diametermotstarsusidistalll vis cvctamyeterieter oir etelichel stelle ol oh ucken een 21 ia The genus and species described above is most closely allied to Miacis. That it belongs to the branch of the Cynoid Miacine appears to be quite certain from the remains at hand, but whether or not its successors are to be found in any of the known genera from later geological formations Will not be known until the discovery of more perfect material. The study of the limited material at hand suggests that the genus represents an aberrant form, especially when the oxyznid and cercoleptid features of the pes are compared with the dentition. Genus PRODAPH2ANuS Matthew. 5. Prodaphznus (?) robustus sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV, Figs. 3-5). Type: Fragments of lower jaws with Pz My and Mg in place; fragments of vertebra, greater portion of right humerus, and head of femur, C. M. No. 3023. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. ol Locality: Six miles east of, Myton, Uinta County, Utah. Horizon: Uinta Eocene, Horizon C, near base. Specific Characters: Antero-posterior diameter of Pz and Mz subequal. Px with anterior basal cusp; absence of posterior accessory cusp, but a cutting heel of considerable size present. Mz with broad and high trigonid; small heel, not basin-shaped. My of proportionally smal] size, trigonid low, and heel small. My one-rooted. Animals larger than Prodaphenus scott. . This specimen appears to differ both from Miacis and Uintacyon’? and may represent a new genus, nevertheless it is thought best to provisionally place it in Prodaphenus having regard to the incom- pleteness of the type. The unfortunate absence of the upper teeth prevents comparison with Prodaphenus scotti. It is purposely kept separate from the latter on account of its greater size and also to save a possible confusion later on, since it may not even pertain to the same genus. The description and measurements of ‘‘ Miacis” vulpinus Scott and Osborn® do not appear to agree with the present specit#€n. The structure of the lower jaw and the teeth do not com- pare well with Procynodictis vulpiceps Wortman and Matthew.’ The general contour of the mandible is perhaps more like Uintacyon than Miacis. It is certainly heavier, deeper, and I should judge” relatively shorter than Prodaphenus (Miacis) uintensis (Osborn) the symphysis being especially heavy. The canine, as indicated by the root, is heavy and laterally compressed. Py is single-rooted, Ps is two-rooted, but, as in Procynodictis, apparently of considerably smaller size than Pz. Py suggests that of Miacis hargeri; it is a large tooth with a prominent anterior basal tubercle, a slight and rather smooth cingulum externally, entirely smooth internally, and a large cutting heel. My; hasa high and broad trigonid with the anterior tubercle well developed, as in Procynodictis vulpiceps and later forms. The heel is rather slightly developed both antero-posteriorly and transversely. It is of a trenchant type with a moderately heavy cingulum, extending along the inner face to the base of the postero- internal tubercle of the trigonid. The antero-posterior diameter of 7 Dr. W. D. Matthew, Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1X, 1909, pp. 326-377. 8 Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XXIV, 1887, p. 255. 9 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIV, 1899, p. I21. 10 No contact has been established between the anterior and posterior portions of the mandible, but there would appear to be little doubt that the two pieces. pertain to the same individual. 52 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. the tooth is but very little greater than that of Pg. There is a slight cingulum on the external face of the trigonid, but internally the tooth is smooth, except the cingulum of the heel just described. Mz is much reduced in size and in this respect suggests the condition in Procynodictis and Cynodictis rather than in Daphenus and Daphe- nodon. The trigonid of this tooth is, however, lower than in the illus- tration given of Procynodictis and suggests more nearly that found in later forms (Cynodictis); the heel is slightly basin-shaped. Mg was a small one-rooted tooth which in the type is represented only by the alveolus. Except the mandible just described, the humerus, minus the proximal end, is the only part of the type worthy of description. The shaft is quite heavy and rather long, and the deltoid ridge is robust and ex- tends downwards more than half the length of the shaft, terminating abruptly, which plainly furnishes the cynoid characters given by Matthew & Wortman. The ulnar border of the distal end of the shaft is not complete, but enough is preserved to show that the supi- nator ridge was quite prominent and extends well up, in this respect being unlike the supinator ridge of Mimocyon longipes, which is much less extended upwardly and more like what is found in most species of Miacis and of Lycarion (Vulpavus) hargeri. The distal trochlea, though broad, is not as broad in proportion as in Mimocyon, and the middle portion of the articulation for the radius is much less convex and more nearly approaches what is seen in the genera of later for- mations (Daphenus and Daphenodon). The entepicondyle and the radial border of the entepicondylar foramen is broken off. There was apparently no supra-trochlear perforation. MEASUREMENTS. Length of mandible, canine to M; approximately...................... 65 mm. Depth of mandible, canine to P> approximately: ...........0i.8.+a006 22 Transverse diameter of mandible at symphysis opposite Py............. TO mie Length of molar-premolar series approximately...................005- SS Length of premolar series approxtmateliy conic e cicieicicie cleus sie ol'elle iota lolc telerstioe 30 ae iength of molariseriesapproximateliysicruciciatcnrcteis -ielensievels «ere cheer elatietonene 23) es Genus PLEUROCYON gen. nov. 6. Pleurocyon magnus sp. nov. (Plate XX XV). Type: Symphysis of lower jaws with left ramus nearly complete and a portion of the dentition in place, C. M. No. 2928. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 53 Paratype: Fragment of right maxillary and jugal, right ramus with canine in place, fragments of upper and lower teeth, and a consider- able portion of the skeleton, C. M. No. 3006. Florizon: Uinta Eocene, Horizon C, near base. Locality: Six miles southeast of Myton, Uinta County, Utah. Generic Characters: Mandibular rami proportionally short and deep. Lower molars decreasing in size from first to third, tuberculo-sectorial, with long trenchant heels, low trigonids, and the metaconids of moderate SIZE. DESCRIPTION OF THE TYPE. In comparing some fragments of the upper teeth of the paratype, No. 3006, with the description and illustrations of the superior dentition of Vulpavus and Lycarion by Wortman!! and Matthew™ it is at once seen that the canine of the present form is more compressed laterally. There is also a total absence of the internal and posterior ledge-like elevation, which rises from the cingulum (hypocone) on the internal face of the molars of Miacis and Lycarion, and in this respect it is more like the condition found in Oédectes, except that the deuterocone is proportionally more developed antero-posteriorly and has a tendency to be sub-divided into two tubercles in the form now being described. In other words, it appears that the hypo- and proto-cones have been united as indicated in the illustration, Pl. XX XV, Fig. 11, and that there is one intermediate tubercle of small size. Whether or not there were two intermediate tubercles cannot be determined from the material at hand. The postero-external tubercle is of well propor- tioned size. The tooth is broken on what I take to be its antero- external angle. The lower dentition of the type, No. 2928, is much better preserved and furnishes more satisfactory means of comparison. There were most likely three lower incisors, though this cannot be fully deter- mined from the type. Judging from the roots, the second incisor was of rather small size, while Iz was quite large. The canine, premolars 7, z the anterior portion of Pg and Mz unfortunately were not re- covered. The root of the canine presents a long oval, placed nearly in a direct antero-posterior position on the axis of the jaw. The 1 Amer. Journ. Sci., (4), Vol. XI, 1901, p. 341, Vulpavus; pp. 342-445, Lycarion hargeri (Wortman). 2 Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1X, 1900, p. 343, Lycarion; pp. 344, 346, 380, Vulpavus palustris Marsh. 54 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. first lower premolar is indicated by a single root separated from the canine by a short diastema, but is continuous with the series back of it. Pz has two roots closely crowded together. Pg is rather cur- iously oxyenid in structure, the main cusp consisting of a low conical tubercle with a prominent conical heel and the anterior and internal faces surrounded by a smoothly rounded cingulum; externally the tooth is practically smooth. As already stated, the anterior face of Pz is not present in the type; in the paratype, however, this tooth is present, though isolated (see Pl. XXXV, Figs. 12-13). The oxyenid feature of this tooth is again repeated, the main cusp being compara- tively of rather small size, while the heel is large and of a trenchant character. The anterior basal tubercle, though small, is well defined, but there is no posterior accessory cusp, in this respect suggesting such forms as Prodaphenus (?) robustus, p. 50, or “ Miacis” vulpinus Scott.!3 The heel is, however, proportionally larger than in the two species mentioned. There is a poorly developed cingulum on the internal angle of the heel, otherwise the tooth is smooth. My has a low trigonid with the external tubercle the largest, the internal of moderate size, and the anterior small and low, this again agreeing in a general way with Scott’s description of “ Miacis” vulpinus. The heel of My; in the present species, though trenchant as in “ Miacis”’ vulpinus, is of large size, with an extended inner ledge, while that of Scott’s species is low and small. In comparing My of the present genus with the miacids generally, it is apparent that Vulpavus pro- fectus with its low trigonids bears a closer similarity to it than any of the other genera. The basin-shaped heel of Vulpavus is, however, totally unlike the large trenchant heel of the genus under consider- ation, which in this respect is perhaps most suggestive of Oddectes her- pestoides Wortman. In the present genus My is very little smaller than M; and the two are similar in every respect, except a somewhat smaller sized anterior tubercle of the trigonid on My. There are no cingula on either of the two teeth just described. Mz is considerably smaller than the preceding molars and is implanted by two fangs. The only portion of the skull preserved, besides the fragments of the teeth described, is a mutilated fragment of the right maxillary, with a portion of the zygomatic arch of the jugal attached. This fragment may or may not pertain to the paratype here described. The alveolar 13 Amphicyon” (?) vulpinum, sp. n. Scott and Osborn, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc., XXIV, 1887, p. 255. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. ey portion of the maxillary apparently had considerable vertical diameter and the zygomatic arch is rather slender. The general contour of the horizontal ramus of the type as well as of the paratype is not unlike that of Oddectes. The diameter of the jaw is small transversely and great vertically, with the lower border suddenly rising opposite Mz and gradually tapering towards the symphysis (see Pl. XXXV, Figs. 10, 15). The latter is curiously sug- gestive of Sinopa, having a shallow, quite long, and loose symphysis. In fact the entire jaw is like that of the latter genus, but the canine is heavier, the premolars set closer together, the cusps of all the teeth lower, the heels of molars not basin-shaped, and Mz too much reduced (added to this the different structure of the limbs, vide infra) to permit it to be regarded as belonging to Sinopa. There are two mental foramina of moderately large size, the ante- rior under Py and the posterior under the posterior portion of Ps. In the type the base of the ascending ramus is very close to the dental series, so that the posterior fang of Mz is placed at a considerable angle to the position of the roots in the rest of the cheek-teeth. This is not the case in the paratype, where there is a wider space between Mz and the ascending ramus. Whether or not this is a specific character cannot be determined from the material at hand. The ascending ramus of the rami of both type and paratype are broken off. MEASUREMENTS. Type Paratype- No. 2928. No. 3006 Mransverse diameter of upper molat....4. 46 --lo- = 6 oe) ie i} Soaoal Antero-posterior diameter of upper molar.................. Tie ae é re ee ‘* horizontal ramus from incisor to Aine ie hivebtave IMI Bom ideo oe cceee a cpap oocdomdepda aoe OS tin 7/5) 0) ee Wenticalscdiametermot ramuspatybears icici cre pelctsyc ei oils 9 ohelle 17 Sea OF Lua oh eS Puppia tient N et eaieta cee wn enrs, Aare ;- 9 se 2 2s 6,06, O 1a) Eliel(eie) el pie'is)e).aiial.a| a )e4¢) 0, 6) bye Vertebral Column: The vertebral column of the paratype, No. 3006, is represented by a few fragments of the centra, which present no features worthy of mention, except that the caudal region was long and robust, as usual in the Eocene Fere. * Indicates the measurements to be approximately correct. 56 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Limbs: The limbs consist of the greater portion of the shaft of the left humerus with the distal end mutilated, the ulna with the distal end wanting, fragments of the shaft of the radius, and the fifth meta- carpal of the left manus. There are also fragments of the pelvis, the shafts of both femora, right and left tibiz, fragments of the shaft of a fibula, a calcaneum, cuboid, ento- and meso-cuneiforms, all the meta- tarsals except the fifth, a few phalanges of the proximal and median rows, and the proximal portion of one ungual phalanx. The limbs of Pleurocyon, as represented in the paratype, No. 3006, are proportionally large, in this respect suggesting Palearctonyx meadi Matthew. The fragmentary humerus in detailed structure is perhaps more like that of Vulpavus Marsh or Miacis Cope. As in the latter genera, the deltoid and supinator crests are prominent, the entepicondylar foramen is of large size and the entepicondyle was no doubt also of large size. The proximal end of the bone is broken off and the distal end is badly mutilated. It is, however, to be seen that the articular trochlea for the upper portion of the greater sigmoid notch of the ulna is rather deep and narrow. Neither the olecranon or the supratrochlear fossee are deep or high. Whether or not there is a supratrochlear foramen cannot be determined from the specimen. The shaft of the ulna is compressed laterally, and is rather straight The lower half of the ulnar face is broadly and quite deeply channeled. Directly in front it presents a prominent and sharp crest for the attachment of the interosseous membrane, and well down on the radial face there is a second prominent crest, which helps to furnish support for the pronator muscle. The upper portion of the shaft of the ulna is again channeled on its outer face, while radially the shaft is more or less smooth. The coronoid process of the sigmoid cavity is broken off in the specimen, but the broken surface indicates that it was not large. The lesser sigmoid cavity is very shallow, while immediately below, and radial to the coronoid process, there is an unusually deep and large cavity for the attachment of the lateral ligament. The upper portion of the greater sigmoid cavity is com- pressed in order to meet the requirements of the deep and narrow articulation of the humerus described above. The olecranon process is short and truncated. The crescentic groove, over which passes the tendon of the triceps, is narrow, not very deep, and rather obliquely placed, due to the prominent anconeus process and the small develop- ment of the inner anterior margin of the groove. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. ay The fragments of the radius indicate that the head is oval, the articulation with the ulna flat, the vertical groove on the anterior face of the head deep and well defined. Some distance below the bicipital tubercle the shaft is round-oval in cross-section. The bicipital tub- ercle is large and apparently well separated from the head. Metacarpal V, the only bone which has been recognized as belonging to the manus, is short and quite heavy. Both the head and the distal end are much expanded, and the shaft has a decided forward curve, especially when viewed from the ulnar side. The manus was probably short and broad. MEASUREMENTS. Finmenus, total lensthiofthetragmenty ye ce iets eres lelcysees ole sis 3 = ches 149 mm. cc antero-posterior diameter of shaft at lower extremity of deltoid TAC OY, yor EN ctrarave ae ester ey ous rohet Suoreues trois, eValieearaleeumioteh ar enate cued revels foetus De wee ‘s transverse diameter of shaft at lower extremity of deltoid ridge. 16 “ Winastotaliensthiofthe fragment yrcrs «n1-10m ope al ertene eerie ene «=f - TOO SS “ “* olecranon process, anterior measurement.......... Wg “antero posterior diameter of olecranon process.................. 28iaues ‘* greatest transverse ‘‘ us se - Tt ys Micwmyacreatestalen pit lito cranes. scnitiuctefa, ecole a meals aleten enamel spabagere feteteteain el et alan aire AZas Hind Limb: A mutilated fragment of the ilium (all of that portion of the pelvis at hand) has the form of a heavy trihedral bar with the gluteal surface deeply excavated. A fragment of the ischium indicates that the shaft of this is deep and laterally compressed. The ischial spine is prominent, and terminates immediately back of the aceta- bulum, as is generally the case in the Fere. Both femora are represented, but they are flattened by crushing and furnish few reliable characters. The shaft is rather heavy and there is a third trochanter, as in the Mzacide generally. The lesser trochanter appears to be located on the postero-internal angle of the shaft. The digital fossa appears to extend well down on the shaft. Both tibiz are represented, the left with the distal end partly pre- served. The bones are crushed flat and have lost many of the original characters. There is a well-marked rugosity, which extends far down on the heavy shaft, indicating the position and prominence of the cnemial crest. The distal end is much flattened by crushing. The astragalar trochlea appears rather flat; the oblique ridge, which separates the external and internal condyles of the astragalus, is light; the internal malleolus is shown to be of fairly large size, and the grooves for the different tendons are well developed. 58 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. A few fragments, which I judge to belong to the fibula, show that bone to have had a heavy shaft. The pes is fairly well represented. In its proportions it approaches Vulpavus profectus Matthew, though the metatarsals may possibly be relatively somewhat shorter than in that genus. The tuber of the calcaneum is not long, but is quite heavy, and has an ill-defined groove for the plantar tendon. The lesser process of the distal end is quite widely expanded; on the fibular face of the greater process is located the peroneal tubercle, which is large, and has a groove for the peroneus longus fully as large proportionally as in Cercoleptes caudivolvulus. There is no facet for the fibula; the facet for the cuboid is triangular in general outline and not as oblique as in Vulpavus profectus, described by Matthew, but is perhaps more nearly like that in Cercoleptes. The astragalus and ectocuneiform were unfortunately not recovered. The entocuneiform is of large size and has a very oblique facet for the navicular. This great obliquity continues in a similar manner downward over the superior fibular face of the mesocuneiform, so that the facet for the entocuneiform and the facet for the navicular on the mesocuneiform form an unusually acute angle. The cuboid is low as compared with Mimocyon, or with such a recent form as Cercoleptes. There is not any evidence of an articu- lation for the astragalus on the proximal tibial angle as seen in the latter genera. The proximal portion of the tibial face has, however, a large rough area, which no doubt joined the navicular, but probably did not come in contact with the side of the head of the astragalus. The facet below this area is plane, subtriangular in outline, of consider- able size, and articulates with the ectocuneiform. The plantar tuber- osity, though quite well developed, is not nearly as large as in Cer- coleptes or Mimocyon, and the groove of the peroneus longus is consequently smaller and shallower than in the latter genera. The articulation for the metatarsals is quite oblique and subtriangular in outline. The metatarsals have apparently a close resemblance to those in Vulpavus profectus, the first being stouter and much shorter than the other four. Mt. V is not present in the material studied. As in the Miacide, the proximal row of phalanges are long, somewhat depressed, and the shafts slightly curved dorsad. The median row of phalanges are short, with only a very slight indication of asymmetry and at their lower extremities bent slightly dorsad. The ungual phalanges are represented only by the proximal portion of one phalanx, PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 59 which is high and laterally compressed, but whether or not it was cleft or whether it was retractile cannot be determined. MEASUREMENTS. MMibsia aApproxlmMatenengtn ws he lrcecterss Ce lsse se wus ees cs ees ee eerie ott 160 mm, Peswulensth,, calcaneum to unguall phalanx. 65.1... 0... 0k a. le. Bae To Sties transverse diameter from cuboid to entocuneiform, approxi- THAR ES GOO DS cd the Gtig MIGrOD SAG-GIAIG- 0 GCG Co Ronee I ae Rea ae ee ene preatestilenotmlor CalCAMeltae. 5 yi cyereisieis Seiehs ote clinicle Sisreys ce ects ays Opa STEALESEMMEIOMELOL CUO ra seeks le odevs estore css (e lots foo 6 die, sale 3. 81 TS oe. iLevayeiial ah Ost ANG Tae Ii Set Skea ol ceeei eho Ghcea ce ora ova Se cr Tne ee eae ee 22 RET hwG fete, Ls whem rings Aye Sead natupe, oy drei sieiisca tear eset as) eso) eres Ae ee HEMEL CO Lg VEG MLV eens, paeysasnentie ckeNacnae htees ereseleteds tenses sete cei cueleid vo s {o) © lengthvotsproximall phalanxidigity (PeVs)lor eects cietctetsbeisiers sul oie. ~ 205 length of median x3 Oe (Td ENA neato Gos casera Gi CME e ome een TS 7. Pleurocyon medius sp. nov. In the American Museum collection of Uinta material are two frag- mentary specimens, No. 1969, a fragment of a lower jaw with Mj in place, and No. 1992, a lower jaw without teeth, and a number of fragments of limb-bones. These pertain to a considerably smaller species, which may be called Pleurocyon medius, the second species known from the Uinta formation. The genus as described above should undoubtedly be placed in the family Miacida@, as defined by Dr. Matthew.“ A careful study of the type makes it possible to further place the genus in Matthew’s series “B,” the ‘Cercoleptoidei” of the subfamily Miacine (l.c., p. 346). In certain respects the genus is perhaps most nearly like Vulpavus, having, as that genus, low trigonids, the lower molars uniform in their general characters,!® and decreasing in size from the first to the third. However, instead of having the broad basin-like heels of the molars as in Vulpavus, the present genus has molars with long trenchant heels, more like what is observed in Oddectes. From the latter the present genus differs in having the posterior basal cusps of the lower premolars larger and better defined, the trigonids of the molars lower, and the whole animal of much larger size. The paratype presents many characters common to the Miacide@ which have already been mentioned. 144 **Carnivora and Insectivora of the Bridger Basin,’’ Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1X, 1909, pp. 344-345. 15M; is unfortunately lost, but judging from the space it occupied, it was of somewhat large size. 60 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. INCERT SEDIS. A fragmentary skeleton, C. M. No. 2386, from the upper B or lower C of the Uinta sediments is provisionally referred to the family Miacide. From the proportions of the fragments of the skull and from what is known of the limb-bones, I should judge the animal to have had a head in its proportions somewhat like Vulpavus, or possibly as small as that of Palearctonyx. The limb-bones are, however, not as robust as in the latter, and more nearly suggest Vulpavus. The femur is slightly longer than that of V. ovatus described by Matthew. The illustration of the hind foot of V. profectus Matthew (I.c., p. 389, Fig. 31) is quite suggestive of the remains of the hind foot of the present specimen. The material very likely represents a species new to science, but I refrain from proposing a name at the present time, even though the specimen may be worthy of being named. Order RODENTIA (Glires). Family ISCHYROMYID4: Alston. Genus PARAmys Leidy. 8. Paramys compressidens sp. nov. Type: Lower jaw with cheek-teeth. C. M. No. 2920. Horizon: Uinta Eocene (Horizon C). Locality: Six miles east of Myton, Utah. Characters of Type Specimen.® Smaller than P. robustus or P. (Ischyrotomus) petersont Matthew. Teeth narrower and jaw shallower and slenderer than in P. robustus. A greater prominence and better definition of the connecting crest between the two principal outer cusps of the molars than in P. (Ischyrotomus) petersoni. ‘This species resembles P. robustus and Fic. 3. Paramys compres- sidens. Carnegie Museum No. 2920. X 1/1. smoothness of the cusps, the shallow me- P. (Ischyrotomus) petersoni in the general dian valley, the absence of the external in- termediate cusp, which is completely fused with the connecting loph, and the relatively small size of the anterior outer cusp of Pz’ (Gidley). 16 Mr. James W. Gidley of the U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C., has kindly compared the Uinta Eocene rodent remains, published in this paper, with type material from different institutions now (1916) in the National Museum under- going a study preparatory to the forthcoming work on the Recent and Fossil Rodents by Messrs. Gerritt S. Miller, Jr., and James W. Gidley. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 61 MEASUREMENTS. een SERCO PONGGK- COMMON ere cien porch cisie!s sabes elellscs aves: seein pO ls, 2 atv aueyerenedn aie 18 mm. Wentica lrdidiimeven OlmramNis lela tees aleis «c+ suspeieveusie ls see's osissseeaecte. 13 mm. 9. Paramys medius sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV, Figs. 15-22). Type: Fragment of maxillary with three teeth, and fragment of lower jaw, C. M. No. 3048. Horizon: Uinta Eocene Horizon C. Locality: Six miles east of Myton, Utah. “Characters of Type: Of same size as Paramys delicatus, but with broader summits of the unworn crowns of the molars and with the inner and outer faces more vertical. The hypocone is also somewhat more set off from the protocone, and the styles of the outer cusps and the hypocone are more prominent than in the Bridger species. The wrinkled appear- ance of the enamel suggests that this species 1s referable to Paramys’ (Gidley). The total length of the three upper teeth is 13.4 mm. A few fragments of vertebre and limb bones together with portions of hind feet representing three individuals C. M. Nos. 3374, 3374a, and 3376, found by Mr. Earl Douglass at the base of horizon C near Kennedy’s Hole, were referred by myself provisionally to Paramys uintensis. Mr. Gidley who has recently very kindly compared this material with other specimens in the U. S. National Museum, advises me, that, if these remains are to be referred to any described species, he would place them with P. medius described above rather than with P. uintensis ‘since the former is about the size of P. delicatus, and this foot agrees also in size with that of P. delicatus, being only slightly more robust.”’ The specimens are apparently somewhat large to be regarded as P. sciuroides, and too small and apparently of different proportions from P. robustus Marsh or P. (Ischyrotomus) petersoni Matthew.!” The hind foot as a whole appears to be relatively broader and shorter, while the distal end of the metatarsals is more suddenly expanded and the articulations are more rounded than in the foot of P. robustus figured by Dr. Matthew.18 The calcaneum and astragalus appear to be very similar to these bones in P. robustus. Among recent forms they most nearly suggest 17 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVII, 1910, p. 49. 18 Jn a letter of May 22, 1916, Mr. Gidley says in this connection: ‘‘While this foot resembles in a general way those of P. robustus and P. delicatus, the differences are sufficiently great to make its reference to this genus very doubtful.” 62 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. those of Arctomys (Marmota)*® but with the inner keel of the astragalar trochlea heavier. The peroneal tubercle of the calcaneum is located well up, asin Marmota and Sciurus. The cuboid is possibly somewhat broader and lower than in P. robustus, while the entocuneiform appears to be higher, and upon comparison totally unlike that given on p. 49 of Dr. Matthew’s paper. In the latter species this bone apparently does not extend as high as the proximal face of the navicular. Added to this, regard must be paid to Matthew’s statement on the same page, that the presence of the pre-hallux is not demonstrated in P. robustus.® In the present specimen, the entocuneiform extends high above the navicular and terminates in a broadly rounded tubercle considerably greater in its diameters when compared with those of the marmot or Sciurus. From this round and rather smooth head I would judge that there was present a plantar sesamoid or pre-hallux in the case of this individual. The proportional size and shape of the metatarsals seem to agree quite well with those of the marmot, while the distal articula- tion is distinctly more hemispherical, in this respect disagreeing with those of P. robustus illustrated by Matthew. The phalanges are also broader and possibly more depressed than in P. robustus. MEASUREMENTS. Length from top of astragalus to distal end of Mt. III................. 60 mm, Length from top of astragalus to proximal end of Mt. III.............. 30> cae Transverse diameter Of tarsus, approximatelyie an -)sisie cue eis chee eres 22 GreatestrHengthyotgastragalluiclen ey. mare rtens crete uctare acne eee ee eee 20s Transverserdiameterot jtrochleate: ertv-earc science heise ciel ciate erie eee Tee Letisthy ot Mitre ne, & eis ara ce acsuarsyoc une vane nch a eee ok Aeon Ee ee 20s Length, of Mit lee ee hie one cherish cone ncaa ToL eree nn ee ee 20 Rene th. Of Mir. Ae a crits eercvete tee Os otras sts Tote ieee rete ere aera ue Let 19 See Palmer ‘“‘North American Fauna,’’ U. S. Dept. Agri. Bull. No. 23, p. 400. 20 In a letter from Mr. Gidley dated May 22,1916, hestates: ‘‘In the foot of P. robustus figured by Matthew, the top of the entocuneiform is broken off. But in the other specimen figured, which he referred to P. delicatus, this bone is complete, and shows the same backwardly directed ascending process on its proximal end as in your specimen, No. 3376. It isa little more strongly developed, however, in the latter. This development of the entocuneiform is usual in rodents having penta- dactyl feet with unreduced digits (Compare squirrels and Aplodontia). . Although the distal facet of the astragalus is broken off in your specimen, there seems to be evidence of its having had a pre-hallux. Matthew is certainly mistaken in his observation regarding this element in their specimen of P. robustus. The astragalar facet and the navicular both show evidence of a pre-hallux having been present.”’ PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 63 Subgenus Ischyrotomus Matthew.*! 10. Ischyrotomus gidleyi sp. nov. Type: Fragment of lower jaw with M; and Ms in place, fragment of caudal. C. M. No. 3461. Horizon: Uinta Eocene, Base of Horizon C. Locality: Four miles northeast of Well No. 2, eastern end of Uinta Basin. Characters of Type Specimens: Teeth relatively large: a well-formed basin on the inner half of the molar crown with a large exit internally. While the type has a suggestion of Sciwravus Marsh” in which genus this type was first placed, Mr. Gidley says: ‘I do not think this species can well be referred to Sciuravus, since the proportions and general features of the molars are more nearly those of the Paramys-group. It differs from the typical Paramys, however, in the comparatively higher tooth-crowns and especially in the greater development of the Fic. 4. Ischy- rotomus gidleyi. Carnegie Mu- ‘ig! s d seum No. 3461. Ischyrotomus.”’ The dentition in proportion to the y 2/t.* fragment is considerably larger than that of Sciuravus, illustrated by Matthew (l.c., p. 59). Mz and Ms of the present species each have a well-formed basin on the inner half of the continuous external loph, which is deeply infolded on the outer side, . . . a characteristic feature of crowns, from which extends a large internal exit, as stated above, and also indicated by Fig. 4. This specimen may possibly represent a new genus. MEASUREMENTS. Werelcalidiameterotnramtls ate Mls sain spre eee eecoieicie eich ie eeers OS ITI AnteLo-posteriomdiametenot M7 and Mis.) sis nae sie te ceiseie eee ee > 7 * PNTICETO=POSLETIO ta CIAIMELEH Of (Mir -cis) icy aiero cus al atene ee syniehe el chet eisie oxelevete oles B55Krhr rans vercesciameterntote Mapas) coc.ay navn spers ere erate ey tole semeat hs sPe 0 ce wea Antero-postenordiameter of Miss icacatssrloleie secs tinea the Aes s. 6 ae) cette. ees MLAs Verses Gamie bere OL wl Vlas myc gacs pel cisvchste aie lebel cadet chal cies ate IS eho seravele’ oles s 2 eae 21.In the Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History, Vol. XXVIII, p. 50, Dr. Matthew erected the subgenus Ischyrotomus. Mr. Gidley is of the opinion that Matthew’s subgenus Ischyrotomus should be given full generic rank and that to it should be referred Paramys robustus and Paramys compressidens. * Outer side of teeth face toward the top of the page. 22 Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. II, 1871, p. 46; Ibid., Vol. XXIII; 1907, pp. 124; 130. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXVIII, 1910, p. 50. 64 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Genus SciuRAvuUS Marsh. 11. Sciuravus altidens sp. nov. Type: Fragment of left maxillary with two cheek-teeth in position and the root of the third. C. M. No. 2348. Horizon: Uinta Eocene, Horizon B, near base. Locality: Between Bonanza and Kennedy’s Hole, Uinta Basin, Utah. Characters of Type Specimen: Position of tritocone placed well inter- nally and in line with the deuterocone; the presence of a small meta- conule on M1; a small mesostyle on P+; type specimen representing a somewhat larger animal than Sciuravus nitidus. The most noteworthy differences which I am able to find between the present specimen and that of Sciuravus nitidus, illustrated by Dr. Matthew, is that the postero-internal tubercle (tritocone) is placed more internally and more nearly in an antero-posterior line with the deuterocone. There is also in the present specimen a metaconule indicated on M1. Thisis plainly shown in Fig. 5, and is not indicated in the illustration, or mentioned in the text, of Matthew’s paper. The specimen is of about the same, or slightly larger, size than S. nitidus. Of this specimen Mr. Gidley has the following to say: ‘‘This specimen (No. 2348) is somewhat larger than S. nitidus, and further differs from that species in having the inner row, or rather the inner Fic. 5. Sciuravus altidens. Carnegie Fu1c.6. Prosciurus Matthew. Carnegie Museum No. 2348. X 3/1. Museum No. 2925. X 1/1. base of the crown in the upper cheek-teeth, considerably heightened, giving a decidedly bowed outline to the inner walls of these teeth. There is also a small mesostyle on Pz (absent in Pz of S. nitidus), and this cusp is relatively more prominent in the molars than in those of i. NitidUus.”’ * Outer side of teeth face toward the top of the page. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 65 MEASUREMENTS. Total antero-posterior diameter of Pt and M?....................... 5 mm. Antero-postentor diameter Ol P=. oc co.0 cece cence neeesandeesccceeess Ne BUT ANS Verse aC cle LET OlM eee rtese tus syoheleicr¢ sles S@ebrae loys dei cys euevove Gee » Mv ete 2:36 Means ver Sexciame terior Vien jeveryc ices ci cost kee s sy acsies sioaislsw'e Gos oes ots Std Breer OMOSECHOI Gia meLer OF Mi. cin). cinile cry ede een cbc ba ceadeess Beg Genus Prosciurus (?) Matthew.” 12. Prosciurus (?) robustus sp. nov. Fragments of lower jaws of two individuals: C. M. Nos. 2925 and 2926 from Horizon C of the Uinta, six miles east of Myton, Utah, are here provisionally referred to Matthew’s genus of the lower Oligocene, see Fig. 6. Ina note from Mr. Gidley, dated January 20, 1916, he says: ‘‘ There are some peculiarities about the two forms I have provisionally re- ferred to Prosciurus which indicate that better material may justify making a new genus for these species.’’* Unfortunately there are no lower teeth with the type of Prosciurus, and consequently no basis of comparison except size. The present specimens appear to be at least twice the size of Prosciurus vetustus Matthew. To place the specimens with the latter species would seem to be out of the question. On the basis of its large size and the geologi- cal horizon in which it is found, the name Prosciurus (?) robustus sp. nov. may be proposed: No. 2925 is the type and No. 2926 is the paratype. This is mainly in order to have all the rodents from the Uinta more completely recorded. MEASUREMENTS. Type Paratype No. 2925. No. 2926. FAN PeLO-POStELOr Giametet On Mmm ei -eiecss ase eelocieiieracie ey « 6 mm. siransVeLrseudiaimebergOnVty hi arcr.tuntkesaisteteiehseust cer oheie eeelonensnete mentee 4 mm. ANIEELO-DOStenok GiameterOr Migr .mis ciate ses laces aces 7 mm. ANN HIS Cliewanewere 310) Wilken nds bo anene ddcoemuoouuseoauabsado 5 mm. 23 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIX, 1903, p. 213. *4In a later communication Mr. Gidley says that he thinks that it is possible that the species they represent may after all have been derived from the Leptotomus group of Parvamys. This cannot be determined, however, until the upper teeth are known. 5—DEC. 2, 1919. 66 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Family MURID& Alston. Genus PAREUMYS gen. nov. 13. Pareumys milleri*®® gen. et sp. nov. Type: Lower jaw fragment with Mz and Ms in position. C. M. No. 2938. Horizon: Uinta Eocene, Horizon C. Locality: Six miles east of Myton, Utah. Principal Characters revealed by the Type: Mz and Mz slightly longer than broad, distinctly quadritubercular with a heavy posterior marginal crest which extends well inward. Longitudinal crests connecting anterior and posterior tubercles. My slightly longer than My. Animal about the same size as Eumys elegans of the Oligocene. In comparing the above genus with Eumys elegans Leidy from the Oligocene it is to be observed that Mz and Mz are more nearly subequal in size than in the Fic. 7. Pareu- latter. mys milleri.* Car- negie Museum No. 2930. X 3/I. In the present genus the molars suggest those of Eumys, but are simpler, and are character- ized by the absence of a fossette directly anterior to the protoconid; by the absence of a cross-crest from the protoconid to the internal median valley of the molars, and by the fact that the transverse diameter of the posterior portion of Mz is greater than in Eumys. ate aan Antero-posterior, diameter Of Miz. . 520.7. 5 <2 = a= sis sie

. 38. emin-: Length of superior: premolar 'seriesin.(4.1 ue 1-4 2 «etic te 22 Length of superior molar sernesiy = 1. cicker ore tere rele te a sieiere 16 on Antero-posterior diameter of P2. 52%... 052s. see ocie cote hele 3 = 80 In the type, which pertains to a younger individual than the paratype, the deuterocone and antero-internal tubercle are less prominent; less distinctly separ- ated from the protoconid, and situated higher up on the crown. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 71 AMteTO-POStEMIOM CIAMeteL OPS. . i. cis wes ce cease ene s 5 mm es “ < SEI ei Paced cy tiviacthei Ss cise de Ma cthele 5 ss Transverse diameter of See ee bo ae Gen eine ere TONa Ae aoe 5 Y oo ef e [PE 13 ah hod Ae Meee Cre 5 as PATCLO-DOSECMIOMCIAMELCEION ea cele cern yo ae ce ats eves a Oe ie * e ‘s DON Oe Sontag See ien ecg tie ae eee Ge GS i, ie saaiany, Transverse. a RMP MMICLS A Bt ont sry sieve Seaceea's 6 ms 65) a * ee Ve te RAS aE ANEOS.2, avai o's oS 2 Ol5 temas rh os Antero-posterior * es chan ECT UOE O EYE RE ICRC RE ee 6 rt 6 ns os = ef eS eee age, os ct Stick ua ty: che CE ss See eee Transverse + Raed ge EES nee Pecan WATE Gees say eae 6 Vertical diameter of mandibular ramus at Pz.............. 9 eS 8 fe Vertical diameter of mandibular ramus at Mz............. 12 ae} 12 ‘ Antero-posterior diameter of inferior premolar series ..... 20 ~ Antero-posterior diameter of inferior molar series........... 19 nts cf For other measurements see text-figures 8 and 9, and PI. xxxvi, figs. 5, Os Genus SPHENOMERYX gen. nov. 16. Sphenomeryx quadricupsis gen. et sp. nov. (Plate XX XVII, Figs. 15-16). Type: Fragments of upper and lower jaws with teeth, C. M. No. 2346. Paratypes: Surface fragments of two or three individuals found together, representing brain-casts and other mutilated parts of limb- and foot-bones, together with a fragment of a lower jaw with P* and the molars represented, C. M. Nos. 2914, 2915, 2926. Horizon: Uinta Eocene. Base of Horizon C. Locality: Type found about two miles south of Kennedy’s Hole to the west of old Vernal-Dragon Stage-road in eastern end of Uinta Basin. Paratypes found six miles east of Myton, Utah. Generic Characters, as shown by the Type and Paratypes: M+ without postero-internal tubercle, but instead a heavy ledge or cingulum, which extends around the internal face of the tooth. A transverse ridge-like protocone on wear of the tooth as in Mesomeryx. Paracone conical, metacone subconical. External faces of para- and metacones sharply convex from side to side, as in Mesomeryx. Small parastyle, meso- and metastyles absent, and instead a heavy cingulum on the external face, as in Hylomeryx and Mesomeryx. Premolars heavy; deuterocone of P* very small and placed well back. Lower teeth like those in Bunomeryx and Hylomeryx. Animals of same size as Hylomeryx. 72 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. The present genus, as well as Hylomeryx, has the para- and meta- cones of M+ more nearly conical than is the case in either Bunomeryx or Mesomeryx. In the latter there are, however, no mesostyles, while in Bunomeryx montanus they are fairly well represented. The large premolars of the present genus suggest Hylomeryx, while the minute deuterocone on P* and the absence of the postero-internal tubercle of M+ separates the genus from both Bunomeryx and Hylomeryx, - The present new genus is apparently the first of the Homacodontine marked by the absence of this hypocone on M+. The heavy internal ledge of the postero-internal angle of the crown fills out this portion of the tooth so that it has an outline practically as quadrate as that of M+ in Hylomeryx. I regard the present genus as being very close to Hylomeryx because of the similar meta- and paracones, the absence of the mesostyle, and the robust premolars. The protocone and protoconule have undoubtedly united into a solid cross-ridge on M+. This supposition is expressed by the specific name, while the generic name serves to express the inter-relationship of this form with prac- tically all the known genera of this subfamily. The brain-casts of No. 2915 and 2926 are of quite large size, with well marked convolutions, a distinct or rather deeply constricted area between the cerebrum and cerebellum. The medulla oblongata is also quite large. In No. 2915 there is still adhering to the cast a portion of the parietals, which display a sagittal crest of considerable prominence and length. The lower jaw of the paratype, No. 2915, shows the same generally robust structure, which is seen in the type. MEASUREMENTS. Type No. 2346+ Antero-posterior diameter of P® to M+ inclusive. ...............-055 16.5 mm. p “eé “eé sé ae p3 6 ae Transverse ae jeanne oes eames hette Verve Yo eh aay aie (eke eine Reno sete 4 as oe “eé “oe p4 6 “é Antero-posterior s get Weg MUERTE cave Be ease Pore teteustlsad lapel eRensiene oievenec tere 5 oy “ec “e “eé sé M l 5 5 “ce Transverse fie apes ft SOA ae MRR ida Se tees ee MS oie G5 SG 6 abe Antero-posterior a aia Nia Dp PLORIM ACC Vereen enere ene rere 32 ais “e ‘ “eé ‘ ty : | or een Cr a OIE cece mee. vier LoD ONO 6 : Transverse a es en) Ue AEE irr Rr err erh Sekt oistciG aicrom ote ae haa ‘“ ie bY) Cr aan ee en ee aie Lee Mere! yn Sein OIE G Gi 4 x Antero-posterior i PI EA Oma DA wlakekouio Haan Cou bo OKO eG One Cie 2 oS a i" el eens RES mice. oto bo UDO Ooo cmlomc 535) es Transverse Be EE GO Cr cGaTOn Gan o.0 DOUIC ODO Un o.0.c 4 oe oe s #8 Migs ciclesal cot aay he Rete Oe TMCS soos nene ete 4 \ Antero-posterior etre ersten Tic approximateliy.5 <\\2)2 ca. se se)= 7 PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. io Genus MESOMERYX gen. nov. Type: Fragment of maxillary with cheek-teeth in place, C. M. No. 3189. Horizon: Uinta Eocene. Lower C. Locality: Near eastern border of the Upper Eocene sediments, two miles east of Dragon-Vernal Stage-road, Uinta Basin, Utah. Generic Characters: Molars with sharp external convexity of para- and metacones; the latter tubercles distinctly connected by a fore-and-att ridge near the external face of the tooth, prominent parastyle, weak meta- style, absence of mesostyle. Protocone formed into an oblique cross- crest on wear. Subselenodont structure of postero-internal tubercle. P2 with weak, and P* with strong, deuterocone. 17. Mesomeryx grangeri* sp. nov. (Plate XX XVII, Fig. 17). General Description of the Type Specimen: The type represents an animal smaller than Bunomeryx elegans. Wortman. The dentition has, however, advanced a step further than in the latter genus. This is especially seen in the molar teeth. The protocone is united with the protoconule, so that the two form an oblique forward and outward extended ridge on the surface of a worn tooth as in Hylomeryx. On close examination this ridge is seen to have a slight constriction, but whether or not there was a separation between protocone and pro- toconule, as in the Homacodonts generally, cannot be stated (most likely there was only a solid cross-ridge). There is no postero-internal tubercle on either M1 or M2. The present genus appears in this respect to resemble the one just described, but in the present form the para- and metacones are decidedly less conical and the whole structure of the crown more selenodont. If this postero-internal tubercle (hypo- cone?) had ever existed in this phylum, as for instance in Homacodon, Hylomeryx, Bunomeryx, and Sphenomeryx, it had already been com- pletely crowded out, absorbed, or otherwise replaced by the meta- conule in the Bridger or earlier genera. From what we have just seen in the true Homacodon phylum it would appear to add much strength to Dr. Wortman’s views of the process of the development of the quadricuspid selenodont from the quinquicuspid bunodont molar. There is a well-developed cingulum posteriorly on both M+ and M2, 31 In recognition of Mr. Walter Granger of the American Museum of Natural History, New York. 2 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. X, 1898, p. I0t. 74 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. which unites with the rather well-developed parastyle, while in the posterior molars the cingulum is rather poorly developed, as is also the metastyle. There is no mesostyle, but a well-developed ridge near the outer face of the crown, which effects a connection between para- and metacones, unlike what is seen in Bunomeryx or Hylomeryx. Internally at the exit of the median valley there is (especially on M+) a heavy, smooth cingulum, which is most suggestive of similar cingula on the molars of Helohyus and of such later Tertiary selenodont forms as Dromomeryx, Paleomeryx, and Dicrocerus. P* has the proto- and deuterocone of equal size and a heavy cingulum anteriorly and posteriorly, which terminate externally in small basal tubercles. P2 has a large protocone with a quite trenchant ridge extending back- ward and sloping gradually. The tooth is surrounded by a cingulum especially well-developed internally, so that one may say there is a rudimentary deuterocone. This deuterocone or tubercle is located further forward on the tooth than in Bunomeryx or Hylomeryx. 2 is represented by two roots. MEASUREMENTS. Antero-postenon diameter > toi. sities acter ote eteere cicteeineiere 16 mm. as a CB 21ST OR Be ad te le a gat on, Oe Anse Transverse a Pe ey) ones anal sieueitay ete oau swede eistene terol Memsieuse kere 3274s ee Sc MERE Pile A Cts Oh eve Ae oe hcl) ape eee ee see Antero-posterior ms Pe eta hopdel le toate sheers ae are eae 35s af Ze ss IVES aE oe ap ie iret oeerencs AN avers Part eee MB (O° Transverse a VISE Sao a beat nated vet: Gegeneiehcye Roce Toe 5 es st se i) Linas RARER SW ney SA el Be AMY ey Aer Ale Siegen 6 Ss Antero-posterior < 1, Re een aeicnor Serer a ete riond Gone Die tic 5 = PHYLOGENY. There is but little doubt that Mesomeryx belongs to the subfamily Homacodontine. From the characters of the molars one would not long hesitate in placing the genus near Sphenomeryx or Bunomeryx. The consolidation of the antero-internal and antero-median tubercles into a cross-ridge as in Hylomeryx, and the absence of the hypocone on M+ as in Sphenomeryx, may in this genus be looked upon as repre- senting a line, which paralleled the evolutionary stages in the Homa- codon-Sphenomeryx phylum. It is quite evident that the foregoing genera are most nearly related to the Bridger genus Homacodon. That these upper Eocene Artio- dactyls of America hold a position relatively well differentiated from PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 7 the Hypertragulids, the Camelids, the Oreodonts, and other Artio- dactyls must also be admitted. In my judgment these Uinta genera as well as Homacodon constitute a sub-family distinct from the Dicho- bunids of Europe.* They represent an American branch, whose com- mon ancestors, no doubt, also gave rise to those of Europe. Upon the whole the details of structure in the dentition differ considerably in the genera representing the two regions. This is especially notice- able when such European genera as Mowillacitherium and Metrio- therium** are compared with the Uinta forms. The protocone sends a spur backwards, which has a tendency to close the cross-valley in the European genera, while the valley is clear in the American genera, analogous to what is seen in Oxacron and Cenotherium of Europe. The hypocone of the European genera appears to have a greater functional value, that is: it is of proportionally larger development and apparently expresses a greater degree of permanency, which is especially emphasized in the Oxacron-Cenotherium phylum. These phyla are, however, not recognized by Stehlin, and others, as having any especial relation to the true dichobunids. If we regard the Homacodon-Hylomeryx-Bunomeryx-Sphenomeryx and the Mesomeryx phyla as at all closely related, we have clearly a tendency toward the quadricuspid condition in the American forms. In Dichobune according to Stehlin’s reconstruction (l.c., p. 604; 607) we have a skull proportionally longer, lower, and narrower, with the premaxillaries heavy, in order to support the large incisors. The upper canine has specialized in size and shape, so that it differs much from that in Homacodon and Hylomeryx. So far as Iam aware, the Homacodontine are not represented in the Oligocene or later epochs of North America. Dr. Sinclair’s opinion (1.c., pp. 294-295), that several divergent lines of the bunodont Artio- dactyls are already established in the lower and middle Eocene of North America is altogether quite likely. It is also probable that some of the lower Eocene genera, already partially known, may prove to be in the line of the Homacodontine. 33 From our present knowledge of Bunophorus (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXXIII, 1914, p. 273) it is perhaps premature to here include this Wasatch genus, which may, however, bea forerunner of Homacodon ,as Dr. Sinclair suggests. 34 Stehlin, G. H., Abhand. Schweiz. Paleont. Gesellschaft, Vol. XX XIII, 1906, Ppp. 628, 661. 76 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Family ANOPLOTHERIID. A great surprise encountered in the study of the collection from the Uinta Eocene made in 1912 is the discovery of a genus, which repre- sents the family Anoplotheriide hitherto only known from the old world. Only surface fragments were found, which are apparently mixed with remains pertaining to other typical Uinta genera, but enough has been brought together from the lot to certainly establish the features, especially of the limb and foot structure, of an Ameri- can anoplothere. There was found a second individual in the same locality and horizon, which also consists of foot-bones and other frag- ments of the skeleton.*® These fragmentary remains (especially those of the limbs and feet) appear to agree most closely with the genus Diplobune of the European Tertiary. Genus DIPLOBUNOPS gen. nov. 18. Diplobunops matthewi*® sp. nov. (Plate XX XVII). Type: Numerous fragments of the skeleton, C. M. No. 2974. Paratype: Foot-bones and other fragments of the skeleton, C. M. No. 3394. Horizon: Uinta Eocene, Horizon C. Locality: Six miles east of Myton, Utah. Principal Characters obtained from the Type and Paratype: radius and ulna short and stout; carpus and tarsus relatively low and broad; articulation of proximal phalanges convex, distally carnivore-like; unguals high, claw-like, compressed posteriorly and superiorly, and suddenly expanded along the plantar border in front of the subungual process; animals slightly smaller than Diplobune quercyt of Europe. The fragments of the skull and lower jaws which were found together with the paratype of Diplobunops, C. M. No. 3394, are so nearly similar to corresponding parts of other Uinta protoreodonts that it is only provisionally that they are referred to the paratype of this new genus. Indeed these skull and jaw fragments were first given a separ- ate catalog number and referred to Protagriocherus annectens Scott.*" A closer and more critical study of the specimen in connection with Diplobune quercyi reveals two hypotheses: of which the first and most probable is, that the remains of a new species of Protagriocherus in 85 The fragments of the skull and lower jaws are provisionally referred here. 86 In recognition of Dr. W. D. Matthew. 37 Trans. Wagner Free Institute of Science, Vol. VI, 1899, p. 100. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. Ch some way got mixed with the limb- and foot-bones of Diplobunops; the second is that possibly the present new genus and the protoreodonts possessed a dentition more closely similar in structure than might have been anticipated. The upper dentition is almost completely demolished in the speci- men under consideration. However, a few important characters are ascertainable. The alveolar border is longer than in the type of Protagriocherus annectens, which is due to the relatively longer pre- molar region, a character which suggests Diplobune. The root of the upper canine indicates that it is like the same tooth in Protagriocherus, but P+ is more isolated and recalls the condition in some species of Agriocherus. The inner portions of M2 and M2 are preserved and show that the postero-internal crescents have more acute angles on the inner face than in Diplobune and thus are more like these teeth in Protagriocherus, and also that the intermediate tubercle (protoconule) is smaller than in the European genus. Although the mandible of Diplobune is longer and slenderer, the premolars longer and better developed behind than in the present specimen, there is a surprising similarity in the dentition of the two forms, so far as comparison can be made by means of the material at hand. While the internal tubercles of the molars are grooved on the inner face, I judge that the anterior internal tubercles were not twinned, at least not to the same extent as those in Diplobune. Inthe latter genus the inner faces of the molars are less rugose than in the specimen under description, while in some species of Protoreodon this feature appears to be similar to that in Diplobunops. M2 has a well developed fifth cusp as in Diplobune and in the Oreodonts generally. The distal end of the scapula has a general resemblance to that bone in Diplobune. The distal end of the humerus has the same low and broad anconeal fossa, the large entepicondyle, the broad trochlea with the great convexity of the intertrochlear ridge, and the sharp and well defined external ridge, which articulates with a corresponding facet of the radius. The latter has an expanded head as in Diplobune. The ulna is short and stout, with a remarkably short and heavy olecranon process. The material at hand clearly indicates that the carpus is lower and relatively broader than in Diplobune. The scaphoid is broader, but the antero-posterior and vertical diameters are less, and the distal 78 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. articulating faces less distinct from one another than in the European genus. The lunar upon the whole is perhaps more suggestive of Anoplotherium inasmuch as the proximal articulation extends back- ‘ward and downward in a similarly gentle slope to very nearly the palmar face without the sudden downward pitch, which is seen in the posterior half of this articulation in Diplobune. The distal articula- tions for the magnum and unciform, on the other hand, are more subequal than in Anoplotheritum and in this respect the lunar in the present genus is perhaps more like Diplobune. The dorsal face of the cuneiform in the latter genus is of uniform height, while in the present genus it is highest radially and decreases in the ulnar direction, due mainly to the upward turn of the unciform facet in the ulnar region. (See Pl. XX XVII, Fig. 17.) The posterior portion of the lunar facet on the unciform of No. 3394 is extremely convex from side to side, and terminates supero-radially in a blunt cone, quite unlike what is seen in either Diplobune or Anoplotherium, but the general characters of the unciform are more nearly like those of that bone in Diplobune. The metapodials which have been associated with the type have their distal articulation for the proximal phalanx very convex and carnivore-like. Mc. II is represented by the upper end in both type and paratype. ‘This bone is slenderer in proportion than in Diplobune, but as in the latter genus there is a facet for Mc. I. The phalanges of the proximal and median rows are broad and depressed, while a terminal phalanx, belonging to specimen No. 3394, indicates that these elements are high, laterally compressed, and claw-like, with a sudden broadening along the plantar borders in front of the sub-ungual process, and that there is a large nutrient foramen on either side near the plantar face of the bone. The bone closely resembles that in Diplobune. Enough is preserved of the astragalus to indicate that it was low and broad as in the European anoplotheres. The calcaneum is better preserved and only in the more minute details does it differ from that of Diplobune. In the latter genus the internal or tibial face of the tuber calcis is less convex, the peroneal tubercle less developed, the eminence on the dorsal border which articulates with the fibula is smaller, and the facet for the cuboid is less extensive both laterally and antero-posteriorly. The cuboid is also very suggestive of Dzplo- bune, though broader, lower, and having the astragalar and calcaneal PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 79 facets more unequal in size; that for the caleaneum being much the broader of the two. The genus is provisionally referred to the subfamily Anoplotherine pending the discovery of more complete material. From the unusually low tarsus together with the hemispherical or carnivore-like distal articulation of the metapodials it is altogether likely that the American genus represents a distinct subfamily (Diplobunopsine) which may be more satisfactorily differentiated from European diplobunids upon further discovery and verification of dental and cranial characters. MEASUREMENTS. Type No. 2974. Scapula, distal end antero-posteriorly approximately.............. 45 mm. LTATISVELSGic rye cum eicte ree raie opie banal te, olsuecse eregeve Oates 2G Humerus, distalend greatest transverse diameter.................- 62a greatest antero-posterior diameter............. oy Radius, proximal end _ greatest transverse diameter...............-.. Boa greatest antero-posterior diameter............. 200s Wintdtee olecranoneprocess lenstinn satel emnciokins cco ce cee oe nes TO ue lenethroishatt. approximately: spencer eieieioe cieieie a aeieteier: 1st 2 ie Carpus ereatest transverse Giametenh sails sci ct ice < cise ea otenene ADe ies Vereicaludiameter atyulnartaCearntiecieciiae sclera Oye Scaphoid CLANS Verse Gigi CLET ciara toissyevansstk tap eucte ete chews othe ks ae aes T3n ANLETO=POSLETIOI + au cra an stots rales exact aetct tae er Sue a ak eee TOM Lunar ErANSVerseidiametenns samen Acie ares Si Lane eee Tay antero=POStEMor GiamMetens ac ais siete ee oc Tey Cuneiform ceransverse: diameter; .sie oil as elo oe eee oe oe ieee Toes Calcanenm=sstotalslength, approximately: 14-0. ssc ye 2 ae ote (ofoy 9 Cuboid PLANS VETSe GIAMEtET eens cede eyeisk as) cjeisieven ove) aaneBA AAs eerste sea 20m verticalidiameter at fibular face osc ceiceoee oe cles oe coe Family ACHA.NODONTID-. Family Characters: Dentition: 3» +: 3:3; bunodont. Orbits not en- closed posteriorly; limbs short; feet tetradactyl,?8 animals the size of a wild boar to nearly that of an Hippopotamus. In this family is included Achenodon Cope and Parahyus Marsh. Genus ACHANODON Cope. 19. Achznodon insolens Cope. Paleontological Bulletin, No. 17, 1873, p. 2. Two mandibular rami, C. M. Nos. 2309 and 3183, are referred to this species. No. 2309 is of the same size as the type described by 88 The characters of the limbs and feet are obtained from Professor Osborn’s publication (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 105). The skull and limbs have not as yet been found together in any representative of this family. 80 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Cope, while No. 3183 is somewhat smaller. These specimens are easily separated from the type of Achenodon robustus Osborn by their slenderer and shallower form and by the relatively longer molars. Furthermore the heel of Pz in A. insolens, as exhibited by the Car- negie Museum specimen No. 2309 (see Fig. 11) is more strongly de- Fic. 11. Achenodon insolens. Carnegie Museun, No. 2309. X 1/4. veloped than in A. robustus. The premolars in A. robustus are appar- ently larger than in A. insolens, which, however, may perhaps be partly due to imperfection of the premolar teeth in No. 2309, which are extensively repaired with plaster. The coronoid process of A. insolens appears to be more everted and the summit sharper than in A. robustus. Both of these mandibular rami were found by Mr. Earl Douglass in Horizon B of the Uinta sediments. 20. Achznodon uintense (Osborn). Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 102. This species is represented by two crania, C. M. Nos. 2160 and 3182, found by Mr. Earl Douglass in the same horizon (B.) and locality (eastern portion of Uinta Basin) in which the type of the species was obtained. In a previous publication, Protelotherium was referred to Achenodon.*® As the result of recent careful study of the Uinta and Washakie forms I am strengthened in the opinion that they should be kept under one generic name. When a liberal allowance for the complete premaxillary and a correction of the frontal region (See Pl. XX XIX, Fig. 1) in A. robustus is made, there does not appear to 39 Memoirs Carnegie Museum, Vol. IV, 1909, p. 145. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 81 be as great a difference in the length of the face between A. robustus and A. wintense as appear in the original illustration and as stated by Professor Osborn.” This character together with the position of the orbit was until very recently regarded by the present writer as possibly having generic importance. A thorough review of the type of Achenodon robustus reveals the fact that the specimen has received considerable lateral crushing in the region of the frontals and anterior portions of the parietals, which no doubt is at least a partial cause for the apparently greater elongation of the cranium than in A. wintense: When the orbit of the left side is carefully studied in relation to the top of the skull it becomes plain that the characters in the type of A. robustus and the Carnegie Museum specimens of A. wintense are almost identical; that is, the orbit is situated nearer the dorsal face of the frontal than is the case in the illustration by Professor Osborn.*! This is corrected in Pl. XX XIX, Fig. 1 of this paper. The end of the muzzle in the Princeton specimen is, however, apparently heavier than in A. uintense, which is possibly also partly due to crushing. The chief points of difference between these species then are: the much greater development of the posterior accessory tubercle of M2 the thicker premolars and the larger size of A. uintense when compared with A. robustus. (See illustrations of M2 Pl., XXXIX, Figs. 2 and 4.) ‘In skull No. 3182 the occiput is perfectly preserved and for the first time gives us an accurate conception of this region. In Professor Osborn’s paper on A. wintense (I.c., p. 104) the occipital plate is repre- sented as fan-like, while the specimen in the Carnegie Museum shows that it has a more evenly rounded appearance from side to side (see PIAL VIS, Fig. 3). Genus PARAHYuS Marsh. 21. Parahyus vagus Marsh. Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. XII, 1876, p. 402; Amer. Jour Sci., Vol. XLVIII, 1894, p. 261. From casts of the types kindly communicated by the authorities of the Peabody Museum of Natural History, it is possible to determine a few significant characters, which may be regarded as possessing generic 400EG-,, D- 103. 41 Contributions from The E. M. Museum of Geology and Archeology of Prince- ton College, Bull. No. 3, 1883, pl. VI. 6--DEC. 15, I9IQ. 82 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. importance. When compared with Achenodon the teeth of Parahyus vagus are proportionally larger in relation to the size of the jaw, Fic. 12. Parahyus vagus. From a cast in the Carnegie Museum. No. 3448. Original type specimen in Peabody Museum of Natural History. which is much slenderer and has a different contour from that of Achenodon, the under border being straighter fore-and-aft. Dentition Irs, Cy, Ps, Msg. Premolars more compressed laterally than in Achenodon, especially A. uintense. The dentition is proportionally longer, Mz being one third narrower while of the same actual length as in A. robustus. The cross-valleys between the posterior and anterior tubercles of the molars are wider and the heel of Mz is more distinctly separated from the main body of the tooth than in Ache- nodon. In the type of Parahyus aberrans Marsh the external tubercles of the upper molar possess more conical symmetry than in Achenodon, and, as in the lower teeth of the type of Parahyus vagus, the tubercles of the upper tooth of Parahyus aberrans are also separated by more clearly defined valleys than in Achenodon. Family AGRIOCHGRID-. Genus PROTOREODON Scott and Osborn. 22. Protoreodon medius sp. nov. (Plate XL, Figs. 1-16). Type: Greater portion of the skeleton, C. M. No. 2962. Horizon: Uinta Eocene, Horizon C. Locality: Six miles east of Myton, on the Duchesne River, Utah. Besides the type specimen there are numerous fragmentary remains, PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 83 which are more or less doubtfully referred to the above species. Of these may be mentioned No. 2917, a pair of lower jaws mutilated in front, No. 2933, a left lower jaw, No. 3020, a portion of a skeleton including nearly the complete tail, and No. 3038, also a portion of a skeleton. C. M. Nos. 2987 and 3067 may possibly belong to a dif- ferent (new) species on account of the rather small skull and large teeth, but as the specimens pertain to young individuals, I prefer to place them with P. medius. Specific Characters: 13: C+» P£: P+ isolated by a diastema, upper molars with reduced intermediate cusps. Pes relatively long. Animal considerably larger than Protoreodon parvus, P. pumilus, P. paradoxicus, or P. minor. The cranial region is long and the face short as in P. paradoxicus Scott, but the infra-orbital foramen appears to be located further back than in either P. paradoxicus or P. parvus. The premaxillary is of well-proportioned size, and, as already stated, there are three incisors present in the skull. The premolars have the same develop- ment as in P. parvus, but the upper molars have advanced a step, the anterior intermediate cusp being reduced. The present species is probably from a later horizon than those heretofore described. In fact it appears that even the fragmentary remains from this locality, referred to P. parvus and other known species of the Uinta, are possibly further advanced, especially with regard to the reduction of the anterior intermediate cusp of the molars, which is a mere remnant in nearly all of the specimens, in which the upper molars are preserved. ; The new species here proposed is by far the most abundantly represented in this new fossil locality of the Duchesne Valley, the smaller species being comparatively few in number. In general detail the skeleton answers very well to the descriptions furnished by Professor Scott and need not here be repeated. However, the illustrations herewith reproduced will serve as a correct guide to proportions, as the type of P. medius is represented by practically all the main parts of the skeleton, thus enabling us for the first time to effect a restoration of an Oreodent from the Uinta with approximate correctness. Unfortunately the carpus is not represented in the type. There are, however, two metacarpals which give a fair idea of the proportions of the fore and hind foot. A feature at once noticeable is the relatively 84 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. long pes, but whether this is a specific character, or whether it holds good throughout the genus Protoreodon, cannot be determined until more complete material of other species is secured. In this connection it is well to draw the attention of students to the fact that Professor Scott’s figure 22 of Plate 3 of his Uinta report (Trans. Wag. Free Inst. of Science, Vol. V1, 1899) very probably repre- sents a hind foot of this species. The hind foot and other fragments of limbs illustrated in the ‘‘ Mammalia of the Uinta Basin,’’ Plate VII,” also possibly pertain to Protoreodon medius. MEASUREMENTS. Type No. 2962. Length of skull (occiput to and including premaxillaries) ............. 173 mm. ie ay \(Occiputtoendyotenacals) ace cet este eee ee ee TOS ee ie “cheek-dentition] (upper) mince se seis Scher se): fisuehernie ee ae Wig as ED CANINE TEOMN T= beter 9. orem PIE eterno Ps etc CR Ee ee 20m iO *PMIOLAT'SETICS .anae stetstaiegeiore Bere ore ee eee Ca eae 27 ee Greatest length ofsmandibleme acres ore tec oe ie trie ie een ee 127 Menethvot icheekidentition: (lower) -)acu.c cia heels cian ote lee eee Gas, Depthyvot ramiusiateMias ge ebe eeeh eh ore ee ea ens ee ee eee 21 ae Length ofshumeris head to distaltend: 2.222 2. osc see ees Se pees 13°77 ae Greatest transverse diameter humerus, distal Hd sole hoe Coe Dh we Cr LengthiotsVMcrhVv. approximately seh:gss cry seite are occ) ey ceteris Ch eeee eee Aste Greatest antero- posterior diameter of humerus, distal end............. TOM es length: ofifemiline <)seniscer che eae ce mole tek eet eee eee T53) oe ek pill OS 2 Bek ener te avg ara RG et ce RCE Tt Tel 4 el aes eae TAS es ‘s a SCASETARALUS ich Hevea Gc Latiy esse sks Os ain AG dy aus Eo eRe 20s _ a <* CalCanenms ..4. _z and M; of.the right side; frag- ments of the hind limb and the greater portion of the right hind foot. The specimen reveals an animal of slightly larger size than the type of the species. The characters of the teeth agree very closely with those of the type in the American Museum of Natural History, except P2, which lacks the antero-internal tubercle, which is present in the type. That this is a variable character in the species, it is quite reasonable to suppose. A distinct feature is the relatively large size of the tooth, when compared with P2 of such a form as Orohippus progressus Granger from the upper Bridger (see p. 250, and Pl. XVIII, Fig. 1). The best preserved parts besides the upper and lower jaws are the different portions of the hind limb. The pelvis is relatively slender, the acetabulum well-formed, and relatively deeper than in Mesohippus. The proximal end of the femur is broken off, but the distal portion presents a slenderness which is proportional to the rest of the limb. The tibia and fibula are completely separated. The latter bone is not represented, while the tibia is very nearly complete. There is a prominent spine, separating the femoral articulations of the tibia, which appears somewhat abnormal, especially in its anterior region. The cnemial crest is sharp, not very much extended beyond the main 66 It is possible that this sudden constriction may be due, at least in part, to crushing. 67 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIV, 1908, p. 258, Pl. XVIII, Fig. 3. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 103 surface of the shaft, and reaches downward about one-third of the length of the bone. The distal trochlea is deeply excavated, oblique, and the internal malleolus is well developed. The pes was found in an articulated position with the distal end of the tibia in place. The long and slender structure of the limb, when compared with Mesohippus, is at once observed. The astragalus is high and laterally compressed, the navicular and cuneiform are quite high, the median metatarsal is especially slender, while the lateral metatarsals are relatively heavier than in the Oligocene genus. There is no evidence present of the first digit. The structure of each bone of the pes is wonderfully similar in detail to that of the same bones in Mesohippus from the Oligocene. PSEUDOTAPIRS OF THE NORTH AMERICAN EOCENE.§®$ While working upon the fossil tapirs of the Uinta Eocene in the collection of the Carnegie Museum it became evident that a more intensive study of the pseudotapirs of the earlier Eocene formations was necessary. Types and other material representing ‘‘ Systemodon”’ = Homogalax® of the Wasatch and Wind River, Heptodon of the Wind River, Helaletes boops, H. nanus, Dilophodon minusculus “ Isectolophus”’ latidens and Desmatotherium guyotw of the Bridger, and Isectolophus annectens of the Uinta were kindly submitted for this study by the authorities of the Peabody Museum of Natural History, the American Museum of Natural History and the Natural Science Museum of 68 An abstract of this portion of the present paper was read before the Pittsburgh meeting of the Paleontological Society, 1917-18. : 88 “*OQn The Names of Certain North American Vertebrates,’ Science, Vol. IX, 1899, PD. 593. In 1908 (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XV, p. 241) Mr. Granger was under the impression that the genus from the Bighorn, known as “‘ Systemodon,’’ species tapirinus (1881, Amer. Naturalist) thougha much mutilated type, should be accepted, Since that time extensive and thorough field work by the American Museum parties in New Mexican localities reveals the fact that not a single specimen of the Bighorn ‘‘Systemodon’’ was found, and Mr. Granger is now inclined to believe, according to a communication dated by him January 20, 1916, that this form ““does not occur there and that the type of tapirinus is a horse (Hyracotherium, or Eohippus as we call the American species).’’ In this connection I may further quote a portion of Mr. Granger’s letter: ‘‘It seems too bad to have to give up the name Systemodon, it has become so firmly fixed in the literature, but there is no way out of it that Ican see. If by any chance we could use it, it would not be for the form which we understand as Systemodon, but for a Hyracothere, which I now feel sure that it is.” 104 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Princeton University. The result of my work convinced me (1) that there are two distinct lines of tapir-like animals, or pseudotapirs, in the Eocene of North America, which hold a position parallel to the Lophiodontide of the European Tertiary; (2) that the decision reached by Scott, Osborn, Wortman and Earl that the Helaletids are not true ancestors of Tapirus is confirmed; (3) that the view that Isectolophus may be regarded as in the ancestral line of the recent tapirs is not substantiated, but that this Uinta genus represents a distinct side- or secondary line of pseudo-tapirs in the American Eocene; and (4), that, with the possible exception of Dilophodon minusculus, we have not yet discovered in the American Eocene the true ancestor of the Oligocene and recent tapirs. Subfamily TAPIROIDEA Gill. Family HELALETID Osborn and Wortman.” This family includes Heptodon of the Wasatch and Wind River Eocene; Helaletes boéps, H. nanus, Dilophodon minusculus of the Bridger Eocene, and probably Colodon of the Oligocene. Desmato- therium of the Bridger Eocene should be excluded and placed in the line of the Rhinoceroses, vide p. 127, or more correctly in the family Hyracodontide. Subfamily HELALETIN Wortman and Earl.” Small perissodactyls with large anterior nares and air-sinuses analogous to those in the recent tapir; cross-crests of lower molars perfectly developed; no connecting crests between proto-, and hypoconids; hypoconulid small or absent; incisors subequal in size; limbs long and slender and of more nearly equine than tapiroid structure; astragalar trochlea very oblique. Genus HELALETES Marsh. 32. Helaletes bodps Marsh. (Plate XLII, Figs. 1-9; Plate XLIII, Figs. 1-3). Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. IV, £872, p. 218. Type: Considerable portion of the skull, lower jaws and other frag- ments of the skeleton, No. 11807, Peabody Museum Catalogue. Horizon: Bridger Eocene. ; Locality: Grizzly Butte, Wyoming. Yale Expedition of 1871. 7” Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV, 1892, p. 127. Mic. Vol: V7 1893; Dp: 173. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 105 Principal Generic Characters: I;%, Ct, P34”, M3. Premaxillaries extended well forward and anterior nares oblique, quite large, and con- tinued backward into a distinct air-sinus analogous to that in the recent tapir. Nasals somewhat reduced in length. Skull and lower jaws gently constricted back of the incisors and canines. Superior canine isolated by diastemata. Infra-orbital foramen large and located well back. Sagittal crest prominent. P+ much reduced. P*® with slight indication of two internal tubercles. P+ with large single deuterocone. Upper molars with sharp cross-crests and deep valleys. Parastyle small and sessile, metacone trenchant and the external face not convex. Symphysis of mandibular rami solidly codssifled. Hypoconulid of Mz small. Absence of connecting crest between proto- and hypoconids Limbs slender. Astragalus high, narrow, trochlea oblique, equine-like.™ Specific Characters: P2 with little or no indication of a tetracone; styles at the exit of the median valley of the superior molars relatively large; cingula on anterior and posterior faces of upper molars prominent; animals about half the size of a sheep. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE TYPE. Skull and Lower Jaws: Since Professor Marsh’s preliminary description of Helaletes bodps (l.c., p. 218) was published, the entire specimen has been skilfully prepared and it is now possible to furnish a more complete description. From the generic characters it is at once evident that these remains, and especially the skull, possess remarkable similarities to the tapir. We have for instance the prominent sagittal crest, the broadness of the anterior portion of the frontals, and posterior portion of the nasals, the reduced antero-posterior diameter of the latter bones, the large premaxillaries, the oblique borders of the anterior nares, the large infra-orbital foramen and, above all else, the characteristic large excavation on the side of the face formed at the expense of the maxil- lary and the nasals (See Pl. XLIII, Fig. 1). This air-sinus, so far as can be determined from the crushed specimen, appears to directly communicate with the anterior nares, as in Pale@otherium medium, and the tapir. As already stated the base of the nasal has a consider- able lateral contact along the anterior termination of the frontal and 7 See Leidy’s description and illustration of ‘‘Hyrachyus"’ nanus in the “ Extinct Vertebrate Fauna,” pp. 68-69, Pl. XXVI, Fig. 11. Also Scott; Contrib. E. M. Museum, Bull. No. 3, 1883, p. 51, Pl. VIII, Fig. 4. 73 The character of the astragalus was already pointed out by Prof. Marsh in his original description (p. 218). 106 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. meets the maxillary at the posterior termination of the border of the air-sinus. A short distance in front of the fronto-nasal suture the nasal is suddenly depressed. Anterior to this depression the bone is broken off and lost, but is indicated approximately correctly by a dotted line (See Pl. XLIII, Fig. 1). The anterior palatine foramen appears to be.of large size. The palatines are not well preserved, while the zygomatic arches and the base of the skull, except the de- tached occipital condyles, are entirely wanting. In the region of the orbit the skull is much mutilated. The superior incisors are subequal in size, slightly spaced, and their crowns are broad and somewhat fan-shaped. The diastemata in front and behind the superior canine are well indicated in the accompanying illustrations. The small size of the canine, which may be a sexual feature, is also plainly seen in the illustration cited above. P+ is much reduced, its crown rather simple, and it is inserted by a single fang. The rest of the premolars have a single internal cone (deuter- ocone), except P*, which appears to have a slight indication of two internal tubercles on the worn surface. The ectoloph of these teeth is divided into four vertical ridges consisting of the external tubercles and the anterior and posterior styles, while directly anteriorly and posteriorly, there are well-developed basal cingula. The cross-crests of the molars are quite perfect, rather sharp, and directed inward and backward. The metacone is very characteristic, presenting a flat external face, thus forming a cutting lobe, which extends from the protoloph backward, even with the posterior face of the tooth. The paracone is more convex externally. The para- style is rather small and quite sessile on the antero-external angle of the metaloph. There are well developed cingula directly anterior and posterior, while internally there are no cingula on proto- or hypo- cones. At the internal exit of the median valley there is a blunt style, and on the ectoloph, especially on M? and M2, there is a smaller style located between the para- and metacones.”! The lower jaw also presents a number of tapiroid features. The inferior border is quite convex fore-and-aft. The vertical ramus in the region of the coronoid process is also directed well forward, and the temporal fossa is deep. The horizontal ramus is, however, somewhat ™ Prot. Marsh mentioned this externally located small tubercle and regards it as a specific character differentiating from Helaletes nanus. A very careful examina- tion of the type of the latter reveals an even smaller tubercle similarly located. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 107 deep, and not of the thick and round character met with in the recent tapir. The symphysis is solidly fused and there is a long and sharp edentulous border between the front and the cheek-teeth. The actual contact is lost between the anterior and posterior portions of the lower jaws. Unfortunately the symphysis of the jaws is broken back of the front teeth so that their characters or number cannot be stated. This is also true of the canine and the anterior premolars. Py, however, is completely preserved. Its crown is submolariform, the tetraconid being absent. Externally the base of the crown has a light cingulum, while internally the tooth issmooth. The molars are well represented; their cross-crests are perfectly formed and sharp. As in the upper molars, there are anterior and posterior cingula, while internally and externally ‘the teeth are more or less smooth. The hypoconulid of Mz may be said to be only a heavy cingulum. MEASUREMENTS. ocalaengtavoleckulittira rime tensa crete erin dhe ess a hehe cies ey Soaban Length of skull from end of premaxillary to anterior border of orbit, LD EOMITMIATC iy, WeasmeN Sackens ROIS IES Ron REI OR Chats Sk ot os 73 a Length of alveolar border I? to and including M* approximately... .. 95 re Length of diastema between incisors and canine.................... 8 i Length of diastema between canine and P?........................ 16 ad Per oEhtoL premolaresenes) sceswsucts aresvonichs Cac sus ieee ensE Pee aie oles ate os 26 + Wenothvormolaiz scenes rac cyacatate tre awareness lic ee os oe eoslel nies 30 < Antero-posterior diameter of canine at base of crown................ 5 = Transverse diameter of canine at base of crown.................... 3 . AMterGspostehlomalameter Ol, bares sa rename epee erg Mello uy oes vAlsiy Transverse a Se Lali OSE EONS ODIO ETS BEIGE eR ES 2 ee % i SMe DLE Wena. fe POND Ua OER TTS nol t RepeeD ii Masa) cre. $0 Nc 7 Antero-posterior Se Be eh ep En Bole Me lei Bishan ele AEST ea eae 7 es ae as : CL os Ey Sots eke De hE Fae etn A A “ic tee Transverse * oo pea PLOMUMIACL Vee oka ee cise ciliceicicee ie ee 8 ~ i ey STAD EPUAEY See TAA RUNS ince GO AM EE ERS ORS an Antero-posterior * ie More Se A RET PRAY Ss INU core acre co oR Sat RMR 8 ie a ye PC oi. ERSTE 3 Sirhe IMS 6. Ge eh a a a ee 9 He Transverse i. Sa RN eR area AEST. epayshe ad oe teehee ayers 1o . zH CON ee i esis, Plats oe sc RON TIN eR at IL * Antero-posterior * REY ts Bee Seusey dy CAR ame REIL OACNC ESR PEEP NONE pe REECE Ieee 10 “4 Ke ca f oot Lee eee wee eae ae YP i Seo DA MeN athe 9 - Transverse bat TEOO 5 ok Sole ate pine lestseheb once ee io ag aoe Sane TOs5i Depth.ot lower jaw at M— approximately, 22). +. a: 5.--9-+-s-- 4-24 , 19 oe He een Tee mies Ne RI Ws se oy iatNe MANNS c Sie ioTELONN 2 b AMIE CKO=DOStehOnlain CleTmOlm batt meise sissies Sern tlaals (oye thote naa 8 2 108 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Transverse diameter ofeP er -4. 13-52 Meese Soe ee mck nre a week 5.5 mm. a mn pe Matas ectee Lh Sah eA Ech Ie EEA RMT er clive soar 9 - Antero-posterior ak Ren rae Ie ORM ich Ny cid eis Oe RS ae 6.5 7. i e SON oii gegen nets Site eee uae ated es so) i Transverse a FE orth ae iMG eee ap sOLe eI Ras Cares ce OlSam a SAM ais, iebie ar tehetin chose ee RNC oe CL PREC CHa y Antero-posterior ce AD Foghat ty Akg rene tae vote cteieachs ate cba ties bab oaks 12 fs Vertebral Column: The vertebral column is represented by fragments of the cervicals, the centrum of one dorsal, fragments of four lumbars, and the anterior portion of the sacrum. From a fragment of the atlas it is evident that this bone was quite elongate and high, and that the base of the transverse process was pierced by a foramen. The centra of the anterior cervicals have a sharp ventral keel, which terminates posteriorly in an enlarged rounded tubercle, while two posterior cervicals (the fifth and sixth?), have heavy and quite high neural spines. The centra of the lumbar vertebre are heavy, broad, and depressed, especially those in the posterior region; they have a sharper ventral keel and are much less opisthoccelous than in the recent tapir, but the posterior face of the transverse process of the last lumbar is pro- vided with a large articular face, which meets a corresponding face on the anterior extremity of the pleurapophysis of the first sacral vertebra as in the recent genus. The centra of the sacrum decrease rapidly in their vertical dimen- sion from before backward while transversely they appear to maintain a greater uniformity, which is again a tapiroid character. The pleur- apophysis of the first sacral only supported the ilium, while in the tapir the second also takes a considerable part in this function. Limbs: The fore and hind limbs are represented by numerous frag- ments. The glenoid cavity of the scapula is quite concave and presents a prominent descending process on its anterior margin. The coracoid process is very prominent and occupies a position slightly separated from the glenoid cavity, similar to that in the tapir, while the spine, judging from the fragment with which we are dealing, formed a more prominent median ridge on the neck and possibly rises more rapidly and nearer the glenoid cavity than in the recent genus. The inter-trochlear ridge of the distal articulation of the humerus is shifted well over to the ulnar side and is prominently developed, as in the tapir. The entepicondyle is also similarly developed, but the supinator ridge is proportionally somewhat less prominent. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 109 From the remains of the radius and ulna it is at once evident that this animal had the lower fore limb proportionally much longer than the tapir, while the articulating surface for the humerus is quite similar. The carpus is represented only by the anterior portion of the mag- num, which bears a striking resemblance to the corresponding portion in the recent tapir. The facet for the scaphoid rises gently in the ulnar direction to form an acute angle with the nearly vertical facet for the lunar and unciform on the ulnar face. The lunar facet does not appear to be interrupted by a sulcus before reaching the elevated posterior portion, as in the tapir, but is continuous from the dorsal face backwards. The superior and inferior facets for the trapezoid are not as well separated asin the tapir. In the tapir there is a deeply excavated area on the radial face of the magnum which distinctly separates these two facets. The facet for Mc. II is plainly represented on the lower radial angle just as in the recent genus. On comparing the magnum with the illustration of Isectolophus annectens by Osborn (l.c., p. 522, Pl. X, Fig. 3) there appears to be a difference in the angle of the articulations for the scaphoid, the lunar, and the unciform. In Jsectolophus the scaphoid articulation on the magnum rises more, and in the lunar and unciform less, steeply than in Helaletes. This may or may not be due to faulty drawing. The heads of metacarpals III, IV, and V are preserved and here again there is a similarity to the corresponding portions of the tapir. Mc. III was apparently enlarged in an equal ratio with that in the ‘recent genus. The only points of difference, capable of comparison between the two, are the suddenly interrupted facet for the unciform on the head of Mc. III, and the two separate facets for the same bone (unciform) on Mc. IV in Helaletes, whereas in the tapir the facet on Me. III, is more continuous and the one on Me. IV is solidly united. The antero-posterior diameter of the shaft of Mc. III appears to be relatively greater in Helaletes than in Isectolophus. Mc. IV_ has facets on the radial angle of the head corresponding to those described on the ulnar angle of Mc. III. MEASUREMENTS. Greatest antero-posterior diameter of glenoid cavity of scapula....... 2), sin. Greatest transverse diameter of glenoid cavity of scapula............ 17 "f Greatest transverse diameter of distal end of humerus.............. 2 Greatest antero-posterior diameter of distal end of humerus......... 20 110 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Total length oitragmentiofradiusee) sey ect ieieeae ieee orton ne TIO. mm. Transverse diameteriof headiof raditis/iespesencheneh-nem cleat eee eeeie ce TSSSe oe Antero-posterior diameter of head of radius: pape cece okies cere 12 iY Greatest heightiof magnum... Sc/65 ee oe ee erie eee Cie ance eaves Ossie Transverse diainetemoimnlacnii ssrcie es bideie iene eine ene nie ein eis 8 i oe se at head of metacarpals III, I1V and V in position. 18 The blade of the ilium rises suddenly from the great sacro-sciatic notch and the gluteal surface presents a great antero-posterior extent, as in Paloplotherium®® and in the recent tapir; the point of the ilium, however, extends proportionally further forward than in the recent genus. The acetabulum is deep and surrounded by a heavy border; the ligamentary pit is quite large and deep and the cotyloid notch is well developed and rather broad. The spine of the ischium is small, though quite plain, and is located opposite the posterior border of the acetabulum, as in the tapir. The obturator foramen is apparently large, judging from the broad expansion between the ischium and pubis near the acetabulum. The great trochanter of the femur rises high above the head, which again suggests Paloplotherium minus and shows a marked difference from the condition in the tapir, more nearly suggesting the condition found in Equus. The digital fossa is deep and also extends above the top of the transverse line of the head, while in the tapir it is below this line. The bone is mutilated in the region of the lesser trochanter, but enough is preserved to indicate that this process is of some prominence. The shaft is also broken in the region of the third trochanter, but it is shown to have considerable vertical and lateral diameters (See PI. XLII, Fig. 3). The tibial border of the rotular trochlea is very little more developed than the fibular border, a tapiroid rather than an equine character. The tendinal groove on the outer face of the head of the tibia, the groove for the lateral ligament from the femur, is larger than in the tapir and the cnemial crest is less prominent, otherwise the head of the tibia is generally similar in the two genera. The distal end also differs from that in Tapirus by having the trochlea more oblique, an equine rather than a tapiroid character. From the distal end of the fibula, the only portion of that bone preserved, I judge that the shaft is considerably reduced. On the dis- 7 See Blainville (Osteographie) Paleotherium minus, Pl. VI. Paleotherium minus Cuvier, is now accepted as belonging to the genus Paloplotherium Owen. iia PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. al ial tal posterior angle there is a distinctly rounded facet which fits neatly into a corresponding pit-like facet just above the articulation for the astragalus. The high and narrow astragalus with its oblique trochlear groove was pointed out by Professor Marsh in his original description. This important equine feature agrees with Heptodon.and is altogether dif- ferent from what is seen in Paloplotherium minus and in the recent tapir, in which the bone is broader, shorter, and the trochlear groove more directly fore-and-aft. The articulation for the navicular is more concave from side to side than in the recent genus. The calcaneum of Helaletes boéps agrees with that of Heptodon and is longer and slenderer than in the tapir. The bone as a whole, how- ever, has a general similarity to that of the latter genus, except the round pit-like articulation for the fibula at the base of the tuber calcis directly dorsad, already referred to in the description of the fibula. In the recent tapir, the fibula touches the calcaneum, but this facet is only a rounded surface, which is more or less continuous with the facet for the astragalus, and is situated on the fibular angle of the latter articulation. A fragment of the navicular plainly indicates this bone to be pro- portionally high when compared with that of the tapir. The cuboid is also high and the antero-posterior and transverse diameters are proportionally less than in the recent genus. The articulation for Mt. IV also differs from that of Tapirus in being single. The pes is tridactyl as in the tapir. This is plainly indicated by the heads of the metatarsals of the right side which are all represented. Mt. III is enlarged in an equal proportion to Me. III of the manus and the lateral digits, in particular Mt. II is as much, if not more, reduced, than in the tapir. There is a large facet for the entocuneiform on the tibial angle of the head of the latter bone, but no evidence of facets for metatarsals I or V. The distal trochlea of the median digit is quite symmetrical and the metapodial keel is more sharply defined than in the recent tapir, but is, as in the latter, confined to the posterior face of the articulation. On the whole the pes is very similar to that of Heptodon from the Wind River, described by Osborn and Wortman. The median phalanges are broad and depressed, unlike the more elongated corresponding bones of Heptodon from the Wind River, while the lateral phalanges are more rounded. The phalanges as a whole are suggestive of the Equid@ rather more than those of the true tapirs. 12 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. MEASUREMENTS. Length of ilium from border of acetabulum to point of ilium approxi- MACS ys i ccopcas hea ey stee eteete See ee eae TA cee Pd ogc can roo mm. Greatest transverse diameter of femur at head’6.................... 42 - Antero-posterior diameter of head of femur....... Bes a ee ee Ti rie Vertical a ety ea eee R Crs A Mie os ato NER Mc 19 Ss Transverse 3 £955" SID IA nko ais os toe eo ee eee eee Bi: eS Antero-posterior ss Fe ed Bes Kae erie Muti AT tet Htia tik saiecr 30 So i * ss + distal endtof tibial. seen eee cee 18 ‘ Transverse i oot T pelle oh hs hil cach Stet NE Rae) Seep ae aie ee 20 Ai Height of tarsus, end of tuber calcis to distal face of cuboid. ......... 68 a Heightsotastragalus::\0.< ivy. Gees tic cee nee SE ie Meese cri pokes ook sen eae 27 By Greatest transverse diameter oflastragaluss. 7.0 - oscar sen aie 22 ns Transverse diameter of trochlea of astragalus, approximately........ 12 S Rotallenesth: of ‘calcaneus tvs chic gape ol ae cin eRade hese eee Ne 154 | Transverse diameter of calcaneum at lesser process.............--.- 20 ? Greatestuheicht otvcuboidiys. crac se en eee eae esi eee 17 i: Antero-posterlomdiametenor Cuboidian. n+ cane ae eles eins eee oe 16 ss Transverse ee te fee theta pe PR nen EE Re Ma ae eg oh TORTS II “4 8 - “tarsus at heads of metatarsals.......... 20 ‘ ‘ransverse.diameterot headvoi Mt wll. 2 fericeonts so 30ers a ecoer domes 12 a Antero-posterior diameter of head of Mt. III...................... T2355 Transverse * Sek eg tare 1D erotic abecuais seca Se 6.0 6 rs Antero-posterior oo at. Ct yee oO a ebro Ntons Sole he eke ec aaa ne II Bo Measured at facet for entocuneiform. Antero-posterior diameter of head of Mt. IV, approximately......... IO < Transverse diameter of head of Mt. IV, approximately.............. 4 33. Helaletes nanus Marsh. Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. IV, 1872, p. 218. Type: ‘‘Lophiodon”’ nanus Marsh. jaws with all the cheek-teeth represented on right side, No. 11080, 7 ‘Fragments of both’ upper Yale Museum Catalogue. Hypotype: “ Hyrachyus”’ nanus Leidy.73 P* lower jaw and lower dentitions. ? Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences. Horizon: Middle Eocene. Locality: Grizzly Butte, Wyoming. One of the hypotypes, a lower jaw from near the Lodge-Pole Trail Crossing, Dry Creek Valley, Wyoming. 76 The bone is slightly crushed in this region. i L.6: Vol. J, 2870,pesie 78 “Extinct Vertebrate Fauna.” . . . Report U. S. Geol. Surv. of the Terri- tories, Vol. I, 1873, p: 67, Pl. XX Vi, Fig. rz; Pl. Vi, Pig. 425 Ply X&Vil bisswen and 22. 1 PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 113 Specific Characters: P% with tetartocone more distinctly separated from the deuterocone than in H. bodps; styles at the exit of the median valley of the superior molars smaller; cingula on anterior and posterior faces of upper molars smaller, but larger on the ectoloph near the posterior angle. Animals of same size as H. bodps. For the present it is thought most prudent to continue to keep the above type specimen under a separate species as established by Marsh. The writer is, however, under the impression that the features of the specimen which vary from those of H. bodps may ultimately be re- garded as only representing individual variation. In that case Helaletes nanus becomes the type of the genus and H. boéps Marsh ” and “ Hyrachyus’’ nanus Leidy hypotypes. Genus DILOPHODON Scott. 34. Dilophodon minusculus Scott. (Plate XLIV, Fig. 5). Contribution from the E. M. Museum, Princeton, New Jersey, Bull. No. ah 1883, p. 46, Pl. VIII, Fig. 4. ‘ Type: Right lower jaw, No. 10,019, Princeton Museum Catalogue. Horizon: Middle Eocene. Locality: Henry’s Fork? Wyoming. Generic Characters ascertained from the type. Is, Cz, Px, Ms. Diastema of the lower jaw proportionally shorter than in Helaletes boéps and rami more sharply constricted back of the incisors and in front of the cheek-teeth; Mx without hypoconulid; canine small; animal slightly smaller than Helaletes. There can be comparatively little or no doubt that Dilophodon minusculus pertains to a distinct genus, as originally determined by Professor Scott. The shorter diastema of the ramus suggests a dif- ferent structure of that region than in Helaletes. This character together with the absence of a hypoconulid on Mz of the type of Dilophodon is regarded, by the writer as of sufficient generic value, pending the discovery of more complete material. In accepting the genus we avoid attributing two important characters to the genus Helaletes which do not appear to belong to the latter. Beside this fact, it is even possible that Dilophodon represents a third line of tapirs, which may represent a closer relation to the Oligocene and recent tapirs than to those of the Eocene, which are better known. Although the dentition of Helaletes, Hyrachyus, and Colonoceras resemble one another, the differences between them are obvious on 8—DEC. 16, I919. 114 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. comparison of complete specimens.”? The reduced nasals, the large anterior nares and air-sinus of Heptodon and Helaletes are specializa- tions of an early origin, which obtained not only in these genera, but in all likelihood was also extended to the true ancestors of the recent tapirs, and may thus be regarded as an additional proof of the con- servativeness of these Perissodactyls. Not only did Helaletes have the abbreviated nasals, but the incisors were of subequal size, P+ much reduced, and in Heptodon we have the long cursorial limbs, truly a combination of specializations too con- flicting and requiring too great a modification to fit them to be regarded as the true ancestors of the recent tapirs, even be they so far removed in time as the Eocene. On the other hand we have in the genus Colodon of the Oligocene a form which appears eminently fitted to represent the line of pseudo-tapirs in the later Tertiary, according to the deter- minations already reached by Osborn, Wortman, and Earl. Dilophodon should only be provisionally included in the sub-family Helalitine, since it is too imperfectly known, and may still prove to be more closely related to the true tapirs. When these pseudo-tapirs of the American Eocene are referred to as Lophiodonts it should be in a super-family sense (Lophiodontoidea), although with a greater restriction than that proposed by Dr. Gill.* In persisting in regarding these American genera as belonging strictly to the European family Lophiodontide* the taxonomy of the whole group is confused rather than cleared. That there is a relation be- tween the European and American forms in question is not to be denied, especially when their dental structure is considered. But is this similarity much greater than that in other separate families; e.g., the Paleotheres, the Chalicotheres, and the Titanotheres? When comparison of the limb structures of Lophiodon (L. isselensis)? and Heptodon or Helaletes is made we meet with an important degree of adaptive radiation. In Lophiodon, as is well known, the limbs are 79 See Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. IV, 1897, p. 161, Fig. 2; Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 370; Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. I, 1898, p. 128a, Pl. XIIIa. 80 Smithsonian Mis. Coll. No. 230, 1872, p. 88. Certain genera of suids, anoplo- theres, and Coryphodon, which were included by Dr. Gill, should, of course, be ex- cluded. 81 Osborn, H. F., and Wortman, J. L., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 358; Osborn’s ‘‘Age of Mammals,’’ Classification Table, p. 557. 8 Filhol, M. Henry, Mem. Soc. Geol. de France, Tom. V, 1888. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. Mays: short and thick, while in Heptodon and Helaletes they are long and slender. In Lophiodon the femur has a curved shaft with the third trochanter located well down, the distal end broad; low and broad condyles and rotular trochlea; tuber of calcaneum short and_ thick; astragalus broad, low, with its trochlea directly fore-and-aft. In Heptodon and Helaletes the hind limb is, aswe have seen, long, slender, and in structure quite equine. Such a broad inclusion of characters would necessitate, to my mind, the inclusion, of other early groups of the Perissodactyls more or less interrelated (e.g., the Palzotheres, the early Equide, and even certain phyla of the Rhinocerotoidea) in this group an arrangement obviously out of reason, especially in view of our present accepted order in the phylogeny. If the fragmentary material of the small lophiodont described and figured by Cuvier,* again referred to and figured by Blatinville,* and also referred to under the name ‘‘Colodon’’ minimus by Gaudry,*® belongs to the same species, it appears that it differs from both Hela- letes and Colodon (C. longipes Osborn and Wortman).*® These European remains appear to be on the whole more tapir-like, 7.e., they have a lower and broader tarsus, and the astragalar trochlea less oblique than in the Heptodon-Colodon series of America. We may well question the propriety of including them in the same family. ISECTOLOPHIDZE fam. nov. 2 Small Perissodactyls of the Eocene with dentition 3,+, 4, 3. P* with one or two well defined internal cones. P*® with one internal cone. Para- and metacones subequal and conic. With or without diastema. Cross- crests of lower molars more or less perfectly developed. Connecting crests between proto- and hypoconids. Large hypoconulid on Mz. This proposed family includes Homogalax (‘‘ Systemodon’’) Hay as defined by Osborn, Wortman*’ and Granger ** and Parisectolophus (“‘Isectolophus’’) latidens, vide infra. A third genus Schizolophodon, 83 Cuvier, Oss. Foss., Tom. II, 1825, p. 194, Figs. 20-25. 84 Blainville, Osteographie, Tom. IV, Y, page roo, PI. III (fourth specimen). 85 Gaudry, Bull. Soc. Geol. de France, Tom. XXV, 1897, pp. 318-319, Pl. IX, Fig. 4. 86 Osborn, H. F., and Wortman, J. L., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VI, 1894, Da 204. 87 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV, 1892, p. 124. 88 Op. cit., Vol. XV, 1908, p. 241. (See note in the present paper, page 103, in regard to Mr. Granger’s identification of Systemodon and Homogalax.) 116 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. see page 122, is provisionally included, while the so-called tertiary tapir Leptolophiodon (Isectolophus) annectens (Rutimyer) vide p. 126, is doubtfully included. This family may be subdivided into two subfamilies, the Homo- galaxine, nom. nov., defined by Osborn & Wortmann under the name Systemodontine (op. cit., p-124) which cannot be used since the genus Systemodon has been transferred to the Equide, and the Isectolophine, subfam. nov. Subfamily HOMOGALAXIN A‘ nom. nov. (Type Gen. Homogalax Hay, non Systemodon Cope). “Dentition: 3, +, 4, 3. Superior dental series continuous. Furst lower premolar contiguous to canine, followed by narrow diastema. Third ‘and fourth superior premolars with two external cusps and a single internal lobe. Paracone and metacone subequal, conic. Proto- loph and metaloph complete. Large third lobe upon third lower molar.’ ISECTOLOPHIN subfam. nov. Small Perissodactyls of the middle and upper Eocene with dentition 3 1,4 3. Para- and metacones subequal and subconic. P* with two internal cones. P+ with one internal cone. With or without diastema back of lower canine. Cross-crests of lower molars more or less perfectly developed. Connecting crests between proto- and hypoconids. Large hypoconulid on Mz. Genus ISECTOLOPHUS Scott and Osborn. 35. Isectolophus annectens Scott & Osborn (Plate XLIV, Fig. 1). Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XXIV, 1887, p. 260. ‘‘The Mammalia of the Uinta Formation,’’ Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XVI, 1889, p. 520, Pl. X, Figs. 1-8. Type: Upper and lower teeth No. 10400, Princeton Museum Cata- logue. Horizon: Uinta Eocene. Near base of Horizon C? Locality: White River, Utah. Hypotypes:* A crushed skull with fragments of the lower jaws and * Osborn & Wortman (I. c.) defined the subfamily Systemodontine basing their definition upon material representing Homogalax, and, as Systemodon is now referred to the Equide, I propose the change here made. 80 The definition is quoted from Osborn & Wortman. % Fragments of lower jaws, No. 1828 in the American Museum Collection, which were found in horizon C, near Wagon Hound Canyon on White River, Uinta County, Utah, are here provisionally associated as hypotypes. Le PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 117 fragments of limb-bones, C. M. No. 3030. Right maxillary with cheek-teeth in place, C. M. No. 2337. Horizon: Uinta Eocene. Near base of Horizon C. Locality: On the Duchesne River, six miles east of Myton, Utah, and eastern end of Uinta Basin near Kennedy’s Hole. Generic Characters: (I. ? 3, Ct, P{, M3. Long diastema back of lower canine. P® with two internal tubercles. P* with one internal tubercle. Meta- and paracones of equal size. FEctoloph extended well back of protoloph. Parastyle large and well separated from paracone. Cross- crests of molars comparatively sharp. Mz with large hypoconulid; connecting-crests between proto- and hypoconids of molars. ‘ Lunar with subequal magnum and cuneiform facets. Cuboid broad with an extensive astragalar facet. Manus and pes. Digits, 4 — ? 3." Provisional Specific Characters: Long symphysis back of lower canine; the latter tooth proportionally small. Symphysis long and laterally constricted.** The mashed cranium, No. 3030 and the maxillary, No. 2337, in the Carnegie Museum set definitely at rest the question of the upper premolar teeth of Jsectolophus. Unfortunately the skull of No. 3030 when found was completely disintegrated in front of P*. No part of the front of either upper or lower jaws was obtained. The present material agrees very well with the description and espe- cially with the illustrations by Professor Osborn and serves well as a hypotype of this genus. In reéxamining the type of Isectolophus annectens I find a portion of a premolar, which Osborn mistakenly referred to P2, but which in reality compares exactly with P+ of the specimen in the Carnegie Museum. Hatcher has correctly identified this tooth-fragment.®® There is a single tooth with the type specimen, which is apparently M2 of the right side. The upper teeth described by Osborn as M+ and M2 agree better with M2 and M® of the Carnegie Museum speci- 9% As shown by the specimen of Jsectolophus in the collection of the American Museum of Natural History, No. 1828. %§ The generic characters inside of quotation marks are according to Osborn (Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XVI, 1889, p. 519), and are based upon what is now regarded as a separate species, Isectolophus scotti. %Tf it be hereafter found that complete specimens of Isectolophus annectens have this long diastema, then [sectolophus scotti, vide p. 120, must be raised to generic rank. 95 **Recent and Fossil Tapirs,’’ Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. I, 1896, p. 177. 118 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. mens, and reveal a mistake, by oversight in the text, since they are correctly indicated in his illustration (op. cit., Pl. X, Fig. 1). DETAILED DESCRIPTION AND COMPARISON OF THE MATERIAL. P2 of the Carnegie Museum specimen has two external tubercles set close together and a small blunt deuterocone not unlike some of the early tertiary forms (Homogalax protapirinum (Wortman) of the Big Horn Wasatch) except that the latter species has the deuterocone located slightly further back and the tooth itself has proportionally a greater transverse diameter than in the present specimen.®® P# has two internal tubercles, which are slightly better developed than in Parisectolophus latidens. The proto- and tritocones are situated close together, the parastyle is quite prominent and is separated from the inner tubercles by a deep concavity of the ectoloph. This portion of P2 is lost in Parisectolophus latidens. P* agrees in all its detailed structure, with that tooth in Parisectolophus latidens. Hatcher has already pointed out that there is only one internal tubercle of Pz in Parisectolophus latidens**’ and that Osborn’s generic definition of Isectolophus is partly erroneous.*8 The ectoloph of P* in Isectolophus consists of three subequal swellings, the trito- and protocones, and the parastyle is identical with that in the Bridger species. The molars increase gradually from the first to the last, and they differ in no important degree from those of Parisectolophus latidens. A right maxillary, No. 2337, with the cheek-teeth represented, found by Mr. Earl Douglass in Horizon C, at the Devil’s Play Ground near Kennedy's Hole, Uinta Basin, is interesting from the fact that a de- tached small premolar crown, most probably P+, was found with the specimen and is here for the first time recorded. P+ of this speci- men is immediately in front of P*, and is two-rooted and the crown, if correctly determined, is rather small, blunt, and conical in shape, with considerable wear from the opposite tooth. The teeth back of P! are identical with, though smaller than, those described in the fore- going pages. From this specimen it also appears quite clear that the infra-orbital foramen is located above the anterior portion of P+*. The maxillary is broken off immediately in front of P+. The inferior dentition of specimen No. 3030 is represented by the % P2 is lacking in the type specimen of Parisectolophus. WPA mer J OUP. SClis.V Ola 1) LOO mp eLiii7e 98 Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XVI, 1880, p. 510. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 119 greater portion of Pz, and fragments of the molars. As already stated, the specimen was found in a mutilated state, there being neither upper or lower incisors present. The specimen in the Ameri- can Museum, No. 1828, already referred to, supplements the present specimen admirably. The symphysis of this specimen does not fit upon the back part of the jaw, due to loss of contact. If the speci- men (See Fig. 17), pertains to the same individual, which appears quite likely, it is clear that there are two well-marked species of Isectolophus in the Uinta sediments. One of these has a long diastema back of the canine and the symphysis itself is constricted transversely as in Triplopus, while the other species has no diastema and no constriction of the symphysis. The incisors and canine of the specimen in the American Museum are represented by roots only. These roots are of subequal size and have about one-half the diameter of the canine. Both incisors and canines had apparently a procumbent position. Back of the canine there is, as already stated, a long diatema with sharp superior border. The premolars are not present, while the molars are well-represented in this specimen. In comparing the molars with those of the type of Isectolophus it is at once clear that they pertain to Isectolophus annec- tens from their size and detailed structure. Pz of the specimen in the Carnegie Museum, No. 3030, is quite Fic. 17. Isectolophus annectens. No. 1828 American Museum of Natural History. X 2/3. molariform, except for the lack of the tetartoconid. The cross-crests of the lower molars are perfect, as is the case in the specimen in the American Museum, and the third lobe (hypoconulid) of M- is large, as in the type. The only noteworthy difference between No. 3030 120 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. of the Carnegie Museum collection and the type of Jsectolophus, as well as the American Museum specimen, is the presence of two small mammillary tubercles rising from the cingulum on the antero-external portion of Mz in the specimen in the Carnegie Museum. These are absent both in the type and in the New York specimen, No. 1828, and may well be only an individual character (See Fig. 17). . The transverse diameter of the distal trochlea of the humerus is unusually small. This fact seems to agree with Osborn’s description of the head of the radius (op. cit., p. 521). The trochlea is rather deep, which is due to the very prominent capitellum. There is a decided tubercle on the dorso-ulnar face, just above the capitellum, but there is little or no articular surface on the ulnar side of the capitellum, such as is seen in the tapir, or developed more prominently in the horse. 36. Isectolophus scotti®® sp. nov. (Plate XXXIV, Fig. 23). Type: Fragments of upper and lower jaws, vertebre, limb- and foot- bones, described by Professor Osborn as the Paratype of Isectolophus annectens. Natural Science Museum of Princeton University, No. 10401. Paratypes: Lower jaw fragment, No. 10399, Natural Science Museum of Princeton University, described by Professor Osborn as Paratype of Tsectolophus annectens (I. c., p. 520, Pl. X, Fig. 4). Fragments of upper and lower jaws with M% present. Fragments of vertebra, No. 3113, Carnegie Museum. Horizon: Uinta Eocene. Near base of Horizon C. Locality: White River, Uinta County, Utah. Specific Characters: No diastema back of lower canine; symphysis short and not contracted laterally; canine of proportionally large size; animals smaller than Isectolophus annectens. Pending the discovery of complete upper and lower jaws of Jsec- tolophus annectens the above determination must be regarded as provisional. If the contour of the lower jaw together with the long symphysis, as exhibited in the fragméntary specimen in the American Museum, No. 1928 (See Fig. 17) proves to be the same as in J. annectens, then the new species here erected must take generic rank, as already stated in footnote 94. In the specimen, C. M. No. 3113 (See Pl. XXXIV, Fig. 23) the position of the dentition in the alveolar border indicates the same con- 9 In recognition of Prof. W. B. Scott, of Princeton University. 100 Tyans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XVI, 1889, pp. 521-522, Pl. X, Figs. 3-8. ’ PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UrntA BASIN. 121 dition described and illustrated by Osborn (op. cit.,p. 521); 7. e., that the second and third premolars have two roots and Py; one root. The root of the canine indicates that tooth to be relatively larger that in the American Museum specimen, No. 1828. PARISECTOLOPHUS nom. nov. (Type Parisectolophus latidens (Scott & Osborn).) 37. Parisectolophus latidens (Scott & Osborn). Isectolophus latidens OSBORN, ‘‘The Mammalia of the Uinta Formation,”’ Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc., Vol. XVI, 1889, p. 513 et seq. Helaletes latidens Scott & OSBORN, E. M. Museum Bull., Princeton Univ., 1878, D254) INO= 3s (Plate XLIV, Figs. 2-3). Type specimen: Upper and lower jaws, No. 10251, Natural Science Museum, Princeton University. (Cf. Osborn, /..c., p. 518.) Horizon: Middle Eocene. Locality: Henry’s Fork? Wyoming. Principal Characters: I%, C4, P?4, M3, P32, with two internal tubercles; P* with one internal tubercle; light cingula on anterior, posterior, and external faces of premolars and molars. Meta- and paracones subconical; paracone larger than metacone; parastyle large and well-separated from paracone; cross-crests of molars obtuse and valleys shallow; extremely short diastema between Pz and Px. Inferior canines comparatively robust. Hypoconulid of Mz well-developed; connecting crests between proto- and hypoconids of molars. Lower jaws quite thick and slightly constricted back of canine and P 4. The most noteworthy differences between this genus and Helaletes, as exhibited by the type specimen, are the following: in Parisectolophus, the metacone is more subconical, the parastyle larger and more widely separated, the cross-crests of the upper and lower molars more obtuse, the hypoconulid of Mz longer, and the diastema between the incisors and cheek-teeth absent (See Pl.. XLIV, Figs. 2-3). Parisectolophus latidens differs from Isectolophus in comparatively few nevertheless well-marked and rather important characters, so far as comparison can be made. First, the molars of Isectolophus are considerably advanced, because of the greater posterior enlargement of the ectoloph, making the para- and metacones equal in size; sec- ondly the cross-crests of the molars are slightly higher and sharper; the cingulum of the upper molars are much heavier. 122 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE. MUSEUM. Fig. 13 of Plate II in Leidy’s ‘‘ Extinct Vertebrate Fauna of the Bridger Tertiary Formation of Wyoming Territory’’ represents Hy- vachyus modestus, which seems somewhat similar to Parisectolophus, and possibly may belong to this genus. However, the metacone appears to be located on a more direct antero-posterior line with the paracone, and the junction of the metaloph with the ectoloph is somewhat further forward than in the type of Parisectolophus described and figured. Genus SCHIZOLOPHODON gen. nov. 38. Schizolophodon cuspidens sp. nov. (Plate XLIV, Fig. 4). Type: A pair of lower jaws with premolars and molars fairly well preserved. C. M. No. 3045. Paratype: Right lower jaw and symphysis with roots of canines and the anterior cheek-teeth of the right ramus, C. M. No. 3010. Horizon: Uinta Eocene, Horizon C. Locality: Duchesne River, Six miles East of Myton, Utah. Principal Characters: Lower molars with incomplete cross-crests, especially on Mz and the anterior cross-crest of Mz. Hypoconulid of Mx comparatively small. Animals about the same size as Isectolophus annectens. Detailed Description of the Material: The horizontal ramus is heavy and quite deep; the symphysis is heavy, but the rami are not con- stricted back of the canine, and there are two or more mental foramina, of which the most anterior is directly below Py. The vertical ramus is not present in either type or paratype. The incisors, of which there appear to be three on either side, are only represented by roots and are rather small. The canines are also broken off, and are proportionally small! when compared with those in Parisectolophus latidens from the Bridger. There is no diastema between the canine and the cheek-teeth. Py has a single fang and a simple crown with a small basal shelf postero- internally. Ps is quite suddenly enlarged, especially in the fore-and- aft direction. The anterior portion of the crown consists of a blunt trihedral elevation with the apex directed forward, while the posterior portion (the heel) is low, partly due to wear, the tetartoconid being absent. Ps is considerably farther advanced towards the molar pat- 101 Tn the paratype the canines are apparently of larger size. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 123 tern. The proto- and deuteroconids are rather closely united and have received much wear. The anterior margin of the crown has developed into a crescentic ridge, which extends from the protoconid forwards and inwards. The metaconid has formed a somewhat sim- ilar, though less crescentic, ridge-connection with the deuteroconid. This portion of the crown has also received considerable wear. The tetartoconid is absent. Pz is only represented by the posterior half of the crown and its detailed structure is practically a repetition of the tooth in advance of it, except that the crest, which connects the meta- conid with the anterior cross-crest, forms the junction with the latter rather midway between the proto- and deuteroconid, instead of directly with the deuteroconid asin Pz. Inthe paratype of Isectolophus annec- tens this character is observed to be similar to that just described. There is no tetartoconid, but the rise of the fold of the enamel in this region of the tooth furnishes the margin of a distinct pit. The cingulum is not well-developed on the premolar series. My is repre- sented by the posterior portion of the crown in the type, while in the paratype only the antero-external angle is preserved. The tooth in both specimens has received much wear, so that its characters are rather unreliable. Ms is also much worn, but it is still possible to detect that the anterior cross-crest was interrupted by a longitudinal valley, while the posterior cross-crest is more complete. Directly in front the cingulum has formed a heavy ledge, which constitutes a conspicuous addition to the base of the crown. My may be said to have five distinct tubercles on the crown: in addition to this there is again repeated the anterior ledge (parastylid) shown on Mz. There are no cingula on the internal face of the molars, while externally they are moderately developed. MEASUREMENTS. Type Paratype No. 3045. No. 3010. Motrallength of thejaw fragment... 2.5. -.6. nce cos see ens 128 mm. WE PEMEOL Tams rai ran ratte eee eicten ares he ete eal mee tas sie ee pO Saguade Wambo n cams th My seer ety Merete setaRe loose ial Seal wre Sraveyavels Melee Ae Sie 8 Length of cheek-teeth including canine. ...........::........ 00; ee Coto we WSN ato OlspLremOlatsesacr re scinesvs aierewale ais Se cists eaves oe acc Oy 2 eee See IL Sra egel Meta i aoo(o} RNShy oH yee get Blonro Gees is cee GLO Seneca AS eer eA IATILCTO=POSLEHIOLe GIAMetet OL ears. 4 ts fas as cies Ave ys sftsle cess a = Cannes Transverse diameter of eee eT et ON AOY, 5 axe eats ra “8 * 128 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. tral to the tapirs, but that it is closer to the Rhinoceroses. Again referring to J. c. Pla'e XLIV, Fig. 3, it is quite clear that the premolars have unmistakably advanced towards such Oligocene genera as Leptaceratherium trigonodum, Cenopus mite, or C. platycephalum. This implies a very early origin of the ‘‘atypical’’ premolar structure, to which Professor Osborn calls attention in his work on the Rhi- -noceroses referred to above. Nor is there any apparent reason for excluding //yrachyus agrarius or Colonoceras agrestis as also possibly belonging to the Rhinoceroses, the latter genus to Diceratherium as Marsh originally suggested.! The Rhinocerotide had, in the Uinta, the Bridger, or even earlier Tertiary time, most likely made more than the initial start towards their varied specilizations seen in later time. I am inclined to the opinion, that, if we had found in America the true middle Eocene ancestry of the various types of Rhinoceroses, in the later epochs we would have met with even further advancements than are recorded in the Bridger or later Eocene.!% The Amynodonts of the Uinta are certainally surprisingly advanced along their line. When the dentition of Desmatotherium is compared with that of Isectolophus and Parisectolophus and the earlier genus Homogalax the tendency toward the vertical increase of the crowns, or greater de- velopment of the cement is clearly observed in Desmatotherium. Besides the early origin of the tetartocone of P*, the cross-crests are visibly of greater prominence and the valleys deeper than in the teeth of Parisectolophus or even the Uinta genus Jsectolophus. Altogether the teeth, especially the molars, are more nearly like those in /yra- chyus, Colonoceras, or Helaletes. In Hvyrachyus there is, however, present a crista which is only faintly or not at all indicated in Des- matotherium. In Colonoceras the crista is slightly better developed than in Desmatotherium and the posterior cross-crests of the superior premolars are also located further foward in Colonoceras.“4 Scott's genus Desmatotherium should be placed with Hyrachyus in a line nearer to the Rhinocerotide. It certainly appears to be more closely related to that group that to the Tapiroidea, where it has been heretofore placed. uwAmer. SOUL. Sct. (3), Vols GIG. 18775 paso2k US Europe during this time was nearer, or perhaps more accessible, to the center of dispersion of the true Rhinoceroses, according to the works of Schlosser, Abel, and others. 14 Tf these features in Colonoceras are constant they may be regarded as of con- siderable importance. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UIntTA BASIN. 129 Genus Hyracuyus Leidy. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1871, p. 220. Hyrachyus is represented by two individuals C. M. Nos. 2908 and 3112. The former consists of a pair of lower jaws minus the angle and the incisor teeth, and was found in the upper portion of horizon A, near White River, Uinta Basin, Utah, while No. 3112 is a fragment Fic. 18. Hyrachyus grande sp. nov. Type Carnegie Museum No. 2908. X 3/10. of a lower jaw with Pz and M; in place and a fragment of the maxillary with only the roots of the premolars present. The latter was found in horizon B, southeast of Kennedy’s Hole, Uinta Basin, Utah. While the lower jaws, No. 2908, represent an animal larger than any pertaining to that genus heretofore found, and may probably belong to a new species, or possibly even a new genus, there are unfortunately no characters present indicating any marked advance over those found in the Bridger genus. As stated above, the incisors are lost, Fic. 19. 1. Hyrachuys grande sp. nov. Type. Carnegie Museum No. 2908. X 2/5. 2. Hyrachyus princeps Marsh. My of type specimen in Peabody Museum of Natural History. X 2/5. but from their alveoli it is possible to quite definitely determine that they were all of subequal size, the two intermediates possibly some- what larger than the laterals. The canine is possibly slightly reduced when compared with Hyrachyus agrarius, but this may well be a sexual character and not of specific importance. The premolars are all of the Hyrachyus pattern, with practically no indication of a further 9—DEC. 16, I9I9Q. 130 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. step towards the development of a posterior cross-crest, such as is found in Trigonias osborni from the base of the Oligocene. Deciduous P; is present in the right ramus (see Fig. 19). Mgand My are much worn, the crowns furnishing no detailed characters, while Mz practi- cally agrees in all details with the same tooth of the known species of the genus, except in its larger size. The ramus appears to be proportionally slenderer than in Hyrachyus agrarius. Hyrachyus princeps Marsh, which also is a large form, is smaller than the specimen under description. If the specimen does not belong to the latter species "*° it may be called Hyrachyus grande sp. nov. simply to indicate its extraordinarily large size (See Figs. 18 and 19). The specimen No. 3112 is slightly larger than Hyrachyus agrarius Leidy, and appears moreover to differ from the latter by a proportion- _ally greater development of the metaconid and a slight basal elevation indicating the tetartoconid. MEASUREMENTS. No. 2908. No. 3112. Length of ramus from anterior point of symphysis to and in- Olio rabbaveri NY lrreta Bla G GoGo oe Ooo Obed Bes GO cObOOnO no Ob OO uE 215 mm. DepthiotramMusiats Bape che titans te el haa ee ieee tien openers A0n es al aes SEEN ren is. CORON erica coche a ae anon Ao gece Soh ey sec eu fare Gye Antero-posterior diameter of cheek-teeth. aoe x3 ss a ae ore en REM Me tone ord io © Oke Aeo oer Or 2 oe Semon Transverse ce peas anirie ener s Cty ARE Ait HEIRS ac cio ca Or Tie _Deninanent Ma aandyiVitis 2. eapareracncnreneiers Boas os * oe ese Ee Pee ISTE ci Ro oie ach act Ore TiS whe Transverse h AE Reet BSE Pe ERA E IER Nesey Tess 2k ETS. cr TOD a ne MSDIM rath e icehbeee etree od es ad aye et PR os ee LOween Antero-posterior a Te Soe a bahay Se Beas i TMS done gt ars tee Ne teh RRS, See TOn On comparing the atlas of No. 3007 with that of Hyracodon, the similarities are remarkably close. Thus it is seen, that, as in the latter genus, the bone is high and rather short, with a backward 28 Koch, A., Termeszetrazi Fuzetek, Budapest, XX, 1897, pp. 490-500, Pls. XII-XIII. 129 Abhandl. der K. K. Geolog. Reichsanstalt, Bd. XX, 1910, pp. 24-25, Pl. II, Hige ote 189 The atlas of Prothyracodon appears to be proportionally higher than in Hyracodon, which is to a certain extent due to crushing. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. ileyyi projecting transverse process, perforated by a canal of considerable size, which again appears on the under surface of the transverse process and forms a deep atlantal groove (not foramen), at the an- terior base of the same process. The anterior cotyles are deep and broadly excavated above and below, as in Hyracodon, but the accessory facets for the base of the occipital condyle are less developed than in the latter genus. The above description also agrees with that of Triplopus cubitalis by Professor Cope. The axis of No. 3399, a specimen approximately of the same size as No. 3007, is considerably longer than the atlas. The bone again agrees with the description of Triplopus cubitalis by Cope,! and of Hyrachyus by Scott. Thus the bone is relatively longer and slenderer than in the Rhinoceroses and suggests the axis of the horses through its prominent spine and odontoid process, ventral keel, and the oblique and concave posterior face of the centrum. The remaining cervicals, which are represented in specimen No. 3007, appear to gradually shorten from the axis backward, and agree generally, so far as comparison can be made, with those in contem- poraneous Uinta species as well as Hyracodon. MEASUREMENTS. No. 3007. No. 3399. Transverse diameter of anterior cotyle......... Ba Echt ae Ee 39 mm. Vertical os Se a atl AEP EA TE as iSO ro Ce oes Greatestavertical diameter iofiatlasin lhc cata vee ee heer Bas a length of axis, odontoid process not included.......... 48 mm, Wenethie oModontords prOCeSs-u. cscs. crersyel soe el cvahetens st) = isieheneoncne eetehohons 1, Wy Besides the specimens described above, there are in the Carnegie Museum a number of individuals from the same locality and horizon, which perhaps pertain to a third species intermediate in size between Prothyracodon obliquidens and P. uintense. It is thought best to defer adding more species until more complete specimens are obtained. Two species of Prothyracodon from the Uinta were originally proposed by Scott and Osborn, which Osborn united in 1889 (J. c., p. 525). I do not hesitate in expressing my agreement with earlier workers (Scott, Osborn, Wortman, Earl and others), in regard to the phylogeny of Prothyracodon. From the evidence at hand there is compara- tive certainty that some genus closely allied to Hyrachyus should 131 Tertiary Vertebrata, p. 683. 132 “Die Osteologie von Hyracodon Leidy,”’ Festschrift fiir Carl Gegenbaur, p. 303- 138 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. be regarded as the Bridger representative of this line of cursorial Rhinoceroses.“* The Washakie genus Triplopus and the Uinta form Prothyracodon uintense* obviously represent independent lines, which may or may not be represented in the Oligocene,® while P. obliquidens is in all the obtainable characters so very closely related to the Oligocene genus /yracodon that one cannot deny the phylo- genetic relationship here displayed. It is very unfortunate that we have not in the recently acquired collection from the Uinta a skull sufficiently complete in the region of the tympanum and the external ear to verify Professor Cope’s studies of Triplopus cubitalis. Con- sidering all the known characters of Prothyracodon which are so very suggestive of Hyracodon, I believe that the Uinta form did not have the meatus closed inferiorly as in Triplopus cubitalis. This would substantiate Cope’s position in placing Triplopus in a separate syste- matic position. Together with this equine feature of the external ear in Tviplopus we now know that the limbs were also proportionally longer than in the Uinta genus. The genus apparently does, in fact, represent a subfamily (7viplopodine) of the Hyracodontide which holds an equal rank to the Prothyracodon-Hyracodon phylum. Together with the highly Rhinocerotic feature of M® in Prothyra-_ codon uintense the first upper and lower premolars are altogether too much reduced in size™® to be seriously regarded as a forerunner of the rhinoceroses of the Oligocene. Furthermore the lower canine and incisor series are typically those of Hyracodon, plainly excluding this species from the true rhinoceroses of the later Tertiary. In my opinion it is altogether possible, that, if this line continued in later epochs, we may find a Hyracodon-like form in the Oligocene with M® reduced to the characteristic features of the Rhinocerotide so strongly suggested in the Uinta genus. 133 The actual type of Hyrachyus implicatus Cope I have not seen, but from the splendid illustrations (Tertiary Vertebrata, Pl. LVIII, Figs. 6, 6a, 7) by Professor Cope, it appears to be in this line. Its dentition seems to be advanced in the direc- tion of the Hyracodonts. 134 With the exception of M®*, Prothyracodon uintense bears a closer relation to Hyracodon nebrascencis than does Triplopus cubitalis. 185 The different forms of Hyracodon of the lower and upper Oligocene are as yet comparatively little known. 186 Both the upper and lower first premolars may well be absent in fully adult specimens of P. wintense as they are, in fact, seen to be in individuals in the Car- negie Museum. PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA BASIN. 139 CHALICOTHEROIDEA 381 Subfamily SCHIZOTHERIIN 42? Holland and Peterson. Genus Eomoropus Osborn. 42. Eomoropus annectens sp. nov. (Plate XXXVI, Fig. 2). Type: Portion of skull with the cheek-dentition in position, C. M. No. 3109. Horizon: Uinta Eocene, Horizon B. Locality: Eastern portion of Uinta Basin, near Wagon-hound Bend, on White River, Utah. Specific Characters: Skull comparatively narrow across the orbit and palate, long in the cranial region, less suddenly contracted laterally in the region of the orbit, and a lighter post-glenoid process when compared with E. amarorum. The type also indicates a considerable smaller animal than the latter. From the character available for comparison with the type specimen of Eomoropus amarorum (Cope) the present species is, as already said, of considerably smaller size, especially in the dentition. Eomoropus amarorum differs from E. annectens by the relatively greater measure- ments across the maxillary from the inner face of M® to the lower external face of the jugal, as seen in the illustrations given by Pro- fessors Cope!® and Osborn, as well as on the actual comparison of the specimens by the writer. The entire posterior portion of the skull of E. annectens, except the postglenoid process, was weathered out of the sandstone in which the maxillaries were found. The process appears to be in its natural position with relation to the zygomatic arch and maxillaries. From this fact it is presumed that there is a relatively greater distance between M®# and the postglenoid process in the present species than in E. amarorum. There were probably only three premolars present. Through their relatively small size and the details of structure the premolars suggest those of Schizotherium priscum (Gaudry) in a remarkable manner. The molars on the other hand are proportionally shorter and broader. Furthermore the parastyle is more loosely connected with the para- cone, and the vertical ridge on the external face of the paracone is 137 Professor Osborn has recently (Bull. Amer. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXXII, 1913, pp. 261-274) placed Triplopus amarorum Cope in a distinct genus of the Super- family Chalicotheroidea. 138 Tertiary Vertebrata, Pl. LVIIIa, Fig. 2a. 139 T.¢., page 262, Fig. 2a. 140 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. more prominent. The general construction of the molars in the two genera is, however, strikingly similar. On comparing the present specimen with other European genera, it may be said that Eomoropus annectens and Macrotherium grande Lartet resemble each other, more especially in the proportions of the molars. It thus appears that if Komoropus is in the ancestral line leading directly to Moropus the molar series underwent a considerable lengthening during the Oligocene period. On the other hand, if the postglenoid process, as found, is in its correct position in the type of E. annectens, which seems quite likely, then this region of the skull had already taken on the characters found in Moropus to a greater degree than seems to be the case in E. amarorum. More perfect remains must be found and con- sulted before anything final in regard to the true phylogeny of these Eocene Chalicotheres of America can be stated. MEASUREMENTS. Length’ of skull P2 to.postglenoid!iprocess. .)...-.:,.5...062-) sess oeee 129. mm. Length of skull from M# to postglenoid process...............-.00- 58 “4 Transverse diameter from internal face of M® to inferior border of jugal Opposite thevorbits serves oy etee ce as eackol eee Seneca ee ey Wie ane 31 3 engthyof the cheek-dentition).se1.o acts ome re cs ok te emt eae 73 - Isengthrot the premolars scy-ccsiah eetoiere euchokeva eis mime ee 29 + “s Se Oe ETM OLAS 2 eaten saith racuatte sree Bee e eae Pe re eee 47 “2 iAmtero=posterion diameter-ol Pach ade kee eee eee TOM Transverse. diameterioteb aaa tere ates ea ee Osi Antero-posteriondiameteroh bP. a. oslesins sone eee es SET Transverse e SS RR CIOS acta io Oto ORGS ocho IR Co re ty Antero-postenor diameter on P=..2 sas. cacls 4 tees eae eA 10 ie Transverse a Be ee Sak Cia) aa Siekars te Glsnbee Bcc aires chal eet pest eeae ees 13 % Antero-posterior us Sa Cea RRet AEE a St eR ee oie wa) i 14 ‘i Transverse a Oe TAN tara etnaleSitanls Latah ua ASONS ee ete, Mh atic) tect eee Lah uee Antero-posterior vy OE See Nig ae. yes oe, eek eae ee ae re LS em Transverse ad Sm Lat eet peMe Sr oudhokel wicts suskaTeme wie te ee 18 =. Antero-posterior ie SOUND SAE ES esd oh ches. Sos ada tieaca stories CREE 75 Transverse 7 or Set IN ete cifechan ay (al he tala eae ae SE SUSE CREAT PRR 19.8 4) CARNEGIE MUSEUM, May 29, I916. SYNOPSIS OF CONTENTS OF PAPER. PMCHO GUSH 624 oF ais) subse sear Dae, Fee wsltaten tu ONG Sue oie aeRO) Oar hPa ae oer 40 BISCES Sok Mavens bake pela to Sic: Shake aha) "ovate ellos HAMS GE eR eee 40 Rep talia etewe ee vari. sc 0.0 sea dle cayate a rele ie hteisus ak OMe en RE ee 41 Mammalia, Mesonyechidaens 12 a45 5.08%). ae oe dale cei ieee eee eae 41 IVI UC eee Saechiowts soscuey = eleleualted enairegon aia cna. Gig) ala a ached aan Lech reel ana ee ee 48 PETERSON: MATERIAL DISCOVERED IN UINTA Basin. 141 ROU arma (Gree) MISCMVLOMAC Ge pias. cess so whs, ce ceutsle uo « pate m ceedicee ee 60 VG ttl eee Re A ee ey LEN oie Gran save G. 4x Swi dicre Cate Cale ke abate eane « Hele. 66 PATE OC AC ul ALT OMMACOGOU LING ies. cnaie ays. osc 0 ald oloia ls vie v. 4 a epleandtertys eld eme nie etas 66 PANO TCH INCLU Cl ce one M ERG AICS ance ni eee = a Liss baie 00's lapse ace ookevere she geet 70 ANC ESA VG VG LOVEE OES 5: SRS, oo eRe BIC A Oa Pe i ed a 79 LNVETALS CLC GES GG BOR TIS 8 TAC EE oe a, 82 (CapenObos bo Bibs Gas 6 ele S Sis Gore eae cE Ie nee eo 88 EoppVeAnULE UL Cl ce eaten aes Cece PEMe SERIES ect ay ok at sins ¢ ci-civ es) ot vidi w: wferbiene avalos aed gainers 93 Renicsodactyiar ElvtacoGneniinaa marie slays cts as chysleie oelgte sito 8 ends oa eee ta owt 10L Pseudotapirs of the North American Eocene...............5 ee eee e eer cees 103 Rela chic mera ean eh eaterpewer dr ht aat absidnia/ars Brae, cal ee ete ere wkate te woke sae ess 103 Teectolaphidceariami Pen OV en wanes persia emos «cur ce Hee etavaie wiautie re tereer Mek ate evel a ea II5 Isectolophincsrsitbiann, stop prscbenacwrntis oe ocectiagty sinta, shave peaeieS ie cislytlw tutte aye wale os 116 Ronin OCeLotoid casw lly a COMONEIG dep els tchaye) vane. ae chemyieerstnets aeons teehee eens L2 Deigarcea Hy tl ce oe re em eee apa chat Aaa a ctnelans Ashauld syeeuaec tty ty, oftiue. caer /cUlone As Gh alce liylohe ete elas 127 PATVITO COME earner TCIM a eenelo NeoPa lee a ammeter aaety alee seb aioam epee alice eas 130 Mele ita COG Ola lin ce eee een ta eeu cpe tay Ae cc eno Sans aeiny ebaesN Sind Givene ote Sy saaltoyouevienenstiche a Late lov 131 Chalicotheroidea tSchizormeniice essai thick eet ieee a shorsieyc acer aiteselias aes Nysecis ais, bist 139 142 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. PLATE. XXXIV. Fic. 1. Oxyenodon dyclerus. Scapula and humerus. C,M., No. 3051. Fic. 2. Oxye@nodon dyclerus. Radius, ulna, and manus. C,M., No. 3051. Fic. 3. Prodaphenus? robustus, type. Humerus, anterior face. Fic. 4. Prodaphenus? robustus, type. Crown view of lower teeth Fic. 5. Prodaphenus? robustus, type. Side view of lower jaw. Fic. 6. Mimocyon longipes, type. Crown view of lower teeth. Fic. 7. Mimocyon longipes, type. Side view of lower jaw. Fic. 8. Mimocyon longipes, type Dorsal view of pes. Fic. 9. Mimocyon longipes, type. Anterior view of humerus. Fic. 10. Mimocyon longipes, type. Side view of ulna. Fic. 11. Limnocyon douglassi, type. Crown view of lower teeth, right. Fic. 12. Limnocyon douglassi, type. Side view of lower jaw, right. Fic. 13. Limnocyon douglassi, type. Side view of maxillary, right. Fic. 14. Limnocyon douglassi, type. Crown view of upper teeth, right. Fic. 15. Paramys medius, type. Crown view of upper teeth. Fic. 16. Paramys medius, type. Lower end of tibia, side. Fic. 17. Paramys medius, type. Trochlea, distal end of tibia. Fic. 18. Paramys medius, type. Patella. ‘ Fic. 19. Paramys medius, type. Trochlea of astragalus. Fic. 20. Paramys medius, type. Pes, dorsal view. Fic. 21. Paramys medius, type. Proximal phalanx, dorsal view. Fic. 22. Paramys medius, type. Median phalanx, dorsal view. Fic. 23. Isectolophus scotti paratype. Alveolar border of lower jaw. C.iM. No. 3113: Fic. 24. Schizolophodon cuspidens, type. Alveolar border of lower jaw and crown view of lower teeth. All figures one half natural size, except Fig. 15, which is natural size. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXXIV, Canids from the Uinta. (For explanation see opposite page.) 144 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. PLATE XXXV. FIG. tI. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Dorsal view of pes. FIG. 2. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype... Anterior view of femur. Fic. 3. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Anterior view of humerus. Fic. 4. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Side view of ulna. Fic. 5. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Anterior view, head of radius. Fic. 6. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Articulating surface, head of radius. Fic. 7. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Dorsal view of Mc. V. Fic. 8. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Side view of upper canine tooth. Fic. 9. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Anterior view of tibia. Fic. 10.. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Right lower jaw from the side. Fic. 11. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Upper molar, crown view. Fic. 12. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Py, external view. Fic. 13. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Pq, crown view. Fic. 14. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. Alveolar border of jaw and crown view of lower teeth, left ramus. Fic. 15. Pleurocyon magnum, paratype. External view of left ramus. All figures are one-half natural size. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXXV. Canids from the Uinta. (For explanation see opposite page.) 146 Fic. SEIc: FIG. Frc. FIG. Fic. an E wD ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. PLATE XXXVI. Prothyracodon uintense, type. Alveolar border of lower jaw and crowns of dentition. Eomoropus annectens, type. Palate and crown view of upper teeth. Bunomeryx montanus. Palate and crown view of upper teeth. Bunomeryx montanus. Crowns of lower teeth. Hylomeryx annectens, type. Palate and crown view of upper teeth. Hylomeryx annectens, type. Crowns of lower teeth. Figs. 1 and 2 natural size. Figs. 3, 4, 5, and 6 are slightly more than one and a third of nature. (cased aysoddo das uorjeuR[dxe 10,7) "RULL] IY} UOT} Soze[NsUL) IAXXX ld “IX ISA ‘NNASNW JISSANYVD STIVNNV 148 Fic. Fig. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fia. Fic. FIG. FIG. Fic. Fic. FIG. Fic. FIG. FIG. Fic. Fic. HOOT AM PWN H Ts 16. 107/65 18. ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. PLATE XXXVII. Leptotragulus medius, type. Left side of skull. Leptotragulus medius, type. Crowns of upper teeth. Leptotragulus medius, type. Astragalus, dorsal face. Leptotragulus medius, type. Calcaneum, dorsal face. Leptotragulus proavus. Crowns of upper teeth, No. 29109. Leptotragulus proavus. Crowns of upper teeth, No. 2919. Leptotragulus proavus. Lower jaw, side view, No. 2919. Leptotragulus proavus. Upper jaw, side view, No. 2919. Leptotragulus proavus. Upper teeth, outer face, No. 3009. Leptotragulus proavus. Alveolar border of lower jaw and crowns of teeth, No. 3009. Leptotragulus proavus. Outer face of left jaw, No. 3009. Leptotragulus proavus. Crowns of lower teeth, No. 3195. Leptotragulus proavus. Outer face of lower jaw, No. 3105. Protylopus annectens, type. Palate. Sphenomeryx quadricuspis, type. Crown, upper molar. Sphenomeryx quadricus pis, type. Palate. Mesomeryx grangeri, type. Crowns of upper teeth. Bunomeryx elegans. Outer face, right lower jaw. C. M., No. 2051. All figures natural size except Fig. 15, which is twice natural size. —— ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Piate XXXVII. Artiodactyls from the Uinta. (For explanation see opposite page.) 150 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. PLATE XXXVIII. Fic. 1. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Radius ulna and carpus, dorsal face. Fic. 2. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Patella, anterior face. Fic. 3. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Femur, distal end. Fic. 4. | Diplobunops matthewi, type. Calcaneum, fibular face. Fic. 5. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Calcaneum, dorsal face. Fic. 6. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Humerus, anterior face. HIG. 7: Diplobunops matthewi, type. Cuboid, ‘dorsal face. Fic. 8. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Metapodial, dorsal face. Fic. 9. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Proximal phalanx, dorsal face. Fic. 10. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Mc. II, dorsal face. Fic. 11. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Mc. III, dorsal face. Fic. 12. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Scaphoid proximal face. Fic. 13. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Lunar proximal face. Fic. 14. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Cuneiform proximal face. Fic. 15. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Scaphoid dorsal face. Fic. 16. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Lunar, dorsal face. Fic. 17. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Cuneiform, dorsal face. Fic. 18. Diplobunops matthew, type. Scaphoid distal view. Fic. 19. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Lunar distal view. Fic. 20. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Cuneiform distal view. Fic. 21. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Tarsus, dorsal face. Fic. 22. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Scapula, distal end. Fic. 23. Diplobunops matthewi, type. Distal end of tibia, anterior face. Fic. 24. Diplobunops matthewi, paratype. Maxillary, outer face. Fic. 25. Diplobunops matthewi, paratype. Crowns of upper teeth. Fic. 26. Diplobunops matthewi, paratype. Lower jaw, external face. Fic. 27. Diplobunops matthewi, paratype. Ungual phalanx, dorsal face. All figures one-half natural size except Figs. 24, 25, and 26, which are 3/4 natural size. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XXXVIII. Artiodactyls from the Uinta. (For explanation see opposite page.) 152 FIG. Fic. Fic. Fic. BW NH ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. PLATE XOXO Achenodon robustus, type. Skull and jaws, right side. Achenodon robustus, type. Crowns of upper teeth. Achenodon robustus, type. Crowns of lower teeth. Achenodon uintense. Crown of M®. C. M. No. 3182. All figures 3/8 of nature. ee 4 ’ “XIXXX 9?ld (cased aqytsoddo 99s uor}euRidxe 10 A) “UOpoUnys ‘IIX “IPA “ANASAW JISSNYVO SIVNNV _ t 154 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. PLATE XL. Fic. t. Protoreodon medius, type. Skull and lower jaws from the side. Fic. 2. Protoreodon medius, type. Atlas, from the side. Fic. 3. Protoreodon medius, type. Atlas, from above. Fic. 4. Protoreodon medius, type. Atlas, from below. Fic. 5. Protoreodon medius, type. Femur, posterior face. Fic. 6. Protoreodon medius, type. Tibia, tibial face. Fic. 7. Protoreodon medius, type. Calcaneum, tibial face. Fic. 8. Protoreodon medius, type. Astragalus, dorsal face. Fic. 9. Protoreodon medius, type. Humerus, radial face. Fic. 10. Protoreodon medius, type. Radius and ulna, anterior face. Fic. 11. Protoreodon medius, type. Radius and ulna, radial face. Fic. 12. Protoreodon medius, type. Pelvis, from the left side. Fic. 13. Protoreodon medius, type. Caudals from the right side. Fic. 14. Protoreodon medius, type. Carpus, dorsal face. Fic. 15. Protoreodon medius, type. Pes, dorsal face. Fic. 16. Protoreodon medius, type. Metacarpals, dorsal face. Fic. 17. Protoreodon minor. Skull, jaws, and neck. C. M. No. 3032. Fic. 18. Pyrotoreodon minor. Fore limbs, from the right side. C.M. No. 3032. Fic. 19. Protagriocherus annectens. Proximal phalanx, dorsal face. C. M. No. 30. Fic. 20. Protagriocherus annectens. Median phalanx, dorsal face. C. M. No. 30. Fic. 21. Protagriocheus annectens. Metatarsal, dorsal face. C. M. No. 30. Fic. 22. Protagriocherus annectens. Humerus, anterior face of trochlea. C. M. No. 30. Fic. 23. Protagriocherus annectens. Femur, anterior face of trochlea. C. M. No. 30. Fic. 24. Protagriocherus annectens. Ungual phalanx, dorsal face. € IM: No=z 30: Fic. 25. Protagriocherus annectens. Ungual phalanx, from the side. Cy) Me NouZo: Fic. 26. Protagriocherus annectens. Astragalus, from the front. GC. MrNor 3016: Fic. 27. Protagriocherus annectens. Cuboid, fromthe front. C.M. No. 3016. All figures 1/3 natural size, except Figs. 19-27, which are one-half natura! size. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XL. Protoreodon from the Uinta. (For explanation see opposite page.) =f ces! pyar iar ae ee a) 156 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MusEUM. ee —& ; 7 ¢ : . | : , # ‘ ' an ‘/ , i at - r, ¢ 7 ” : 4 ; + 7 , | % 7 is aig " Ly | , G ; | ; : | ; ; ) Pirate XLI. 7 Protoreodon medium, type, restoration of skeleton, one-sixth natural size. 7 a» | ‘ 4 ; “- i < a : ‘y oa ' ‘UOSIIJIT MWNIPIUl UOPOIsOJOAT JO UOJ]IYS JO UOTeIOASAY aa : N 5 Peo PX er f on J HC 1 yy : Soy - : Z gE TAX Id IX ‘I2A ‘WNASNW 3IDSNYVO SIVNNY 158 FIG. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fia. Fic. FIG. Fia. Fic. FIG. FIG. Fic. Fic. Fic. ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Helaletes bobps, Helaletes bodps, Helaletes boéps, Helaletes boops, Helaletes boops, Helaletes boops, Helaletes bodps, Helaletes bodps, Helaletes boops, type. type. type. type. type. type. type. type. type. Epthippus gracilis. Epihippus gracilis. Epihippus parvus. Epthippus parvus. Epthippus parvus. Epthippus parvus. Epthippus parvus. All figures one-half natural size. PATE. See iilt Tibia and fibula, fibular face. Pes, dorsal face. Femur, anterior face. Radius and ulna, radial face. Calcaneum, anterior face. Metacarpals and magnum, anterior face. Astragalus, plantar face. Astragalus, dorsal face. Pelvis, external face. Pes, dorsal face. C. M. No. 2923. Tibia anterior face. C. M. No. 2923. Hind limb, tibial face. C. M. No. 3397. Pes, dorsal face. C. M. No. 3397. Tibia, anterior face. C. M. No. 3397. Crowns of upper dentition. C. M. No. 3397. Crowns of lower dentition. C. M. No. 3397. aw ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol, XII. Perissodactyls from the Uinta. (For explanation see opposite page.) Plate XLII. 160 Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Sar ANE we ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Helaletes bodps, type. Helaletes bodps, type. Helaletes bodps, type. Epihippus gracilis. Epthippus gracilis. Epthippus gracilis. Epthippus gracilis. Epihippus gracilis. PEATEs slut Skull and lower jaws. Palate and crowns of upper teeth. Crowns of lower teeth. Crowns of upper teeth. C. M. No. 3398- Crowns of lower teeth. C. M. No. 3398. Scapula, distalend. C. M. No. 3398. Radius, anterior face. C. M. No. 3398. Lunar, dorsal face. C. M. No. 3398. All figures natural size. (‘a8ed 9}1s0ddo 9as uoryeur[dxe 10,7) ‘snd diyig ay pure sajaqpja py TUN b Gt tara! IX “IPA ‘WNASNW JISINYVO STYNNY . “oe _ — >, Genet a. - =; nt a ; — Se _—— = ee — oe a a 162 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. PEATE) SUV. Fic. 1. Isectolophus annectens. Crowns of upper dentition. C.M. No. 3030. Fic. 2. Parisectolophus latidens, type. Alveolar border of lower jaw and crowns of inferior dentition. Fic. 3. Parisectolophus latidens, type. Crown view of upper dentition. Fic. Schizolophodon cuspidens, type. Lower jaws. Fic. 5. Dilophodon minusculus, type. Alveolar border of lower jaw and crown = view of dentition. Fic. 6. Desmatotherium guyotii, type. Palate and crowns of upper dentition. All figures natural size except Figs. 2 and 3 whichare X 8/9 of nature. Plate XLIV. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. s from the Uinta. Perissodactyl (For explanation see opposite page.) oa Rg 164 PrATE 2a Ve Prothyracodon uintense, type. Palatal view, natural size. ((0dA4}) UOSIOJOg asuazuIn UOpoIDAKYIOAT UNaX 821d ‘IIX “IPA “ANSSNW JIDSNYVOD STIVNNV : 166 es) 99 9 ¢ An PWN BIG hO: EG yells FIG. 12. FIG. 13. FIG. 14. FIG. 15. Fic. 16. ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 12 w/a oy DILAVAIA Prothyracodon obliquidens. C. M. No. 3201. Prothyracodon obliquidens. Prothyracodon obliquidens. Prothyracodon obliquidens. Prothyracodon obliquidens. Prothyracodon obliquidens. C. M. No. 3199. Prothyracodon obliquidens. Prothyracodon obliquidens. Prothyracodon obliquidens. C. M. No. 2942. Prothyracodon uintense, C. M. No. 2990. Skull and lower jaws, from the side. Manus, dorsal face. C. M. No. 2942. Pisiform, dorsal face. C. M. No. 2942. Humerus, anterior face. C.M. No. 2942. Scapula, proximal end. C. M. No. 2942. Metatarsals III & IV, dorsal face. Pes, tibial face. C.M. No. 3199. Pes, dorsal face. C. M. No. 3199. Radius and ulna, anterior face. paratype. Radius and ulna, ulnar face. Prothyracodon uintense. Tibia, anterior face. C. M. No. 2990. Prothyracodon uintense. Mc. IV,, dorsal face. C. M. No. 2990. Prothyracodon uintense. Mt. III, dorsal face. C. M. No. 2990. Prothyracodon uintense. Mt. IV, dorsal face. C. M. No. 2990. Prothyracodon uintense. Median phalanx, dorsal face. C.M. No. 2990. Prothyracodon uintense. C. M. No. 2990. Proximal phalanx, dorsal face. All figures one-half natural size except Fig. 1, which is one-third of nature. Plate XLVI. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Prothyracodon from the Uinta. (For explanation see opposite page.) ” 168 Fic. Fia. FIG. Fic. FIG. FIG. Fic. FIG. VP OKRY Do 8. ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Achenodon uintense. Achenodon uintense. Achenodon uintense. Achenodon uintense. PrATE. XLV IL. Skull, palatal view. Skull from the side. Skull from the back. Lower jaws, outer face. Amynodon intermedium. Skull, palatal view. C. M. No. 3200. Amynodon intermedium, type. Crowns of upper dentition. Amynodon intermedium. Skull, from the side. Same as Fig. 5. Achenodon robustus, type. Skull, top view. All figures one-sixth natural size. Fig. 6 is redrawn from Professor Osborn’s paper, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., XVI, 1880, Part II, Pl. X, Fig. to. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XLVII. Artiodactyls from the Uinta. (For explanation see opposite page.) Leo SR EULLONS TO: -rHE: STUDY OF THE FRESH WATER ShISHES, OF THE. ISLAND OF FORMOSA. By MAsAmitsu OSHIMA. OF THE INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE, GOVERNMENT OF FORMOSA, (PLATES XLVIII-LIII.) INTRODUCTION. The Island of Formosa, lies in the western Pacific Ocean, between the Southern and Eastern China Seas and is separated from the Chinese mainland by the Formosan Strait, which has a width of about ninety miles in its narrowest part. It is two hundred and five miles long and from sixty to eighty miles broad, having seven hundred and thirty-one miles of coast-line and an area of 13,429 square miles, being thus nearly of the same size as Kiushiu, the southernmost island of Japan proper. The island is traversed throughout its length by a fine mountain range, which reaches an altitude of from 8,000 to 12,000 feet, Mt. Niitaka (14,270 ft.) stands in the middle and Mt. Silvia (12,480 ft.) Sin the north. In addition, along the eastern shore there are coast ranges of considerable height, the bases of which form magnificent cliffs from fifteen to twenty-five hundred feet high. Thus the middle part and the eastern side of the island are mountainous, while the west is covered by fertile plains. Because of the above mentioned topography, there are very few rivers on the eastern coast, while on the western coast there are many of considerable length, namely, Tamusui, Hozan, Koro, Daian, Daito, Dakusui, Seira, Shinkobi, Sobun, and Shimo-Tamusui, of which the last-named is the largest. In addition to these, there is a lake called Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius), which has a small outlet into the River Dakusui. Until a comparatively recent date the Island of Formosa was a “terra incognita”’ to the naturalist, and the fresh-water fishes, which are especially valuable as confirming the geographical relationship between isolated islands and continents, were quite unknown. When Albert Giinther published his ‘‘ Catalogue of Fishes’ in 1859- 1870, he had only sixteen species of Formosan fresh-water fishes to I2—DEC. 16, I9I19. 169 170 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. enumerate. After a lapse of more than twenty years Jordan and Evermann reported one hundred and eighty-six species of Formosan fishes, including twenty-seven which were found in the fresh waters. Since that publication the efforts of Regan, Jordan and Richardson, and Boulenger have raised the total number of Formosan fresh-water fishes from thirty-two to forty-three. In the present paper is given a record of an extensive collection of the fresh-water fishes of the Island of Formosa, chiefly made by Mr. Takeo Aoki, my assistant, during the years 1915-1917, making an addition of seven new genera, fifteen new, and eighteen unrecorded species. NEW GENERA. 1. Formosania. 4. Acrossocheilus. 2. Spinibarbus. 5. Phoxiscus. 3. Scaphesthes. 6. Aristichthys. 7. Cultriculus. NEW SPECIES. 1. Pseudobagrus tatwanenstis. 8. Scaphesthes tamusuiensts. 2. Pseudobagrus adiposalis. 9. Gnathopogon 11jime. 3. Liobagrus nantoénsis. 10. Phoxiscus kikuchit. 4. Formosania gilberti. 11. Culter aokit. 5. Labeo jordani (introduced). 12. Macropodus filamentosus. 6. Puntius snydert. 13. Rhinogobius tatwanus. 7. Spinibarbus holland. 14. Rhinogobius formosanus. 15. Glossogobius parvus. Species Not HirHERTO RECORDED. 1. Parasalanx ariakensis. 10 Cultriculus knert. 2. Cobitis tenia. 11. Oryzias latipes. 3. Capoeta semifasciolata. 12. Gambusia affinis (introd.). 4. Pseudorasbora parva. 13. Mugil cephalus. 5. Distechodon tumirostris. 14. Mugil carinatus. 6. Rhodeus ocellatus. 15. Polyacanthus operculatus. 7. Zacco temminckit. 16. Sicyopterus japonicus. 8. Hypophthalmichthys molitrix 17. Butis butis. (introduced). 9g. Aristichthys nobilis (introd.). 18. Glossogobius grammepomus. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 171 It is very difficult to draw a hard and fast line between true fresh- water fishes and brackish-water fishes. Therefore in the following pages the descriptions of all the fishes which were found in the fresh waters are given. For the sake of completeness I have added the descriptions of five known species, namely: Parasalanx acuticeps, Liobagrus formosanus, Ischikawia macrolepis, Anguilla sinensis, and Glossogobius abacopus, of which I have not seen specimens. The typical portions of the collections, including the type specimens, and the others which are described in the present paper, are pre- served in the Carnegie Museum in Pittsburgh. A second set, in- cluding cotypes of the new species, is deposited in the Museum of Leland Stanford Junior University. The remainder is reserved for the Institute of Science, Government of Formosa. It has been my good fortune during a visit to Leland Stanford Junior University to be able to examine types and other specimens, and to use the reference books and literature quite freely. For this privilege I wish to express my sincere gratitude to the authorities of the Uni- versity. In the preparation of the present paper I have received the kind and valuable assistance of Dr. David Starr Jordan, Dr. Charles Henry Gilbert, and Prof. John Otterbein Snyder, for whose courtesy I express my hearty thanks. Family SALMONID&. Genus PLECOGLOossus Temminck & Schlegel. 1846. Plecoglossus TEMMINCK & SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 229. (Type Plecoglossus altivelis Temminck & Schlegel.) Body moderately elongate, covered with very small scales. Mouth wide, the premaxillaries with a few, small, conical, pointed teeth. Maxillaries and lower jaw with teeth of peculiar form, lamelliform, broad, truncate, serrate, movable, seated in folds of the skin; mandibles each ending in a small knob, not jointed at the symphysis. Mucous membrane of interior of mouth between terminal halves of the man- dible forming a peculiar organ, raised in folds with two pouches in front and one behind. Tongue very small, with minute teeth, its tip toothless; no teeth on vomer,’ palatines with teeth. Pyloric ceca very numerous. Eggs small. Small fishes inhabiting the clear streams of Japan and Formosa, migratory like the salmon, and among the very finest of food-fishes. One species is known (Jordan & Snyder). Distribution: Japan proper; Corea; Formosa. ie ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1. Plecoglossus altivelis (Temminck & Schlegel). 1846. Plecoglossus altivelis TEMMINCK & SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica Poiss., p. 229, Pl. CV, Fig. 1; no locality.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VI, 1866, p. 165; Japan; Formosa.—ISHIKAWA, Zo6l. Mag. Tokyo, VII, 1895, p. 129; Japan.— JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, p. 349; Lake Biwa.— Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, p. 744; Numata, Tsushima.—Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, 1902, p. 584; Ishikari River, Niigata; Aomori; Same; Matsushima; Sendai; Morioka; Tokyo; Tama River; Daiya River; Gifu; Lake Biwa; Osaka; Wakanoura; Kobe; Hiroshima; Kurume; Nagasaki; Tamusui River, Formosa.—JORDAN, Ann. Zo6él. Jap., IV, 1902, p. 75,— JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1903, p. 323; Formosa.— JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, 1900, p. 167; For- mosa.—SMITH & PopE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX XI, 1905, p. 463; Gifu.— SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLII, 1912, p. 403; Tsuruga.—JORDAN; SNYDER, and TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci., Tokyo, XX XIII, 1013, p. 44, Japan; Hokkaido; Corea; Formosa.—JORDAN & Metz, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, 1913, p. 10, Fusan, Corea. Ayu (Japan); Kyarihii (Formosa). Head 4.88 in length; depth 4.27; D. 10, A.17; P. 14; V. 8; width of head 2 in its length; eye 5.33 in head; interorbital space 2.76; snout 2.76; maxillary 2; scales in the lateral line about 150, in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line 20, between the latter and the middle of belly 20, between lateral line and the root of ventral 13; pectoral 1.22 in head; ventral 1.22; gill-rakers 16 + 19. Body oblong, a little compressed, curvature of the dorsal profile stronger than the ventral; head rather small, triangular, its dorsal surface slightly convex; snout rather long, acutely pointed; inter- orbital space slightly convex; mouth large, oblique, its angle reaching a vertical through the posterior border of orbit; lips thick; premaxil- lary well-developed; lower jaw shorter than the upper; palatines with minute teeth; six premaxillary teeth, minute and sharply pointed; maxillary teeth modified into serrated plates, twelve on both jaws; eyes moderate, superior and anterior; nostrils close together; gill- rakers short and slender. Origin of the dorsal nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, opposite the ventral, rather high, each ray rather stiff; adipose dorsal very small, inserted above posterior third of the base of anal; pectoral as long as the ventral, not reaching the latter; ventral inserted below origin of dorsal, not reaching the vent; anal fin elongate, rather low, outer margin concave; caudal peduncle slender, its depth 2.18 in the length of head. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 173 Body covered with small cycloid scales; head naked; lateral line complete, extending along the middle of the sides, a little decurved. Color light bluish green above, paler below; belly yellowish; dorsals, pectorals, adipose dorsal, and caudal fin dusky; ventrals and anal whitish. Total length 273 mm. Described from a specimen from Tamusui River near Shinten, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1915 (Female). Habitat: Tamusui River; Choso River; Taiko, Giran. Remarks: The anal fin of the male is higher and shorter than that of the female. The present species is distributed only in the rivers of the northern part of the island, mainly in the Tamusui River. MEASUREMENTS OF Plecoglossus altivelis. | | | | | Eel ' : S i | Halos] # gi ae Locality 3 S | q | es || (eal SS ie Ss S > Fad ae = (Si) Fin Po en oe A tas ee et (ears | Tamusui River.....| 5.37] 4.25| 10 | 17 | 13} 8 | 1.88] 2.94] 2.76] 5 2I-150-20)|283 Tamusui River..... | 4.88| 4.27| 10/17|14| 8 |2 2.76] 2.76! 5.33|20—-150—20|273 Choso River....... AZO ARS 2 el iz DAN Se 2. 2.90] 2.75| 5 2I-155—-20|172 8 | 2.15! 2.89! 2.801 5 20-145-21/|140 Maiko: ese ee! 4.441 4.44) 10 | 17115 Family SALANGID. Genus PARASALANX Regan. 1908 Parasalanx REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), II, p. 444. (Type Para- salanx gracillimus Regan.) Body slender, translucent, elongate, cylindrical, flattened anteriorly, compressed posteriorly, naked. Head elongate, much depressed, with long, flat, pointed snout; premaxillaries forming an anterior triangular expansion; lower jaw not projecting, ending in a distinct, more or or less movable presymphysial bone, ,with double series of teeth; tongue toothless. Dorsal fin partly above the anal; adipose fin present, small and low; caudal fin forked. Distribution: China; Formosa; Japan. KEY TO THE FORMOSAN SPECIES. Pe eptncotepocyvatcotiines Ine net las cetetcra onertencneveichesye eel nr) cha) ay © acuticeps. aa. Depth of body more than’15 times in length...................-. ariakensis. 174 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MusEuUm. 2. Parasalanx acuticeps (Regan). 1908. Salanx acuticeps REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), II, p. 360; Lake Can- didius, Formosa. 1908. Parasalanx acuticeps REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), II, p. 446; Lake Candidius, Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., Vol. IV, no. 4, 1909, p. 167; Lake Candidius (after Regan). Depth of body 11 in length, length of head 5.5 to 5.66. Head three times as long as broad; snout acutely pointed, shorter than post- orbital part of head; diameter of eye eight times in the length of head. Lower jaw not projecting, with a toothed predentary bone and with anterior canines which perforate the roof of the mouth; tongue tooth- less. Dorsals 13-14. Anal 26-27, originating below the second ray of dorsal. Pectoral with nine or ten rays; origin of pelvic nearer to anal than to base of pectoral. Two specimens, 115 mm. in total length. (Regan). Habitat: Lake Candidius (Regan). Remarks: Not seen. 3. Parasalanx ariakensis (Kishinouye). r902. Salanx ariakensis (KISHINOUYE) JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, p. 592; Ariake Sea, Japan.—JORDAN, SNYDER & TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci., XX XIII, 1913, p. 47; Ariake Sea. 1908. Hemisalanx ariakensis REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), II, p. 445; Ariake Sea (aftec Jordan & Snyder). Head 5.85 in length; depth at insertion of the anal 15 in length; depth of caudal peduncle 4.5 in head: eye 6; interorbital space 3; snout 2MOO MATa eS Aeon be Om Niaz Body elongate, cylindrical, strongly flattened anteriorly, posterior part compressed, highest in front of the insertion of anal; head flat, much broader than body, height 2.5 in its width; snout spatulate, pre- maxillaries forming an anterior triangular expansion, tip sharply pointed; jaws subequal; teeth on both jaws and vomers in a single row, those on the upper jaw stronger and set apart, recurved and canine- like; vomerine teeth minute; three pairs of sharp, recurved canine-like teeth near the tip of lower jaw, which are received into a pouch-like concavity of the upper jaw behind premaxillaries; tongue toothless; eyes lateral, prominent. Dorsal fin inserted on posterior four-fifteenths of body, partly above the anal; adipose dorsal low, originating at the end of base of anal; pectoral subhorizontal; origin of ventral midway between tip of THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 175 snout and base of caudal, anterior ray longest; caudal fin deeply forked, the tip of each lobe sharply pointed. Head and body naked. Color white, except eyes; two longitudinal series of small black spots along the ventral median line. Total length 80 mm. Described from a specimen from Tamusui River near Taihoku, collected by Oshima in February, 1917. Habitat: Tamusui River. Remarks: All the characters of the present species agree quite well with those of the cotype in the Stanford University collections. In the year 1908, Regan noted in his paper (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), II, p. 445) that Salanx ariakensis (Kishinouye) described by Jordan & Snyder might belong to the genus Hemisalanx. However, the lower jaw of the present species does not project and the premaxil- laries form an anterior triangular expansion. Such being the case, it seems reasonable to include Salanx ariakensis in the genus Parasal- anx. MEASUREMENTS OF Parasalanx ariakensis. TE aoe ; = aa = eee Mae eet < | la ra ale Se 2 Salad pee = | g| | |" | es) & | @ | gags Raminiswi Uuivere.--9 = 4 gene 5.85, 15 | 13 | 28 | 9 | 7 | 2.60] 2.166) 6 3 80 sRamusuiaRivers 4450-96... es eSs mses rei 26 | 9 | 7 |2.75|2.40 |6 | 3.66] 70 Tamusuisktvers 1-45 05 o | 5-92| 15.60 | 13| 28| 8 | 7 | 2.60) 2.33 |6 |3-5 | 77 (MaAmMUSUITRIVer.ssse0es ae |6 I5 Tal 27: OM 7 e200 2etOOlOs5al ses leo aRAINISIIO RIVET 22s ots 6.16] 17.75 | 13 | 28| 9 | 7 | 2.75] 2.20 | 5.5 | 3-33| 74 Ariake Sea | | | | | | (Gotype Noi 8574): S: Us 215.33) £6.57 13 ))28)| 04) 7 | 3 12633) (6133) -60) 225 (Cotype; No. 8574); S. U. .'5.42 | 17.33 | 13 | 29| 9 | 7 12.71) 2.375\7 | 3.5 112 Family SILURID-. ARTIFICIAL Kry TO THE FORMOSAN GENERA. I. Dorsal fin spineless; anal very long. a. Dorsal fin many-rayed, very long, uniformly composed of feeble rays; TOUtes Pairs Olmi Dan Delst. Maries chcrcke ot aietcher dicre.a) exiencoer ohcrcteae ater Clarias. aa. Dorsal fin very short, rudimentary; two pairs of barbels. . Parasilurus. II. Dorsal fin with a pungent spine; anal moderate. a. Adipose dorsal fin not adnate, free behind; mental barbels as usual, median pair not notably distant; dorsal spine smooth or denticulated; pectoral spine denticulated behind................... Pseudobagrus. aa. Adipose dorsal fin adnate to the back and connected with the caudal; median mental barbels far apart; dorsal and pectoral spines smooth, sharpy and simbeddedsin: the skint. pecs das cs, eon eS Liobagrus. 176 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Genus PARASILURUS Bleeker. 1856. Glanis AGAssiz, Proc. Amer. Acad., p. 333 (Name pre-occupied by Glanis Gronow, 1854). (Type Glanis aristotelis Agassiz.) 1863. Parasilurus BLEEKER, Nederl. Tydschr. Dierk., p. 114. (Type Silurus asotus Linnzus.) Body elongate, the profile of the back almost horizontal. Head depressed and covered with soft skin; eyes anterior and subcutaneous; mouth broad, transverse; four barbels, two maxillary, which are very long, two mental, which are short; teeth cardiform or villiform, in broad bands in the jaw and on vomer; no teeth on palatines. Gill-opening wide, not confluent with isthmus, and narrowly jointed together. Dorsal small, without spine, and anterior; adipose fin absent; anal more or less united with the caudal, very long; pectorals with spine; ventral behind dorsal. Air-bladder not inclosed in bone. (Jordan & Fowler.) Distribution: India; East Indies; Formosa; China; Corea; Amur Province; Japan. 4. Parasilurus asotus (Linnzus). Namadzu (Japan); Ryamhii (Formosa). 1758. Silurus asotus LINNEUS, Syst. Nat. Ed. X, p. 501; Asia. —BLocH & SCHNEI- DER, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 375.—Basilewsky, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc., X, 1855, p. 240, Pl. 3, Fig. 4; China.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., V, 1864, p. 333 Japan; China.—Ann. Mus. St. Petersb., 1896, p. 11; Huihsien, China.— ISHIKAWA, Prel. Cat., 1897, p. 23; Japan.—GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), I, 1898, p. 261; Newchang.—PopmTa, Zoél. Anz., XXXII, 1907, p. 250; Kiautschau, China. 1846. Silurus xanthosteus RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 281; Canton; Chusan. —Voy. Sulph., Fishes, p, 133, Pl. 56, Fig. 12-14. 1846. Silurus japonicus SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 226, Pl. CIV, Fig, 1; Higo; Satsuma; Nagasaki.—BLEEKER, Verh. Batav. Genootsch., XXV, 1855, pp. 30 and 51. 1846. Silurus sinensis RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 281; Chusan. 1867. Silurus (Parasilurus) asotus KNER, Novara, Fisch, III, p. 303; Shanghai. 1901. Parasilurus asotus JORDAN & SNYDER, Ann. Zoél. Jap., III, p. 45; Yoko- hama.—A bbolt, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, p. 83; Pei-ho, China.— JORDAN & FOWLER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1903, p. 903; Tokyo; Niigata; Morioka; Tama River; Kawatana; Sendai; Ichinoseki; Chikugo River; Tsuchiura; Lake Biwa; Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, I909, p. 163; Formosa.—BeErG, Ichthyol. Amur., 1909, p. 175; Amur Province.—SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLII, 1912, p. 403; Tokyo; Takamatsu River.—Jordan & Metz, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, No. 2, 1913, p. 12; Corea. 1903. Glanis asotus JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat: Mus., XXV, p. 320; Tamusui River, Formosa. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 177 1913. Parasilurus asotus JORDAN, SNYDER, & TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, XXXIII, p. 58; Japan. Head 4.83 in length; depth 6.20; D. 5; A. 75; P. 1.12; V. 11; width of head 1.33 in its length; eye 8 in head, 3 in snout, 4 in interorbital space; interorbital space 2 in head; pectoral 1.66; ventral 2.14. Body elongate, posterior part compressed, anterior part more or less depressed; tail long and tapering; head flat and broad; snout depressed, broadly rounded anteriorly; lips thin and smooth, lower jaw somewhat protruding; eyes oval, supra-lateral, and anterior; nostrils far apart, distance between anterior and the posterior nostril equal to the distance between the latter and eye, anterior nostril in a short tube; mouth very broad and superior; teeth sharp, in broad villiform bands in the jaws, vomers, and palatines; barbels four, two maxillary, nearly as long as head, two mental, very short, about 4 in head; interorbital space very broad, its middle part somewhat de- pressed; gill-openings large; gill-rakers 1 + 10, rather short, and widely set; gill-membranes entirely separated. Dorsal fin shorter than ventral, distance to pectoral twice as long as the distance to ventral; anal fin very long, united with caudal be- hind, of uniform height, its origin much in advance of the middle of the length; pectoral armed with a short strong spine, both edges of which MEASUREMENTS OF Parasilurus asotus. eat < le os. |e 3 | a eer | is St liso) ee |) Testor ity S a Ia] a| a4 > 3 isS8|/o¢]| s |we Locality. a 2 e| " a |S = | go z |g5|A 3 5 br ; | | | me Watsugetsutan. 24)... 4.83] 6.20] 5 |75/1, 12/11) 1.33 8 2.64) 2 | 1.66) 2.14/330 MamiusnigRiver: .. 2... 5 | 6.5 | 5 |78|1, r1j11| t-4 | 8.5 |3 | 2-5 1.83| 2.5 |242 Lao OYONS Gisele eIGEIG Seno e ARS OAS lenke et Ies Sin 7eo3ito-OMllb oni) 2ie | 2s2eaT8O Ritakukan Receine CREPE baal 6.23) 5 173\I, 12 UGS Te ARS) | 2.4 1.72) 2.28|150 bear denticulations, inner ones stronger; ventral fins shorter than the pectoral, reaching behind the origin of anal; caudal fin very slightly emarginate, each lobe obtusely rounded; anal papilla present. Body smooth, naked; lateral line distinct, extending along the middle of sides, continuous. Color in formalin uniformly dark gray, lower surface of head and abdomen whitish. Total length 330 mm. Described from a specimen from Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius), collected by T. Aoki in September, 1916. I3—DEC. 17, I919. 178 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Habitat: Distributed throughout the island. My specimens are from Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius); Tamusui River; Inzanpo; Ritakukan. Genus PSEUDOBAGRUS Bleeker. 1860. Pseudobagrus BLEEKER, Act. Soc. Indo-Nederl., VII, p. 87. (Type Bagrus aurantiacus Temminck & Schlegel). Body moderately elongate. Head broad and compressed, covered above by moderately thick, smooth skin; eyes moderate or rather small; snout broad, obtuse; mouth broad, tranverse, and with bands of villiform teeth in the jaws; a continuous transverse band of teeth on the roof of the mouth; nostrils remote, the anterior usually in a small tube; eight barbels, the maxillaries longest, and the mentals more or less evenly distributed. Dorsal fin short, with five to seven rays, and like the pectoral with a stout spine; caudal rounded or subtruncate; anal with twenty or more radii; ventrals broad, with six rays. (Jordan & Fowler.) SYNOPSIS OF THE FORMOSAN SPECIES. A. Depth of body 6.43-7.40 in length; origin of the dorsal in advance of the tip of the pectoral. a. Maxillary barbels long, reaching the tip of operculum; adipose dorsal shorter than the anal; anal fin 15-1ayed; pectoral I, 7; caudal fin slightly EMATSIN ATE 2 Br sores kee ins, Sete ee eee te ecto ene ey ee DE taiwanus. aa. Maxillary barbels short, not reaching the tip of operculum; adipose dorsal longer than the anal; anal fin 18—19-rayed; pectoral I, 8-9; caudal HINGFOUN GSE: tenets ceixeeetemelnes naolcuc i CRIS freee Chee oe adiposalis. B. Depth of body 4.5—5.33 in length; origin of the dorsal above the tip of the pec- toral. a. Maxillary barbels long, reaching beyond the tip of operculum; adipose dorsal longer than the anal; anal fin 15-rayed; pectoral I, 7; caudal fin slightly emdareinate acai cits cee ce tiess eee eee brevianalis. 5. Pseudobagrus brevianalis Regan. Sankakuko (Formosa). 1908. Pseudobagrus brevianalis REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. I, p. 140; Lake Candidius, Formosa. Head 4 in length; depth 5.33; D. 1, 7; A. 15; P. 1, 7; V.6; widthaor head 1.33 in its length; eye 8.5 in head; snout 2.5; inter-orbital space 2.33; pectoral 1.75; ventral 2.28. B section of the anterior part triangular; head rather flat, its top gradu- ody elongate, higher in front, posterior part compressed, cross- ally inclining anteriorly; snout broad, obtusely rounded anteriorly, THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 179 projecting beyond the lower jaw; mouth inferior, transverse, crescent- shaped, with fleshy thick lips, the upper more or less papillose; lower jaw much thinner, and distinct at the angle of the mouth only; both jaws with broad bands of villiform teeth; a subcrescentic narrow band of villiform teeth on the palate; eight barbels, four on the snout, the other four on the mentum; maxillaries long, one and one-half times in the length of head, scarcely reaching the base of the pectoral, nasal barbels as long as median mentals; eyes small, covered with thin skin, lateral and superior; nostrils separated, the anterior in a short tube, situated in a shallow groove just behind the upper lip, posterior nos- trils behind the root of nasal barbels; gill-openings large, extending to upper part of the base of the pectorals; gill-membranes not confluent with the skin of isthmus, their posterior margins entirely free; gill- rakers 3 + 8, slender. Origin of the dorsal above the tip of pectoral, its spine rather slender, nearly two-thirds as long as the dorsal; adipose dorsal rather short, above the anal, and inserted in front of anus, slightly longer than the anal; pectoral with a spine, its inner edge strongly serrated; ventral short, tip reaching the anus; anal fin rather short; anal papilla, not well developed, very short; caudal fin emarginate, each lobe rounded at the tip; caudal peduncle elongate, | slightly higher posteriorly, its deepest part twice in length of head. Body naked, smooth; lateral line continuous, extending along the middle of the sides. Color in formalin uniformly brownish gray, without any markings; belly and throat whitish. Total length 130 mm. The present description is from a specimen from Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius), collected by T. Aoki in August, 1916. Habitat: Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius); Dainansho, Nanto. Remarks: Regan’s type specimen is provided with a 16—18-rayed anal fin, instead of being 15-rayed as in the present specimen. MEASUREMENTS OF Pseudobagrus brevianalis. | ; ; =) ' eae | * | | Salsa Seale |i te ag vu > _ - 5 O ot ar) 5 ~ © Locality. a | a 1 A = zy | | | | | Jitsugetsutan...... 4 ee Siials 7 | 15 be Fil Oy ||, Bee2i02 2.33] I.75| 2.28] 130 Daitnanshow... 6... - 1/3275) 4e5 IRL AOE 7 6 31! 2.66! 2.43! 1.7 12 | 78 180 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 6. Pseudobagrus taiwanensis sp. nov. (Plate XLVIII, Fig. 1). Head 3.875 in length; depth 7.145) D. 1,77-7A. 15; P. 1,7; V-.G3 wad of head 1.4 in its length; snout 2.75 in head; interorbital space 3; eye 8; pectoral 1.55; ventral 2.11. Body elongate, depth rather uniform, tail compressed; head broad, depressed; snout flattened, bluntly rounded anteriorly; upper jaw projecting beyond the lower; mouth inferior, transverse, crescent- shaped; lips moderately thick, fleshy, lower lip distinct at the angle of the mouth only; jaws with broad bands of villiform teeth; palate with a transverse, crescent-shaped band of villiform teeth; 8 barbels, four on the snout, the other four on the mentum, maxillaries the longest, reaching tip of operculum; nasal barbel as long as median mental; eyes small, laterally superior, covered with thin skin; nostrils separated, the anterior tubular, in contact with posterior margin of the upper lip; posterior nostrils just behind the root of nasal barbel; interorbital space broad, middle part depressed longitudinally; gill-openings large, extending backwards to the base of pectoral; gill-membranes entirely separated; gill-rakers 3 + 10, proximal ones on the lower arm minute. Origin of the dorsal in advance of the tip of pectoral, with a sharp spine; adipose dorsal very short and low, originating behind the base of anal, much shorter than the latter, and ending in front of the tip of the anal; pectoral fin rather elongate, armed with a sharp spine, its inner edge strongly denticulated; ventral fin scarcely reaching the base of anal, overlapping anus and the well-developed anal papilla; anal fin rather short; caudal fin slightly emarginate, the tip of each lobe rounded; caudal peduncle elongate, deeper posteriorly, its depth about twice in the length of head. Body smooth; lateral line continuous, nearly straight, extending along the middle of the sides. Color in formalin uniformly dark brown, belly and lower part of head whitish. Total length 152 mm. Described from a specimen from Tozen River near Taichu, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Tozen River; Taito River; Shinchiku. Remarks: The nearest relative of the present-species is Pseudobagrus brevianalis Regan. These two species differ as follows: ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Plate XLVIII. 1 om Fic. 1. Pseudobagrus taiwanensis Oshima, sp. nov. Fic. 2. Pseudobagrus adiposalis Oshima, sp. nov. Fic. 3. Diobagrus nantoénsis Oshima, sp. nov. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 181 a’. Depth of body 6.42 to 7.14; maxillary barbels long, reaching the tip of oper- culum; adipose dorsal shorter than the anal; origin of the dorsal in advance of CHEMELP MOM ep CCUOTAl enim et cre clenels so shove as hier syslog acnsv eke aiding wuannieeis taiwanensis. a”. Depth of body 4.5 to 5.33; maxillary barbel short, reaching only to the base of the pectoral; adipose dorsal longer than the anal; origin of the dorsal above the CLD MR OLMECCEOLAMprntmenetenagihaller sty c\cicicver ey sittysie.ci ve cveieic, aielcc erayeraiers ecerasere brevianalis. MEASUREMENTS OF Pseudobagrus taiwanensis. 3|4 | ae| 4 |¢ aly . 3 | Bo . 2 pes ke 5/38 5, | 8 Locality. a | 8 (a) < Ay > sm & 23 | op es | nae : Z <1. EL a Leen Pea lacey |= Stale | MNOZENURGVEK 5 os1che.4 aos canes BeS TL AN Leal lec Salle 7a On lLeOlr2a7 5s 58 152 Sirinchalkee 0.12 aia: bee B58 Ores bum nsellwalsO) \-33|.2:60l) 3 || 85.) | 52 WAIT OMRIVeIE ae erie ke EO IO- 42) elerOn| esp else 7a Oma ass 2a7i5 Ps eTz Cal ICO 7. Pseudobagrus adiposalis sp. nov. (Plate XLVIII, Fig. 2). Sankakufu (Formosa). Head 4.28 in length; depth 7.16; D.1I, 7; A. 19; P. I, 8; V. 6; width of head 1.5 in its length; interorbital space three times in head; snout 2.8; width of mouth 2.5; pectoral 1.33; ventral 1.86; eye eight times in head; three times in interorbital space. Body elongate, depth rather uniform, tail compressed; head broad, triangular, depressed and smooth; snout flattened, obtusely rounded anteriorly, projecting beyond the lower jaw; mouth inferior, transverse, crescent-shaped; lips thick, more or less papillose; jaws with broad bands of villiform teeth; eyes small, lateral and superior, covered with thin skin; nostrils separated, the anterior tubular, in a shallow pit behind the upper lip, the posterior in contact with the root of the nasal barbel; eight barbels, four on the snout, the other four on the mentum, the maxillary barbels the longest, reaching beyond the posterior margin of orbit, the median mental barbels the shortest; interorbital space broad, somewhat elevated; gill-openings large, reaching upward beyond the base of pectoral; gill-membranes deeply notched, entirely separated from each other; gill-rakers 3 + 10; slender. Dorsal fin inserted on anterior third of the distance between tip of snout and base of caudal, armed with a sharp spine; adipose dorsal very long, inserted behind the base of ventral, reaching beyond the posterior end of base of anal, its height gradually increasing posteriorly; the pectoral with a strong spine which is strongly serrated behind; 182 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. ventral fin broad, entirely behind the dorsal, reaching the anal papilla; anal fin well-developed, shorter than the adipose dorsal, inserted behind the origin of the latter, elongate and higher in front; caudal fin slightly diverging posteriorly, its tip very slightly emargi- — nate; caudal peduncle much compressed, deeper posteriorly; depth twice in head. Body smooth; lateral line continuous, straight, extending along the middle of the sides. Color in formalin dark reddish gray, darker above, paler below; lower parts whitish. Total length 172 mm. Described from a specimen from Tamusui River near Shinten, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1915. Habitat: Tamusui River; Taito River; Sobun River. Remarks: The present species is closely related to Pseudobagrus aurantiacus! from Japan. The specific differences may be expressed as follows: a’, Anal fin 20-22-rayed; pectoral I, 7; gill-rakers 3 + 7; the dorsal inserted above tip of pectoral; adipo’e dorsal shorter than the anal; maxillary barbel lone reaching thevtip.of-operculiim). 4m acini mer ie eae aurantiacus. aa”. Anal fin 18-19-rayed; pectoral I, 8 or I, 9; gill-rakers 3 + 10; origin of the dorsal in advance of the tip of pectoral; adipose dorsal much longer than the anal; maxillary barbel short, not reaching the base of pectoral... .adiposalis. MEASUREMENTS OF Pseudobagrus adiposalis. | | ino} q ag ae ¥ o oI g : g a ; : Sr ache tenella a) Ss Locality. iv 2 Q col Ou S Ss es E 4) aa MamMMUsui RAVE se 4s ces. Aarne] D7 Eom |e Olle OmslereA nly eat es 6.5 | 165 Tamiusul River... 2... A28 i710) Ley 7al) LOn Wl Ss laOn We. Za 22808 172 TamuswuisRivers..6i:.4 s. 4.16| 7 fa | aloe elec @s | MO ele An oan (63 7 147 Ramus Ieaivercs.f +2 ct ABZ S620: |MLs7, | eLOn | enon Onel i753) 1028 a 190 Samu S WIM RAV ers cee chen: rales NM) Le 7h DO mls 0% Oral sre43}| = aalis 6 160 Heirinbite Aik od Saccecer: 420|10574), L273) 220) ML e83|| 643) S225 856 I4I Sobun River. b eastelginysrte | 4.4217 at C7 ci) I,9 ODS esas fe) 310 Genus LioBaGRus Hilgendorf. 1878. Liobagrus HILGENDORF, Sitzungs. Gesellsch. Freund. Berlin, p. 1. (Type Liobagrus veinit Hilgendorf.) Body elongate, with compressed tail and rounded caudal. Head broad and depressed; top of head smooth, the humeral process smooth; 1 Bagrus aurantiacus Temminck & Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., 1846, p. 227, Pl. CIV, Fig. 2; Japan. Pseudobagrus aurantiacus Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Neerl., VIII, 1860, p. 85. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 183 eyes small and covered with thin skin, anterior in position; snout broad, obtuse, and projecting; teeth in jaws only, in broad villiform bands; eight barbels, the median mental barbels widely separated. Dorsal fin placed anteriorly; dorsal and pectoral spines smooth, sharp, and imbedded in skin; adipose fin long and low, joined to the caudal as in Notrius; ventral fins small, not reaching the anal, which has fifteen rays (Jordan & Fowler). Distribution: Formosa; China; Corea; Japan. SYNOPSIS OF THE FORMOSAN SPECIES. a. Dorsal fin with seven soft rays; anal with twelve; upper jaw slightly longer Una thewlowelsscre reac secctcteNer taped teres vekstoretedtersiayeiceerene aie nike eres nantoénsis. aa. Dorsal fin with five soft rays; anal with fifteen; jaws equal anteriorly. formosanus. 8. Liobagrus nantoénsis sp. nov. (Plate XLVIII, Fig. 3). Head 4.33 in length; depth 6; D. I, 6; A. 12; P. I, 7; V. 6; width of head once in its length; snout three times in head; interorbital space 2.5; pectoral 1.25; ventral 1.8. Body compressed, dorsal profile abruptly inclined anteriorly at the base of dorsal fin; head large, round, flattened, with a median shallow groove, both sides of which are slightly swollen; interorbital space depressed; snout very short, anterior margin broadly rounded, pro- jecting beyond lower jaw; mouth anterior, transverse, with thick fleshy lips; upper jaw with a band of villiform teeth, similar bands on the lower jaw, crescent-shaped, narrower, but longer than that of upper jaw; no teeth on palatine and vomer; eight barbels, four on snout, others on mentum, all barbels thick at the base, nasal barbel nearly as long as inner mental, maxillary barbels slightly shorter than outer mentals, scarcely reaching the base of pectoral; nostrils superior, separated, anterior nostril in a short tube, the posterior in contact with root of nasal barbel; eyes very small, superior, imbedded in skin; gill-openings rather large; gill-membranes entirely separated. Dorsal fin small, its spine nearly half as high as the fin, hidden beneath skin; adipose dorsal low and long, opposite to the anal; pec- toral armed with a sharp smooth spine, which is hidden beneath the skin, tip of the fin reaching beyond the middle of dorsal; ventral fin entirely behind the dorsal, reaching beyond anus; the anal much shorter than adipose dorsal; caudal fin rather long, its tip rounded; depth of caudal peduncle uniform. Body smooth; lateral line indis- tinct. Color in formalin brownish gray, fins somewhat paler. 184 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Total length 88 mm. Described from a specimen from Dainansho, Nanto, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916: Habitat: Dainansho, Nanto. Remarks: The present species differs from Liobagrus formosanus Regan from Lake Candidius in having a 7-rayed dorsal, a 12-rayed anal, and a slightly protruded upper jaw. MEASUREMENTS OF Liobagrus nantoénsis. ip a | Ba) S| 320 ee eee Locality. | $ ee Aa| < onl | = 23 52 5 al ea 1 | | Pass | eit | ee } 4 (ie [ae Se IDainanshome eee eer 42s3)Om ak 7| EMME Z|) A | I 2.57 |, 93) 0] it eaeee Dainanshome-jacwieeeer ese |4.50| 5.61! I, 27a eO} |e23\|(2:660)) 3) | LOMAS 9. Liobagrus formosanus Regan. 1908. Liobagrus formosanus REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), II, p. 360; Lake Candidius, Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, 1909, p. 168; Lake Candidius (after Regan). Depth of body six times in the length, length of head 4.33. Heada little longer than broad; interocular width nearly three times in the length of head. Jaws equal anteriorly; premaxillary band of teeth apparently two and one-half times as long as broad; posterior mandibu- lar barbel extending to basal part of pectoral. Dorsal I, 5; spine one-fourth the length of head. Pectoral spine half the length of the fin, which is eight-tenths the length of the head. Anal 15. Caudal rounded. Grayish; fins dusky; anal and caudal with a narrow pale edge. A single specimen, 37 mm. in total length; Lake Candidius, For- mosa (Regan). Habitat: Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius). Not seen. Remarks: According to Regan the present species is closely related to Liobagrus andersont Regan? from Corea. Genus CLARIAS Gronovius. 17603. Clarias GRONOvIUS, Zoéphyl., p. 100 (non binomial). 1777. Clarias Scopo.ti, Intr. Hist. Nat., p. 455. (Type Clarias orontis Giinther.) 1803. Macropteronotus LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, p. 84. (Type Macrop- teronolus charmuth Lacépéde.) Adipose fin none; dorsal long, extending from the nape to the * Liobagrus andersoni Regan, Proc. Zoédl. Soc. London, 1908, p. 61; Kimhoa, Corea. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 185 caudal; anal long. Jaws with a band of villiform teeth; a band of villiform or granular teeth across the vomer; cleft of mouth trans- verse, anterior, of moderate width; barbels eight, one pair of nasal, one of maxillary, and two pairs of mandibular barbels. Eyes small, with a free orbital margin. The upper and lateral parts of the head are osseous, or covered with only a very thin skin. A dendritic, accessory branchial organ is attached to the convex side of the second and fourth branchial arches, and received in a cavity behind the gill- cavity proper. Ventrals six-rayed; only the pectoral has a pungent spine. Distribution: Africa; Syria; Bengal; India; Sumatra; Java; Borneo; Ceylon; Luzon; Mindanao; Formosa; China; Cochin-China. 10. Clarias fuscus (Lacépéde). Tosa or Tause (Formosa). 1803. Macropteronotus fuscus LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, p. 88, pl. 2, fig. 2. 1846. Clarias pulcaris RICHARDSON, Voy. Sulph., Fish., p. 135, pl. 62, fig. 56; Canton, China. 1864. Clarias fuscus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., V, p. 18; China.—Jordan & Evermann, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1903, p. 321; Taihoku, Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, 1909, p. 168; Taihoku; Takao. —VAILLANT, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., VI, 1904, p. 297; Tongking. 1897. Clarias fuscus RUTTER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., Jan., p. 57; Swatow, China. 1908. Clarias sauteri REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), I, p. 151; Kagi; Formosa. Head 4.11 in length; depth 5.66; D. 58; A. 42; P. I, 9; V. 6; width of head 1.2 in its length; eye twelve times in head, five times in snout, six and one-half times in interorbital space, which is contained 1.75 in head; pectoral 1.33; ventral 2.66. Body compressed, higher in front; head flattened, inclined anteriorly, with two oval depressions along the median longitudinal line, one on the interorbital space, the other on occiput; tail long and tapering; snout flattened, truncated in front; mouth slightly inferior, transverse; lips granulated, upper lip much thicker than the lower; jaws with a band of villiform teeth, upper jaw protruding; vomer with a crescent- shaped band of villiform teeth, which is narrower than that of the inter- maxillary; eyes very small, supra-lateral; nostrils separated, anterior nostril in contact with upper lip, in a short tube, posterior nostril superior, just behind the base of rostral barbel; eight barbels, one pair rostral, one maxillary, two mandibular, of which the maxillary 186 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. pair are the longest, about 1.2 in the length of head; gill-openings low; gill-membranes entirely separated; gill-rakers 4 + 14, slender and pointed. Dorsal fin very long, originating at anterior third of body without caudal, extending posteriorly to the base of the caudal; anal fin long, inserted slightly posterior to a point midway between tip of snout and base of caudal; pectoral fin armed with a strong, short spine, which has a fine serration below the skin; the ventral very small, its tip reaching beyond base of anal fin; caudal fin separated from the dorsal and anal; rather long, the tip rounded. Body naked, with numerous undulating vertical striations on the sides; lateral line descends a little at the commencement and runs straight at mid-height. Color in formalin uniformly dark brown, lower parts whitish; sides with about eight vertical rows of minute white spots, descending from the back to the lateral line, and two or more longitudinal rows of the same below the lateral line. Total length 192 mm. The present description from a specimen from Jitsugetsutan, collected by T. Aoki, in August, 1916. Habitat: Very common in the fresh waters of Formosa. My specimens came from Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius); Taihoku; Tamusui River near Shinten; Maruyama near Taihoku; Giran. MEASUREMENTS OF Clarias fuscus. ee eoleey .| $3] Es] 2] 2 | de Locality. - = A | < Ay > St | 25 & La aS ea ed 5 JitsugetSutana. c=) 4.11| CIO61 85814 642 allroulleoualit 20) 2 13 lr2 192 Jitsugetsutamer, «reer or | 4.28] 5.45] 55 | 36 LO), 10) L306) 1.7.5] 2333-0 100 Marilyamariecsrcta aera | 4-44 SEOs Saale ssa ls Onl mown et nk! 1.83) 2.28 11.66| 162 Mariiyartial tent vete pete ere | 4.35] eS Cua ie diel OM Olen fa 12 1.86] 2.36 10.33] 132 Maritlyamalssou-m ee. | 4.09] 6 52 | 39 | 1,9] 6 | 1.20) 2 | 2.55.10 110 Giran: 4, Cees oe |4-27| 5-50] 55 | 40 I.9| 6 | 1.60/1.8 | 2.50 10.33] 218 Remarks: In the year 1908, Mr. C. Tate Regan described a new catfish from Kagi, Formosa, giving it the name Clarias sauteri, and made the following statement: ‘‘C. sauteri is close to the Chinese C. fuscus Lacépéde, which differs notably in having villiform teeth on the palate.’’ It is observed, however, that large specimens of C. fuscus are provided with more or less enlarged vomerine teeth, Tue FresH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 187 instead of being villiform, as in small specimens. Thus the size of the vomerine teeth is an individual difference, not specific. Therefore it is unreasonable to separate C. sautert from C. fuscus. Family COBITID~. ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE FORMOSAN GENERA. a. No erectile spines below the eye; ten or twelve barbels; four about the ierBhakah oven lenceveall Ihnays sonerohhited. 545 peco.5 bc oO b.4n0 od Kodo ob. Misgurnus. aa. An erectile spine below the eye; six barbels, only on the upper jaw; lateral line HOON BIKA E.6 Gc o como cold oad omy oO dio en OOo OF A On DIG Co om choia rer oig nan Cobitis. Genus Miscurnus Lacépéde. 1803. Misgurnus LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., p. 16. (Type Cobitis fossilis Linnezus. ) Body elongate, compressed. Head triangular, elongate, compressed; snout projecting; mouth inferior, with fleshy lips; barbels ten or twelve, of which four are mandibular; eye small. Gill-openings lateral; lateral line complete. No spine below the eye. Body with small scales, except on the head, which is naked. Origin of the dorsal about in the middle of the length of the fish, over the ventrals; anal entirely behind dorsal; pectorals more or less equal to the head; caudal nearly equal to head, and rounded. Air-bladder in a bony capsule (Jordan & Fowler). Distribution: Europe; Bengal; India; Siam; Indo-China; China; Formosa; Amur Province; Japan. SYNOPSIS OF THE FORMOSAN SPECIES. a. Scales relatively small, 140-150 in lateral series; body slender, the depth 7-8 in length; barbels short, the longest, about 2.5 in head; color dark gray, above spotted and marbled with dark, base of the caudal above with a black spot. anguillicaudatus. aa. Scales relatively large, 106-115 in lateral series; body plump, the depth 5.86— 6.50 in length; barbels long, the longest about 1.8 in head; color relatively plain, obtusely speckled with minute dark spots, not marbled, base of the caudalvaboverwithenorblackispotmsrers aeeicacts ace ci cnlslacls satis decemcirrosus. 11. Misgurnus anguillicaudatus (Cantor). Dojo (Japan); Horyu (Formosa). 1842. Cobitis anguillicaudatus CANTOR, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. IX, p. 485.— RICHARDSON, Voy. Sulph., Fish., 1846, p. 143, Pl. 55, Figs. 9 and 10; China. 1868. Misgurnus anguillicaudatus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. VII, p. 345; China; Japan; Formosa.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1873, p. 250; Shanghai.— 188 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Peters, Monatb. Konigl. Akad. Berlin, 1880, p. 926.—SAUVAGE, Nouv. Arch. Mus., 1881, p. 190.—GUNTHER, Ann. Mus. St. Petersburg, 1896, p. 19; Kansu; China.— RUTTER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., 1897, p. 60; Swatow.—Fow ter, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., 1899, p. 179; Tan-lan-ho, China.—JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, p. 340; Japan.—REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XIII, 1904, p. 192; Yunnan-Fu, China.—VAILLANT, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., 1904, VI, p. 298; Tongking.— JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, 1906, p. 834; Japan.— SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLII, 1912, p. 404; Hakodate; Tokyo; Takamatsu River.—JORDAN, SNYDER, & TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, XXXIII, 1913, p. 60; Japan. 1846. Cobitis maculata TEMMINCK & SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 221, Pl. CIII, Fig. 2; near Nagasaki. 1846. Cobitis rubripinnis TEMMINCK & SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 220, Pl. CIII, Fig. 1; near Nagasaki. 1846. Cobitis micropus Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XVIII, p. 29, China. 1846. Cobitis psammismus RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 300; Canton, China. 1860. Cobitichthys enalios BLEEKER, Act. Soc. Indo-Neerl., VIII; Japan.—IV, Dp. 88, PIS il, Hise a Japan. 1860. Cobitichthys dechachraus BLEEKER, Act. Soc. Sci. Indo-Neerl., VIII; Japan. —IV, p. 89, Pl. II, Fig. 2; Tokyo. 1868. Misgurnus dechachraus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 346; Tokyo. 1878. Misgurnus crossochilus SAUVAGE, Bull. Sc. Philom., Jan., p. 4; Koaton, Cochinchina. 1907. Misgurnus fossilis anguillicaudatus BERG, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, p. 435; Amur Province. Head 6 in length; depth 7; D. 9; A. 7; P. I, 9; V. 6; width of head 2 in its length; eye 3 in snout, 1.66 in interorbital space; snout 2.5 in head; pectoral 1.6; ventrals 2; scales about 140. Body elongate, compressed; head small, triangular, compressed; snout rather long, obtuse, somewhat produced; eyes small, anterior and superior; mouth inferior, with thick fleshy lips; ten barbels, four belonging to the mandible; the longest barbel 2.5 in head; nostrils close together, in front of eye, the anterior in a short tube; interorbital space slightly convex; gill-openings lateral; gill-membranes joined below in front of the base of the pectoral. Origin of dorsal about midway between tip of snout and tip of caudal, a little in front of the ventral; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, nearer the origin of the ventral than the base of caudal; pectoral fin short and low; the caudal oblong, broad, rounded, nearly as long as head; caudal peduncle long and deep, its depth about two-thirds of the length of head. Head naked, trunk covered with small cycloid scales; lateral line extends along the middle of the sides. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 189 Color in formalin dark gray, upper half of the body spotted and marbled with darker; base of the caudal above with a black spot; dorsal and caudal fins with several rows of dark small spots; sides of body with a number of obscure longitudinal black stripes; belly to- gether with pectorals, ventrals, and anal whitish. Total length 107 mm. Described from a specimen from Giran, collected on December 2, 1916. Habitat: Very abundant in all the rivers and rice-fields of the island. My specimens came from the Tamusui River near Taihoku; Maru- yama; Giran; Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius); Rato and Raupi; Giran. MEASUREMENTS OF Misgurnus anguillicaudatus. as | as | : : 23 53 3 6 | & a : 3 ‘ 3 |. Se) a a Locality. o | g | A < om > steal Es A a & ibe} 3} i le Gira nae ace Roma le wow | 7 anltTe oi 16 | 2 | 4.25| 2.40) 7 140 | 107 KGa estes, oh ck Owe NOLSi7ihacy OF LE On Om er On nse! 2.66, 8 | 140/120 Mairiyamiaters 24.0. | 5-6 | 4.290| 8 7 | 1;0) 6 | 1.60) 4.80] 2.30 9 I50| 150 Maruyama. ..2.... 5-42|7.6 | 9 TZ VWLON TO 754 2:28) 8 148 | 90 Meanuyama. >... .- 50) Srey a8 7 |I,9] 6 |1.75|4 | 2.33| 8.66 ——| 90 Maruyama......../6 !7.4 | 8 6 |I,9| 6 | 1.86] 4 | 2.16) 7-33' 149 | 88 12. Misgurnus decemcirrosus (Basilewsky). 1855. Cobitis decemcirrosus BASILEWSKY, Mem. Soc. Nat. Moscow, p. 239, Pl. 7; near Peking. 1888. Misgurnus mizolepis GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., June, p. 434; Kiu- Kiang, China. r9o01. Misgurnus anguillicaudatus ABBOTT, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 489; - Tientsin, China.—JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1903, p. 321; Tiaholu, Formosa. 1906. Misgurnus decemcirrosus, JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 834; Tientsin, China.—JorRDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, No. 4, 1909, p. 169; Formosa. Head 7 in length; depth 6.2; D. 7; A. 6; P. I, 9; V. 6; width of head 2.33 in its length; eye 7 in head, 3 in snout; 2 in interorbital space; snout 2.5 in head; pectoral 1.33; ventral 2; scales about 112 in lateral series, 23 in transverse series from origin of dorsal to the ventral. Body elongate and compressed; head small, triangular, compressed; snout long, pointed and produced; eyes small, superior, and nearer tip of snout than gill-opening; mouth inferior, with thick fleshy lips; ten barbels, four belonging to the mandible, the longest barbel 1.8 in 190 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. head; nostrils in front of eye, separated a little, the anterior in a short tube; interorbital space convex, 1.66 in snout; cheeks slightly swollen; gill-openings lateral; gill-membranes joined below in front of the base of the pectoral. Origin of the dorsal about midway in the length of body including caudal, slightly in front of the origin of ventral; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, nearer to origin of ventral than base of caudal; caudal squarish, with obtusely rounded tip, nearly as long as head; pectoral fin short and low; the ventral short; caudal peduncle deep and long, its depth about three-fourths the length of head. Head naked; trunk covered with relatively large cycloid scales; lateral line extends along the middle of the sides. Color in formalin uniformly dark gray, obscurely speckled with small dark spots, not marbled; dorsal, anal, and caudal fins dusky, with numerous small dark spots; the pectoral and the ventral whitish, some dusky on the longer rays; belly yellowish white. Total length 145 mm. The present description is taken from a specimen from the fish- market of Taichu, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1915. Habitat: Taihoku; Taichu. Remarks: In the year 1888 Giinther recorded a Chinese species of Misgurnus under the name of Misgurnus mizolepis and stated that it has larger scales than any other species of the genus known to himself. According to his description, the scales of Misgurnus mizolepis are arranged in thirteen longitudinal rows between the dorsal fin and the lateral line, and ten between the lateral line and the ventral fin. Scales of Misgurnus decemcirrosus are also much larger than any other species of the genus, numbering 112 in the lateral series and 23 in an oblique series from the origin of the dorsal to the ventral. Moreover; as all other characters of that species agree quite well with those of M. mizolepis, there is no doubt that these two are the same species. Though Jordan & Snyder believe that M. decemcirrosus from Northern China differs from M. anguillicaudatus in having large scales (about 112 in lateral series), rather deep body, long barbels, and relatively plain color, Berg denies that the former is different from the latter. After examining a vast number of specimens of MM. angutllicaudatus he comes to the conclusion that M. decemcirrosus is a nominal species, because there is no difference between Japanese and North Chinese specimens of M. anguillicaudatus in respect of the THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 191 number of scales and the depth of the body. In addition he asserts: “Tf we regard the specimens from near Peking as a distinct species we shall be obliged to regard many varieties of the same species found in other parts of China and in Japan also as distinct species, which is inadmissible in consequence of the known variability of anguilli- caudatus.”’ It is certain that there is no specific difference between Chinese and Japanese M. anguillicaudatus; however, it is also true that in China and Formosa there exists a large-scaled species of Misgurnus (Basilewsky’s Cobitis decemcirrosus or Giinther’s Misgurnus mizolepis) which is distinctly separate from common WM. anguillicaudatus. According to Berg’s statement all the specimens of Misgurnus which were examined by him belonged to M. anguillicaudatus, not M. decemcir- rosus, differing in having more than 145 scales in the lateral series. Not only is the large-scaled Misgurnus decemcirrosus not a nominal species, but it is proved that it is distributed in Northern and Southern China as well as in Formosa, distinctly differing from the common loach, Misgurnus anguillicaudatus. Therefore Berg’s opinion with reference to M. decemcirrosus is incorrect. MEASUREMENTS OF Misgurnus decemcirrosus. sre Resale R | eed el eral ARR Meee Ih ee Locality. | = Z | QA 1% | AY > =e 23 a | E | bie MAIC hystws Seeee sa ee 6 5 | 6.2 7 (oy {UU GC) || oy Waele oy is 00) 112 | 145 CH Uegae me oo eo Grea |e5sSOln 7 i, @) ie BON 2225107233] Luis Maiholeicss 5% 5 26.5). IG NOS a 6 | T0) "6 | 88iigs75, 22606/6— "1151 108 Maihokaee isk. ; (O62 179.6" | Tro 6) 2 4294) 2250l7, 106)! rd0 path Ole(isyay scoot bs | 6 6.2 7 6 |I,10} 6 | 1.86) 4 2.60/6 | 106) 98 Maitholkuee cine 7s or: Geto Fi On Mero) OMmln2 A 2550\7 II1O| 105 Maiolcties <2 sn aie: Om NOES) 27 6 |I,to| 6 '|1.8813.66 2.60! 6 I12| 105 Genus Cositis Linneus. 1738. Cobitis ARTEDI, Genera (non binomial). 1758. Cobitis LINN2US, Syst. Nat., Ed X, p. 303. (Type Cobitis tenia Linneus.) 1835. Acanthopsis AGaAssiz, Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Neuchatel, I, p. 36. (Type Cobitis tenia Linneus.) Body elongate, more or less compressed, and the trunk not arched. Head elongate, compressed; eyes small; snout produced, blunt and rounded; mouth small, inferior, and with six barbels about the upper jaw; below the eye an erectile bifid spine. Dorsal fin about over the ventrals; anal behind dorsal; caudal rounded or truncate; pectorals 192 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. less than the head; ventrals below dorsal. Air-bladder inclosed in a bony capsule. Lateral line incomplete. Small fresh-water fishes of Europe and Asia (Jordan & Fowler). Distribution: Europe; Assam; Bengal; China; Formosa; Corea; Amur province; Japan. 13. Cobitis tenia Linnzus. 1758. Cobitis tenia LINN2US, Syst. Nat. Ed. X., p. 303; Europe.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, 1868, p. 362; Europe; Japan.—JORDAN & FOWLER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XVI, 1903, p. 771; Japan. 1846. Cobilis tenia japonica SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 222, Pl. CIII, Fig. 2; near Nagasaki, 1875. Cobitis sinensis SAUVAGE & DE THIERSANT, Ann. Sci. Nat., Ser. 6, I, p. 8; Setchuan, China.—FOWLER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1899, p. 182; Tan-lan-ho, China.—JORDAN & Metz, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, 1913, p. 123 Suigen; Gensan; Fusan, Corea. 1901. Cobitis biw@ JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 748; Lake Biwa (substitute for Cobitis japonica pre-occupied).—JORDAN, SNYDER, & TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, XX XIII, 1913, p. 62; Japan. Head 5 in length; depth 6.166; D. 8; A. 7; P. 10; V. 7; widthien head a little over two in its length; snout two times in head; inter- orbital space 5.33; eye 5.5; pectoral 1.5; ventral 1.66. Body elongate and compressed; head elongate, strongly compressed, with convex upper profile; snout long, somewhat produced, anterior border bluntly rounded; eyes small, superior and lateral, located midway between tip of snout and gill-opening; mouth small, inferior, with fleshy lips, the lower bilobed; eight barbels, two of which are » mandibular; nostrils nearer the eye than the tip of snout, close together, the anterior in a short tube; interorbital space narrow; gill- openings large, lateral; gill-membranes united below the base of the pectoral in front. Origin of dorsal nearer the base of caudal than the tip of snout, somewhat in advance of ventral, length of dorsal when depressed a little less than the length of head; pectoral a little longer than one- third the distance between its base and origin of ventral; ventral twice in the space between its origin and that of the ventral; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, reaching two-thirds of the space between its origin and the base of caudal; caudal peduncle compressed, its depth slightly less than twice in head. Head naked, trunk covered with very small cycloid scales; lateral line very short, extending a little beyond the middle of the pectoral. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 193 Color in formalin pale grey above, lower parts and belly yellowish white; sides with two rows of dark blotches, the upper one forming a continuous longitudinal band anteriorly, blotches of the lower row larger; between the two rows a narrow paler marbled brown streak, occupying the anterior half the interspace; eight blotches of dark brown between the nape and the origin of the dorsal, seven more between the latter and the base of the caudal; base of the caudal above with a jet-black spot; dorsal and caudal fins with several rows of dark small spots; other fins whitish; head marbled and spotted with brown above; back with mottlings; a black streak from eye to snout. Total Length 122 mm. Described from a specimen from Shinchiku, collected by T. Aoki on September 17, 1916. Habitat: Shinchiku; Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius); Rigyokutsu, Nanto; Maruyama, Giran. Remarks:The markings of the present species are more or less variable. The other example from Shinchiku has the brown blotches on the sides distinctly separated into spots, while the example from Rigyokutsu has the upper blotches on the sides merged into continuous longitudinal bands. MEASUREMENTS OF Cobitis tenia. | eer : | plete ee? aa/s-| 2] 5/4 Locality. $ a Q el A sl aelsy | os 3 3 | we y | SG|Eo| a | & | 3 She nike s acne eo oe eS O2n6] “Se | Fiero ily. | 2.751675) <2. sea) mes Shinchiktee se eon 5 |6.18| 8 7 Io 7 \ 2.80) 6 2 |5.66| 82 Jitsugsetsutan. 2... ...5. He a5edle7a5Ol) 48 O>|/107|| 7 1\}2.60)6 By NG 82 TRUFEAKOVADTESIILS bin ps See ees 5 |6.88! 8 OF TOM 7a 2006 De | 67 Family HOMALOPTERID#. ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE FORMOSAN GENERA. a. Body elongate, rather high, anterior part depressed; mouth inferior; upper lip fleshy, with a distinct inner fold; barbels numerous, one pair of maxillary, two transverse series of minute ones on upper jaw, and three pairs on the lower jaw; dorsal fin inserted in advance of the ventral; pectoral with one simple OYVIMENS EIN aoy eli Lovo = Wiley Ae Oech eee CNN eta pices the Gio arc cl eeae ec encore Formosania. aa. Body much depressed, nearly twice as broad as high; mouth inferior, with fringed upper lip; six barbels, two pairs on the extremity of the snout, the other at the angle of mouth, minute and subequal; dorsal fin inserted behind the origin of the ventral; pectoral with eleven simple outer rays, subhorizontal. Hemimyzon. TA——DEC. 17, LO1O: 194 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Genus FORMOSANIA gen. nov. Type Formosania gilberti Oshima. Body elongate, rather high, anterior part depressed; snout spatulate; mouth inferior; upper lip fleshy, with a distinct inner fold; lower jaw with a sharp horny edge; barbels numerous, inferior, upper jaw with two transverse rows of minute barbels and one pair of thick maxillary barbels, lower jaw with three pairs of small barbels; scales minute; lateral line continuous; dorsal fin high, inserted in front of the origin of the ventral; pectoral fin large, not reaching the ventral; the anal large, when depressed reaching the root of caudal; pectoral and ventral fins horizontal, one outer. ray simple. Remarks: Well distinguished from other genera of the Homalop- teride@ by the presence of numerous barbels, especially by the rostral barbels which are arranged in two series. Distribution: Formosa and China. 14. Formosania gilberti sp. nov. (Plate XLIX, Figs. 1-2). Head 4.66 in length; depth 6.2; D. 2.8; A. 2, 5; P. 15; V.. 93 widthyen head 1.22 in its length; eye 6 in head; interorbital space 2.63; snout 1.75; ventral 1.31; pectoral longer than head; scales about 120 in the lateral line. Body elongate, lower surface flat, tail compressed, cross-section of body triangular, anterior part feebly depressed; head moderate, top nearly flat; snout spatulate, much longer than postocular part, shorter than width, anterior margin broadly rounded; skin of the snout ex- tending to the lower surface, but not overlapping upper lip; mouth inferior, transverse; upper lip thick and fleshy, with a distinct inner fold; lower jaw much shorter than the upper, anterior margin rounded, horny; mentum with a broad fleshy tubercle, the tip of which is bilobed; barbels numerous, inferior, rostral barbels minute, arranged in two transverse rows, each with about five barbels, maxillary pair thick and longest, lower jaw with six barbels, posterior mental pair the longest, the others short and tubercle-like; eyes small, supra-lateral, posterior, nearer angle of gill-cover than tip of snout; nostrils close together, in front of eye; boundary between head and trunk distinct, occiput pointed posteriorly. Origin of dorsal nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, in advance of that of the ventral, rather high, the anterior ray longest; pectoral horizontal, flattened, large, outer margin broadly rounded, not Plate XLIX. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Formosania gilberti, Oshima, sp. nov. ventral view of snout, Do. lateral view. Labeo jordani Oshima, sp. nov. on THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 195 reaching the ventral, one outer ray undivided; ventral inserted beneath the middle of base of dorsal, ovoid, middle ray the longest; anal fin large, when depressed scarcely reaching the root of caudal; caudal fin elongate, weakly emarginate, each lobe sharply pointed. Body covered with minute scales, head and lower surface naked; lateral line nearly straight, extending along the middle of the sides. Color in formalin dark yellow, mottled with irregular dark brown blotches, lower surface white; head uniformly dark, with few yellowish markings; fin-rays of the dorsal with elongate black spots; caudal fin with a number of black cross-bars; other fins dusky, with numerous dark spots. Total length 117 mm. The present description is from a specimen from Tamusui River near Shinten, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Tamusui River (four specimens). Remarks: The present species is very closely related to Boulenger’s Homaloptera stenosoma (misprinted Homalosoma) from Ningpo, China (Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, March, 1901, p. 270), which seems to belong to the genus Formosania. The latter differs from F. gilberti in having seven-branched dorsal rays, a smaller number of scales in the lateral line, and slightly shorter head and pectorals. MEASUREMENTS OF Formosania gilberti. | . av s ; | an is hele ; oF Si Crab ee Ih oi eet nee Locality. | 8 a. | fy i) ed al S Sn] oS ) 2] 4 op E ocality | a | & | | ae £5 | i | ea | & | A | | | | | | | (eee | [EA Tamusui River... ’ 4.66) 6.2 | ONS | 2554 ol 5s | Ou ike 221/240 2)5 1.75) OF | r20;|ET7 =. ||4572\| 5236] 2.81] 2.5) | 26 Q |1.21/2.666| 1.60] 6 | 130] 90 Tamusui River. . Genus HEMIMyzZON Regan. 1911. Hemimyzon Regan. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), p. 31. (Type Homaloptera formosanus Boulenger.) Body much depressed, nearly twice as broad as high; head disc- shaped, flattened; snout broad, with sharp anterior margin; mouth inferior, transverse, with fringed upper lip; edge of the lower jaw sharp, horny; six barbels, inferior, two pairs on the extremity of the snout, the others at the angle of mouth, minute and subequal; origin of ventral in advance of that of dorsal; the pectoral subhorizontal, eleven outer rays simple; ventral fin horizontal, four outer rays simple; 196 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. the anal minute, not reaching the caudal; scales minute; lateral line nearly straight, continuous. Distribution: Formosa. 15. Hemimyzon formosanus (Boulenger). 1894. Homaloptera formosanus BOULENGER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, XIV, p. 463; Central Formosa. I9tt. Hemimyzon formosanus REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), VIII, p. 32; Formosa (after Boulenger). Head 4.25 in length; depth 6 in length and 1.5 in width; D. 2, 7; A. I, 5; P. 22; V. 15; width of head 1 in its length; eye 5.66 in head; snout 1.71; interorbital space 2.3; pectoral 1.33 times as long as head; ventral very slightly shorter than the pectoral; scales about 70 in the lateral line. Body strongly depressed, low, tail compressed, middle part of body broadest, belly and throat flat; head flattened, disc-shaped; gill- opening rather large; snout broad, with rounded sharp anterior margin; interorbital space rather flat; mouth inferior, transverse, crescent- shaped; upper lip fringed with a fleshy inner fold; lower jaw shorter than the upper; lower lip with a smooth horny inner fold, its anterior margin sharp; six barbels, short, subequal, two pairs on the lower extremity of snout and the other at the angles of mouth; eyes small, superior and posterior, considerably nearer the angle of operculum than tip of snout; nostrils close together, superior, in front of eye, anterior nostril in a short tube. Origin of the dorsal very slightly nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, above anterior third of the base of ventral; pectoral fin sub- horizontal, with eleven simple rays, outer margin broadly rounded, extending beyond the origin of ventral; ventral fins horizontal, flat, distinctly separated, with four simple rays, not reaching the anus; the anal very small, entirely behind the dorsal; caudal fin forked, the tip of each lobe pointed, lower lobe slightly longer than the upper. Scales minute; belly and throat naked; lateral line nearly straight, slightly upcurved above the pectoral, extending along the middle of the sides. Color in alcohol dark gray above, lower surface yellowish white; caudal fin with four dark brown cross-bars; other fins provided with a number of dark elongate spots. Total length 64 mm. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 197 Described from a specimen from Taiko River, collected by T. Aoki in December, I916. Habitat: Taiko River (five specimens). MEASUREMENTS OF Hemimyzon formosanus. aria as meh |e So lace ieee A a 5 . . e . ou roar) = 2 oc & Locality. x é Q =< A, >S S = g = E e E = = | 5 Taiko River. ss .cs.: ss. 14.25] 6 | 2.7 | x.5| 22 | x5 |x Zu Lr 7 | 64 MaikouRiver je seo. | 4 Fa |eeerpal Maret || gota (Nai ries ps le a lin ce ol Cop =Pa [okey Family CYPRINIDA. ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE FORMOSAN GENERA. I. Anal fin very short, with five or six branched rays. A. Lateral line running along the median line of the tail; dorsal fin opposite to ventrals. a’. Dorsal fin with more than nine branched rays. b’. Pharyngeal teeth in three series, the outer molar-like; barbels two on each side; a strong dorsal spine........... Cyprinus. b’’. Pharyngeal teeth in a single series, barbels none; a strong dorsal S]OyU VOR ERS em Seren ey a Oe Ns Ain AN Se Ae ce AIR ttt Carassius. b’’’, Pharyngeal teeth in three series, not molar-like; without osseous dorsal rays. Snout more or less swollen; each lip with an inner transverse fold, which is covered with a deciduous horny substance form- iIngrayshanpiedgesdoOrsalele—2 Omer eine eee eee Labeo. a’’. Dorsal fin with no more than nine branched rays. b’. Pharyngeal teeth in three series. c’. Lower jaw transverse, with a narrow lip which is not con- tinuous, with a sharp inner transverse edge; barbels four. Acrossocheilus. -. Mouth transverse, inferior; lower jaw not covered by lip, witha horny layer inside, rather sharp; barbels two, minute. Scaphesthes. c’’’, Mouth arched, without inner fold or other peculiarities; lips fleshy. d’. Arecumbent spine in front of the dorsal; barbels four. Spinibarbus. d’’. No recumbent spine; barbels four, or two, or none. e’. Head with mucous cavities; scales large; lips thick; cht banbelsstwo micro anciccht oek: Hemibarbus. e’’. Head without mucous cavities; scales moderate; lips thin. ie Bat belenoutewsecnsi oon rcrttocal te Barbodes. fix eae AL DELS (UW Ol wae, WA aetna en ssb ees Capeta. f’”’. Barbels none 198 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. b’’. Pharyngeal teeth in two series. c’. Lips thin; mouth terminal, oblique; dorsal nearly over the NASON Gal OR ad etry Arn, hk Gnatho pogon. c’’. Lips broad and papillose; mouth small, protracted down- wards; dorsal inserted well in advance of the ventral. Pseudogobio. b’’’, Pharyngeal teeth in a single series. c’. Mouth very small, transverse, directed upwards; mandible with a hard, trenchant eege, no barbels. . Pseudorasbora. B. Lateral line running along the lower half of the tail; dorsal fin inserted behind the origin of ventrals. a’. Pharyngeal teeth in two series, 4, 4—4, 4; lateral line complete. Pararasbora. II. Anal fin short or of moderate length, with from seven to eleven branched rays, not extending forwards to below the dorsal fin. A. Dorsal fin with osseous ray. a’. Dorsal fin rather short, with two smooth spines and seven branched rays; barbels none; pharyngeal teeth in a double series. Pistechodon. B. Dorsal fin without osseous ray. a’. Lateral line incomplete; dorsal inserted behind the origin of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth in double series, slender and hooked, 5, 3— Ae sAbiia ected ecuehate 2 toes Bicirs teen hole toehere co aTends eee eee ee ee Phoxiscus. a’’. Lateral line complete; dorsal inserted in advance of the origin of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth in double series, their outer surfaces deeply folded,7 65 .82=2655 ottcces one eee Cteno pharyngodon. III. Anal fin of moderate length, extending forwards to below the dorsal; lateral line, if complete, running into, or nearly into the middle of the tail; pharyn- geal teeth in a single series; no dorsal spine. A. Lateral line complete; anal fin with eight to ten rays....... A cheilognathus. B. Lateral line incomplete; anal fin with about twelve rays........ Rhodeus. IV. Anal fin of moderate length; lateral line running along the lower half of the tail; pharyngeal teeth in three series. A. Barbels, none. a’. Body moderately elongate and compressed; pharyngeal teeth I or 2, 4, 4 or 5-5, or 4, 4, 2 or 1; dorsal fin inserted a little behind or oppo- sitevto the originzofeventralsa. 1. tas ere eusice ene cre rarlens err Zacco. a’’. Body deep and strongly compressed; pharyngeal teeth 2, 4, 4-4, 4, 2; dorsal fin inserted above the interspace between ventrals and anal. Metzia. Bb. Barbels, two. a’. Body elongate, laterally compressed; pharyngeal teeth I, 4, 5-5, 4, I; dorsal fin inserted opposite to ventrals................. Candidia. V. Anal fin elongate; lateral line running along the middle of the tail; no dorsal spine; pharyngeal teeth in a single series, 4-4. a’, Entire abdominal edge carinated; gill-rakers continuous, forming a cres- centic hornysmembranes eae ee cer oe Hy pophthalmichthys. a’’. Postventral edge carinated; gill-rakers separated, slender and long. Aristichthys. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 199 VI. Anal fin elongate; abdomen, or a part of abdomen, compressed and carinated. A. Lateral line with no conspicuous curve, slightly decurved; entire, or a part of abdomen carinated. a’. Abdomen behind the ventral compressed to an edge; before ventrals rounded; anal elongate, of seventeen rays; first ‘dorsal ray more or lessrenlarcediand spine-like® 2.0 S22. ses wre ne eye see '...Ischikauia. a’’. Postventral edge carinated; rounded before ventrals; profile of the nape remarkably convex; lower jaw not protruding; anal fin elon- gate with more than twenty rays; dorsal fin armed with strong spines scalesp rather lange Wrest a/iecre syeleicl ste cose Poe Chanodichthys. a’’. Entire or postventral edge carinated; profile of the nape slightly convex; lower jaw protruding; anal fin elongate; with more than twenty rays; dorsal fin armed with strong spines; scales small. Culter. B. Lateral line abruptly bent downwards above the pectoral. a’. Abdominal edge entirely carinated; anal fin rather short, with fifteen to seventeen rays; dorsal fin with two smooth spines; scales large. Cultriculus. Genus Carassius Nilsson. 1832. Carassius NILSSON, Prodromus Ichthyol. Scand. (Type Cyprinus carassius Linnezus.) Body oblong, compressed and elevated. Mouth terminal, without barbels. Teeth 4-4, molar, but compressed. Scales large. Lateral line continuous. Dorsal fins very long, with third ray developed into a stout spine, which is serrated behind; anal short with a similar spine. Ventrals well forward. Large species of the fresh waters of Europe and Asia; often domesticated. (Jordan & Fowler.) Distribution: Central and Northern Europe; Siberia; China; Cochin- China; Formosa; Corea; Amur Province; Japan. 16. Carassius auratus (Linnzus). Funa (Japan); Chiira or Chirahii (Formosa). 1758. Cyprinus auratus LINN#&uS, Syst. Nat. Ed. X, p. 323.—GUNTHER, Ann. Ac. St. Petersb., 1896, p. 12; Huihsien; Chang-tu-fu.—RICHARDSON, Ich- thyol. China, p. 203; Tse-Kiang. 1863. Carassius auratus BLEEKER, Atl. Ichthyol. Cypr., p. 74.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, 1868, p. 32; China; Japan.—BLEEKER, Cypr. China, 1871, p. 7; Pekin.—GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1873, p. 246; Shanghai.— SAUVAGE, Bull. Soc. Zoél. France, IX, 1884, p. 1; Tonkin.—RUTTER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., 1897, p. 58; Swatow.—FoOw Ler, Proc. Acad. Se. Philad., 1899, p. 179; China.—AsBsort, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, p. 484: Pei-ho, China.—JoRDAN & Fow Ler, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X XVI, 1903, p. 860; Japan.— JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1903, Pp. 321; Formosa.— VAILLANT, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., VI, 1904, p. 298; 200 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Ton-kin.—JORDAN & SEALE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, 1905, p. 519; Hongkong.—SnyD_ER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLII, 1912, p. 404; Niigata; Same; Takamatsu River; Yamaguchi; Dogo Island.—JORDAN & METz, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, No. 2, 1913, p. 14; Corea.—JORDAN, SNYDER & _ TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, XX XIII, 1913, p. 76; Japan. 1842. Cyprinus gibeloides CANTOR, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IX, p. 485.—Richard- son, Ichthyol. China, 1846, p. 292. 1846. Carassius langsdorfii SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 192, pl. 98, Fig. 1; Japan.—KNer, Novara, Fisch, III, 1867, p. 346; Shanghai.—PErTrrs, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1880, p. 924.—SAUVAGE, Bull. Soc. Philom., 1881, p. 7; Swatow.—Bull. Soc. Zodél. France, 1884, p. 1; Tonkin. 1855. Carassius pekinensis BASILEWSKY, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc., X, p. 229, Taba3y igs 33 China. 1855. Carassius discolor BASILEWSKY, l. ¢., p. 229; China. 1855. Carassius coeruleus BASILEWSKY, l. c., p. 229; China. 1855. Cyprinus macrophthalmus BASILEWSKY, l. c., p. 230, Tab. V, Fig. 5. 1846. Cyprinus carassioides RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 291. 1846. Cyprinus burgeri RICHARDSON, l. ¢., p. 292. 1846. Cyprinus abbreviatus RICHARDSON, I. c., p. 292; Canton. Head 3 in length; depth 2:25; D. I], 16; A. III, 5; P: 15; V2 6ssealles 6—28-8; snout 3 in head; eye 5; interorbital space 2.4; pectoral 1.66; ventral 1.66; teeth 4-4. Body stout, rather high, compressed, dorsal and ventral profiles about equally arched; head small, its top slightly depressed; snout blunt; mouth small, terminal and oblique; upper jaw protractile, more or less projecting; eyes large, superior and anterior; nostrils very large, in front of eyes, the anterior in a short tube. Origin of the dorsal nearer the tip of snout than base of caudal, one scale in advance of the origin of ventral, with strong spines, soft rays shortening posteriorly, the first dorsal ray longest, 1.83 in length of MEASUREMENTS OF Carassius auratus. = | aq | | a ile ek : a |g ; lgenity: gel ell Me | Cee Ccal ie lee |e | Salas ee ocality a. | a QA | =< ov | > Ree: | 2 a 8 ga Ritakukan. j22< es t3 05 22s) als 16 IIL, 5 15 | 9 | 2.40) 3 5 '6-28-8) 210 Giranies. See ee 3.5 | 2.40|III, 16/III, 5} 16 | 9 | 2.3313 | 4.33/6—-29-6] 150 Girany., 24 eee 3.25] 2.42|III, r7|III, 5} 16 | 9 | 2.50/3 | 4.60|6-28-8| 152 Gian. sis sinew 3-45] 2.32|III, r6)1II, 5) 16 | 9 | 2.33] 3.25| 4.33|/5-27-7| 130 Shotiac i... ee 3. 12.23 III, r7/IIl, 5 | 16 8 | 2.3313 | 4.75!5-28-8! 107 head; the anal squarish, armed with very strong spines, its rays longer in front, inserted nearer the base of caudal than that of the pectoral, its origin just below the fourteenth soft dorsal ray; pectoral fin round, THe FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 201 its tip scarcely reaching ventral; ventral fin not reaching the anus; caudal peduncle deep and long, its depth twice in head. Body covered with large cycloid scales; lateral line nearly straight, extending along the middle of sides from upper part of gill-opening to the base of caudal. Color in formalin uniformly dark gray, somewhat paler below; lower parts whitish; all the rays uniformly gray. Total length 210 mm. Described from a specimen from Ritakukansho, Giran. Habitat: Abundant in the fresh waters of Formosa, very common. Genus Cyprinus (Artedi) Linneus. 1858. Cyprinus (ARTEDI) LINN&UuS, Syst. Nat. Ed. X, p. 320, (Type Cytrinus carpio Linneus.) Body robust, compressed. Mouth moderate, anterior, with four long barbels. Snout blunt, rounded. Teeth molar, broad and trun- cate, I, I, 3-3, I, I. Scales large. Lateral line continuous. Dorsal fin very long, with a stout spine, serrated behind; anal fin short, also with a spine. Large fishes of the fresh waters of Asia. (Jordan & Fowler.) Distribution: Temperate parts of Europe and Asia; introduced into North America. 17. Cyprinus carpio Linnzus. Koi (Japan); Taihii (Formosa). 1758. Cyprinus carpio LINN®US, System. Nat., Ed. X, p. 320.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, 1868, p. 25; Europe and Asia.—PrTeEers, Monatsb. Ak. Berl. 1880, p. 924 and 1029; Hongkong.—SaAvuvaGE, Bull. Soc. Philom., 1881, p. 7; Swatow.—Bull. Soc. Zoél. France, IX, 1884, p. 1; Tonkin.—GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), 1889, p. 224; Yang-tsze-kiang.—Ann. Ac. St. Petersb., 1896, p. 12; Cheng-tu-fu.—RuTTER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., 1897, D. 57; Swatow.— GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), I, 1898, p. 261; Newchang.—ABBoTT, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. XXIII, 1901, p. 484; Pei-ho.— JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1903, p. 321; For- mosa.—REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XIII, 1904, p. 191; Yunnan.— JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, No. 4, p. 169; Formosa.— JORDAN & SEALE, Proc. Davenport Acad. Sc., X, 1905, p. 3; Hongkong.— Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX XIII, 1906, p. 537; Buitenzorg; Java.—JORDAN & Metz, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, No. 2, 1913, p. 14; Corea.— JORDAN, SNYDER, and TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci., Tokyo, XX XIII, 1913, p. 76; Japan. 1798. Cyprinus rubro-fuscus LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, p. 530, Pl. 16, Fig. 1.—Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., 1846, XVI, p. 74.—RICHARDSON, Ichthy. China, 1846, p. 288. 202 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1798. Cyprinus nigroauratus LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, p. 547, Pl. 16, Fig. 2. —Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., 1846, XVI, p. 73.—RICHARDSON, Ichthy. China, 1846, p. 290. 1798. Cyprinus viridi-violaceus LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, p. 547, Pl. 16, Fig. 3.—Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XVI, 1846, p. 75.—RICHARDSON, Ichthy. China, 1846, p. 288. 1846. Cyprinus flavipinnis Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XVI, p. 71. 1846. Cyprinus vittatus Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XVI, p. 72. 1846. Cyprinus alrovirens RICHARDSON, Ichthy. China, p. 287. 1846. Cyprinus flammans RICHARDSON, Ichthy. China, p. 288. 1846. Cyprinus acuminatus RICHARDSON, Ichthy. China, p. 2809. 1846. Cyprinus sculponeatus RICHARDSON, Ichthy. China, p. 290. 1846. Cyprinus hematopterus SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 189, Pl. 96. 1846. Cyprinus melanotus SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 190, Pl. 97, igaane 1846. Cyprinus conirostris SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 191, Pl. 97, Fig. 2. 1855. Cyprinus chinensis BASILEWSKY, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc., X, p. 227, Wabs25 Higses 1855. Cyprinus obesus BASILEWSKY, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc., X, p. 228, Tabwr,Higw2: 1863. Carpio flavipinna BLEEKER, Atl. Ichthyol. Cyprin., p. 74, Tab. 7, Fig. 3. 1871. Carpio vulgaris BLEEKER, Mem. Cyprin. China, p. 6. Head 3 in length; depth: 2.86; D. III, ro; A. ITI; 53 P. 16k Veto: Scales 5-35-5; width of head 1.66 in its length; snout 2.5 in head; interorbital space 2.4; eye 7; pectoral 1.33; ventral. 1.4; teeth 1, 173538 Teele ; Body stout, more or less compressed; head moderate, triangular; snout obtusely rounded; mouth oblique, with fleshy thick lips, maxil- lary reaching a vertical through anterior margin of anterior nostril; maxillary protractile; upper jaw more or less projecting; four barbels, two maxillary and two rostral, the former nearly twice as long as the latter, scarcely reaching the anterior border of orbit; eyes moderate, superior and slightly anterior; nostrils large, close together, in front of eye, the anterior in a short tube. Origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, two scales before the origin of ventral, triangular and elongate, higher anteriorly, its longest ray about twice in the length of head; pectoral fin large, round, its tip exceeding the origin of ventral; - ventrals inserted below the first soft dorsal ray, not reaching the anus; origin of anal nearer base of caudal than base of ventral, inserted below the fourteenth ray of dorsal; caudal fin deeply emarginate, tip of lobes sharply pointed; caudal peduncle long and deep, its depth 2.11 in head. Tue FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 203 Body covered with large scales with fine concentric rings and radiated striations; lateral line straight, extending along the middle of sides from upper part of gill-opening to the base of caudal. Color in formalin uniformly dark grey above, paler below; sides of body below the lateral line yellowish white; lower parts of body together with the pectoral, ventral, and anal white; dorsal and caudal fins dusky; most of scales provided with a black spot on the base. Total length 280 mm. Described from a specimen from Taihoku, collected by Oshima in October, 1916. Habitat: The present species is common throughout the island; and is the most important food-fish among the Chinese people. MEASUREMENTS OF Cyprinus carpio. 5 23 bo 3 o g 26 Locality. A < ie > Afecil| gS! 8 ey iT; Se | |" Fs] S44 a |A~ a eee eee era A Pes | eee ee Zz 4 Pavill o¥o) Ll 5 Sry ny Senne eames one -86\III, 19 TI, 5 i16| 9 |1.66|2.40|2.50| 7 |5-35-5|280 Tensonpi, Giran iOS m7 ILE 5]F7| 9 |1.50|2.66|2.76| 5 |5-34—-5|193 IintzanpOre en ee eee : -o4\III, r7/III, 5|16| 9 |1.57)2.66|2.47) 5 |6-33-5|132 Maruyama. aot ela ie 3-3513 Ill, ‘i8 IIl, II, 5|r61 lt. 4512.45 2.53 6 (5-35-51193 Genus LABEO Cuvier. 1817. Labeo Cuvier, Regne Animal, p. 192. (Type Cyprinus niloticus (Forskal) Geoffroy). 1842. Rohita Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XVI, p. 242. (Type Cyprinus nandina Hamilton.) Body oblong, more or less compressed. Snout broadly rounded or obtusely pointed, prominent, mostly covered with tubercles or pores and sometimes having a lateral lobe or projection, its anterior pendulous border forming an entire, or superficially incised, rostral fold. Mouth moderate or large, protractile, inferior. Lips thick, continuous, the upper and the lower one fringed, lobed, or not lobed. The lower lip is distinctly separated by a deep groove from isthmus, or this postlabial groove is divided by a broad or narrow connection between isthmus and lip, and therefore restricted to behind the lateral part of the lower lip or even to the corner of the mouth. Lower lip with an inner transverse fold. Jaws with a fleshy covering carrying a deciduous horny sheath. A pair of rostral and maxillary barbels, one of them may be absent. Eye with a free circular rim. Dorsal elongate, without osseous rays, commencing before ventrals and 204 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. ending before or above anal, with more than eight branched rays. Anal short, with five branched rays. Scales moderate or small. Lateral line running into the middle of the tail, sensory tubes un- divided. Gill-membranes broadly united with isthmus. Gill-rakers usually short. Pharyngeal teeth in three series, hooked, 5, 4, 2-2, 4, 5 (Weber & Beaufort). Distribution: Sumatra; Java; Borneo; Africa; India; Ceylon; Burma; Cochin-China; China; Formosa. 18. Labeo jordani sp. nov. (Plate XLIX, Fig. 3). Kenhii (Formosa). 1903. Rohiia decora JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, p. 321; Formosa (not of Peters). Head 5 in length; depth 3; D. 3, 12; A. 3, 5; P. 15; V. 9; forty scales in the lateral line, eight scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, nine scales between the latter and the middle of belly; width of head 1.83 in its length; snout 2.33 in head; inter- orbital space 2; eye 5; pectoral 1.076; ventral slightly longer than head; teeth 5,4, 2-2; 4,5. Body compressed, rather high, abdomen rounded; head _ short, lateral parts of the occiput slightly depressed; snout obtusely rounded anteriorly, overhanging the upper lip, with no tubercle nor lateral prolongation; mouth inferior, transverse, crescent-shaped, with thick lips; upper lip entirely fringed, with a distinct inner fold below; lower lip not fringed, with an inner fold, its edge sharp and covered with a horny substance; barbels two, rostral, nearly one-third as long as snout; maxillary barbels none; eye rather small, slightly anterior and superior; nostrils close together, in front of the eye; pharyngeal teeth high, their grinding surface flat, brown-colored; gill-rakers numerous, minute, setiform, and closely set. Origin of dorsal nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, its upper margin concave, its base covered with a series of pointed scales, an- terior ray longest; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, nearer the base of caudal than origin of ventral; ventral long, with well-developed scaly flap, inserted below fourth divided dorsal ray; pectoral fin shorter than ventral, reaching three-fifths of the distance to ventral; caudal fin bilobed, tip of each lobe sharply pointed; caudal peduncle rather short, its depth 1.4 in head. Body covered with large scales with fine+ concentric rings and THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 205 radiated striations; lateral line nearly straight, extending along the middle of sides from base of the caudal to the upper part of gill- opening. Color in alcohol uniformly dark grey above, sides and lower parts silvery; dorsal and caudal fins grayish; other fins dusky white; scales on the upper part of body with a black lunar-shaped spot near the base. Total length 340 mm. Described from a specimen from the hatchery at Shori. Habitat: A species introduced from China, propagated throughout the island, and bred artificially in ponds. Remarks: The nearest relative of the present species is Labeo decorus Peters from Hongkong. It differs, however, in having an upper lip which is fringed at the sides only, and a distinctly fringed lower lip. Jordan and Evermann recorded a Formosan species of the genus Labeo under the name Rohita decora (= Labeo decorus Peters). The descriptions given by these authors are very inadequate. But the briefly described characters, except the number of rays of the pectoral, agree quite well with those of the present species. Moreover, as there is no record with reference to the occurrence of any species of Labeo in Formosa except the introduced species, it seems reasonable to unite Jordan & Evermann’s Rohita decora, which distinctly differs from Peters’ Labeo decorus,* with the present species. In the year 1910, Mr. Seno, Expert of the Fisheries Bureau of the Japanese Government, described the present species, giving it the name Labeo kontius (Jordan). (Cf. Report on the Fisheries of the Island of Formosa). The Indian species of that name distinctly differs from the Formosan species in having a higher body, longer head, tuber- culated snout with a fleshy lateral prolongation, fringed lower lip, and no barbels. Such being the case, I propose for the present species a new name Labeo jordant. ’ “Kenhii” is one of the important fresh-water food-fishes in For- mosa, though it is not a native of the island. Early in the summer, newly hatched larve of this fish are collected in the rivers near Swatow, South China, and are imported to Formosa. At first they are bred in small ponds, living mainly upon zoé-plankton, the growth of which is encouraged by human excrement. As soon as they are large enough to ’ Labeo decorus Peters, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1880, p. 1031; Hongkong. 206 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. be safe under natural conditions (30-60 mm. long), they are sold to the Chinese farmers. Usually, at the end of one year they grow to the length of 150-160 mm. According to the Chinese breeders’ informa- tion this fish never spawns in Formosa. MEASUREMENTS OF Labeo jordani. | ] | ane l ie 3 dill &a | aa(/52| 2 | al a Se rN 3 5, . | 5 £5 . co} vo Pw 3 one ix | x OE Locality. eS 2 fan) | < | Ay > =a 25 & | | & oF | | | Ts | isa | | | ———— | | Shonika) BS Sah Sy Sul DS Om le BGs. | 2e8 ans 520-9 tee Shorienne aan 5 |3-11]3,12/3,5| 14 | 9 |1-83) 2 |2.50! 5 | 840-9 | 209 ACROSSOCHEILUS gen. nov. Type Gymnostomus formosanus Regan. Body elongate, compressed; head smooth, with many mucous cavities around the eye; snout obtuse, its tip not projecting beyond the upper lip, without lateral lobe. Mouth inferior, transverse; upper lip fleshy, not fringed; lower lip thick, not continuous, distinct at the side of the mouth only; upper jaw projecting beyond the longer; anterior edge of the lower jaw sharp and naked. Four barbels, two maxillary and two rostral. Dorsal fin without osseous ray, with not more than nine rays, opposite the ventral; anal fin rather short, with five divided rays. Scales moderate, about forty in the lateral line; lateral line running along the middle of the tail. Pharyngeal teeth Or Sr2—25 3x Ss Distribution: Formosa; China. Remarks: The present genus is very closely related to Crossocheilus Van Hasselt. Four barbels and smooth upper lip are the character- istics of Acrossocheilus, which distinguish it from the latter. 19. Acrossocheilus formosanus (Regan). Chopien or Choppan (Formosa). 1908. Gymnostomus formosanus REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), I, p. 140; Lake Candidius, Formosa. 1908. Gymnostomus labiatus REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), II, p. 358; Lake Candidius, Formosa. Head 4 in length; depth 4; D. 3; 8; A. 3, 5; P: 14; V. 9; widthion head 1.8 in its length; interorbital space 3 in head; snout 2.5; eye 5; pectoral 1.16; ventral 1.25; forty scales in a longitudinal series, five and one-half in a transverse series from origin of dorsal to lateral line, THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 207 five between the latter and middle of belly, three and one-half scales between lateral line and origin of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3, 2-2, 3, 5; gill-rakers 5 + 9. Body elongate, depth equal to the length of head, dorsal profile more convex than the ventral; head smooth, with many mucous cav- ities around the eye; snout not projecting beyond the upper lip, with strongly curved profile; sides of snout pitted, in the centre of each pit a small round tubercle; upper jaw projecting beyond the lower; mouth inferior, transverse, its angle not reaching the anterior border of orbit; upper lip fleshy, rather thin; lower lip thick, divided into two lobes by a median longitudinal notch, anterior border naked, with a sharp inner transverse horny edge; four barbels, the rostral two-thirds as long as the maxillary barbels, the latter reaching the posterior border of orbit; eye superior and slightly anterior; nostrils close together, in front of eye, anterior nostril in a short tube. Origin of dorsal slightly in advance of a point midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, opposite the ventral; pectoral fin not reaching the ventral; ventral inserted one scale behind the origin of dorsal; anal entirely behind the dorsal, its rays rather long, when depressed, tip of the anterior ray extending beyond the others; caudal fin strongly forked, tip of each lobe sharply pointed. Body covered with uniform scales; lateral line continuous, nearly straight, extending along the middle of the tail. Color in formalin olive-brown above the lateral line, yellowish gray beneath; sides with seven black vertical bars; lower parts of body pale reddish yellow; membrane of the dorsal with black streaks; caudal and pectoral fins gray; other fins dusky white. Total length 115 mm. The present description is from a specimen from Shinchiku, col- lected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Tamusui River at Shinten and Heirinbi; Shinchiku; Tozen River; Horisha; Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius). Remarks: The type of the genus Gymnostomus Heckel is Cyprinus ariza Buchanan-Hamilton. Although it is provided with moderately large scales (thirty-seven in the lateral line), it differs distinctly from the species which belong to Acrossocheilus in having two small barbels instead of four. In February, 1908, Mr. C. Tate Regan described the present species naming it Gymnostomus formosanus (from Lake Candidius). But as 208 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. it is provided with four rather long barbels, it is incorrect to include it in the genus Gymnostomus. In October of the same year Regan described Gymnostomus labiatus from the same locality. According to his description it differs from the former in having lower lips which are separated anteriorly by a deep narrow notch instead of being separated widely. In my speci- mens which came from the type locality and other places, the width of the inter-space between the lower lips is not definite; even in the specimens which came from the same locality there are deviations with regard to that character. Therefore it seems inadvisable to separate the two forms. MEASUREMENTS OF Acyrossocheilus formosanus. | | | eet | ea Goll Seteta| | | |-se| 52) 3 ; | i ies) Locality g | a. (a |< | a] > | oe BS | 3 2 a | x aa) | eu Se up R ‘5 ow eee | AR | ea ee me EVeininD lice eerie | 4.25| 3.64) Se lls | accel o | 1.73| 2.77| 2.40| 4.33/6 —42-5|120 eirin bi. ae eee 4.18] 3.47| 3, 8|3,5| 16] 9 | 2.75| 2.80] 2.25] 4.50/6 —42—-5|140 Tamusui River.....| 4 | 3-50] 3, 8 | ans | 16| 9 |2 13 | 2.28] 4.50|6 —41—5|165 Tamusui River.....| 4.12/3.44/3,8/3,5|16| 9 lia 4 2.66) 2.50] 5 [s2-42°5 202 Jitsugetsutan...... VARA ON3= 203.78: 32 05ua 4a) O allele 50) 2.60 2.50| 5 6 =A 6) |t65 liorishayers aac eit oe | 4 | 3-74| 3,8) 2,5) 16) 9 | 1.91/3 (2.75) 4: 66 6 at 5 lr05 Shinchikwey./ seco a NA Seas 5 245) OM er-80l3 | 2-50] 5 153—40— 5|I15 Shinechilk/ ke sce) 435; | 3-80) 358 | 3515) | £5) 91 | 2. 71| 2.75] 2.60] 4.50|5 —42-6/125 Tozen River....... | 4-16] 3-66] 3, 8/3, 5 | 15] 9 | E7ES W274 53—-41-5|120 Tozen River leit ae 14! 3-73! 3, 8 | Vepasyoll GS e pS 86) 2. 66 2.45! 4.83|/6 —42-61135 SCAPHESTHES gen. nov. Body elongate, slightly compressed. Snout rounded, tip of the skin extends downwards and partially overlaps the upper lip. Mouth transverse, inferior, lower jaw with no lip, its anterior margin sharp and covered with a horny brown layer. Barbels two, ninute, at the corner of the mouth. Dorsal fin without osseous rays, with not more than nine branched rays, opposite to the ventrals. Anal fin rather short. Scales large, less than fifty in a longitudinal series. Pharyn- geal teeth in three rows, 5, 3, 2-2, 3, 5. Lateral line running along the middle of the tail. Distribution: Formosa; Hainan. Remarks: The type of the present genus is closely related to the species of Scaphiodon. It differs, however, in having larger scales and no osseous dorsal ray. In the year 1899, Boulenger described a species of Cyprinoid fish Plate L ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. 2. cm. Scaphesthes tamusuiensis Oshima, sp. Nov. Puntius snyderi Oshima, sp. nov. Spinibarbus hollandi Oshima, sp. nov. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 209 from the interior of Hainan giving it the name Gymnostomus lepturus.4 Although there is no statement with regard to the barbels it seems to belong to the present genus, because of the peculiar shape of the mouth, large scales, and the absence of an osseous dorsal spine. The barbels of Scaphesthes are very small, and hidden beneath the labial fold. There- fore, they might have been overlooked by that author. 20. Scaphesthes tamusuiensis sp. nov. (Plate L, Fig. 1). Kooye (Formosa). Head 5 in length; depth 4.5; D: 3, 8; A. 3, 5; P. 17; V. 9; width of head 1.87 in its length; eye 4.33 in head; interorbital space 2.5; snout 2.6; pectoral 1.2; ventral 1.33; scales forty-six in the lateral line, seven in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, six from the latter to the middle of belly; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3, 2-2, 3, 5; gill-rakers 5 + 27. Body elongate, slightly compressed, abdomen rounded; head rather small, its top more or less convex; snout obtusely rounded; tip of the skin extends downwards and partially overlaps the upper lip; mouth transverse, inferior, crescent-shaped; upper lip smooth, without labial fold; lower jaw with no lip, mandibular edge nearly straight, sharp, covered with a horny brown layer; barbels four, two rostral and two maxillary, very minute, the latter hidden in the deep lateral fissure behind the angle of mouth; eyes moderate, superior and anterior; nostrils close together in front of eyes, the anterior nos- tril covered with a flap; pharyngeal teeth in three rows, those of the outer row canine-like, slender, slightly curved, those of the inner rows are smaller; gill-rakers very minute; gill-openings large. Dorsal fin inserted nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, armed with smooth soft spines, anterior ray the longest; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, slightly in advance of a point midway between origin of ventral and base of caudal; the ventral inserted behind the origin of dorsal; the pectoral reaches three-fifths the distance to ven- trals; caudal fin deeply forked, the lobes pointed; caudal peduncle elongate, its depth 2.2 in head. Body covered with uniform cycloid scales; the ventral with scaly flaps, no scaly pectoral flap; lateral line continuous, extending along the middle of the sides, slightly decurved anteriorly. 4 Gymnostomus lepturus Boulenger, Proc. Zo6dl. Soc. London, 1899, p. 961, Pl. LXIX, Fig. 1; Hainan. PS DE Cal pelo ng. 210 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Color in formalin grayish brown above, paler below the lateral line, lower surface silvery; dorsal and caudal gray, outer margin of the former with a series of black streaks; pectorals fuscous; other fins whitish. Total length 230 mm. Described from a specimen from Tamusui River near Shinten, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Tamusui River (Shinten, Heirinbi); Choso River; Giran River (Inzanpo, Kiburan). Remarks: Scaphesthes lepturus from Hainan is closely related to the present species. It differs, however, in having a larger eye, the dorsal inserted midway between the end of snout and base of caudal, the ventral below middle of dorsal, six divided anal rays, and forty-nine scales in the lateral line. There is no statement with reference to the barbel in Boulenger’s original description. MEASUREMENTS OF Scaphesthes tamusuiensis. | | ee) ee) ee os ee ee Hoo | OO ee eee ee eae | | Tamusui River..... ls 4.50|/3, 8/3,5]17| 9] 1.83] 2.50| 2.40] 4.8 63-46-6 230 Tamusui River.....| 4 75| 4-16] 3, 8/3, 5| 16 | 10 | 1.60] 2.50| 2.60] 4.5 |7 —47-6/183 Tamusui River..... | 4.75| 4.25] 3, 8|3, 5 | 16| 10| 1.75| 2.33] 2.83] 4.66/63—47—-6|200 Choso River....... | 4.77|,.3.84| 3, 8 | 3,5) £7| 10| 2.2113 | 3.26)4 7-47-6255 Giran Rivet. as +25: 4.42| 4.20] 3, 8} 3, 5|17|10| 1.58] 2.50| 2.85] 4 7 —47-6|102 Heirinbis seen ae | 4.20| 4.20, 3, 8| 3, 5 | 16| 10] 1.78] 2.66] 2.66) 3.66/6 —47-6| 80 Taishu............| 4.33] 4.64) 3, 8] 3, 5 15 | 10| 1.66] 2.50)3 =| 3-66/6 —47-6| 78 Taishu............! 4.411 4.42] 3, 813, 5! 16| 10] 1.78] 2.40/3 | 3.6616 —47—6| 90 Genus HEMIBARBUS Bleeker. 1861. Hemibarbus BLEEKER, Prodr. Cyprin., p. 281. (Type Gobio barbus Tem- minck & Schlegel.) 1869. Gobiobarbus DyBowskI, Verh. Zo6l.-Bot. Gesell. Wien, XIX, p.951. (Type Cyprinus labeo Pallas.) Body elongate, rather slender, and compressed. Head elongate, somewhat pointed, and with many mucous cavities about the eyes and along the edge of the pre-operculum; snout long, blunt at the tip; eye rather large, high; mouth inferior, the maxillary not reaching eye; lip fleshy; each maxillary with a barbel as long as eye; teeth 5, 3, I-I, 3, 5. Gill-rakers short; intestine short. Peritoneum silvery; scales cycloid, about forty-nine. Dorsal inserted nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, and armed with a slender, sharp, strong, and smooth. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 211 spine; anal inserted far behind tip of compressed dorsal; caudal deeply emarginate, the lobes pointed; ventrals inserted behind origin of the dorsal. Lateral line slightly decurved and continuous. (Jordan & Fowler.) Distribution: Formosa; China; Corea; Amur Province; Japan. 21. Hemibarbus labeo (Pallas). Migoi (Japan); Tekotau (Formosa). 1776. Cyprinus labeo PALLAS, Reise III, p. 207, 703; Onon.—N. Acta Acad. Petrpol., I, 1787, p. 355, T. XI, figs. 8, 9; Onon; Ingoda; Schilka.—Zoégr. Ross. Asiat., III, 1811, p. 305; Dauria; Ingoda; Onon; Schilka. 1842. Gobio barbus SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 198, Pl. XCIX, Fig. 1; Nagasaki. 1860. Hemibarbus barbus BLEEKER, Prods. Cyprin., p. 281.—JORDAN & EVER- MANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1902, p. 322; Formosa.—JORDAN & FOwLeEr, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X XVI, 1903, p. 824; Japan (Yodo River; Lake Janzabrobata; Aomori; Chikugo River; Tokyo). 1868. Barbus schlegeli GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 135; Formosa; Japan. 1869. Gobiobarbus labeo DyBowsk1, Verh. Zodl.-Bot. Gesell. Wien, XIX, p. 951, T. XV, Fig. 3; Onon; Ingoda. 1892. Barbus schlegeli STEINDACHNER, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, LIX, p. 370; Seou!, Korea. 1896. Acanthogobio giinthert GUNTHER, Ann. Mus. Zodl. St. Petersb., I, p. 215; Hui-hsien; Huang-ho; Sinin River, China. 1904. Acanthogobio oxyrhynchus NiLotsky, Ann. Mus. Zo6l. St.,Petersb., VIII, p. 358; Ussuri. 1907. Barbus labeo BerGc, Ann. Mus. Zodl. St. Peterb., XII, p. 3; Corea. 1909. Hemibarbus labeo BERG, Ichthyol. Amus., p. 75.—JORDAN & Metz, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, no. 2, 1914, p. 15; Corea. Head) 3:44 in length; depth 4.83; D. III, 6;-A.1I, 6; P..20; V. 9; width of head 2 in its length; interorbital space 3.75 in head; eye 5; snout 2.15; pectoral 1.38; ventral 1.91; forty-nine scales in the lateral line, seven scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, six scales from the latter to the middle of belly, four scales be- tween lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3, I-1, 3, 5; gill-rakers 7 ++ 10. Body elongate and compressed; head elongate, pointed, its top compressed, with many mucous cavities around the eye and below and behind the pre-operculum; snout long, pointed and produced; eyes large, superior and slightly posterior; mouth inferior, with fleshy lips, its angle not reaching the orbit; upper jaw protractile, longer than the lower; barbels two, maxillary, slender, as long as the diameter Pi; ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. of eye; nostrils together, in front of the eye, much nearer the eye than the tip of snout, anterior nostril in a short tube; interorbital space broad and flattened; gill-openings large; gill-rakers short and fleshy. Dorsal fin inserted nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, rays straight and strong, longer in front, when depressed first ray reaches beyond the others, spine straight, smooth, and long; pectorals reach three-fourths the distance to ventrals; origin of ventral behind that of dorsal, about midway between tip of snout and base of caudal; the anal entirely behind the dorsal, inserted midway between origin of ventral and base of caudal; caudal fin deeply emarginate, the tip of each lobe pointed; caudal peduncle elongate, its depth 3 in head. Scales large, of more or less uniform size, cycloid; pectoral with scaly flap, ventral flap moderate, pointed; lateral line continuous, anterior part slightly decurved. Color in formalin grayish brown above, paler below; sides and lower parts silvery, with no dark spots; dorsal and caudal fins pale gray, the rest of fins whitish. Total length 290 mm. Described from a specimen from Tamusui River, collected by T. Aoki in December, I915. Habitat: Tamusui River near Shinten and Heirinbi; Rigyokutsu, Nanto. Remarks: The present species is very closely related to Hemibarbus maculatus from China, differing from it only in color. Color of H. maculatus in alcohol (Stanford Collections No. 8414; Pei-ho, China, MEASUREMENTS OF Hemibarbus labe). sae |! eccie| | 23 es =] . Ke lg 4 Locality. 5 | a. | a < a} > 2m os 8 A < Eel oh yes | | a Gia > a Se = =| ae —_ | = | Tamusui River... .| 3.80| 4.03; Lub 7 GEE 6) 20 | 9 |2 3375 2s05\"5 7—49—-6|290 Tamusui River....|3.50}5 III, 7)III, 6, 20) 9 | 2.50] 3.40} 2.11] 4.5017-49-6'260 Rigyokutsw so... «.- 3-50| 4.33/I1I, 7\III, 6] 20] 9 2:33 4 2.25|5 |7-48-6)265 Hlemminibii ea ane 13.31/4.66lIII, 7/III, 6120| 9 |2 | 3.66| 2.42 3.87|7-48-6|128 290 mm. long; described by Jordan and Starks under the name; Hemibarbus joitent) pinkish yellow, with a longitudinal series of eight large spots above the lateral line; smaller spots irregularly placed on back and sides; dorsal and caudal with similar black spots; other fins without markings. Although faint dark spots are present in the THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 213 young specimen of Hemibarbus labeo, they are not permanent; the color of the adult is always uniformly grayish brown. Genus BARBODES Bleeker. 1860. Barbodes BLEEKER, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., XX, p. 431. (Type Barbodes belinka Bleeker.) Body strongly compressed, more or less elevated, with the profile of the back arched; head of moderate size, its length being one-fourth of the length without caudal; snout shorter than the postorbital part. Mouth subinferior, arched, without inner fold. Barbels four, two maxillary and two rostral, rather short. Scales of moderate size, about forty in the lateral line. Lateral line continuous, running along the middle of the sides. Dorsal fin with three osseous spines, the third the longest, inner border of which is coarsely serrated or smooth; with not more than nine branched rays, inserted above or a little behind the origin of the ventral. Pharyngeal teeth 4, 3, 2—2, 3, 4. Distribution: Philippine Islands; Malay Archipelago; India to South China; Formosa. 22. Barbodes paradoxus (Giinther). 1868. Barbus paradoxus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 97. Formosa. Head 4:in length»depth 3-5- D. 111, 9; A. 2,63 P. 152 V.-9: width of head 1.86 in its length; interorbital space 2.66 in head; snout 3; eye 3; pectoral 1.18; ventral 1.20; thirty-nine scales in the lateral line, six scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, six scales between the latter and the middle of the belly, three scales from lateral line to the root of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth, 4, 3, 2— 2, 3, 4; gill-rakers 4 + 9; branchiostegals 3. Body oblong, slightly compressed; abdomen rounded; head mod- erate, its top convex; snout shorter than postorbital part, obtusely pointed anteriorly, its dorsal profile rounded; mouth subinferior, arched, its angle not reaching the orbit; lips fleshy, lower lip distinct only near the angle of mouth; lower jaw shorter than the upper, its tip naked; four barbels, two maxillary and two rostral; eyes moderate, slightly superior and anterior; nostrils close together, in front of eye, the anterior in a short tube. Origin of dorsal midway between the tip of snout and base of caudal, opposite the root of ventral; inner border of third spine not serrated, its length 1.71 in head; pectorals not reaching the ventral; 214 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. ventral beneath the dorsal, not reaching the anal; anal rather short, anterior ray the longest; caudal fin emarginate, tip of each lobe pointed. Scales moderate, cycloid; lateral line nearly straight, extending along the middle of sides, very slightly decurved. Color in formalin dark gray above, lower parts of sides dusky yellow; belly whitish; sides with seven dark brown cross-bars, of which the third and fifth reach the back, the others shorter; membrane of the dorsal with a black streak between each ray; caudal fin dusky; other fins whitish. ; Total length 61 mm. The present description is from a specimen from Taiko River, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Taiko River (a single specimen, young fish). Remarks: In Giinther’s original description there is no statement about the dark cross-bars on the sides. Probably they had disap- peared, as his specimens from Formosa were adults, measuring from eight to eight and one-half inches in length. Genus CAPoETA Cuv. & Val. 1842. Capoeta Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XVI, p. 278. (Type Capoeta fundulus Cuv. & Val.) Body elongate, compressed, rather deep; head moderate; snout somewhat pointed, nearly as long as the eye. Mouth narrow, sub- inferior; upper jaw slightly overlapping the lower; barbels two, maxil- lary, slender. Scales large, about twenty-five in the lateral line. Dorsal fin with three osseous spines, the third strongly serrated behind; eight branched rays, fin inserted in advance or opposite to the origin of the ventral; anal fin rather short. Pharyngeal teeth 5, 3, 2—2, 3, 5; lateral line running along the’ middle of the sides. Distribution: Malay Archipelago, India to South China. 23. Capoeta semifasciolata (Giinther). Anbakutai (Formosa). 1868. Barbus fasciolatus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 140; China (not of page 108). 1868. Barbus semifasciolatus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 484; China (substitute for B. fasciolatus of page 140; B. fasciolatus pre-occupied). 1871. Puntius (Capoeta) giintheri BLEEKER, Mem. Cyprin. Chine, p. 9 (substitute for B. fasciolatus Giinther of page 140, l. c.). Head 3.66 in length; depth 2.8; D. III, 8; A. 2, 6; P. 13; V. 9; width of head 1.71 in its length; eye 3 in head; interorbital space 2.33; Tue FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 215 snout 3; pectoral 1.375; ventral 1.33; twenty-five scales in the latera] line; four scales in an oblique series from origin of dorsal to lateral line, two between the latter and the root of ventral, four scales between lateral line and the middle of belly; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3, 2—2, 3, 5; gill-rakers rudimentary. Body elongate, compressed, rather deep; head moderate, top more or less convex; snout short, obtusely rounded anteriorly; mouth subin- ferior, arched, its angle not reaching the orbit; lip fleshy; lower jaw slightly shorter than the upper; barbels two, maxillary, slender; eyes moderate, anterior; nostrils close together, in front of eye, the anterior in a short tube. Origin of dorsal midway between the tip of snout and base of caudal, nearly opposite that of the ventral, first spine minute, third spine strongly serrated behind, its length 1.66 in head; pectoral fin not reaching the ventral; anal short, anterior ray the longest; caudal fin emarginate, the tip of each lobe pointed. Scales rather large; base of the dorsal and anal provided with scaly sheath; ventral flap present, scaly; no pectoral flap; lateral line con- tinuous, extending along the middle of the sides, slightly decurved. Color in formalin pale gray above, paler below; belly whitish; sides with about seven short black cross-bars, none of them reaching MEASUREMENTS OF Capoeta semifasciolata. | 2 | ; | oly | - & g|¢ a lsgi-| ¢|/ 6] 2 [eg Locality. 5 a ey || at ee SS Sie pS) 2 | - | oe BI Beni wenger Ea |B2| a) "| 'a (84 PANE Ors aio aia ene eiavas 3-66] 2.80 III, 8] 2, 6| I3| 9 | 1.71| 2.33] 3-00] 3 |4-25-4| 51 UNI Orayaire Si bisl are: hte Ma. aris 3.33| 2.86|III, 8) 2, 5 | 1} || | 1.71) 2.40| 3.00|3 |4-24-4| 49 PANO ac sa aoe 13-2513 III, 8 Dr, 5! 13| 9 | 1-71 2.60 3-25| 3-25/4-24-4 48 the back or belly; a round black spot on the end of lateral line; back with numerous small black spots; a large dark spot on the top of the head; an obscure black longitudinal streak along the median dorsal line; dorsal and caudal fins dusky, the rest of fins whitish. Total length 51 mm. ’ Described from a specimen from Aké, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Ak6 (nine specimens). 216 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Genus Puntius Hamilton. 1822. Puntius HAMILTON, Fishes of the Ganges, p. 388. (Type Cyprinus puntio Hamilton.) Body oblong, rather high, slightly compressed. Mouth anterior and oblique, with no labial fold; lower lips continuous, without horny covering. Barbels none. The osseous dorsal spine of moderate strength, smooth or serrated behind, the fin inserted in advance of. or a little behind, the origin of the ventral; anal with five or six divided rays. Scales large, less than thirty in the lateral line. Lateral line continuous, extending along the middle of the tail. Pharyngeal teeth Insbhree Series, 5,.3,.2=- 250) 5- Distribution: Malay Archipelago; British India. Remarks: Dr. Bleeker restricted the present genus to include a group of fishes, the type of which is Cyprinus sophore Hamilton, but the type of the genus Puntius has no barbel, thus being distinguished from C. sophore which has four barbels. 24. Puntius snyderi sp. nov. (Plate L, Fig. 2). Anbakutai (Formosa). Head 3.58 in length; depth 3; D: IV, 9; A. 2,.6;-P) 132 V--6; width of head 1.7 in its length; eye 3 in head; interorbital space 2.66; snout 3; pectoral 1.42; ventral 1.42; twenty-four scales in the lateral line, four scales in an oblique series between origin of the dorsal and lateral line, four scales between the latter and the middle of belly, three scales between lateral line and the root of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5s 322,385 oill-rakers tej Body oblong, slightly compressed, abdomen rounded; head moder- ate, its top more or less convex, profile on the nape slightly concave; snout rather short, anterior margin obtusely rounded; mouth anterior and oblique, its angle not reaching the orbit; lower jaw slightly shorter than the upper; lips fleshy; no barbel; nostrils close together, nearer than orbit the tip of snout, the anterior nostril in a short tube; eyes moderate, slightly anterior and superior; pharyngeal teeth sharp and hooked; gill-rakers short, rudimentary. Origin of the dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, slightly behind that of the ventral, first and second spines minute, third spine about one-third as long as the fourth, which is the strongest and is serrated behind; the pectoral slender, not reaching the ventral; ventral fin inserted in front of origin of the dorsal; the anal short, THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 217 entirely behind the dorsal; caudal fin emarginate, each lobe sharply pointed. Scales rather large, cycloid; base of the dorsal fin covered: with scaly sheath; lateral line continuous, very slightly decurved, extending along the middle of the tail. Color in formalin dark gray above, paler below; sides with three black cross-bars, a black spot near the base of the caudal; above the gill-opening a short dark brown streak; a brown semilunar spot on the occiput; all the fins uniformly dusky white. Total length 77 mm. The present description is from a specimen from Rigyokutsu, Nanto, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Rigyokutsu, Nanto; Maruyama near Taihoku; Daito River. MEASUREMENTS OF Puntius snydert. [eect eet 2e| S| 2] ¢ é ee Locality. c S| A | aia] Sx alee 8 = Oy | ty | eS ee eee eee a ae | a -——— RUS VOKMESIT ca. 6s | 3-58) 3 IV, 9| 2,6] 13] 9 | 1.70, 2.66) 3 3 4 | 77 Rigyokutsu........ | 3.60] 3 | IV, 8| 2, 6| 13| 9 | 1.87) 2.66] 3.33] 3-33|32-24-4| 66 Maruyama........ \3.50| 3 | IV, 8! 2,5113| 9 |2.83\2.50/3 |3 (33-24-41 43 Daitomeiverns ce. WaerOl ian | Venus) 2.5) ra)! ona 2.60) 3.5 | 3-25/33-23-4) 48 DAitoOwRIVehers vee | 3.50) Sh IN 25 Syl ts |) ym) teckeloy 2.80 3.4 |3-4 33-23-4| 58 Daito River. .|3.50| 3 | IV, 8) 2, 5|13]| 9 | 1.83 2.60] 3.25 3.75|4-24—-45! 50 Genus SPINIBARBUS gen. nov. Body elongate, more or less compressed, abdomen rounded. Dorsal fin short, slightly in advance of the origin of ventral, with eight branched rays and three unserrated osseous spines, the third spine stronger than the others. Anal fin rather short, with five branched rays. Mouth somewhat inferior, with the margin of the lower jaw obtuse; lips without inner fold. Four barbels the maxillary much longer than the rostral. A recumbent spine in front of the dorsal, pointing forward, its basal portion hidden by the scales. Scales large; lateral line running along the middle of the tail. Gill-openings extend to below the angle of operculum. Gill-rakers short and fleshy. Phanyncealstectisa4.)2——2) 3405. Distribution: Formosa. Remarks: Although the type of the present genus agrees very well with Giinther’s Mystacoleucus (Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., VII, 1868, p. 206), it differs remarkably from it in having unserrated dorsal 218 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. spines, a less number of divided anal rays, pharyngeal teeth of 5, 3, 2— 2, 3, 5 instead of 4, 3, 2—2, 3, 4, and large scales. 25. Spinibarbus hollandi sp. nov. (Plate L, Fig. 3; Plate LI, Fig. 1). Head 3.8 in length; depth 4; D. I1f, 8; A. II, 5; P. 16; V--9; width of head 1.85 in its length; eye 7 in head; interorbital space 3, snout 3; pectoral 1.25; ventral 1.33; twenty-six scales in the lateral line, four in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, four between the latter and the middle of belly, three scales between lateral line and the root of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3, 2—2, 3, 5; gill-rakers 4 + 9. Body elongate, more or less compressed; head elongate, pointed, top compressed, tith many mucous cavities around the orbit; snout long, pointed; eyes rather small, superior and anterior; nostrils close together, in front of eye above; mouth inferior, its angle not reaching the orbit; lips fleshy, rather thin; upper jaw very slightly longer than the lower; barbels four, the rostral reaching the orbit, much slenderer and shorter than the maxillary which is nearly as long as the snout; interorbital space broad and flattened; gill-openings moderate; gill- rakers short and fleshy. Dorsal fin inserted nearer tip of snout than the base of caudal, spines smooth, not serrated, anterior dorsal ray the longest; a recum- bent spine in front of the dorsal, pointing forwards, its basal portion hidden by the scales; the pectoral reaching beyond two-thirds the distance to ventral; origin of ventral one scale behind that of the dor- sal; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, inserted midway between origin of ventral and base of caudal; caudal fin deeply forked, the tip of each lobe pointed; caudal peduncle elongate, its depth 2.5 in head. Body covered with large cycloid scales; ventral fin with scaly flaps; lateral line continuous, slightly decurved anteriorly, extending along the middle of sides. Color in formalin grayish brown above, paler below; sides and lower parts silvery; edge of the dorsal fin with a series of dark streaks, the rest of the fins dusky. Total length 340 mm. Described from a specimen from Sobun River near Tabani, col- lected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Sobun River near Tabani (four specimens). Remarks: Named for Dr. W. J. Holland, Director of the Carnegie Institute, Pittsburgh, U. S. A. Plate LI. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. XII. Recumbent spine of Spinibarbus hollandt. Gnatho pogon itjime Oshima, sp. nov. Phoxiscus kikuchii Oshima, sp. nov. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 219 MEASUREMENTS OF Spinibarbus hollanei. | lees | ay | tock | S | : | & F ; na he: a | 3 : - | =o © |e ea| wa ale gol oe bo eae | m7 a A BS | | sO e2 |e || e 22 | Sobun River......... | 3-80] 4 III, 8 bey 1SyillVa Ko) | Oligo — {hss | 7 4-26-4| 340 Solbyirel hve we a eee | 3-85] -4 |III, 8] 2,'5|16| 9 | 1.66] 2.66) 3 | 6 |4-27-4| 215 Genus GNATHOPOGON Bleeker. 1860. Gnathopogon BLEEKER, Ichth. Archipel. Indic. Prodr., II, p. 434. (Type Capoeta elongata Temminck & Schlegel.) 1872. Squalidus DyBowsk1, Verh. Zoél.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XXII, p. 215. (Type Squalidus chankenesis Dybowski.) 1896. Leucogobio GUNTHER, Ann. Ac. Sci. Petersb., p. 212. (Type Leucogobio hersensteini Giinther. ) Body elongate, compressed; abdomen not carinated. Scales of moderate size; lateral line continuous, running along the middle of the tail. Mouth anterior and oblique, with a minute maxillary barbel at the corner; both jaws with simple, narrow lips. Dorsal fin short, without spine, inserted in front of, or behind, that of the ventral. Anal fin short, with not more than six branched rays. Gill-rakers rudimentary; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3 or 2 or I—I or 3, 5, slightly hooked. Distribution: Formosa; China; Corea; Japan; Amur Provinces. 26. Gnathopogon iijime sp. nov. (Plate LI, Fig. 2). Head 3.70 in length; depth 4.85; D. 3, 7; A. 2, 6; P. 16; V.'7; width of head twice in its length; eye three times in head; interorbital space 3.6; snout 3; pectoral 1.3, thirty-three scales in the lateral line, four scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, four scales between the latter and the middle of belly; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3—3, 5; gill-rakers rudimentary; five branchiostegals. Body elongate, compressed, abdomen not carinated; head mod- erate, its top more or less convex; snout pointed anteriorly, its tip swollen, interorbital space rather flat, with bony ridge along superior margin of the orbit; mouth oblique, with very thin lips; upper jaw longer than the lower; barbels two, maxillary, minute, about half as long as the diameter of eye; eyes large, superior and slightly anterior ; nostrils close together, nearer to eye than to tip of snout. Origin of the dorsal slightly nearer the tip of snout than the base of caudal, first simple ray very short, the second about half as long as the third, anterior divided ray the longest, nearly as long as the head; 220 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. pectoral scarcely reaching the base of ventral; ventral fin opposite the dorsal, inserted beneath the first branched dorsal ray; anal entirely behind the dorsal, anterior ray the longest; caudal fin deeply emargi- nate, tip of each lobe sharply pointed; the depth of caudal peduncle 2583); Body covered with thin cycloid scales; lateral line continuous, extending along the middle of the tail, slightly decurved. Color in alcohol pale yellowish gray above, lower parts whitish; most of the scales speckled with black; top of the head rather dark; dorsal fin white, each ray with black spots; caudal fin dusky, spotted with black; other fins whitish. Total length 79 mm. Described from a specimen from Tozen River, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Tozen River (a single specimen). Remarks: Named for Prof. Isao Iijima of the Science College, Imperial University of Tokyo. This species resembles Gnathopogon coreanus (Berg)® from Corea, but has shorter barbels and thirty-three scales instead of thirty-five in the lateral line. Genus PsEuDoGoBIO Bleeker. 1863. Pseudogobio BLEEKER, Atlas Ichthyol., Cyprin., p. 29. (Type Gobio esoctnus Temminck & Schlegel.) Body elongate, rather slender and tapering behind. Head elon- gate, pointed; snout long, concave above, and slightly produced, with its tip bluntly rounded; eye small, nearer posterior edge of opercle than tip of snout; mouth small, protractile downwards, inferior, the maxillary not reaching nostrils; lips broad, fleshy, and covered with well-developed papilla; a rather short, thick maxillary barbel; teeth small, 6 or 5, 2-2, 5 or 6; interorbital space broad and concave. Intes- tine short. Peritoneum silvery. Scales moderate, cycloid, about forty-two. Origin of the dorsal nearer tip of snout than base of caudal; origin of anal far behind tip of depressed ventral; caudal emarginate; ventrals inserted well behind origin or dorsal. Lateral line almost straight or very slightly decurved and continuous. Dorsal and caudal with distinct narrow blackish cross-bands. (Jordan and Fowler.) Distribution: Formosa; China; Japan. 5 Leucogobio coreanus Berg, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), 1906, p. 394; River Sam- bau, Kyong-sang-do, Corea. Tue FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 221 27. Pseudogobio brevirostris Giinther. 1868. Pseudogobio brevirostris GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 174; Formosa. Head 4.44 inlensth; depth 5; D. 2, 7; A. 2, 6; P. 13; V. 8; width of head 1.5 in its length; eye 4 in head; interorbital space 3; snout 2; ventral 1.28; pectoral slightly longer than the head; thirty-eight scales in the lateral line, four and one-half scales in an oblique series be- tween origin of dorsal and lateral line, five scales between the latter and the middle of belly; between lateral line and the root of the ventral two scales; pharyngeal teeth 5-5; twenty-seven gill-rakers on first arch. Body elongate, not compressed, dorsal profile nearly straight, abdomen rounded; head squarish, its top flat; snout pointed anteriorly, suddenly depressed in front of the nostrils, tip slightly swollen; mouth inferior, suctorial; upper lip distinctly fringed, lower lip densely tuberculated; each jaw with a transverse, sharp horny edge; eyes moderate, superior, and a little posterior; nostrils close together, anterior nostril in a short tube; interorbital space flat; pharyngeal teeth hooked; gill-rakers quite short, set very closely. Origin of the dorsal much nearer the tip of snout than the base of caudal, in advance of that of the ventral, its longest ray nearly as long as the head; pectoral fin horizontal, extending beyond the origin of dorsal, middle rays longer; the ventral inserted beneath the middle of base of dorsal; anal fin moderate, second branched ray the longest; caudal fin emarginate, tip of each lobe obtusely pointed. Scales rather large, thin, with radiated striae and concentric rings; lateral line continuous, nearly straight, extending along the middle of the sides. Color in alcohol pale grayish brown above; lower part of sides and belly whitish, with a longitudinal black band along the lateral line, all the fins whitish, roughly speckled with brown; top of head uniformly gray. Total length 92 mm. The present description is from a specimen from Tamusui River near Shinten, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Tamusui River (four specimens). Remarks: The nearest relative of the present species is Pseudogobio sinensis® from China. It differs, however, in having fewer scales in 6 Tylognathus sinensis Kner, Novara Fisch., III, 1865, p. 354; Shanghai, China. Pseudogobio sinensis Giinther, Cat. Fish., VII, 1868, p. 175; Shanghai (after Kner). 222 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. the lateral line (36-37) and six scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line. MEASUREMENTS OF Pseudogobio brevirostris. | | } | | | a i | | | : | x me) || os | : es one] ell yo lS Locality. | Sa eased leans eee O51 2) | Bee aed bo Pei 2 Fee)? |") ee —_—. | — — — —_|— (— — Tamusui River........ | 4.44| 5 2720) eT 188 | 1.50] 3 | 2 | 4 |43-38-5] 92 Tamusul Rivets are: 3 | 5 14-64] 2, 7| 2,6] 13! 8 pre 2 Escala 43-39-5| 94 Genus PSEUDORASBORA Bleeker. 1860. Pseudorasbora BLEEKER, Act. Soc. Indo-Neerl., VI, p.97. (Type Leuciscus parvus Temminck & Schlegel.) Body elongate. Head pointed, compressed; snout bluntly pointed; eye rather large; mouth terminal, above, oblique, and mandible pro- jecting and the maxillary not reaching nostril; no barbels; teeth 5-5; interorbital space broad and flat. Inside of gill-openings with a notch below. Intestine short. Peritoneum silvery. Scales large, cycloid, and about thirty-eight in lateral line; breast scaled. Origin of dorsal nearer tip of snout than base of caudal; origin of anal begins below origin of the depressed dorsal; caudal emarginate; ventrals inserted below origin of dorsal. Lateral line slightly decurved and continuous... Breeding males with the snout and sides of the head with horny tubercles (Jordan and Fowler). Distribution: Formosa; China; Amur Province; Corea; Japan. 28. Pseudorasbora parva (Schlegel). Moroko or Haya (Japan); Chasui or Bohoe (Formosa). 1846. Leuciscus parvus SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 215, Pl. CII, Fig. 3; streams near Nagasaki. 1846. Leuciscus pusillus SCHLEGEL, l. c., p.. 216, Pl. CII, Fig. 4. 1867. Pseudorasbora parva KNER, Novara, Fisch., III, p. 355, Pl. XVII, Fig. 2; Shanghai.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, 1868, p. 186; Japan; China.— BLEEKER, Mem. Cyprin. Chine, 1871, p. 11; Shanghai; Tji-kiang.—Giin- THER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1873, p. 247; China.—IsHiKawa, Zool. Mag. Tokyo, VII, 1875, p. 128; Otsu; Maebara; Matsubara.—PETERS, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1880, p. 925; China.—JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1900, p. 344; Lake Biwa.—JoRDAN & FOWLER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1903, p. 840; Tsuchiura; Nagoya; Lake Yogo; Lake Biwa; Iwai River; Chikugo River; Yodo River.—SmituH & Pope, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, 1905, p. 461; Japan.—JorDAN & MEz7z, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, No. 2, 1913, p. 16; Suigen, Corea.—Berg. Ichthyol. Amur, p. 94; Amur Province THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 223 Head 4 in length; depth 4; D. 3, 7; A. 2, 6; P. 14; V. 8; width of head 1.78 in its length; eye 3.66 in head; interorbital space 2.5; snout 3; pectoral 1.25; ventral 1.25; thirty-eight scales in the lateral line, five scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, five scales between the latter and the middle of belly, three scales between lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5-5; gill- rakers rudimentary, merely fleshy rudiments. Body elongate, compressed; head triangular, pointed, compressed, upper surface more or less compressed, interorbital space rather broad; snout truncated in front, anterior part very slightly swollen; mouth anterior, transverse, its angle not reaching the nostril; upper lip rather thick and fleshy; lower jaw projecting, with horny anterior edge; eyes large, slightly anterior and superior; nostrils together, in front of eye above; no barbel; gill-openings moderate; peritoneum silvery. Origin of the dorsal nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, one Scale in advance of that of the ventral, first single ray minute, the second about half as long as the third, anterior divided ray the longest; pectorals elongate; but not reaching the root of the ventral; ventrals beneath the dorsal; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, its origin much MEASUREMENTS OF Pseudorasbora parva. ; yoke me ere | eas ees ye ean ; Re has Pll Cosel eure ill Socal ae é CO ears Locality. a 2 A =< | AY | > | Ss #5 3 = E bt | | eos SES ree WALSH ae Moth kerries cs 2 4 4 |3,7)2,6|14| 8 |1.77| 2.50/3 3.66|5 —38-5| 77 ARaiilayo) ‘aU peecno\ anos 4 4 3rfi (2105) 240 8) 28 225013 3.7515 —30-5| 75 Mario kiihetea eters tora 4 4 3, 7|2,6|13] 8 1-7/5 2:3313 3-50/5 —36-5| 70 Maiilevol ats opiates Ape Tame Sr W201) sea | NS M(t 777 (2-20 105 3.6615. -37—-5| 77 tathokue ere. . sh cere 5 4.28) 4 BT 2 OuvEsny! & lle s esses 3.50|\5 —37—5| 72 Marholals sera toe see Ase SSS, 7 25 0)| ai Balt. 751 23813 3.80\5 —36-5| 69 IRE To) te ai eae eangee 3-6/4 |3,7}2,6113} 8 |2 13 3 4 5 —36-5| 47 Rani piers ee oe 3-4 14 3,7|2,6/13]| 8 |2 -|3 13 3-505 —36-5| 38 RURAVOMADIESTE 5 eg an oe 4.25| 4.14| 3, 7| 2, 6} 14) 8 | 1.82) 2.50) 2.864 |5 —36-5/100 SHO eres sui e re 4.5 3.64 3,7 | 270)! 1318 | 1.64] 2:25] 3 3.80.5 —38-5| 96 Slatorol pecehe eae ale SS oe ey Whi ey Oly Ulan) atsha lll WaGyell eiies | 2} 3-66/5 —36-5! 93 NICO nee aeRO I Eee 4-29] 4.11] 3, 7] 2,6] 13] 8 | 1.80} 2.37| 2.71| 3-66/5 —35-5| 88 Shinchikts es 2.42 4. APS aS 20s 7s 2103) esi eles Peas 3.66/5 —37—-5| 88 Bokusekikaku......14 !3.6013, 7!2,6/13! 8 |1.75 2.36 2.66'4 '53—38-6| 75 nearer to that of the ventral than base of the caudal; caudal fin bifur- cate, tip of each lobe sharply pointed. Body covered with rather large cycloid scales; lateral line very slightly decurved, extending along the middle of the sides. 224 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Color in alcohol dark grayish above, sides beneath lateral line and lower surface silvery; a slaty gray lateral band along the middle of sides; most of the scales with black edges; all the fins grayish. Total length 77 mm. Described from a specimen from Taihoku, collected by Oshima in December, 1916. Habitat: The present species is very abundant in pools and rivers in Formosa. I have a number of specimens from the Tamusui River; Taihoku; Raupi, Giran; Tozen River; Nanto; Rigyokutsu, Nanto; Shinchiku; Ako; Shori, Toyen; Bokusekikaku. Remarks: The length of head and the depth of body are variable. Genus PARARASBORA Regan. 1908. Pararasbora REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), II, p. 360. (Type Pararas- bora moltrechti Regan.) Scales large, 5.5-6 scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, 2 scales between the latter and the root of ventral. Lateral line decurved, running along the lower part of the tail. Dorsal fin with seven branched rays, inserted behind the ventral; the anal entirely behind the dorsal, with seven branched rays. Mouth oblique, its angle extending to the anterior border of the orbit; lower jaw slightly shorter than the upper, with no prominence in front, upper jaw entire, with no emargination. Barbels none. Gill- rakers rudimentary. Pharyngeal teeth in two series, 4, 4—4, 4. Distribution: Formosa. 29. Pararasbora moltrechti Regan. Baahii (Formosa). 1908. Pararasbora moltrechti REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), II, p. 360; Lake Candidius, Formosa. 1909. Jordan & Richardson, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, No. 4, 1909, p. 170; Lake Candidius (after Regan.) Head 4-11 in length; depth 4; D:.3, 7; A. 2, 7: P. 14; V. 7;ewidithuen head 1.75 in its length; eye 3.25 in head; interorbital space 2.1; snout 3.25; pectoral 1.2; ventral 1.4; thirty-six scales in the lateral line, six scales in an oblique! series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, two scales between the latter and the root of ventral, four scales between lateral line and the middle of belly; pharyngeal teeth 4, 4—4, 4; gill-rakers 2 + 6, rudimentary. Body elongate, compressed; dorsal and ventral profiles equally THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 225 arched; head moderate, pointed anteriorly, upper surface more or less depressed; snout bluntly pointed, interorbital space broad and flat- tened; mouth oblique, its angle reaching beneath the anterior border of orbit; upper lip thin; lower jaw slightly shorter than the upper, with a sharp edge; five branchiostegals; nostrils close together, in front of the eye above. Origin of dorsal nearer to base of caudal than tip of snout, inserted above the space between the ventral and anal, anterior ray longest; pectoral fin not reaching the ventral, origin of ventral much in advance of that of dorsal; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, its origin nearer to that of ventral than base of caudal, its base covered with a series of scales; caudal fin emarginate, tip of each lobe obtusely pointed; caudal peduncle elongate, its depth about twice in the length of head. Body covered with rather large cycloid scales; lateral line much decurved, running along the lower half of the tail. Color in formalin dark gray above, lower parts yellowish white; top of head black; a dark brown stripe from occiput to base of the caudal above, running along the dorsal median line; side with a broad dark brown lateral band, distinct posteriorly; all the fins grayish. Total length 83 mm. The present description is drawn from a specimen from Jitsuget- sutan, collected by T. Aoki in August, 1916. Habitat: Restricted to Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius). Two specimens. MEASUREMENTS OF Pararasbora moltrechti. 5 a eee lie : ie 42) | 2 | , | Neeser || tei | | n Ss Locality. eee te} efron ah acssel esiectn oul) Wa) aS abe RUS ede | abla $ |e ral ae lcoipa| | rire itsusetsutan =... - | 4-11 4 | 3, FN De 7| TAU zi 1.75] 2eTeT |e 25] 3- 25|6—36—4| 83 Jitsugetsutan........| | 4.13] 4 | 3, aloe aa | ra] 7 | 1.88) 2. 253. 20) 4 6-35-4 Sr PHOXISCUS gen. nov. Body elongate, compressed; postventral part keeled. Head moderate, its top rather flat; snout obtusely rounded. Mouth oblique; lower jaw slightly longer than the upper; lips thin, normal. Barbels none. Teeth hooked, in double series, 5, 3—4, 4. Lateral line incomplete, visible only in the anterior part of the body. Scales large, about thirty in a lateral series. Dorsal fin short, without osseous spine, inserted behind the origin of the ventral; anal fin of moderate TO DEC wl 7,51 Q1O. : 226 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. length, with seven branched rays, not extending forwards to below the dorsal. Distribution: Formosa. Remarks: The present genus is closely related to Hemitremia Cope. It differs, however, in having three and four teeth in the second row, instead of two as in the latter, as also in the carinate belly. 30. Phoxiscus kikuchii sp. nov. (Plate LI, Fig. 3). Head 3.5 in length; depth 3.5;-D. 2, 7; A. 2, 7; P. 13: V. 7wadien of head 1.7 snout 3; pectoral 1.5; ventral 3.75; thirty scales in a lateral series, 5 in its length; eye four in head; interorbital space 2.33; five scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, six scales between the latter and the middle of belly, two scales be- tween lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3—4, 4; gill-rakers 2 + 5. Body elongate, compressed, postventral part weakly keeled; head moderate, its top rather flat; snout obtusely rounded anteriorly, interorbital space broad, more or less convex; mouth oblique, with thin lips; lower jaw slightly longer than the upper; no barbel; maxil- lary scarcely reaching a vertical through anterior border of orbit; eye moderate, superior and anterior; nostrils close together, the anterior in a short tube; pharyngeal teeth slender and hooked; gill-rakers on the first arch short and separated. Dorsal fin short, nearer the base of caudal than the tip of snout, anterior ray the longest, its height 1.4 in length of head; pectoral fin not reaching the ventral, with a small fleshy flap; the ventral inserted in front of the origin of dorsal, rather slender; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, rather short, anterior ray the longest, its height 1.66 in head; caudal fin emarginate, tip of each lobe pointed. Body covered with large imbricated scales; lateral line incomplete, decurved, reaching posterior third of the ventral. Color in alcohol brownish gray above, lower parts yellowish; top of head and dorsal median line purplish; sides with a bluish gray longitudinal band; all the fins uniformly cream-colored. Total length 60 mm. Described from a specimen from Bokusekikaku, collected by Yone- taro Kikuchi of the Taihoku Museum. Habitat: Bokusekikaku (a single specimen). . Remarks: Named for Yonetaro Kikuchi, collector of the Taihoku Museum. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 227 Genus DistacHopOoN Peters. 1880. Distechodon PETERS, Monatsb. KG6nigl. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 924. (Type Distechodon tumirostris Peters.) Scales large; lateral line decurved, running along the middle of the tail. Dorsal fin short, with seven branched rays and two smooth spines, opposite the ventral. Anal fin of moderate length, with nine branched rays, not extending forwards to below the dorsal. Abdomen not carinated. Snout swollen, produced anteriorly, tip of its skin overlapping the upper lip. Mouth subinferior, transverse. Upper lip with a transverse inner fold; anterior border of the lower jaw rather sharp. Barbels none. Géill-rakers setiform, set very closely; pharyn- geal teeth 7, 3—3, 7, compressed, with grinding surface. Distribution: China; Formosa. 31. Distcechodon tumirostris Peters. Gonhii (Formosa). 1880. Distechodon tumirostris Peters, Monatsb. Koénigl. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 925; Ningpo, China. Head 4.64 in length; depth 3.92; D. II, 7; A. 3, 9; P. 17; V. 9; width of head 1.80 in its length; eye four in head; interorbital space 2.5; snout 3; pectoral 1.28; ventral 1.5; seventy-two scales in the lateral line, thirteen scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, ten scales between the latter and the middle of belly, six scales between lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 7, 3—3, 7; gill-rakers on ‘the first arch’75. Body elongate, compressed, dorsal profile slightly depressed at the occiput, abdomen rounded, not carinated; head rather small, triangular, its top more or less convex, profile on the nape concave; interorbital space broad, rather flat; snout obtusely rounded anteriorly, the tip swollen, the end of its skin overlapping the upper lip; no barbel; mouth subinferior, transverse; upper lip fleshy, not fringed, with a thin inner fold, lower jaw nearly as long as the upper, with a sharp anterior edge, lower lip not continuous; a deep oblique fissure, crossing the angle of mouth and extending downwards and backwards to the vertical from the nostril; eye large, anterior; nostrils close together, in front of eye above; pharyngeal teeth on the outer row very strong, with grinding surface and sharply pointed tip, strongly compressed laterally, those on the inner row exceedingly small and slender, with grinding surface; gill-rakers minute, setiform, set very closely. 228 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, armed with two strong osseous smooth spines, opposite the ventral; pectorals reaching midway of the distance to origin of ventral, with a fleshy flap; ventral rather slender, with a scaly flap; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, short, anterior ray the longest; caudal fin bifurcate, tip of each lobe pointed; caudal peduncle rather long, its depth 2.25 in length of head. Body covered with uniform cycloid scales; lateral line slightly decurved, extending along the middle of the tail. Color in formalin uniform dark gray above, paler below; lower parts silvery; pectoral, dorsal, and caudal fins dusky, other fins whitish. Total length 230 mm. Described from a specimen from Giran. Habitat: Taihasho, Giran. (Two specimens). Genus ISCHIKAUIA Jordan & Snyder. 1901. Ischikauia JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 346. (Type Opsartichthus sleenackeri Sauvage.) Body compressed; caudal peduncle deep. Mouth oblique; lower jaw slightly projecting; maxillary freely protractile, not extending to edge of orbit; no barbels. Teeth, all slightly hooked, with a narrow grinding surface; in three rows; three or four on first, or outer row, five on second, two on third, or inner row. Pseudobranchiz present. Gill-rakers on first arch 13 + 4; low, pointed. Alimentary canal twice as long as body. Air bladder in two divisions, extending pos- teriorly to vent. Peritoneum with black pigment. Scales of moder- ate size, about sixty-five in lateral line; thirteen from lateral line to insertion of dorsal. Lateral line sharply decurved anteriorly, gradu- ally curving upward and extending posteriorly along middle of caudal peduncle. Dorsal inserted a little behind origin of ventrals, composed of nine rays; first ray short, and closely adnate to the next; second ray, spine-like, strong; the other rays branched. Seventeen anal rays; the first two spine-like, weak. Caudal forked, the tips sharp. Pec- torals pointed. (Jordan & Snyder.) Distribution: Formosa; Indo-China; Japan. 32. Ischikauia macrolepis Regan. 1908. Ischikauia macrolepis REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), I, p. 150; Kagi, Formosa. * Depth of body 3.33 in the length, length of head 4. Snout a little shorter than eye, the diameter of which is 3.25 to 3.50 in the length THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 229 of head and less than the interorbital width. Mouth oblique. Dorsal rays ten, seven branched, its origin behind the ventrals and nearer to the base of caudal than to the end of snout. Anal rays sixteen to seventeen, thirteen or fourteen branched. Pectoral extending to the ventrals. Thirty-eight to forty scales in a longitudinal series, seven or eight in a transverse series from origin of dorsal to lateral line, three between lateral line and base of ventral. Three small specimens, the largest 60 mm. in total length, from Kagi, Formosa, collected by Herr Sauter. This species is very similar to the Japanese J. steenackert (Sauvage), which, however, has much smaller scales. (Regan.) Habitat: Kagi. (Regan.) Remarks: Not seen. Genus CTENOPHARYNGODON Steindachner. 1866. Clenopharyngodon STEINDACHNER, Verh. Zo6l.-Bot. Ges. Wien, p. 782. (Type Leuciscus idella Cuv. & Val.) Body oblong. Scales of moderate size; lateral line complete, running nearly into the middle of the side of tail. Dorsal fin short, without spine, opposite the ventral, anal fin short. Mouth of moder- ate width, anterior, with upper jaw somewhat longer. Both jaws with simple lips, the lower distinct at the angle of the mouth only. Upper jaw slightly protractile. Barbels none. Gill-rakers rather short, lanceolate, rather widely set. Pseudobranchie present. The attachment of the branchial membrane to the isthmus takes place behind a vertical from the orbit. Pharyngeal teeth 5, 2—2, 5, those of the outer series very strong, strongly compressed, with the outer layer deeply folded. (Giinther.) Distribution: Formosa; China; Amur Province. 33. Ctenopharyngodon idellus (Cuv. & Val.). Tsauhii (Formosa). 1844. Leuciscus idella Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XVII, p. 362.—RICHARD- son, Ichthyol. China, 1846, p. 297; Canton.—BLEEKER, Mem. Cyprin. Chine., 1871, p. 47; Canton; Yang-tze-kiang. 1855. Leuciscus tschiliensis BASILEWSKY, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc., X, p. 233; Northern China. 1866. Ctenopharyngodon laticeps STEINDACHNER, Verh. Zo6l.-Bot. Ges. Wien, p. 782, Taf. XVIII, Figs. 1-5; Hongkong. 1868. Ctlenopharyngodon idellus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. VII, p. 261, China.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1873, Shanghai.—PETERS, Monatsb. KGnigl. Ak, 230 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Berlin, 1880, p. 926; China.—JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1903, p. 322; Taihoku, Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, 1909, No. 4, p. 169; Formosa.—BeErG, Ichthyol. Amur., 1909, p. 120; Amur. Head 4.09 in length; depth 3.4; D. 3, 7; A. 3, 7; P. 18; V. 9; width of head 1.33 in its length, eye 6 in head; interorbital space 1.8; snout 2.5; pectoral 1.33; ventral 1.71; forty scales in the lateral line, seven scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, five scales between the latter and the root of ventral, eight between lateral line and the middle of belly; pharyngeal teeth 5, 2—2, 5; gill- rakers 6 + 10. Body stout, dorsal and ventral profiles about equally arched, tail compressed, head small, flattened; snout broad and short, anterior margin obtusely rounded; mouth subinferior, its angle reaching a vertical through anterior border of the anterior nostril; upper jaw somewhat longer than the lower; upper lip rather thin, thicker in front; lower lip distinct at the angle of the mouth only; eyes moderate, superior and anterior; interorbital space very broad; nostrils together, jn front of eye above; gill-membranes united, scarcely reaching to isthmus behind a vertical through the anterior border of orbit; gill- rakers long and slender, widely set; pharyngeal teeth of the outer row strong, laterally compressed, apical half comb-shaped, with a series of folds on both sides; those of the inner row very small, laterally com- pressed, the apical part comb-shaped. Origin of dorsal slightly nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, anterior rays longer, pectorals reaching beyond half or the distance to ventrals; ventral rather small, inserted one scale behind the origin of dorsal; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal; its origin nearer to base of caudal than that of the ventral. . Body covered with large scales with radiating striz and concentric rings; lateral line continuous, slightly decurved, extending along the middle of the sides. Color in formalin uniformly gray above, paler below; lower parts and ventral fins whitish; upper surface of the pectoral dusky; other fins pale gray. Total length 360 mm. Described from a specimen from Shori, Toyen. Habitat: Bred in ponds throughout the island. Remarks: The present species is one of the important fresh-water THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 231 food-fishes among the Chinese people, though it is not a native of the Island. Every year larve of this fish are imported from Southern China and are bred artificially by Chinese farmers. Genus ACHEILOGNATHUS Bleeker. 1860. Acheilognathus BLEEKER, Ichth. Archipel. Indic. Prodr., II, p. 228. (Type Acheilognathus melanogaster Bleeker.) Body more or less deep and compressed; head short; eye more or less large; snout rather short and blunt; mouth small, the maxillary not reaching the eye; maxillaries each with a barbel; teeth 5-5, smooth, with a narrow grinding surface; interorbital space rather broad. Intestine long. Peritoneum black. Scales large, some of those on the sides imbricated, 36-39. Origin of the dorsal about midway in the length of the body without caudal, base of fin moder- ate, with eight to ten developed rays; caudal deeply emarginate; ventrals generally inserted a little before origin of dorsal. Lateral line slightly decurved, and continuous. .(Jordan and Fowler.) Distribution: Formosa; China; Corea; Amur Province; Japan. 34. Acheilognathus himantegus Giinther. 1868. Acheilognathus himantegus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 277; Formosa. Head 4.58 in length; depth 2.89; D. 2, 8; A. 2, 11; P. 12; V. 7; width of head 1.66 in its length; eye 2.66 in head; interorbital space 2; snout 3; pectoral 1.2; ventral 1.33; thirty-four scales in the lateral line, six scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, four scales between the latter and the middle of belly, three scales between lateral line and the root of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5-5; gill-rakers 3 + 9. Body compressed, rather deep; head small, its top convex, with a median horny ridge; snout short, obtusely rounded anteriorly, its tip with a bony prominence, tip of its skin overlapping the upper lip; interorbital space broad, interspace between nostrils swollen; mouth subinferior and oblique, its angle reaching the nostrils below; lips thin; lower jaw slightly shorter than the upper; two maxillary barbels; eyes moderate, slightly anterior and superior; nostrils close together, in front of eye above. Origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, much behind that of the ventral, anterior rays longer; pectoral fin not reaching the ventral; ventral slender, scarcely reaching the root of anal; anal fin inserted below the middle of dorsal, elongate, its origin Tapas ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. nearer to base of pectoral than the base of caudal; caudal fin emar- ginate, the tip of each lobe sharply pointed; caudal peduncle rather long, its depth 1.6 in length of head. Scales moderate, with a black marking at the tip; lateral line strongly decurved on the trunk, extending along the lower part of the tail. Color dark gray above, paler below; lower part of the sides sky-green ; a short yellow lateral band on the nape; a black lateral band runs along the middle of the tail, terminating in a black band-like spot between the middle caudal rays; interspace between each dorsal ray with a black streak; dorsal and anal fins pinkish, the other fins dusky; no black spot on the shoulder. Total length 67 mm. The present description is from a specimen from Taihoku, col- lected by Oshima in September, 1916. Habitat: Taihoku; Wodensho, Taichu; Shimotamusui River. Remarks: The nearest relative of the present species is Achezlog- nathus cyanostigma Jordan & Fowler? from Japan. It differs from A. himantegus in having shorter barbel, smaller number of anal rays, and thirty-nine scales instead of thirty-four in lateral line. MEASUREMENTS OF Acheilognathus himantegus. | al ax | z Ticeet: 3/2 Cc aa) lee see g| ¢ & Se ocality. x 2 | 35 & ea 3 Kia SEGAS ed = | Lira aihokiteee seen. 4.58| 2.89] 2, 8| 2, aa 12| 7 |1.66/2 |3 | 2.66 6-34-4| 67 Pailho ke aes ns eis A:33)\2.74| 2, 8) 2, 15/12) 7 \\t.7E/2-06| 3 | 2.06:0-=34 Aon Tadhokuee sree: eet 4.58) 2-84) 2/8) 2) rail 12 |) 77 t)2.1 01/3 13 |6-34-4| 67 AAU OK Ue, orcs «ee ce ores VArAS N27 2) 2)08) || 2eeta eral inl ae rene 3.33| 2.66 6-34—4| 62 Maihoktiy soe e| 4.27| 2.87| 2, 8| 2,10) 12| 7 |1.71|2.40/3 |3 |6-33-41 58 sath okiieasaeek wees 4.5513 282, Tue) le7" r.8o} 2.25) 3 2 6-34-4| 53 Shimotamusui River. 4.30] 2.58] 2, 8] 2,11] 12| 7 | 1.83 2.20) 3 3 6-34-4| 57 Shimotamusui River. 4.20] 3 2S) eer Trai 7) ir Seals | 2 6-34-—4| 53 Shimotamusui River. 4 2 2, 8) 2, 11] 12| 7 | 1.75)2-50/3 13 6-34-4| 35 Wodenshox = s.5-.5- 4 13 2.78). 2) TI EQN 7 Wet.60, 22333 3 6-34—4! 39 Genus RHODEUS Agassiz. 1835. Rhodeus AGassiz, Mem. Soc. Hist. Neuchat., I, p. 37. (Type Cyprinus amarus Bloch.) Scales of moderate size; lateral line incomplete, only on the anterior part of the trunk. Dorsal fin with from nine to twelve branched rays, 7 Acheilognathus cyanostigma Jordan & Fowler, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, 1903, p. 820; Lake Biwa; Lake Yogo. Tue FrEsH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 233 extending from the ventrals to beyond the origin of the anal. Anal fin rather elongate, with about twelve rays. Mouth subinferior, small; arched; lower jaw without labial fold. Barbels none. Gill- rakers very short; pseudobranchie. Pharyngeal teeth 5-5, com- pressed, not denticulated, the bevelled surface with a simple groove. Male, during the spawning season, with tubercles on the snout, and the female with a long external urogenital tube. (Giinther). Distribution: Europe; Caucasus; China; Formosa; Basin of Amur; Corea; Japan. 35. Rhodeus ocellatus (Kner). 1859. Pseudoperilampus (?) ocellatus KNER, Novara, Fisch., III, p. 365, Taf. 15, Fig. 6; Shanghai. 1868. Rhodeus ocellatus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 280; China.—BLEEKER, ‘Mem. Cyprin. Chine., 1871, p. 34, Pl. VI, Fig. 3; Yang-tze-kiang.—_GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1873, p. 249; Shanghai.—JORDAN & SEALE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X XIX, 1905, p. 518; Shanghai.—JORDAN & METz, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, 1913, p. 20; Suigen, Corea. Mead sai23" inilength;»depth 2:28) Die2) 12-9. (2, 13-4: Vo: width of head 2 in its length; eye 3 in head; interorbital space 2.5 ; snout 3; pectoral 1.25; ventral 1.33; thirty-four scales in a longitudinal series, thirteen scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and the middle of belly; pharyngeal teeth 5-5; gill-rakers 2 + 10. Body much compressed, deep and rhomboidal; head small, its dorsal profile slightly concave above the eyes; snout as long as the diameter of eye, tip obtusely rounded, with a bony oval swelling, which is provided with a number of minute tubercles, more or less over- lapping the upper lip; interorbital space broad, rather flat; mouth subinferior, rather transverse, its angle reaching the anterior border of nostril below; lower jaw slightly shorter than the upper; no barbel; nostrils close together, approximated to eyes, posterior nostril widely opened; pharyngeal teeth compressed, the sides not serrated, with a grinding surface. Dorsal fin elongate, its origin nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, inserted behind the origin of ventral, base of the fin one and one-third times as long as the head; pectoral fin reaching to within a short dis- tance to ventral; the ventral slender, scarcely reaching the origin of anal; anal fin elongate, inserted beneath the middle of the base of dorsal, anterior ray longest; caudal fin deeply emarginate, the tip of each lobe pointed. 234 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Scales moderate, imbricated; lateral line incomplete, visible only on four or five scales near gill-openings. Color dark gray above, paler below; lower parts of the sides bluish anteriorly; scales on the back and sides with black edges; a black lateral band runs along the middle of the posterior half of the side, commencing near the origin of the dorsal below; a black spot above the gill-opening and a dusky cross-bar on the shoulder; dorsal and caudal fins dusky, the pectoral and ventral whitish, anal fin pinkish. Total length 68 mm. Described from a specimen from Taihoku, collected by Oshima in September, 1916. Habitat: Abundant in the ponds and rivulets near Taihoku. My specimens came from Taihoku and Nanto. MEASUREMENTS OF Rhodeus ocellatus. aig PALE) | al oedlee eee Locality. v a) ... .. 4 |4.35\I1, 7/3,9|13/9'|3 |3 '|3 #£«2|8-44—4) Not to V. 92 Taihoku | | | | (Type Z. evolans) .|4.22)3.42\II, 7/3, 9|15| 9 |3 3. +©|3-33|/8-44-4|) Beyond V. 98 Tsuchiura | | | | (So INGE FRO) 5 os ot 4 |3-8ojII, 7/3,9|15/9|3 |3 |4 |8-44-4| Reaching V /135 Tsuchiura | | | (S. No. 7340)...../4.30/3-64|II, 7/3,9|t5|9|3 13 |4.50|8-44-4| Reaching V.|150 Tsuchiura Woe | ee ie | (S. No. 7340)... ../4.24/4.50/II, 7/3.9/15|9'3 |3 |3-66|8—-44-4| Not to V. |148 Lake Biwa | | | | | } | KSaelNO222023)) pee 4.75 I, 7|3, 9/15 9/3. 13 |4 |8-44-4) Not to V. I12 Lake Biwa | | | (S. No. 22623)....|4.50|/5 |II, 7/3,9|15|9|3 |3 |4 |8-44-4| Not to V. 138 Lake Biwa | | | (S. No. 22623)....!4 14.71/11, 7/3, 9!15| 9 '13.25'3.2514 '8—a42-4| Not to V. |120 of eye; lower part of pre-operculum, sides of the snout, and outer part of the lower jaw with a number of round tubercles. Origin of the dorsal nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, opposite 238 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. the ventral, the fin very high, rays longer than the head; pectoral fins elongate, reaching to the root of anal; anal fin very large, its rays nearly twice as long as head; caudal fin deeply bifurcate, the tip of each lobe pointed. Scales thin and cycloid; lateral line decurved, low, extending along the lower half of the tail. Color in alcohol brownish gray above, silvery; sides with about eleven dark cross-bars; membrane of dorsal and anal fins with a series of dark streaks; other fins pale. Total length 98 mm. 37. Zacco temmincki (Schlegel). Chopien (Formosa). 1846. Leuciscus temminckii SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 210, Pl. CI, Fig. 4; Nagasaki. 1868. Opsariichthys temminckii GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 295; Japan.—IsHI- KAWA, Zodl. Mag. Tokyo, 1895, p. 121; Hikone; Matsubara. 1901. Barilius temminckii JORDAN & SNYDER, Check-list, Fish. Japan, p. 47; Lake Biwa. 1903. Zacco temminckii JORDAN & FOWLER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XVI, p. 852; Kawatana; Mogi River.—SNyYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLII, 1912, p. 404; Yamaguchi.—JORDAN & Metz, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, no. 2, 1913, p. 21; Fusan; Pung-tung, Corea.. 1901. Opsariichthys acanthogenys BOULENGER, Proc. Zo6dl. Soc. London, p. 269; Ningpo. 1903. Zacco pachycephalus JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, p. 322; Taihoku, Suwata, Formosa (not of Giinther). Head 4 in length; depth 4.5; D. II, 7; A. 3, 9; P. 15; V. 9; width of head 2 in its length; eye 4 in head; interorbital space 2.75; snout 3; ventral 1.5; pectoral as long as head; fifty scales in the lateral line, nine scales in an oblique series between origin of the dorsal and lateral line, six scales between the latter and the middle of belly, three scales between lateral line and the root of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth 4, 4, 1-1, 4, 5; gill-rakers 3 4-7: Body elongate, compressed, deeper anteriorly, postventral edge rather sharp, but not carinated; head moderate, its top more or less convex; snout bluntly pointed anteriorly; mouth oblique, its angle reaching beyond the anterior border of orbit; upper jaw normal, lower jaw not protruding; eyes superior and anterior; nostrils close together, in front of eye; sides of snout, cheeks, and lower jaws with a number of tubercles. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 239 Origin of dorsal at a point midway beween tip of snout and base of caudal, slightly behind that of ventral, fin short and high, its ray not exceeding the length of head; pectoral elongate, scarcely reaching the root of ventral; ventral fins reaching the origin of anal; anal fin rather long, its middle rays considerably elongate, when depressed reaching beyond the root of caudal, furnished with horny tubercles; caudal fin forked, rather long; depth of caudal peduncle 2.5 in length of head. Scales thin and cycloid; lateral line strongly decurved, extending along lower half of the tail. ; Color in formalin dark gray above, paler below; belly and lower part of sides silvery; sides with ten black cross-bars and two irregular MEASUREMENTS OF Zacco temminkii. iL lit = = = 5 cs) a me ad = ocality,. [oy [o) ° ce) : Ee a lel see an lve lee 3 |82| % e} a 2 ee ee a ee a PAK OMe reefers oe ores 3 4 4.50/11, 7/3,9|15|9|2.7513 |4 |4,4,I—| 9-50-6| 3 | 96 I, 4, 5 POMP re oa ae cee 3-80|3.80)II, 7/3, 9/14] 9 |3 3. |3-75/4, 3, I—|10-49-6| 3 | o2 I, 4, 5 Tamusui River.. ./3.30/4.25/II, 7/3» 9 16] 9 |3 3-18/4.50]4, 4, I—|1I-53-6] 2 |125 I,4.4 Giran Rivers a. 3-87/3.31/II, 7/3, 9/15] 9 |2.66/3 {5 |4,4,I—|10-52-6| 3 |145 I, 4, 5 Eleigia lee seer 3-33/3-88)II, 7/3,9]/15}913 13 |4.50].......|10-49-6] 3 |117 ImZaTpOMoccei sa Ay 3.7 770) 5510.13 2 4 sees v2 (LOS r—Oll 3) | TO8 Imzanpors.s¢ .. 2: 3-60}4. II, 7/3, 9]15| 9 |3 3 5 10-49-6| 3 |130 MRENSOMPI os <<) 05, « 3250/4060 LI5713,,O|ESIOl|S-25|3-2514-33nn ance - 10—-49-6| 3 |IIO ILWOl eters ecanss 3-72|4.14/II, 7/3, 9/15] 9 13 3 Asp 5\e ee «| TO-AO—O| 35 iro ShimotamusuiR..|4 |4 II, 7/3, 9|15| 9 |3 2 3-5 |4,4, I—|10—-49-6| 3 86 1,4,5 ShimotamusuiR .}4 /3.89/II, 7/3, 9 15] 9 |2.75|3-33|3-66|4, 4, I—| 9-52-6| 3 | 80 | 1,4, 5 Sobun River..... 3-82/4 II, 7/3,9/15}8/3 13 |4 |4,4,1—|10-49-6|] 3 | 97 {dirs Rigyokutsu...... Bw 3-75 II, 7|3>9|15|9|/3 |3-25|4 4,4, I—|10-49-6] 3 |100 iat | 245 | Lakusui River. . .|3.33/4 |II, 7/3,9|15}9|3 |3 |4 |4,4,1—/10-51-6| 3 |100 | | 1,4, 4 -Lakusui River. . ./3.31/4 _|II, 7/3, 9/15] 9 |3.25/3 4 peas II-50-6, 3 89 Taihoku (Z. pachycephalus) St22320(7/720)ie|8-00|\40 Li v7iznQin5|Ouse ia \|4s50le4. 0. 10-50-6| 3 Suwata | | (Z. pachycephalus) | | S. 12076 (7720) . .|3.60]3.75/II, 7/3» 9,15] 9 3.25.3 Aa Wines sate = 10-48-6| 3 240 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. dark spots on the tail; nape just behind the gill-opening dark; dorsal fin with a series of black streaks; dorsal, anal, and caudal fins dusky; other fins whitish. Total length 96 mm. Described from a specimen from Ako, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: One of the most abundant of the Formosan Cyprinide. My specimens came from Tamusui River; Daiko River; Daito River; Shinchiku; Dakusui River; Rigyokutsu, Nanto; Sobun River; Shimo- tamusui River; Ako; Heirinbi; Inzanpo; Tensonpi; Suwo; Giran. Remarks: Jordan and Evermann described a species of the genus Zacco from Suwata and Taihoku, Formosa, under the name Zacco pachycephalus (Giinther) (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X XV, 1903, p. 322). As shown in the following table, the two specimens which are contained in the Stanford collections have ten scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line, three scales between the latter and the root of ventral, and forty-eight to fifty scales in lateral line, instead of 12-55—4 as in the type of Giinther’s Z. (Opsariichthys) pachycephalus. Moreover, the other characters of these two specimens agree quite well with those of Zacco temmincki. It is reasonable, therefore, to transfer Jordan & Evermann’s Zacco pachycephalus to the present species. 38. Zacco pachycephalus Giinther. 1868. Opsariichthys pachycephalus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 297; Formosa. Head 3.63 in length; depth 4; D. II, 8;.A. 3, 9; P. 14; V. 9; widthior head 2 in its length; eye 3.6 in head; interorbital space 3.14; snout 3; pectoral 1.22; ventral 1.66; fifty-three scales in the lateral line, twelve scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, nine scales between the latter and the middle of belly, four scales between lateral line and the root of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5, 3) (ly. 3, 4; elll-rakers,2>-,-3. Body oblong, compressed; head moderate, its top more or less flattened, cheek with traces of tubercles; snout pointed anteriorly, its dorsal profile curved; mouth oblique, its angle extending beyond the vertical through the anterior margin of the orbit; lower jaw very slightly shorter than the upper; eye superior; nostrils close together, supra-lateral, in front of the eye. Origin of dorsal at a point midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, opposite to that of the ventral; pectoral fin not extending to THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 241 the root of ventral; ventral reaching vent; four anterior branched rays of the anal elongate, reaching beyond the root of caudal; caudal fin deeply emarginate, tip of each lobe pointed. Scales minute, thin; lateral line decurved, extending along the lower half of the tail. ‘Color in formalin dark gray above, lower half of the sides and belly silvery; sides with about twelve indistinct dark cross-bars; a black longitudinal streak runs along the middle of the tail; membrane of the dorsal with a series of dark streaks; dorsal and caudal fins dusky, other fins whitish. Total length 102 mm. The present description is from a specimen from the Tamusui River near Shinten, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Tamusui River (a single specimen). Genus Metzia Jordan & Thompson. 1914. Metzia JORDAN & THOMPSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, no. 4, p. 227. (Type Acheilognathus mesembrinum Jordan & Evermann.) Body short, deep, very greatly compressed; head small and pointed; mouth moderate, somewhat oblique; the jaws subequal, maxillary reaching anterior edge of orbit; pharyngeal teeth in three rows, 4, 4, 2—2, 4, 4, with brown tip. Scales large and well imbricated; lateral line complete, decurved. Origin of the dorsal slightly nearer tip of snout than tip of caudal fin, anal inserted behind last dorsal ray; ventrals and pectorals moderate, the latter falcate; caudal fin lunate. Peritoneum black; intestine elongate. No barbel. Distribution: Botel Tobago Island (Near Formosa). 39. Metzia mesembrina (Jordan & Evermann). 1903. Achetlognathus mesembrinum JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXV, p. 323; Kotosho, Formosa. Headeavinglengihn-deptn 3.087 Dn a7. A. 3) ta) Pe sev. 8s width of head 2 in its length; eye 3.6 in head, interorbital space 2.57; snout 3.6; thirty-six scales in the lateral line, eight scales in an oblique series between origin or dorsal and lateral line, five scales between the latter and the middle of belly, three scales between lateral line and the root of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth 4, 4, 2—2, 4, 4. Body deep, very greatly compressed; head small and pointed; snout short, truncated in front; mouth oblique, its angle reaching beyond the anterior border of orbit; the jaws subequal, with thin lips; 7 IIe, iS), IO): 242 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. eyes large, anterior; nostrils superior, close together, in front of eye above; tip of the pharyngeal teeth brown. Origin of the dorsal much nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, inserted opposite the interspace between the ventral and anal, the fin short and high, its anterior ray slightly shorter than the head; pectoral fin reaching the ventral; ventral inserted much in advance of the dorsal, not reaching the vent; the anal elongate, entirely behind the dorsal, its base oblique, free edge somewhat concave, anterior ray the longest; caudal fin emarginate, the tip of each lobe pointed; caudal peduncle rather short, its depth 2.33 in length of head. Scales large, well imbricated; lateral line decurved, extending along the lower half of tail. Color in alcohol grayish above; belly and lower part of sides silvery, with no markings; all the fins whitish. Total length 84 mm. Described from a specimen from Kotosho (Botel Tobago Island) , collected by T. Tada. (Cotype; No. 7151, Stanford collections). Habitat: Botel Tobago Island (Kotosho). ; MEASUREMENTS OF Metzia mesembrina. | ee eran | ee es) | lo| Sol = | Clic: Locality. 3 fa < | A, | > ls x os) 8 > fa ae ; A |) | eel a) he eae Kotosho (Type; | | | | | Sas Noy 738i |2.8 |8 5 9 |g eee eae 5.50 8- 38-5| 83 Kotosho (Cotype; | | | | SUE Nom 7S) eee Be 2 se Tal Barts aes || | 2 285 3.80] 3.40/7-36-5| 90 Kotosho (Cotype; SHULeNOs 7E5 tia. eerie 3-18] 2, 7] 3,14| 15 le 8 | mle : 3.60] 3.60/8—36—5| 84 Genus CANpDIDIA Jordan & Richardson. 1909. Candidia JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, No. 4, p. 169. (Type Opsariichthys barbatus Regan.) Body covered with small scales. Lateral line slightly decurved, running along the lower part of the tail. Dorsal fin short, with seven branched rays, inserted opposite the root of ventrals, midway between tip of snout and base of caudal. Anal fin with nine branched rays. Barbels two, minute, maxillary. The angle of mouth extends beyond anterior margin of orbit. Gill-rakers very short, conical. Pharyngeal feeth 545) ly Anh. Distribution: Formosa. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF FORMOSA. 243 40. Candidia barbata (Regan). Koeko or Gogahii (Formosa). 1908. Opsariichthys barbatus REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), II, p. 359; Lake Candidius, Formosa. 1909. Candidia barbata JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, p. 169; Lake Candidius (after Regan). Head 3.6 in length; depth 3.66; D. 3, 77 BOE. hs) Vici 4 WIG thot head 2 in its length; snout 3 in head; interorbital space 2.7; eye 5; pectoral 1.5; ventral 1.75; fifty-six scales in the lateral line, three between the latter and the root of ventral, eight between lateral line and middle of belly; gill-rakers 3 + 8; pharyngeal teeth 5, 4, I—1, 4, 5. Body elongate, compressed, curvature of the dorsal profile equal to that of the ventral; head rather long, lower parts of operculum and suborbicular parts with a number of tubercles; snout truncated in front, partially covering the upper lip, its sides provided with conical tubercles, of which the anterior ones are larger; a notch in front of eye; mouth oblique, extending beyond the anterior border of orbit; upper lip thicker than the lower, the proximal half of which is provided with a series of large conical tubercles; upper jaw slightly protruding; two very short maxillary barbels; eyes anterior and superior; nostrils close together, superior, in front of eye. Origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, inserted above the origin of ventral, anterior rays longer; pectorals not reaching ventrals; anal entirely behind the dorsal, middle rays pro- longed, each ray with traces of tubercles; caudal fin forked, each lobe sharply pointed; depth of caudal peduncle 2.33 in head. Body covered with small scales; lateral line continuous, slightly decurved, extending along the lower part of the tail. Color in formalin yellowish gray above, paler below, belly whitish; basal two-thirds of the membrane of the dorsal black; caudal fin gray- ish; the rest of the fin dusky white, with faint black mottlings; a black longitudinal band from the nape to the base of caudal. Total length 120 mm. Described from a specimen from Jitsugetsutan, collected by T. Aoki in August, 1916. Habitat: Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius); Shito, Giran. Remarks: The tubercles on the head and anal fin are very distinct in male specimens, while the anal of the female is nearly smooth. Lower parts of caudal peduncle of male sometimes tuberculated. 244 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. MEASUREMENTS OF Candidia barbata. G4 | 3 | | Nee Be] @ ee Locality. 5 =| ale|3ss 3 s 3 x 3 Reps , Z| a | lis [BAF | & El anaes Jitsugetsutan...... | 3.60 3.66 3,7 Sn Ounts | O) 2 2.70, 3 | 5 |r2—56—-8/120 Jitsugetsutan...... 3:48| 3.73] 3. 7|3,9]25|.0 | 1-77| 2.72| 2.71| 5.33|\52—57—8| nso Jitsugetsutan...... | 3.64] 3.8313, 713,9]15]| 9 | 1.92| 2.66] 3 | 4.80 12—54—8|109 Jitsugetsutan!, =... /3-06]|'3:66/'3,7 | 35.9) || 244) 0) 2 2.70| 2.89) 5 |I=54—Shrny SHIitOhs eins eee 13-5414 13,7 '3,9115| © | 1.85| 2.77 S| 4.50|12-57-8 100 Genus HyPoPHTHALMICHTHYS Bleeker. 1860. Hypophthalmichthys BLEEKER, Prodr. Cypr., p. 405. (Type Leuciscus molitrix Cuv. & Val.) 1869. Abramocephalus STEINDACHNER, Wien, Sitzungsb., LX, p. 383. (Type Abramocephalus microlepis Steindachner.) 1872. Onychodon DyBowsky, Verh. Zo6l.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XXII, p. 211. (Type Cephalus mantschuricus Basilewsky.) Body stout, compressed, back rounded, abdomen strongly com- pressed, with a sharp keel from throat to vent. Head rather small; mouth anterior, broader than deep, its angle not reaching the orbit; lips thin; barbel none. Eye situated in the lower half of the head, its lower margin being below the level of the angle of mouth. Gill- rakers continuous, forming a broad, crescentic, horny membrane, its basal portion perforated. Dorsal fin short, inserted behind the origin of ventral; anal fin triangular, entirely behind the dorsal. Gil!-membranes united, forming a broad bridge across the isthmus. Scales small, about 115 in the lateral line. Pharyngeal teeth in one row, 4-4, compressed on the longitudinal axis of the bone. Lateral line decurved, running along the middle of the tail. Distribution: China; Indo-China; Formosa; Amur Province. 41. Hypophthalmichthys molitrix (Cuv. & Val.). Renhii (Formosa). 1844. Leuciscus molitrix Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XVII, p. 360.—RICHARD- SON, Ichthyol. China, 1846, p. 259; Canton, China. 1844. Leuciscus hypophthalmus (GRAY) RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. Voy. Sulph., Dy 130, P1563) Higa 1+ Canton. 1855. Cephalus mantschuricus BASILEWSKY, Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc., X, p. 235, T. VII, Fig. 3; Manchuria. 1860. Hypophthalmichthys molitrix BLEEKER, Ichth. Arch. Ind. Prods. II, Cyprin., p. 288. 1863. Hypophthalmichthys molitrix BLEEKER, Atlas Cyprin., III, p. 28.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. VII, 1868, p. 298; China.— BLEEKER, Mem. Cyprin. China, 1871, THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF ForRMOoSA. 245 p. 83, Pl. XII, Fig. 1; Yang-tze-kiang.—GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1889, p. 223; Ichang.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), I, 1898, p. 362; Newchang.—BeErG, Ichthyol. Amur., 1900, p. 154; Amur Provinces. 1872. Onychodon mantschuricus DyBowsk!, Verh. Zo6l.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XXII, p. 211; Ussuri. 1878. Hypophthalmichthys dabryi BLEEKER, Versl. en Mededel. Konin. Akad. Wetensch. Amst. (2), XII, p. 210. Headrasssinlensin: depth 3:25; D. 3, 7; A. 3,12; P: 1,17; V: 8; width of head 1.48 in its length; eye 6 in head; interorbital space 2; snout 3.16; pectoral 1.30; ventral 1.48; one and fifteen scales in the lateral line, twenty-eight scales in an oblique series between origin of the dorsal and lateral line, twenty-one scales between the latter and the middle of belly, fifteen scales between lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 4-4. Body stout, compressed, back rounded, abdomen strongly com- pressed, with a sharp keel from throat to vent; head moderate, smooth, postoperculum with radiated stria; snout blunt, obtusely rounded anteriorly; mouth anterior, broader than deep, its angle not extending to the orbit; lips rather thin; lower jaw slightly longer than the upper; eyes rather small, anterior and inferior; nostrils close together, superior; pharyngeal teeth stout, high, laterally compressed, inner surface with a large oval concavity of brown color; gill-membranes strongly extend- ing beyond the gill-covers united across the isthmus; gill-rakers con- tinuous, forming a broad, crescentic, horny membrane, its basal portion perforated. Origin of dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, very short, anterior ray the longest, when depressed its tip reaching beyond all other rays; pectoral fin armed with a smooth spine, reaching the root of ventral; origin of ventral much in advance of that of dorsal, rather slender, not reaching the vent; anal fin triangular, entirely behind the dorsal, its origin nearer to that of ventral than base of caudal; caudal fin deeply emarginate, tip of each lobe sharply pointed; caudal peduncle elongate, its depth 1.5 in the length of head. Scales minute, cycloid; lateral line decurved, continuous, extending along the middle of tail. Color in formalin grayish above, sides and belly silvery; dorsal and caudal fins pale gray; upper surface of the pectoral speckled with fine black spots, lower surface whitish; other fins whitish. Total length 370 mm. Described from a specimen from Shori, Toyen. 246 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Habitat: Bred in ponds throughout the island. Remarks: The present species is one of the important food-fishes, though it is not a native of the island. In the spring, young of H. molitrix are imported from Southern China and are bred artificially like other Chinese fishes. MEASUREMENTS OF Hypophthalmichthys molitrix. Sie =o oe ee a ae) ey hs =i || tore eet a cia Locality. $ sei || 2) Ay ss ie | 5s | 8 | & 3 Be q a ee ae | w | n Sa Saoieac ogeode 3.58. 3225135 7 | 35 111,27) 8 | es 2 3. 16 6 |28-115-21/370 Girantent 4 ecm 3-14] Seeeiiers UA lbet serail ll eaeee ll £33 | 1.75| 2.20] 3 | 6 |28-I19—21/330 ARISTICHTHYS gen. nov. Type Leuciscus nobilis (Gray) Richardson. Body stout, compressed, rather high in front; abdomen rounded, with a keel only in the postventral part. Head Jarge; snout rather short, obtusely rounded. Mouth oblique, anterior, its angle reaching below the center of eye; lips thin; barbel none. Eye inferior and much anterior. Gill-rakers separated, slender and long, set very closely, with many membranous septa. Dorsal fin short, inserted behind the origin of ventral; anal fin triangular, entirely behind the dorsal. Gill-membranes united, forming a broad bridge across the isthmus. Scales small, about 115 in the lateral line. Pharyngeal teeth in one series, 4-4, strongly compressed laterally. Lateral line strongly decurved anteriorly, running along the middle of the tail. Distribution: Formosa; South China. Remarks: The present genus is a near relative of Hypophthalmichthys. It differs distinctly from the latter in having clearly separated gill- rakers, large head, and rounded abdomen, which has no keel in front of the ventral. 42. Aristichthys nobilis (Richardson). Chikuyoren (Formosa). 1844. Leuciscus nobilis (GRAY) RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. Voy. Sulph., p. 140, Pl. 63, Fig. 3; Canton, China. 1866. Cephalus hypophthalmus STEINDACHNER, Verh. Zo6l.-Bot. Gesell. Wien, p. 383; Hongkong. 1867. Hypophthalmichthys manchuricus KNER, Novara Fisch, III, p. 350; Shang- hai. 1868. Hypophthalmichthys nobilis GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 209; Amoy.— THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 247 BLEEKER, Mem. Cyprin, Chine, 1871, p. 85; Yang-tze-kiang.—GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1873, p. 249; China.—PrETERS, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1880, ‘:p. 926.—SaAvUvVAGE, Bull. Soc. Philom., 1881, p. 7; Swatow. —GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), IV, 1889, p. 228; Yang-tze-kiang.— RuTTER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., 1897, p. 60; Swatow. Head 2.6 an lenetn; depth 3.28; D. 3) 7; A. 3; 1p; P. 1, 19;°V21, 75 width of head 1.76 in its length; eye 7.75 in head; interorbital space 2.11; snout 2.5; pectoral 1.28; ventral 1.83; one hundred and fifteen scales in the lateral line, twenty-five scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, twenty-five scales between the latter and the middle of belly, seventeen scales between lateral line and root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 4-4. Body compressed, rather high in front; abdomen rounded, post- ventral part with a keel; head large, postoperculum with radiated strie; snout rather short, broad, obtusely rounded anteriorly; mouth oblique, anterior, its angle reaching below the center of eye; lower jaw more or less protruding; middle part of the upper lip thick; eye inferior, much anterior; nostrils close together, superior, in front of eye above; gill-openings very large, witk broad gill-membranes which are united on the throat and not attached to isthmus; pharyngeal teeth very high, strongly compressed laterally, inner surface with a large oval concavity; gill-rakers slender and long, set very closely, with many membranous septa. Origin of dorsal nearer to base of caudal than tip of snout, rather short, anterior ray the longest, the depressed tip of the ray reaching beyond the others; pectoral large, reaching beyond the root of ventral, armed with a smooth osseous ray; ventral slender, the tip reaching vent, its origin in advance of that of the dorsal; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, triangular, external margin more or less concave, inserted nearer origin of ventral than base of caudal; caudal fin deeply emar- ginate, tip of each lobe pointed; caudal peduncle elongate, its depth 3 in the length of head. Body covered with small cycloid scales; lateral line strongly de- curved in front; extending along the middle of the tail. Color in formalin grayish above, paler below; sides and lower parts silvery; dorsal, anal, and caudal fins grayish, speckled with minute black spots; lower surface of pectorals and ventrals white, upper surface grayish and finely spotted with black. Total length 455 mm. 248 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Described from a specimen from Shori, Toyen. Habitat: The present species is not a native of Formosa. Propagated artificially throughout the island. Remarks: Aristichtyhs nobilis is a native of Southern China. Its young which are collected in the rivers near Swatow, Amoy, or Foo- chow are imported to Formosa and are bred in ponds, mingling with Hypophthalmichthys molitrix. Sometimes it reaches an enormous size, though it never spawns in Formosa. Genus CHANODICHTHYS Bleeker. 1860. -Chanodichthys BLEEKER, Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., XX, p. 432. (Type Leptocephalus mongolicus Basilewsky.) 1865. Parabramis BLEEKER, Nedrl. Tijdschr. Dierkunde, II, p. 21. (Type Abramis pekinensis Basilewsky.) Body oblong, very greatly compressed; scales large. Snout convex; profile of the nape convex; mouth small, lower jaw not protruding, upper jaw more or less overlapping the former. Eye very large. Gill-openings not extending as far as the orbit below. Lateral line slightly curved. Dorsal fin short, inserted somewhat nearer to tip of snout than base of caudal, armed with two smooth, strong spines. The anal elongate, with numerous rays. Pharyngeal teeth 4, 4, 2— Bishi ths Distribution: Formosa; China; Amur Province. 43. Chanodichthys macrops Giinther. Toabakon (Formosa). 1868. Chanodichthys macrops GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 326; Formosa. Head-4731 in, length; depth’ 3.375;. D." 1), 7; A. 3,223; B. 102s VenoR width of head 1.81 in its length; eye 3 in head; interorbital space 3.25; snout 3; pectoral 1.14; ventral 1.28; sixty scales in the lateral line, eleven scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, eight scales between the latter and the middle of belly, five scales between lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 4, 4, 2— 2, 4, 4; gill-rakers 3 + 9. Body strongly compressed, rather deep, postventral part carinate, dorsal profile abruptly arched behind the occiput; head rather small; snout obtusely pointed, as long as the diameter of eye; mouth subin- ferior and oblique, its angle reaching beneath the hind margin of nostril; lips thin; lower jaw shorter than the upper; eye very large, anterior and lateral; nostrils close together, large, in front of eye. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 249 Origin of dorsal nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, armed with two smooth spines, of which the second is very strong, anterior ray longest; pectoral fin long, with a fleshy flap, almost reaching the root of ventral; ventral fin inserted in advance of that of dorsal, with a scaly flap; anal fin elongate, rays numerous, entirely behind the dorsal, posterior rays very low; caudal fin strongly emarginate, tip of each lobe sharply pointed; caudal peduncle rather short, its depth 2.25 in length of head. Scales moderate, cycloid; lateral line more or less decurved, ex- tending along lower half of the tail. Color in formalin dark gray above, lower half of sides and belly silvery; all the fins except ventrals dusky. Total length 207 mm. Described from a specimen from Tamusui River near Shinten, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Tamusui River (Shinten and Heirinbi). Remarks: The present species is very closely allied with Chanodich- thys stenzi from Kiautschau, China, differing from it in having a smaller number of anal rays. / MEASUREMENTS OF Chanodichthys macrops. asi || ee! asl. Sa] al @ PA Bo. C if = 5) nid 3 v WE Locality. a 2 fa + (oh |) So £5 2 a | 8 ct 2 eee Ea el Dal ha a ae ee ely Shintenh, Seise .ce 6 Jilgssael 22%) VO | 2123) LOnl On|) eSusl3-25||) 33 ‘I1-60-8 207 Mhimitenes is ets « A TONS eA Ol) Wie 7h 3312211650) Ohni2 2245\1 3) 3 II—58-8 185 lseivnual yt; ao ea bis ot ALTON 3e4 2 Mle 7a! 35.23) el Sal One 209)3 3 | 2.75 10-61-8122 Genus CULTER Basilewsky. 1855. Cultey BastILEwsky, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat. Moscou, X, p. 236. (Type Culter alburnus Basilewsky as restricted by Giinther.) Body oblong, much compressed, the entire or postventral abdominal edge being trenchant. Scales of moderate or small size; lateral line without conspicuous curvature. Mouth directed upwards; barbels none. Dorsal fin short, with strong smooth spines, inserted above the interspace between ventral and anal; anal fin long, many-rayed; caudal fin forked, pectorals elongate. Gill-openings very wide; gill- rakers long, setiform. Pseudo-branchie present. Pharyngeal teeth in a triple series, slender and hooked. Intestinal tract short. Air- bladder tripartite. (Giinther). Distribution: China; Formosa; Corea; Amur Province. 250 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. SYNOPSIS OF THE FORMOSAN SPECIES. a. Postventral edge only carinate; scales about 85 in the lateral line; 18 scales between lateral line and the origin of dorsal; 10 scales between lateral line and therootwol Gventralsi (wiv. « eva cevertereteremerene totem aieke © xcs lercts, siete nore ee eee aokii. aa. Abdomen entirely carinate; scales about 64 in the lateral line; 11-12 scales between lateral line and the origin of dorsal; 6 scales between lateral line and the>root: of swentrals). 32).\as mo acnca tere totes eter: oe: bi e's woos bse) aie enone brevicauda. 44. Culter aokii sp. nov. (Plate LII, Fig. 1). Kyauyo (Formosa). Head 4.05 in length: depth 4.6; D. III, 7; A. III, 23; P: 153Veeer width of head 2.6 in its length; eye 4 in head; interorbital space 6; snout 3.75; eighty-six scales in the lateral line, eighteen scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, ten scales between the latter and the middle of belly, six scales between lateral line and the root of ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5, 4, 2—2, 4, 5; gill- rakers 5 + 22. Body oblong, much compressed, postventral abdominal edge carinate, dorsal profile convex; head rather long, laterally compressed, the top osseous, with two bony ridges between the eyes; interorbital space very narrow, slightly convex; many mucous cavities below and behind the orbit; snout bony, tip swollen, a slight depression in front of eye above, tip of its skin not overlapping the upper lip; mouth anterior, subvertical, its angle not reaching the vertical through anterior margin of orbit; lips thin; lower jaw more or less protruding; mentum provided with two strong osseous ridges which are united in front, extending backward to the operculum; isthmus entirely hidden beneath those ridges; eyes large, anterior; nostrils close to- gether, more or less superior; gill-openings very large, gill-membranes entirely separated; gill-rakers slender and long. Origin of dorsal in a point midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, with three smooth spines, the first spine very short, hidden beneath the skin, second shorter than half the length of the third, anterior ray the longest; pectoral armed with an osseous spiny ray, reaching the base of ventral; origin of ventral in advance of that of dorsal; anal fin entirely behind the dorsal, elongate, length of its base 1.17 in head; caudal fin emarginate, the tip of each lobe sharply pointed; caudal peduncle elongate, itsedepth 3 in length of head. Body covered with thin cycloid scales; lateral line continuous, very slightly decurved, extending along near the middle of tail. XII. Plate LI. ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. Culter aokit Oshima, sp. nov. Macro podus filamentosus Oshima, sp. nov. Tue FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 251 Color in alcohol pale gray above, belly and lower parts of the sides silvery; caudal fin grayish, other fins dusky white. Total length 280 mm. Described from a specimen from Jitsugetsutan, collected by T. Aoki in August, 1916. Habitat: Restricted to Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius). Remarks: This species is most nearly allied to Culter sieboldi Dy- bowski® from Amur Province. The differences are as follows: a lesser number of scales in the lateral line, a lesser number of scales between lateral line and the middle of belly, as well as small size of the body. The above described species is one of the largest forms which is found in Lake Candidius. Named for Mr. Takeo Aoki of the Bureau of Fisheries, Government of Formosa. MEASUREMENTS OF Culter aokit. | i) 2 Al ro = 2 x sid sates, : io | or |S é g 2H 5 Locality. | $ a | Q os ay ) =] a | ee Seis ees Jitsugetsutan. . 4.06) 4.60|ITI, 7\III, 23\I, I5| 9 | 2.60] 6 | 3-75 4 '18-86—-10|280 Jitsugetsutan.. 3-88] 4.33 /III, 7/III, 22|I, 14) 9 | 2.60| 5.89! 3.71 3.85 18-85-10 254 45. Culter brevicauda Giinther. 1868. Culter brevicauda GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 329; Formosa.—BLEEKER Mem. Cyprin. Chine, 1871, p. 69, Tab. XI, fig. 3; Yang-tze-kiang.—GUn- THER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1873, p. 250; Shanghai. reads 4.36 an lenoth: depth 3-79; IDs 1hy7 A. 3, 273". 162 V., 9: width. of head 2.5 in its length; eye 4 in head; interorbital space 4; sixty-four scales in the lateral line, eleven scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, eight scales between the latter and the middle of belly, six scales between lateral line and the root of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth 4, 4, 2—2, 4, 4; gill-rakers 8) ap 2a Body much compressed, abdominal edge entirely carinate, dorsal profile broadly convex, top of the head more or less fallen from the back, ventral profile undulating at the base of the ventral; head rather small, narrow, pointed, its top more or less convex; snout as long as the diameter of eye, truncated in front; mouth anterior and 8 Culter sieboldi Dybowski, Verh. Zo6l.-Bot. Gesell. Wien, XXII, 214; Middle Amur; Ussuri; Sungari; Chanka. DEED, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. oblique, its angle reaching the nostril below; upper lip thin; lower jaw slightly protruding; eyes moderate, anterior; nostrils close together, in front of the eye above. Origin of dorsal nearer base of caudal than tip of snout, opposite the interspace between ventral and anal, armed with two smooth spiny rays, the second spine is very strong; pectoral elongate, reaching beyond the base of ventral; ventrals rather slender, inserted much in advance of that of dorsal; anal fin very long, anterior ray the longest; caudal fin strongly forked, the tip of each lobe sharply pointed; caudal peduncle rather short, its depth 2.33 in the length of head. Body covered with moderate cycloid scales; lateral line slightly decurved, extending along the lower half of the tail. Color in alcohol grayish above, belly and lower half of the sides silvery; fins dusky white. Described from a specimen from Kagi, collected by Y. Kikuchi. Habitat: Kagi (a single specimen). Remarks: This species is closely related to Culter recurviceps (Rich- ardson)? from which it differs in having an entirely carinate abdominal edge and a lesser number of scales in the lateral line. CULTRICULUS gen. nov. Type Culter leucisculus Kner (not of Basilewsky) = Hemiculter knert Kreyenberg. Body oblong, much compressed, abdominal edge entirely carinate. Scales of moderate size; lateral line continuous, abruptly bending downward above the pectoral, scarcely reaching the tip of the fin, thence advancing backward, ascending gradually, and running along the middle of the sides of the tail. Mouth oblique; jaws subequal; barbels none. Dorsal fin short, with no smooth spines, inserted behind the origin of ventral; pectoral moderate, not reaching the ventral; anal fin rather short, with fifteen to seventeen rays. Gill- rakers slender and long. ~Pharyngeal teeth 5, 4, 2—2, 4, 5. Distribution: Formosa; China; Indo-China. Remarks: Bleeker’s Hemiculter is the genus most closely related to Cultriculus. It differs from the present genus in having the abdomen non-carinate or only partially carinate (postventral part only). ® Leuciscus recurviceps Richardson, Ichthyol. China, 1845, p. 259; Canton, China. Cultur recurviceps Giinther, Cat. Fish., VII, 1868, p. 328, China. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF ForRMOSA. 253 46. Cultriculus kneri (Kreyenberg). Unahii or Kirara (Formosa). 1867. Culter leucisculus KNER, Novara Fisch., III, p. 362; Shanghai. 1868. Chanodichthys leucisculus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VII, p. 327; Shanghai (after Kner.) 1873. Hemiculter leucisculus GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Sept., p. 2409; Shanghai.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1888, p. 433; Yang-tze-kiang.—BERG, Ichthyol. Amur., 1909, p. 146. 1908. Hemiculter knert KREYENBERG, Berlin Sitzb. Ges. Natf. Freunde, p. 105 (nom. nov. for Culter leucisculus Kner). Meaded.50 im lengtins depth 4.56; DD. Il, 75 As 2-11 PL 155 V. 9: width of head 2.17 in its length; eye 4 in head; interorbital space 3.5; snout 3.25; pectoral 1.11; ventral 1.5; fifty-two scales in the lateral line, eight scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, 3.5 scales between the latter and the middle of belly, 2 scales between lateral line and the root of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth BA, 2—2, 4, 5; gill-rakers 4 -> 17. Body elongate, much compressed; entire abdominal edge carinate; head moderate, narrow; snout pointed anteriorly, its tip slightly swollen; mouth anterior and oblique, its angle scarcely reaching the anterior margin of the nostril below; lower jaw slightly shorter than the upper, with rather sharp edge; eyes moderate, anterior and supe- rior; nostrils close together, in front of eye above. Origin of dorsal about midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, inserted behind that of the ventral, with two smooth spines, of which the second is stronger, anterior ray the longest; pectoral fin moderate, not reaching the ventral; ventrals slender, inserted in front of the origin of dorsal; anal entirely behind the dorsal, rather short, triangular, anterior ray the longest; caudal fin bifurcate, tip of each lobe sharply pointed; caudal peduncle elongate, its depth 2.66 in length of head. Body covered with thin cycloid scales; lateral line continuous, abruptly bending downward above the pectoral; thence passing back- ward, making a weak curve, extending along the middle of the sides of the tail. Color in formalin olive-gray above, lower half of the body white; dorsal and caudal fins grayish, other fins white. Total length 182 mm. Described from a specimen from Jitsugetsutan, collected by T. Aoki in August, 1916. 254 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Habitat: Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius); Shimotamusui River. Remarks: According to the description by Kner the type of the present species has 4, 3, 2—2, 3, 4 pharyngeal teeth instead of 5, 4, 2— DAS 5. The Chinese people who live near Lake Candidius use two ver- nacular names for the present species, namely, ‘“‘ Unahii’’ and “‘ Kirara.”’ They treat these two as different fishes. But there is no doubt that “Kirara’’ is the young form of ‘‘Unahii,’’ for no morphological dif- ferences exist between them. DESCRIPTION OF “ KIRARA.”’ Head'4.5 in length; depth 5; D. II, 7; A. 2, 11; P. 15; V..9; width*em head 2.33 in its length; eye 3 in head; interorbital space 3.5; snout 3.5; ventral 1.5; pectoral as long as the head; fifty-two scales in the lateral line, eight scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line, four scales between the latter and the middle of belly, two and one-half scales between lateral line and the root of the ventral; pharyngeal teeth 5,4, 2——2, 4, 5; gill-rakers 5 ++ 16. Body slender, elongate, compressed, entire abdominal edge carinate; head moderate, narrow, its top very slightly convex; snout pointed anteriorly, upper surface flat, tip swollen; mouth anterior and oblique, its angle scarcely reaching a vertical through anterior margin of nostril; lower jaw slightly shorter than the upper, with rather sharp anterior edge; eyes large, anterior; nostrils close together, supralateral, the anterior nostril in a short tube. Origin of the dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, inserted behind the origin of the ventral, with two smooth spines; height of the fin equal to the length of head; pectoral elongate, scarcely reaching the root of ventral; ventral fin small, inserted in advance of the dorsal; anal fin entirely behind dorsal, triangular, anterior ray the longest; caudal fin slender, elongate, deeply emarginate, tip of each lobe sharply pointed; caudal peduncle elongate, strongly com- pressed laterally, its depth 2.75 in the length of head. Body covered with thin cycloid scales; lateral line continuous, abruptly bending downward from the nape to the tip of the pectoral, thence passing backward and ascending gradually, running along the middle of the sides of tail. Color in formalin pale olive-gray, lower parts whitish; top of head brown; a dark brown longitudinal band runs from nape to the base THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 255 of the caudal; median dorsal line with a pale brown band; all the fins whitish. Length of body 64 mm. Described from a specimen from Jitsugetsutan, collected by T. Aoki in August, 1916. MEASUREMENTS OF Culiriculus kneri =) icc eee eee 23/6a|/ ¢/ ¢| € ise Locality, ea ers eia | et ieee (bss | oxeea|, Seth one) wey ahi ens mi} A | ea ie, lal ea iat: a Jitsugetsutan...... 4.56] 4.56/II, 7/2, 12] 15| 9 | 2.17] 3-50|3-25|4 | |8-52-33|182 Jitsugetsutan...... 4.34| 4.86/II, 7/2, 12| 14] 8 | 2.20) 3.30 3.56 3-56|/8-51-4 170 Jitsugetsutan...... 4.45| 4.90\II, 7/2, 13} 15| 8 | 2.44] 3.66] 3.66] 3.66|8—52—4 |117 Jitsugetsutan...... 4.50] 5 II, 7/3, 11| 15 | 9 | 2.33) 3-50] 3-50] 3 |8—52—-4 | 64 Shimotamusui River] 4.50] 4.50/II, 7/2, 12| 14| 8 | 2.33] 3-38] 3-71| 3-71/8-50-4 \I45 Shimotamusui River] 4.35| 5 II, 7/2, 12| 15 | 8 | 2.66] 3.60} 3.60] 3.60|8—49-3 | 90 DOUBTFUL SPECIES. In the year 1903, Jordan and Evermann mentioned two species of cyprinoid fishes from Formosa under the name Cirrhina sp. and Dillonia sp. (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X XV, p. 322 and 324). For the sake of completeness I give the original descriptions by those authors. I have no specimens which belong to the general Cirrhina and Dillonia; therefore nothing more can be said of them at present. Cirrhina sp. Jordan & Evermann. “Closely allied to Cirrhina chinensis Giinther. D. 15; A. 7; scales 37; teeth 5, 4, 2. (No. 837, Formosa; Imperial Fisheries Institute, Japan.)”’ Dillonia sp. Jordan & Evermann. “Allied to Dillonia aculeata Cuvier and Valenciennes. Head shaped as Scaphiodon. Mandibles with barbels; D. 10; A. 11; scales 39.”’ Family PQ@:CILIID. Genus Oryzias Jordan & Snyder. 1906. Oryzias JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, p. 289. (Type Pecilia latipes Temminck & Schlegel.) Body elliptical in form, compressed, covered with large scales; mouth small, with two rows of small, simple, pointed teeth; no teeth on vomer; gill-opening not restricted above; intestinal canal short, about as long as body; peritoneum black. Dorsal fin short, inserted above middle of anal; anal very long, having from seventeen to twenty 256 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. rays; caudal fin truncate. Sexes similar, except in color; anal fin not modified in the male. (Jordan & Snyder.) Distribution: Japan; Corea; Formosa. 47. Oryzias latipes (Temminck & Schlegel). Medaka (Japan); Tamhii (Formosa). 1846. Pecilia latipes TEMMINCK & SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 224, Pl. CII, Fig. 5; Nagasaki. 1866. Haplochetlus latipes GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VI, p. 311, Nagasaki. 1901. Aplocheilus latipes JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, Pp. 350. 1906. Oryzias latipes JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, p. 289; Japan.—SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLII, 1912, p. 407; Shiogama; Yamaguchi; Akune;.Nanao; Dogo Island.—JORDAN & Metz, Mem. Carneg. * Mus., VI, no. 2, 1913, p. 24; Fusan; Suigen, Corea.—JORDAN, Snyder, & TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, XX XIII, 1913, p. 91; Japan. Head 4 in length; depth 4.5; depth of caudal peduncle 9.5; eye 2.5 in head; interorbital space 2; snout 4; D. 6; A. 18; P. 9; V. 5; thirty-one scales in a lateral series; five branchiostegals. Posterior half of the body compressed, becoming broader anteriorly, highest in front of the anal; head flattened; interorbital space broad; snout shorter than the diameter of eye, broadly rounded anteriorly; mouth anterior, transverse; lower jaw slightly projecting, each jaw with two rows of minute pointed teeth, those on the posterior row smaller; vomer smooth; thirteen short, pointed gill-rakers on the first arch; eyes very large, anterior and superior. Dorsal fin short, on the posterior half of body, its origin above the posterior two-thirds of anal, its height equal to the distance between tip of snout and posterior margin of orbit; pectoral inserted on the median line of body, its length contained 5.5 in the length of body; the ventral small, reaching vent; base of the anal very long, its pos- terior end opposite to that of the dorsal, anterior ray longest; tip of the caudal fin rounded. Top and sides of head, throat, and chin naked; body covered with thin cycloid scales; lateral line absent. Color in formalin pale gray above, lower parts silvery; a black longitudinal streak from the nape to the origin of the dorsal; sides of body with a faint dusky stripe along the middle line, top of head dark; the edges of scales dusky; fin-rays of the ventral and anal dotted with minute black spots; all the fins whitish; peritoneum black. Length of body 28 mm. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 257 The present description is from a specimen from Shori, collected by T. Aoki in February, 1917. Habitat: The present species is very common in rice-fields and pools on the island. My specimens came from Shori; Ako; and Giran (Kizanto and Taiko). MEASUREMENTS OF Oryzias latipes. =o | e : 3/8 /Se gal es) | 6 | Sie Locality. s &las|q 2-5 re) > | a | we My im 5 53 EE 5 rs) 3 kt S)neyrat.s Seeman getie cate cneeas 4 4.50) 9.50] 6 18 | On esu2 AW 2550120 28 [SSWZENAY HONG A Alga aueetinire: deere One 3.33|4 9.50| 6 |18| 9 | 5 2.33) 3-33] 2-33| 31 | 32 OIZATILOM ey ten rene a 4 4 9 OF RES) | OM 5223313 2.33| 31 | 40 ESIZANL OR pieces Fae, o wiel onsen 3.66] 4.33/9 On| Sno} 5-2-5013 2.33) Bi 7 ESIZAMIT OMAR Re seat ers ener ers 3.88] 4.40] 8.66] 6 | 17] 9 | 5 | 2.33/3 PHC N| SX) || 245 a AUKOiy Aaya hs a eas Gat ae os 3.50| 4.50] 9 ON aig ae |B 3 2.50) 30| 21 SiaikQmrg eee ee. ness 3.50| 4 SOO|On| 7 Oe) Se Ie 3 2.33| 29 | 20 Genus GAMBUSIA Poey. 1855. Gambusia Pory, Mem. Cub., I, p. 382. (Type Gambusia punctata Poey.) Body moderately elongate, becoming deep in the adult female. Mouth moderate, the lower jaw projecting, the bones well joined; both jaws with a band of pointed teeth which are not movable; snout not produced. Eyes normal, not divided. Scales large. Gill- openings not restricted. Dorsal and anal fins both rather short and small, the anal more or less in advance of the dorsal; anal fin of the male much advanced and modified into a long intromittent organ, which is about aslong as head. Intestinal canal short. Six branchios- tegals. Vertebre about thirty-two. (Jordan & Evermann.) Distribution: Mexico; Cuba; Southern States of North America. 48. Gambusia affinis (Baird & Girard). Top-minnow. 1853. Heterandria afinis BAtRD & GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 390; Texas. 1859. Gambusia speciosa GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 121; Rio San Diego, New Ulm, Mexico. 1859. Gambusia gracilis GIRARD, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 121; Mexico. 1866. Gambusia humilis GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VI, p. 334. 1866. Gambusia affinis GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VI, p. 336; Texas.—EVERMANN & KENDALL, Bull: U. S. Fish. Comm., XII, 1892, p. 107, Pl. 25; Fig. 2.— JORDAN & EVERMANN, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., 47, 1896, p. 680 (in part). I8—DEC. 19, 1919. 258 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Head 3.8 in length; depth 4.33; D. 7; A. 10; P. 12; V. 6; eye 3 in head; interorbital space 2; snout 2.66; pectoral 1.33; ventral 2.5; thirty-one scales in a lateral series. Posterior part of body compressed, anterior half high and broad, curvature of the dorsal profile stronger than that of the ventral; head moderate, broad, depressed; snout short, obtusely rounded anteriorly, upper surface flattened; mouth anterior, transverse; lower jaw longer than the upper; jaws with a broad band of villiform teeth, palatine with a narrow transverse band of villiform teeth; eye moderate, superior and slightly anterior; five branchiostegals; thirteen gill-rakers on the first arch; gill-openings large. Origin of the dorsal slightly in advance of the end of the base of anal, distance to the base of the caudal about half of that to tip of snout, first ray shortest; pectorals inserted just below the middle of sides, their tips reaching beyond the origin of the ventral; ventral fins rather slender; the anal higher than the dorsal, anterior rays shorter, middle rays prolonged; caudal fin broad, tip obtusely rounded; caudal peduncle rather deep, its depth twice in the length of head. Body covered with large scales; snout and cheek smooth; no lateral line. Color in formalin dusky above; sides and belly whitish; the edges of scales dusky; top of head dark; a dark longitudinal stripe from occiput to the origin of the dorsal; a very narrow dark band along the middle of the sides; no dark marking below the eye; dorsal fin-rays speckled with black; all the fins whitish. Length of body 44 mm. Described from a specimen from the Government Hatchery at Shori. (Female). Habitat: The present species is not a native of the island. About five years ago it was imported from Hawaii in order to exterminate anopheline mosquitoes and has been propagated artificially. It was introduced from Galveston, Texas, into Hawaii, and later into the Philippines by Mr. Alvin Seale, for the purpose of destroying mos- quitoes. Remarks: The male fish is very small; the anal modified into a sword-like intromittent organ. Measurements of a male specimen are as follows: Head 3.66 in length; depth 4.5; D. 7; A. 8 (third ray prolonged); P. 12; V. 6; snout 3 in head; interorbital space 2; eye 2.5; total length 24 mm. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 259 MEASUREMENTS OF Gambusia affinis. Localit 5 2 , i Fel bers 5 2 a nS Se y. J 3 iS < ou | tS hee g sal 8 aa Shor OA). cs sce toes 3-80) 4.33) 7 | 10 | t2.) 6 |2 2.66] 3 31 | 44 SHORING se Sern sneer. SB ONAw a nel Om |e 6 |2 2.50|3 20) e4r Shore GO) arom asses 3.66 4.13} 7 | 10 | 12 On| re8) 38 9 S:83legonle40 ShHoOguiCOsacks. celeerclows | 3-33) 4-14 Fi Onlen2 Guy 2n el 2200 ees sisi esi S\evoval (ot igraare soto oes 3-66| 4.50] 7 8 | 12 6 |2 a} 2.50} 30 | 24 SHOOTIN GOES cre tacaee tus a eve Bye af || eal aeaM hy, Gp Sean Canoe aa: 4 30 | 2 mhori (67)... 2222-2. +-!3-50)4.40| 7 8 | 12 6 |2 13 | Bes Oulee2 Family MONOPTERID~. Genus FLutTa Bloch & Schneider. 1798. Monopterus LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., II, p. 139. (Type Monopterus javanensis Lacépéde). Not Monopterus of Volta, 1796, a genus of fossil fishes. t8or. Fluta BLocH & SCHNEIDER, ichth., p. 565. (Type Monopterus javanensis Lacépéde.) 1845. Ophicardia MCCLELLAND, Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist., V, p. 191. (Type Ophicardia pharyriana McClelland.) 1855. Apterigia BASILEWSKy, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Nat. Mosc., X, p. 247. (Type A pterigia saccogularis Basilewsky.) Body elongate, naked; tail short, tapering to a point; no barbels; margin of the upper jaw formed by the premaxillaries, the maxillaries well developed, lying behind them and parallel with them; lips thick; palatine teeth small, in a narrow band; gill-opening confluent into a ventral slit, the membrane united to the isthmus; gill-arches three, with gill-fringes rudimentary, and with moderate slit between them; no accessory breathing sac; lateral line present; no pectoral or ventral fins; dorsal and anal reduced to low folds; ribs ‘present; no air-bladder ; stomach without cecal sac or pyloric appendages. Ovaries with oviducts. (Jordan & Snyder). 49. Fluta alba (Zuiew). Taunagi (Japan); Senhii (Formosa). 1793. Murena alba ZIEW, Nov. Act. Sci..Petropol, p. 229, Pl. VII, Fig. 2. 1798. Monopterus javanois LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., II, p. 139; Java. 1801. Monopterus javanensis BLocH & SCHNEIDER, Syst. Ichth., p. 565, after Lacépéde.—Cantor, Malayan Fishes, 1850, p. 339, Pl. V, Figs. 6—-8.— BLEEKER, Atlas Ichth. Mur., 1864, p. 118, Pl. XLVII, Fig. 1; Java; Sumatra; Banka; Bintang, Borneo; Celebes GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VIII, 1870, p. 14; Batavia; Borneo; Siam; Formosa; China; Japan.—Day, Fish. Brit. 260 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. India, 1876, p. 656, Pl. CLXIX, Fig. 1; Burma; China.—GUNTHER, Ann. Mus. St. Petersburg, 1896, p. 219; Kansu; Sze-chuen.—REGAN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XIII, 1904, p. 194; Yunnan. 1803. Unibranchapertura levis LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., V, p. 658, Pl. XVII, Fig. 3. 1846. Monopterus levis RICHARDSON, Voy. Sulph., Ichth., p. 116; Hongkong. 1845. Ophicardia pharyriana MCCLELLAND, Calcutta Journ. Nat. Hist., V, pp. 191, 218, Pl. XII, Fig. 1; River Ganges. 1846. Monopterus cinereus RICHARDSON, Voy. Sulph. Ichth., p. 117, Pl. LII, Figs. 1-6; Chusan; Woosung. 1846. Monopterus (2) xanthognathus RICHARDSON, Voy. Sulph. Ichth., p. 118, Pl. Ell, Fig: 72 Canton: 1846. Monopterus marmoratus RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 315; Chusan. 1846. Monopterus helvolus RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 316; Canton. 1855. Apterigia saccogularis BASILEWSKY, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc., X, p. 247, Py Hig. 2esrschilis 1855. Apterigia nigromaculata BASILEWSKY, l.c., p. 248, Pl. II, Fig. 2; Peking. 1855. Apterigia immaculata BASILEWSKY, l.c., p. 248; Peking. 1897. Monopterus albus RUTTER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., p. 61; Swatow.— JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, p. 838; Okinawa; Amami- Oshima.—JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1903, p. 324; Hokota, Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, 1909, p. 171; Hokoto.—JORDAN & Metz, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, 1913; No. 2, p. 24; Suigen, Corea.—JORDAN, SNYDER & TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, XXXIII, 1913, p. 76; Corea; Japan; Riukiu. Head 10.17 in total length, its depth greater than that of the body, 1.66 in its length; depth 20.33 in total length; tail 3.5 in the length of body; snout 5 in head; interorbital space 6. Body elongate, compressed, tapering towards the tip of tail, greatest diameter at the occiput, dorsal profile ascending suddenly at the nape and descending slowly to the tip of snout; cross-section of the body oval; head swollen; throat pouch-like; snout rather short, compressed, pointed anteriorly; lips broad and fleshy; maxillaries contained twice in head; teeth on both jaws granular, forming a band tapering towards the angle of mouth; palatine and vomerine teeth granular, forming two bands parallel to the former, lower jaw with corresponding bands of granular teeth along the inner side of the outer teeth; eyes very small, eight times in head and covered by thin skin; nostrils very small, separated, one in front of eye above, the other on the extremity of the snout; gill-openings inferior, confluent into a ventral slit; branchial arches three. Dorsal fin very low, membranous, commencing above the vent, hind part reaching to tip of tail; anal fin indistinct, about half as long as the dorsal; no pectorals and ventrals; tail short and pointed. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 261 Body naked, smooth; lateral line continuous, slightly depressed, running along the middle of the sides. Color in formalin brownish gray above, mottled with darker spots, with traces of paler and darker streaks; lower surface, lips, and throat whitish. Length of body 305 mm. Described from a specimen from Shokwa, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: The present fish is very common in streamlets and canals. My specimens came from Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius); Shokwa; Taihoku; Kiburan, Giran. Remarks: The color of the lower parts is variable. In two specimens from Taihoku the belly is mottled with brown, while another from the same locality has a nearly white belly with indistinct brown markings. Fluta alba is capable of living a considerable time out of water. MEASUREMENTS OF Fluta alba. Locality. Head. Depth. pete oe aoe Snout, rere Shokwa-te. cc ee se. | 10.17 20.33 1.66 3.50 6 5 305 path @laue hs sae es | 10.83 | 21.66 1.66 Bag 6.50 5-40 318 TRAC Gite Shay See mI I+ ©Ox71e || 22-33 1.66 2.26 6.33 5-40 | 332 alates sete tear s.jenees = os 1a tay} 24.28 1.66 2EDAS | OL8s 4.83 332 LXVi] OE 6 ei oe ee REI E255 OM 23°44 1.68 Boley) 6 5 390 Family ANGUILLID/. Genus ANGUILLA Shaw. 1804. Anguilla SHAW, General Zodlogy, IV, p. 15. (Type Murena anguilla Linneus.) Body elongate, compressed behind, covered with imbedded scales which are linear in form and placed obliquely, some of them at right angles to others. Lateral line well-developed. Head long, conical, moderately pointed, the rather small eye well forward and over the angle of mouth. Teeth small, subequal, in bands on each jaw and a long patch on the vomer. Tongue free at tip. Lips rather full, with a free margin behind, attached by a frenum in front. Lower jaw projecting. Gill-openings rather small, slit-like, about as wide as base of pectorals and partly below them. Nostrils superior, well- separated, the anterior with a slight tube. Vent close in front of anal. Dorsal inserted at some distance from the head, confluent with the 262 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. anal around the tail. Pectorals well-developed. (Jordan & Snyder.) Distribution: Cosmopolitan, but not extending into the arctic regions. SYNOPSIS OF THE FORMOSAN SPECIES. A. Mandibulary band of teeth is longitudinally divided by a groove, the outer strip containing a series of somewhat larger teeth. a. Length of head less than the distance between the origins of dorsal and MIL sas see hscacrene eythore eon epee ates tee 1s Toes aT re PETER eR at e mauritiana. aa. Length of head longer than the distance between the origins of dorsal and B. Mandibulary teeth in narrow bands, without longitudinal groove. a. Angle of mouth below the posterior margin of eye; lips thick. .sinensis. 50. Anguilla mauritiana Bennett. Ounagi (Japan); Roma (Formosa). 1831. Anguilla mauritiana BENNETT, Proc. Comm. Zodl. Soc., p. 128.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. VIII, 1870, p. 25; East Indian Ocean and Archipelago; Formosa, Amboyna; Almorah; Ceylon; Philippine Islands; Islands of Johanna.— JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1903, p. 325; Kotosho, Formosa.—EVERMANN & SEALE, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., XX VI, 1907, p. 56; Tarlac.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., X XVII, 1908, p. 238; Calayan, Mindoro.—SEaLE & BEAN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXXIII, 1907, p. 239, Zamboanga.—ISHIKAWA, Journ. Coll. Agric. Tokyo, IV, 1914, p. 427; Japan proper; Bonin Island. 1864. Murena maculata BLEEKER, Ned. Tydschr. Dierk. I, p. 237. 1864. Murena manilensis BLEEKER, Atl. Ichthyol. IV, p. 10; Manila.—JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1903, p. 325; Kotosho, Formosa. —JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, 1909, p. I71I, Kotosho. 1867. Anguilla (Murena) marmorata KNER, Novara Fisch., III, p. 369; Hongkong. Length of head 6.05 in the total length, .89 in the distance of the gill-opening from the origin of the dorsal, 1.68 in its distance from the vent; distance between origin of dorsal and anal slightly longer than head, length of head contained 1.03 in the former; distance from tip of snout to the origin of dorsal 3.03 in total length; length of the pectoral 3.64 in head; snout 4.77; length of upper jaw 2.7; diameter of eye 2.6 in snout, 2.4 in interorbital space; height of body in front of anus 15.62 in total length; length of pre-anal part 1.03 in post-anal part. Body stout; angle of mouth extending far beyond the posterior margin of orbit; lips well developed, fleshy; jaws subequal; teeth on both jaws, maxillary and mandibular teeth divided by a longitudinal groove into two strips, teeth on both rows in a single series, those on the outer row larger; palate with a band of sub-equal, villiform teeth, THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 263 which is slightly broader and shorter than that of the maxillary and tapers posteriorly; nostrils separated, the anterior in a long tube, hanging over antero-lateral margin of snout, the posterior minute, in front of eye. Body covered with rudimentary imbedded scales, linear in form, arranged in small groups and placed obliquely, at right angles to those of neighboring groups. Color in formalin brownish gray above, mottled with dark brown; lower parts whitish; vertical fins grayish, mottled with dark; the pectoral dark gray with white outer margin. Length of body 375 mm. Described from a specimen from Giran. Habitat: Very common on the island, often attaining a large size. My specimens came from Giran and Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius). MEASUREMENTS OF Anguilla mauritiana. Locality. Giran. Giran. Settee ns BAG cry on 5 hans ce cborebecg covucis) aN Soe ete ten’ winter sass BON es oot oan 445 mm. Wwerethpoieed der. mehr ss els s hve ni se sare shes pram ctsteae aeons CP eel open RPRA Es conte Oise Distance of gill-opening from origin of dorsal....... GS Shas Seer eee Cony Distance of gill-opening from the vent............. TI Ole a tagthtee rh eter ck TS aed Distance between origin of dorsaland anall..-....°.. 64 2....5..45- 80. = Distance between tip of snout and origin of dorsal.. 113 “‘........... P22 Wenethvot thespectorale. 4 asi: qv. bicveis sueleustebsvsy ste ot saaaee TVD secstecora ate ais as TS WeneGhvomsnoutinc: vee. de. poe Med eeeGats eee tts TiQh a tiche chometece socket Tee ee ene thrOrMpDek JAW) otc: cm = chet Se pe ea suet cies DO agen ere Bans DicmetetmoOmeyeuyass., ctuset a0 stds c Nhe a aie uses orton Sve Ten sbaretntain seks On interonbitallspaceems.octs. ccc wile sue Hausieyetete sis yens eee eae Tt a teas rey eee ne Heizinisoimpodys invirontiot Vent: a. 6 1 - seas sae PY age pare terrh Bene Do Weenotuuotpre-anal apart «io. ck lense cele el cioe ate ase a crate EOF gt neta chat TOO) Benetarotipost-analipants. sc crlic = «os nates sees = EX Ol alal ara rhe te cues ose 2inin 51. Anguilla japonica Temminck & Schlegel. Unagi (Japan); Pehmoa (Formosa). 1847. Anguilla japonica TEMMINCK & SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 258, Pl. CXIII, Fig. 2; Nagasaki —BLEEKER, Verh. Bot. Gen., XXV, p. 51; Japan.—KNner, Novara Fisch., III, 1867, p. 370; Shanghai.—JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, p. 348; Yokohama.—SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLII, 1912, p. 406; Mororan; Shiogama; Tokyo, Misaki.—JORDAN & Metz, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, no. 2, 1913, p. 24, Fusan; Suigen, Corea.—JORDAN, SNYDER, & TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci., Tokyo, XXXIII, 1913, p. 76; Hakodate to Nagasaki.—ISHIKAWA, Journ. Coll. Agric. Tokyo, IV, 1914, p. 417; Japan; Formosa; Corea. 1855. Murena pekinensis BAKSILEWSY, Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat. Mosc., X, p. 246, Pl. III, Fig. 2; Peking. 264 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1870. Anguilla bostonensis GUNTHER (part.), Cat. Fish., VIII, p. 31; Japan; Formosa; China.—GUNTHER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), 1898, I, p. 263; Newchang. 1903. Anguilla remifera JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, p. 325; Holoto, Formosa. 1909. Anguilla sinensis JORDAN & RICHARDSON (part.), Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, p. 171; Takao, Formosa. Head 7.77 in the total length, 1.25 in the distance between gill- opening and origin of the dorsal; 1.94 in the distance between tip of snout and origin of the dorsal; distance between origins of dorsal and anal shorter than head, contained 1.24 in the latter; distance between tip of snout and origin of the dorsal 3.51 in total length; snout 5.09 in head; maxillary 3.11; pectoral 2.8; eye 2.2 in snout, 1.8 in inter- orbital space; length of body in front of anus 2.23 in total length; pre-anal part 1.72 in postanal part. Angle of mouth extending to the posterior margin of the orbit; lips thick and fleshy; lower jaw slightly longer than the upper; teeth on both jaws and palatines in villiform bands, palatine band slightly longer and broader than that of maxillary, tapering posteriorly; maxillary and mandibulary bands of teeth divided into two strips by a distinct deep groove, outer strip with two rows of teeth, inner strip somewhat broader than the outer, with two rows of teeth, in both strips number of rows increases anteriorly and their arrangement becomes irregular; nostrils separated, the anterior in a long tube, situated near antero-lateral extremity of the snout, the posterior nostril in front of eye, slit-like. Pectoral fins longer than broad, marginal end acutely rounded; tip of the tail rounded. Body covered with rudimentary imbedded scales, linear in form, arranged in small groups and placed obliquely at right angles to those of neighboring groups; lateral line continuous, running along the middle of the sides. Color in formalin brownish gray above, lower parts whitish; dorsal and caudal fins disky; pectoral and anal fins whitish. Length of body 445 mm. Described from a specimen from Taihoku, collected by Oshima, in February, 1917. Habitat: Very common in the fresh waters of Formosa. Remarks: After examining forty-seven individuals of the common Formosan eel, Dr. Ishikawa expressed his belief that it is only a local Tue FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 265 variety of Anguilla japonica, though minor differences exist between these two forms, as shown in the following table of relative proportions: Formosan A.” Japonica. Eel. Puen otek seereee we ers coieiye (aise sey an eh Sinise ave auetisialehaucu er evens TO OFOO RN ree 100.00 Distance from gill-opening to the origin of dorsal.. 18.18...... 18.41 Werner theotelht ea deere ater ce. rita s eh ae ehorsuelosshers pastel ere TOUBG sles os 12.70 Distance from gill-opening to vent............... DED One ay a 28.45 Distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal..... BiOsS Anes ote 31.11 Distance between origins of dorsal and anal fins... On OP 10.31 Wenmthvotepectoralley arene severe olisleucts 2 sicke Sein iene cre AONE oy cohcife 4.77 ILA CH IWIN eaaoepsoodobopeonoUaceouoDG CHOY ra otic 3.20 ILEMEIN OF SHOU os oo ca abboada acnoboooboobeogous DETIOM ER he ee 2.14 Diameterncomeyer aerrs = & ih @ srs plnlac eri aes staeenctars TROQRe eee: Teen Miitteronbitalespacerescn et ote ececiiers riciaceler cit TROD es oar 2.06 Heizht of bodysini trontiof aniiss. - cei REP eect 5-40 Ratio of pre-anal and post-anal parts............. LEPTIN yao crore, abeNia/ 7) INtumberotavertebraen ac on. eon as aie ase ys THESE OG A et tke TS 2517 Moreover, he has regarded Anguilla remifera from Hokoto which was described by Jordan & Evermann (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1903, p- 325) as being also a variety of A. japonica, because the dis- tinctive characters of that species, that is, longer and rather pointed pectoral fins (2.17 in head) and the distance from front of dorsal to front of anal slightly more than length of head, are the points which are to be seen in extreme variations among examples of A. seta (Journ. Coll. Agricul., 1V, 1914, p. 426). Four specimens of an eel in the Stanford collections (No. 21181; Takao, Formosa) which had been described by Jordan and Richardson under the name Anguilla sinensis were examined and compared with my specimens of the common Formosan eel. It appears that in the former the distance from gill-opening to origin of dorsal, distance from gill-opening to vent, distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal, diameter of eye, and height of body in front of anus (average length) are somewhat greater, while the length of head, distance between origins of dorsal and anal, length of pectoral, length of upper jaw, length of snout, interorbital space are smaller. As shown in the fol- lowing tables (III, V), however, these characters are variable and have no specific value. 266 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. I. Tue AVERAGE LENGTH OF THE PARTS OF BODY OF FORMOSAN EEL. A. A. japonica. sinensis. Me tallslen po Ghiety ys. see tonasetened en cactteher heescte be auc oie eee Nee TOOLOOMe Aer 100.00 Distance from gill-opening to origin of dorsal..... 17.01 18.43 Ikenet hvot head): Jett traecce peu tiaie.c st ote cue aekemtaere E2042) cee 12.12 Distance from gill-opening to vent.:....-......:. ZO 55.0: enot 260.72 Distance from tip of snout to origin of dorsal. .... 2 SOS ae 29.40 Distance between origins of dorsal and anal....... TON 2 see 9.64 Weneth of pectorales sears. ads oo sess erste nis eer ACT Sieaere aver 4.09 enctheoth ip perayawercices chara cie lente icra sence ere AROAR be. ee 3.50 Wen ethvol smote ssse sm opeeehtee erie eeeeiel sree neiianioceste PISA laterite 2.26 DiamMeteniOlMeVvier rie mice ener Feces rene Daley pean 1.38 Iinterorbital’s paces muck an ataiee: crrora eee elke cretne ot 2.19 I:473 Height of body intront, of anus. 4.2 se ae eee ALG aaron 4.73 Ratio of pre-anal and postanal parts............. Tey Sue 1:60 II. MEASUREMENTS OF ANGUILLA JAPONICA. Actual Length in Mm. Locality. Taihoku. | Taihoku, | Taihoku, | Taihoku. | Taihoku. Giran NotalWleme tly 4 ex .| 310 mim.| 357 mm.| 445 mm.| 355 mm.| 355 mm. 182 mm lead eee eae EEA Tete comme MEA Ge coe eae Gea 47 AG "22a Gill-opening to dorsal.., 57 “ (pe) Go lo “ | 60 “ nore Gill-opening to vent...) 87 “ OSty a POnes OOm ai os <5 Ag Dorsal'to anal........ Was ae AO nes AS i Shih. aio) 2 Oe UWipperiyawry ween fare Bee os TS Te ny Td! ho) | ae 5 RECtora lt eaneieten tcusn Aine leet ue eeOna, 20! arog TAg ie ES cae POG a STIOUC Hie cence tate | hae. | |eopre ee Te oy She Osea Anse 1D Cua een aint MECC 2 oe aa |e Soe ge See ea ae Ae Dire Interorbital space... . Tee Se Ore iat oO: Sa Height of bodys so.2.--|| 18! TOeaial Dah Se Gp TO! 2+) 5 Omens Snout to vent. .: “22... L240 Sed (SEAS ee TOR a ae aoe BTS Samia 68! 9a Vent to'tip of caudal.) 286-205 282 7% Fee Beenl| heee See Nimeiea Snout toidorsaly.4.< .3. Osis 7 WECM | eanGa ae gs leery Saeco SON III. LENGTH IN PERCENT OF THE TOTAL LENGTH. Taihoku. Taiholus| Taihoku. | Taihoku. Locality. | Taihoku.| Giran. Total lemethy ie pers aie cust oases ss | 100.00 100.00 | 100.00 | 100.00 | 100.00 | 100.00 1 Kev ya hee aerate een te. | eae eee eae = abe eae T2850 || oL2s5o) enss2s) |e at eeOS | 12.08 Gill-opening to dorsal........ 18.38 | 17.08 | 15.73 | 10.71 | 16.90| 14.28 Gill-opening to vent........ | 28.06 | 27.45 | 2AL7 a 27.04 | 26.76 | 25.28 Dorsalitovanaleyarass ee | $LO:04) |, Dre Zor |eLOMLL 10.42 10.98 | 10.98 Upper jawscte isc omic rekon | 3.87) 2.20 | 4:04 | 3.38! 3.94] 3.82 PECtOrall ey ee elas. ht eon Wie 4elOul 2 4ua7 | 4.49 |, 63:07") 9 4222 | 3.57 SiOtlte eee Misha mies weenie le eae 8 2ESaa ue 2eAG| Ge #225 2.85 i\) meer Py ein. ocr SPO. pce ye eae Sat | #O8G6" |) egal) rer t,)|| 3-08 E12 |) s1200 Interorbital space. .......... 2.25 | 2.24] 2.02 | 1.97 2.53.| 2.18 Height ofsbodyemc.kic oats 5580 5.32 | 4.04 4.78 5.35 |. 4.92 SUOUEEO Vielbe event or ne | 40.00 39.80 | 36.62] 39.71 38.87 | 37-35 Vent'to tip of caudal... 2... 60.00 | 60:22 | (63.37) 60.28 | (61.02) (62:69 Snowe tordorsaligen nsec 30:64 | 30:00] 27:86 | 30:08) 26:76.) 27ra7 Seg a a iu ida THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 267 IV. MEASUREMENTS OF ANGUILLA SINENSIS, JORDAN & RICHARDSON. (No. 21181, Stanford Collection, Takao.) Actual Length in Mm. Locality. Taihoku, | Taihoku. Taihoku, Giran, Motaletenatnamvge serruster. ere e oc ee ee | 405 mm. 425 mm. | 375 mm. | 435 mm. LCA Cree eR As coeraics aia o Sbe chen feos SO ye ta ae SAa ee AA a tly 5 ieee a Gill-openings to dorsal............... Soa SV mor anees GK nae WE 70), 8 a Gill-openingsto Vent. o... 60. . sss cess lestAGy Vie TO pe Gye Tae Dlorcalitoranallartrpateaia 0 caie cit ce Banna ie NWrAS? mye miler ce Aa (UO e TERA pete Onis OC ENS cairo eRe £5.) Tigy Wa se PY eZ} ao RectoralMep rire eet heya ee ihc Al Gaeta ise aes may | SNOUC rs Ee aticisreie vies seas Jasna ae lagers el Onna LO. |. Ssh Cleves LENE Es: -48 Ee I One See CREE MO ae On eee ret one Anas Aksu ss ZS At ee PntErOgbitali Spaces onside ee aces ss Tattle Thal ss ire aaiateel | ot 17 (Shak GINE Goch. an dn coceoe snemo emer [Maceghen ce vie, Ou el eo SOWIE EO) WERIEG og Cae oe OO CoO! TOO) TOO 1 Oat TOR ow a \WiZimis, (HOMEY o) Clr CAUGENIE CEG oo eeoa mm coc 23 One® o/h 2015. aye 220 20m a SUOUPeOrdOLSAl estes sas ise oe a hee T2238 amet Le Abate 1s Ona TD halen V. LENGTH IN PERCENT OF THE TOTAL LENGTH. Locality. Taihoku, Taihoku. | Taihoku, Giran. MQealblen etl. sat a has oe te fecha ean she 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00 Gal Gerad tee hay de tsk enaxed audit aeeiedonakn ait ee 12.34 12.70 Lis Tate7e2 Gill-opening to dorsal... .:.2%. 22.22: 19.75 17.70 18.13 18.16 Gill-opening to vent................ 29.87 25.88 | 25.06 26.20 Worsaletoatia lcs shai sate sy ee eee 10.64 9.64 | 8.99 9.42 (UND SKEIR MAS ceenerciot saan each oie iat a oe Be 3.70 2352 3.20 2.98 IBECtOnall se is Ss cestoecie helen pales arooe Jeepanm seats 4.44 3-52 4.06 4.36 SHO UG se her seetoie Seer terrace aus, Seraietakshe 2.44 2.29 2.20 2.00 EU OR esac ace ase escdettnanes sale sia saat ae 0.98 T.00 0.93 0.91 Interorbitalispaces. 2. . 225.2482 12-50 - Tei72 1.64 1.85 172 Tero O fa DO Givin ne): snare ae ec chs uae 5.08 4.47 4.27 4.59 MSM OMUREORVEIIE srs Aas seals e eo rcachocs ater) sty oie Aer 2 36.64 37.06 37-93 Wentsto.cipror.caudale. o35. sscmcss cc: 58.27 62.35 62.93 62.06 SHOMUALONGOLGAL: ceria clo vietecct.eutae ot Ss ee sOs3 77 20.17 29.23 28.73 52. Anguilla sinensis McClelland. 1844. Anguilla sinensis MCCLELLAND, Calc. Journ., IV, p. 406, Tab. 25, Fig. 2; China.—JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1903, p. 325; Taihoku, Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, 1909, p. 171; Taihoku. 1870. Anguilla latirostris GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., VIII, p. 32; China (part). 1914. Anguilla sinensis (2?) ISHIKAWA, Journ. Coll. Agric. Tokyo, p. 428; Tokyo. A small specimen, No. 6447, from Taihoku. It agrees with Giin- ther’s account of A. Jatirostris, but that species was originally described from Nice. The long head, greater than the distance from front of dorsal to front of anal, is characteristic of this species. (Jordan & Evermann.) 268 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Habitat: Taihoku (Jordan & Evermann). Remarks: This specimen may not be different from the common eel, Anguilla japonica. As I have no specimens to examine, nothing more can be said of it at present. Family MUGILIDZ. ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE FORMOSAN GENERA OF MUGILID. A. An adipose eye-lid well developed, covering at least a third of the iris posteriorly. Muegil. Be Adipose eye-lidinot developed\ics ax carererl reves ish-enel Ps choices) ies new Renae Liza. Genus Mucit (Artedi) Linnzus. 1758. Mugil (ArTEDI) LinN&us, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, p. 316. (Type Mugil cephalus Linneus.) Body more or less oblong and compressed, covered with cycloid scales of moderate size; no lateral line. Mouth more or less trans- verse; anterior margin of the mandible sharp, sometimes ciliated. No true teeth in the jaws. Gill-openings wide; gills four. Eyes lateral, with adipose eyelids. Two dorsal fins, the first consisting of four stiff spines; anal slightly longer than the second dorsal; ventrals abdominal, with one spine and five rays. Branchiostegals from four to six; pseudobranchie present. Distribution: Migratory fishes of all the temperate and tropical regions. SYNOPSIS OF THE FORMOSAN SPECIES. A. Median dorsal line not carinate. a. Mandibular angle obtuse; cleft of mouth contained two times in the dis- tance between the angles) of mouths... ci 04. secre eee rere cephalus. aa. Mandibular angle a right angle; cleft of mouth contained less than two times in the distance between the angles of mouth................. oeur. B. Median dorsal line carinate in front and back of the spinous dorsal. a. Mandibulary angle obtuse; cleft of mouth contained less than two times in the distance between the angles of mouth................... carinatus. 53. Mugil cephalus Linneus. Bora (Japan); Oahii (Formosa). 1758. Mugil cephalus LINN&uS, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, p. 316; Europe.—Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XI, 1830, p. 307.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., III, 1861, p. 417; Mediterranean; Coast of Madeira; Nile; fresh-water lakes of Tunis; West coast of Africa. —JORDAN & STARKES, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, 1906, p. 516; Port Arthur.—JORDAN & SEALE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIX, 1906, p. 521; Hongkong; Shanghai.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 269 Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., XXVII, 1908, p. 244; Calayan, p. 1.—SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XLII, 1912, p. 416; Misaki; Tokyo.—Proc. U. S Nat. Mus., XLII, 1912, p. 459; Okinawa.—JORDAN, SNYDER, & TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, XX XIII, 1913, p. 113; Hawaii; Tahiti; Atlantic coast of the United States; Panama; Southern California; Red Sea; Mediter- ranean; New Guinea; Nukahiva; Solomon Island.—JORDAN & Metz, Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, no. 2, 1913, p. 26; Fusan, Corea.— JORDAN & THOMPSON, Mem. Mem. Carneg. Mus., VI, no. 4, 1914, p. 239; Matsushima; Osaka. 1855.Mugil sotuy BASILEWSKY, Ichthyol. China, p. 226, Pl. IV, Fig. 3; China. Fead)2.:s6 im length; depth 4.42; D. 1V, 1,8; A. IIT; 8; P. 17; V. 1, 5; width of head 1.55 in its length; eye 4.23 in head; interorbital space 2; snout 3.5; forty-two scales in a lateral series, fifteen scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and middle of belly, thirteen scales between origins of dorsal and ventral. Body rather robust, elongate, somewhat compressed, dorsal profile nearly straight, ventral profile broadly rounded; head rather small, broad, its top flattened; snout short and obtuse, broadly rounded anteriorly, interorbital space very broad, rather flat; mouth subin- ferior, slightly oblique, its angle reaching a vertical through posterior nostril; cleft of mouth half as deep as broad (between the angles of mouth); lips thin; the angle between two mandibulary bones obtuse; lower jaw shorter than the upper, outer edge rather sharp, with an obtuse short median keel at the anterior part which fits into the cor- responding concavity on the roof of upper jaw; teeth along the outer edges of both jaws minute, scarcely visible without lens; eyes hidden anteriorly and posteriorly by a broad adipose membrane; nostrils separated, anterior nostril in a very short tube, posterior nostril slit- like, in front of eye above. Dorsal fins well separated, origin of the spinous dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, with a pointed scaly flap at the base, length of the anterior spine 2.2 in head; soft dorsal inserted behind the origin of anal, anterior ray longest; pectoral reaching beyond the origin of ventral, not reaching the spinous dorsal, its base above the middle of body; ventral a little nearer the root of pectoral than the spinous dorsal; anal fin opposite the soft dorsal, inserted in advance of the origin of the latter; caudal fin bifurcate; depth of the caudal peduncle 2.66 in the length of head. Head and body covered with large cycloid scales, those on top of head slightly enlarged; soft dorsal, anal, and pectoral with very few scales; base of caudal covered with large scales. 270 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Color in alcohol grayish above, lower parts silvery; sides with dark longitudinal stripes along the rows of scales; pectorals, dorsals, and caudal fin dusky; ventrals and anal whitish. Length of body 255 mm. Described from a specimen from Daitotei Fish Market, Taihoku, collected by Oshima in March, 1917. Habitat: Taihoku (?). A very common species in Formosa. Remarks: All the characters of the present species agree quite well with those of M. cephalus from Italy in the Stanford University Col- lections. MEASUREMENTS OF Mugil cephalus. | i] | i x1 4 : heey set igh seit |e P a3) sa) [Coc Gaeaalcame sas a a moO leaiiees 2 ies 8 oo Locality. S 3 a) sc Be E a S| 8 as Maihol sneer |3.86|4.42|1V, 2, 8| III, 8/17], 5|1.55 2 |3.50/4.23| 2 '42—-15'255 Maihokie aceseete cs. 13-05/4.79|LV, 1, 8/III, 8/16/1, 51.50 2.38)3.11/4.58| 2 40-15|284 Venice, Italy. | | | Penn | (No. 1479, S. U.). ./3.94/4.14/[V, 1, 8/III, 8/161, 5|1.45 2.80|3.20/4.73| 2 '42-15|260 Naples, Italy. | | | | | (No. 1469, S. U.). .|3.69/4.09|IV, 1, 8/III, 8/16], 5|1.50 2.52|3.65/4.85; 2 41-15/220 54. Mugil oeur Forskal. 1775. Mugil oeur FORSKAL, p. XIV, No. 109.—RUTTER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., 1897, p. 70; Swatow, China.—JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, p. 744; Yokohama.—JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., X XV, 1903, p. 332; Taihoku, Formosa.—JORDAN & RICH- ARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, No. 4, 1909, p. 176; Giran; Keelung; Taihoku, Formosa. 1836. Mugil cephalotus Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XI, p. 110; India.— GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., III, 1861, p. 419; Red Sea; Coast of Pondicherry, Chinese and Japanese Seas.—KNER, Novara Fisch., II, 1865, p. 224; Manila. 1846. Mugil japonicus SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 134, Pl. 72, Fig. 1.— RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, 1846, p. 247; China.—BLEEKER, Verh. Batav. Genootsch., XXV, 1853, p. 41 1846. Mugil macrolepidotus RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 249; China. 1905. Mugil cephalus JORDAN & SEALE (not of Linnzeus), Proc. Davenport Acad. Se., X, p. 4; Hongkong. Head: 3.6 in-length: depth 4; D. IV, .1,-8;.A. Ill, 8. P. 16%) Vesieee width of head 1.58 in its length; eye 4 in head; interorbital space 2.64; snout 3.75; thirty-nine scales in a lateral series, fifteen scales between origin of the spinous dorsal and ventral. Body oblong, compressed posteriorly, dorsal and ventral profiles equally arched; head rather small, its top very slightly convex; snout THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 271 short, moderately broad, truncate in front, interorbital space rather flat; mouth subinferior, slightly oblique, its angle reaching*a vertical through anterior margin of orbit, cleft of mouth 1.66 in the transverse distance between angles of mouth; lips rather thin, upper lip much thicker than the lower; the angle between two mandibulary bones a right angle; lower jaw shorter than the upper, its outer edge rather sharp, with a short median keel at the tip which fits into the corre- sponding concavity on the roof of the upper jaw; teeth on the upper jaw minute, scarcely visible without a lens, closely set; eyes hidden anteriorly and posteriorly by a broad adipose membrane; nostrils separated, anterior nostril in a very short tube, posterior nostril slit- like, in front of eye above. Dorsal fins well separated; origin of the spinous dorsal midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, with pointed scaly flaps on both sides of the base, length of the anterior spine twice in head; soft dorsal inserted behind the origin of anal, anterior ray longest; pectoral not reaching spinous dorsal, its base above the middle of body; ventral inserted nearer the origin of the spinous dorsal than that of the pectoral, with a scaly, pointed flap near the base; anal fin opposite the soft dorsal, inserted in front of the origin of the latter, caudal fin forked; depth of caudal peduncle 2.66 in head. Head and body covered with large cycloid scales; all the fins except the spinous dorsal with very few scales; base of the caudal covered with large scales. Color in alcohol dark gray above, belly and lower half of the sides silvery; sides with dark longitudinal stripes along the rows of scales; pectorals, dorsals, and caudal fin dusky, other fins whitish; a black spot near the base of pectoral. Length of body 132 mm. Described from a specimen from Inzanpo, Giran, collected by T. Aoki in August, 1917. Habitat: Inzanpo and Ritakukan, Giran. Giran; Keelung; Taihoku. (Jordan and Evermann.) Remarks: The present species is very closely related to Mugil cephalus Linnzus, differing mainly in the angle between the two mandibulary bones. In the latter it is always obtuse instead of being a right angle, and the cleft of the mouth is contained twice in the distance between the angles of mouth. DilzZ ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. MEASUREMENTS OF Muegil oeur. | a | Be. 4 | Ay . Cg a a : Locality. gle a | eclalelas 33 SB | 1 Sel) ce lee EO 4 | | BR) 2] 2)" joe) a [se Inzanporen. eee 3.6 |4 IV, 1, 8| III, 8/16]I, 5|1.58|2.64)3.75|4 1.66|39—-15|132 Ritakukanie . ser a550 14 TV; x, 8) LLL, 8/16\I, 5 1.58 2.50 3.75|4.66|1.50/30-15 133 China Wes: 6 ae 3-91/4.37|/IV, 1, 8} III, 8/16|I, 5/1.50/2.58 3.92|1.77|1.77|40-15|226 (No. 1606, S. U.) | Hongkong - (No. 9884, S. U.) .|3.89/4.58|IV, 1, 8} III, 8\16/I, 5 1.61|2.47 3.70|3.70|1.57/38—-15|166 Hongkong | | | (No. 9884, S. Hongkong | (No. 9884, S. U.) .|3.42/4.50/IV, 1, 8| III, 8/16]I, 5)1.61)2.75/3.66|3.66|1.57|41-16|150 Hilo, Hawaii. (No. 7852, S. U.)..14.11/4.25|IV, 1, 8) III, 8)16}I, 5/1.48}2.14/3.7513-75|1-75|38-15|236 Hilo, Hawaii. | (No. 7852, S. U.)../3.96/4.10/IV, 1, 8} III, 8/161, 5|1.47)2.18/3.64)/4 1.89 40-15|260 Hilo, Hawaii. | | | | (No. 7852, S. U.) .'3.85!4.12!1V, 2, 8| III, 8/r7|I, 5!1.24]2.47|3.6014 I.71141-15|176 ITI, 8/16]I, 5/1.57'2.62/3.55|/3.55|1.50.40-15/152 nN Cc es we os) [o<} Si a Ww a _— sm 22 a a E a2 o} | | Sobun River...... | 4.3|4 |IV, 2, 7 III, 9/14'I, 5| 1.46! 2.28 a 4 31-11 215 Sobun River...... | 4:3 3-58\1V, zr, 8 |III, 9 15|L, 5 1.42| 2.13\ 3-40| 4.17 31-I1|272 Family LABYRINTHICI. ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE FORMOSAN GENERA. a. Teeth fixed in the jaws; none on the palate; ventrals well-developed; 13—20 dorsal or anal spines; dorsal and anal rays not filamentous; caudal fin rounded. Polyacanthus. aa. Teeth fixed in the jaws; none on the palate; ventrals well-developed; 13-18 dorsal or anal spines; middle rays of the dorsal and anal filamentous; caudal fin forked or ending in a bundle of long filaments............... Macropodus. Genus PoLyAcANtHus (Kuhl) Cuvier. 1829. Polyacanthus (KUHL) CUvVIER, Regne Animal, Ed. II, Vol. II, p. 227. (Type Chetodon chinensis Bloch =Labrus operculatus Gmelin, as restricted by Cuvier & Valenciennes. ) Body compressed, oblong; operculum without spine or serrature; cleft of mouth small, more or less oblique, not extending beyond a ver- tical from orbit, and little protractile. Small fixed teeth in the jaws, none on the palate. Dorsal and anal spines numerous (13-20); ventral fins composed of one spine and five well-developed rays; the 276 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. soft dorsal and anal, the caudal and ventral more or less elongate in the mature specimens, but not filamentous; caudal rounded. Lateral line interrupted or absent. Branchial arches with toothed tubercles. Air-bladder simple; pseudobranchie none (glandular). Pyloric appen- dages in small number; intestine with many circumvolutions. Distribution: Java; Sumatra; Borneo; Ceylon; Malabar; China; Formosa. 57. Polyacanthus operculatus (Linnzus). Taiwan-kingyo (Formosa). 1735. Labrus opercularis LINN&®uS, Ameen. Acad., IV, p. 428 (not binomial). 1789. Labrus operculatus GMELIN, Syst. Nat., p. 1286; Asia (after Linnzus). 1785. Chetodon chinensis BLocnu, Ichthyologie, VII, p. 3, Taf. 218, Fig. 1; China. 1831. Polyacanthus chinensis Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., VII, p. 357.—RIcH- ARDSON, Ichthyol. China, 1846, p. 250; Canton. 1842. Macropodus ocellatus CANTOR, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IX, p. 484; Chusan. 1846. Polyacanthus? opercularis RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 250; China. 1846. Polyacanthus ? paludosus RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 250; Canton. 1861. Polyacanthus opercularis GUNTHER, Cat. Fish, III, p. 379; Chusan; Hong- kong; China.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Sept., 1873, p. 243; Shanghai.— PETERS, Monatsb. Ak. Berlin, 1880, p. 923.—Abbott, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, 1901, p. 490; Tien-tsin. Head 3 in length; depth 2.75; D: 14, 6; A. 20,13; P. 1o2eViaeeaae width of head 1.66 in its length; eye 3.66 in head; interorbital space 2.8; snout 4; twenty-eight scales in a lateral series, six scales between orbit and posterior margin of operculum, twelve scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and the root of ventral. Body oblong, compressed, dorsal and ventral profiles equally arched; head moderate, triangular, entirely covered with scales; operculum with no spine or serrature; snout pointed anteriorly, interorbital space more or less convex; mouth smail, terminal and subvertical, its angle not reaching the orbit; lower jaw slightly pro- truding; both jaws with small, fixed, villiform teeth; eyes rather large, anterior; nostrils separated, the anterior approximating the upper lip, the posterior in contact with eye. Origin of the dorsal much nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, inserted behind that of anal, soft rays much longer than the spinous, the anterior longest, reaching middle of caudal; pectoral fins thoracic, the tips reaching beyond the anterior third of anal; anal fin very long, its base longer than that of dorsal, soft rays elongate, extending beyond the middle of caudal; caudal fin oblong, rounded at the tip; THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 277 caudal peduncle very short, its depth less than twice in the length of head. Scales large, ctenoid; lateral line indistinct, visible only on the anterior nine scales. Color greenish gray, with ten brown cross-bars on the sides, one of which is on the nape; a dark brown, round spot on the extremity of gill-cover, a somewhat paler short streak between the orbit and that spot; caudal fin with two brown cross-bars near the base; dorsal and caudal fins speckled with brown; base of the anal brownish; pectoral and ventral fins whitish. Length of body 58 mm. Described from a specimen from Taihoku, collected by Oshima in February, 1917. — Habitat: Abundant in the ditches and stagnant pools throughout the Island. My specimens came from Taihoku; Wodensho, Taichu. MEASUREMENTS OF Polyacanthus operculatus. be es J ze See wi ls Locality. 2) 21a] ¢ jaje|/Se/s2] | S| a |PE S a =m FS nee D estes sawn: Fc. oa. ae ee 3 2.75|14, 6| 20, 13 |10|2, 4| 1.66] 2.80) 4 3.66 | 28-r2| 58 Basil ea anes Soo asi. s 2.83) 2.83/14, 6| 19, 13 |10!2, 4| 1.71] 3 4 . | 3-33/28-12] 43 anh oOlkite eae soe 2.91 2.91|I4, 6| 19, 13 |10|2, 4| 1.83] 2.75| 4 - | 3.50)/28-12| 42 saiho Ke ctisn aise 2.90| 2.90/13, 7| 19, 13 |10/2, 4| 1.83] 2.75] 3-50) 3 28-12| 39 ART oCaU a Ui epee een Roe PGI apes G/apaihedy Vp altheryaltey i6(0|tg vse a a) 3.33) 3.66'28-12! 48 Genus Macropopus Lacépéde. 1802. Macropodus LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., III, p. 416. (Type Macropodus viridiauratus Lacépéde). 1861. Macropus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., III, p. 381. (Type Macropodus viridiaur- atus Lacépéde.) Body compressed, oblong; operculum without spine or serrature; cleft of mouth rather small, not extending beyond a vertical from the orbit. Small fixed teeth in the jaws, none on the palate. Dorsal and anal spines numerous (thirteen to eighteen) ; ventral fins composed of one spine and five rays, which are well-developed; soft dorsal, anal and caudal with long filamentous rays. Caudal fin forked or ending in a bundle of long filaments. Lateral line absent. Branchial arches with toothed tubercles. Pyloric appendages in small number; intestine of moderate length. Distribution: Fresh waters of China, Cochin-China, and Botel Tobago. 278 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 58. Macropodus filamentosus sp. nov. (Plate LI, Fig. 2). Head:.3;2 in leneth> depth’ 3; Di1r3. 834. 18,15; P2105 Veer width of head 1.66 in its length; eye 3.5 in head, interorbital space 2.75; snout 3.5; twenty-eight scales in a lateral series, twelve scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and the root of the ventral, six scales between orbit and the posterior end of operculum. Body oblong, compressed, tapering posteriorly, dorsal and ventral profiles equally arched; tail slightly turned downward (probably distorted); head moderate, triangular, entirely covered with scales, top convex; snout short, pointed anteriorly, interorbital space rather broad, slightly convex; operculum with no spine; minute denticulations at the pre-orbital and the angle of the pre-operculum; mouth anterior, oblique, its angle not reaching the orbit; both jaws with a band of fixed, villiform teeth, the lower jaw slightly protruding; nostrils separ- ated, the anterior in a short tube, situated nearer the lip than orbit, the posterior nearly in contact with eye. Dorsal fin elongate, inserted midway between tip of snout and base of caudal, soft rays much longer than the spines, fifth ray filamentous, reaching the middle of caudal; ventral with one spine and five rays, first ray filamentous, reaching anterior two-thirds of the base of anal; anal fin very long, its origin in advance of that of dorsal, posterior end of the base nearly in contact with the base of caudal, soft rays longer than the spines, middle rays longest, seventh to ninth rays filamen- tous, reaching beyond the end of dorsal filament; caudal fin gradually tapering posteriorly, middle rays elongated, forming a bundle of delicate filaments, not forked. Scales moderate, ctenoid; with no lateral line; head provided with many mucous pores, four along the posterior margin of the upper lip, one on each side behind the posterior nostril, one in contact with the hind border of the orbit, three on the posterior part of pre-operculum; bases of the dorsal and anal covered with scales. Color in alcohol pale grayish white, with about eleven brownish cross-bars on the sides and one of the same color on the base of the caudal; a dark brown round spot at the extremity of the operculum; postorbital space with traces of two brown streaks; membrane of the soft dorsal and upper half of the caudal speckled with black; base of the anal brownish, the rest of the fin whitish. Length of the body excluding the caudal 43 mm. (caudal fin about 33 mm. long). THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 279 Described from a specimen from Kotosho (Botel Tobago Island), collected by Yonetaro Kikuchi. Habitat: Kotosho (Botel Tobago Island). A single specimen. Remarks: Macropodus viridi-auratus Lacépéde” = Macropodus ven- ustus Cuv. & Val., may be identical with the present species. Accord- ing to the description and figure by Cuvier and Valenciennes it is provided with a distinctly forked caudal, instead of forming a bundle of long filaments as in M. filamentosus. Family KUHLIIDA-. Genus KuBLIA Gill. 1861. Kuhlia Git, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 48. (Type Perca ciliata Cuv. & Val.) 1863. Moronopsis GILL, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 82. (Type Dules mar- ginata Cuv. & Val.) 1872. Paradules BLEEKER, Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Dierk. I, p. 257. (Type Dules marginata Cuv. & Val.) Body elongate, fusiform. Head conical. Six branchiostegals. All the teeth villiform, without canines; teeth on the palatine bones. Anterior dorsal fin sustained by nine spines, the posterior with a spine and about eleven articulated rays; anal fin with three spines. Oper- culum with two or three flat spines; pre-operculum serrated. Scales moderate, minutely serrated. Distribution: Rivers of the intertropical regions (Java, Philippines, India, Ceylon, Formosa, Japan). 59. Kuhlia marginata (Cuv. & Val.). Dokugyo (Japan). 1829. Dules marginata Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., III, p. 116, Pl. LII; Java.— GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., I, 1859, p. 268; Seas of Java, Amboyna, Vanicolo, Fiji Islands.— Day, Fish. Brit. India, 1876, p. 67, Pl. XVIII, Fig. 1; Seas of India, Malay Archipelago. 1903. Kuhlia marginata JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, p-. 340; Kotosho, Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., XXVIII, 1907, p. 254; Mindoro Island.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, 1909, p. 183; Formosa.—JORDAN, SNYDER & TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci., Tokyo, XX XIII, 1913, p. 146; Japan. Head: 2roan length: depth 2:69; D: .X, 1; A. IIT, 10; P..14; V.1,5; width of head 1.86 in its length; eye 4.5 in head; interorbital space 3; 10 Macropodus viridi-auratus Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., III, 1802, p. 417, Pl. 16, Big-er. Macropodus venustus Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., VII, 1831, p. 375, Pl. 197. 280 ' ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. snout 3.4; pectoral 1.69; ventral 1.64; forty-two scales in the lateral line, four and one-half scales in an oblique series between origin of dorsal and lateral line, twelve scales between the latter and the middle — of belly, nine scales between lateral line and the ventral; gill-rakers 5 + 18; six branchiostegals. Body oblong, compressed, rather deep, dorsal and ventral profiles strongly convex; head moderate, with two sharp flat spines on the posterior margin of operculum, pre-opercles finely serrated; ventral surface of head convex and smooth; snout smooth, pointed anteriorly, interorbital space more or less convex; mouth oblique, with thin fleshy lips, its angles extending backward to the middle of the orbit below; lower jaw protruding; teeth on both jaws in villiform bands, vomer and palatines with a band of villiform teeth, no canine teeth; ’ nostrils approximated, supralateral, in front of eye above, anterior nostril in a short tube. Origin of the dorsal opposite that of ventral, much nearer tip of snout than base of caudal, elongate, fourth and fifth spines longest, soft rays higher than spines, the base covered with a scaly sheath; pectoral lateral, reaching beyond the middle of ventral; ventrals close ogether, each armed with a short strong spine, the end of the fin- membrane adnate to the belly, tip not reaching the anal; anal fin rather long, with three strong spines, second strongest but shorter than the third, inserted in front of the origin of first dorsal ray, the base of the fin covered with a scaly sheath; caudal fin rather broad, divergent, very slightly emarginate; caudal peduncle rather long, its depth 2.33 in length of head. Body covered with moderate ctenoid scales; cheeks and operculum covered with scales; lateral line continuous, slightly upcurved, running along the middle of the tail. Color in formalin dark grey above, belly and lower parts of sides ’ yellowish; posterior margin of scales of the sides spotted with dark, their anterior margins finely speckled with black; dorsal fin dark gray, soft rays fuscous; pectorals dusky; ventrals white; membrane of the anal finely speckled with black; caudal fin dark brown. Length of body 205 mm. Described from a specimen from Tamusui River, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Tamusui River near Shinten; Choso River at Koshiryo; Giran River near Inzanpo; Bokusekikaku. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 281 Remarks: The present species is one of the brackish water fishes which enter the streams. MEASUREMENTS OF Kuhlia marginata. = | | |_| Herve here . é yg | a eect oe | eee o fo. 5 ci | | -|/S 3/28 Ss o = eo Locality. 3 a fa) < uj >/|so| a8 Ou ees re aE mia | Sm} 2:5 a 2 ete | Fo eed es faite a | Tamusui River... .|3.19/2.69| x, 11 |III, ro|r4jI, 5|1.863 /|3.40|4.50| 44-42-12 Tamusui River... .'3 2.72| x, 11 JIL, ro}r4|I, 5|1.82z'3.27|3.27|4.18| 5 —4o—13 |18z Tamusui River... ./3 2.63| x, 11 |III, rojr4/I, 5|1.76'3.18/3.25|3.80| 5 —40-13 |132 PMZAN Ose See es 3.12/2.75| x, IZ |III, rolr4lI, si2_ {3 13-40 4 | 4 —40-12 |132 KOsnIrnvOn....... 3.28!2.66| x, 11 |III, ror4'l, 5/2 '3 '3.50/3.25' 43-40-12 |104 iS) io) mn Family OPHICEPHALIDZ:. ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE FORMOSAN GENERA OF OPHICEPHALID. A. Ventral fins present B. Ventral fins absent ED NENG. CIO PEED ORO Om Cte Oe eo Oe Ophicephalus. SEA Se Pe oera One ba no OY Ea bet Ge OTe eG Channa. Genus OpHICEPHALUS Bloch. 1794. Ophicephalus BLocn, Naturg. Ausl. Fische, VIII, p. 137. (Type Ophiceph- alus punctatus Bloch.) Body elongate, subcylindrical anteriorly; head depressed, covered with plate-like scales. Eyes lateral. Gill-openings wide, the mem- branes of the two sides connected beneath the isthmus; four gills; pseudobranchiez none. A cavity accessory to the gill-cavity, for the purpose of retaining water; no suprabranchial organ developed. Teeth in the jaws, vomer, and palate. One long dorsal and anal fin, without spines; ventral fins thoracic, composed of four to six rays, the outer of which is not branched. Lateral line interrupted. Air- bladder present. Distribution: British India; Ceylon; Borneo; Sumatra; Mindanao; Luzon; Bengal; Siam; Hindostan; Indo-China; Formosa; China; Amur Province. SYNOPSIS OF THE FORMOSAN SPECIES. a. Depth of body less than 6 in the length; nine scales between orbit and the tip of operculum; eleven scales between lateral line and the root of ventrals. tadianus. aa. Depth of body more than 6 in the length; twelve scales between orbit and the tip of operculum; fourteen scales between lateral line and the root of ventrals. maculatus. 282 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 60. Ophicephalus tadianus Jordan & Evermann. Raihii (Formosa). 1903. Ophicephalus tadianus JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXV, p-. 330; Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, 1909, p. 193; Formosa.—VAILLANT, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., VI, 1904, p. 298; Tongking. Head 3 in length; depth 5.33; D. 44; A. 28; V. 4; P. 16; width of head 2 in its length; eye 8 in head; interorbital space 5; snout 6; maxillary 3; mandible 2.25; pectoral 2.2; ventral 3; fifty-seven scales in a longitudinal series, four scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line, eleven scales between the latter and the root of ventral, sixteen scales between lateral line and the middle of belly; nine scales between orbit and the angle of pre-operculum. Body torpedo-shaped, posterior part compressed, anterior part depressed; head rather elongate, depressed, its dorsal profile gradually inclined anteriorly; snout more or less produced, anterior margin obtusely rounded, interorbital space flat; eyes relatively small, superior and exceedingly anterior; nostrils separated, superior, the anterior in a short tube, in contact with the upper lip, the posterior in front of eye above; mouth oblique, large, its angle extending beyond the posterior margin of orbit; a band of small teeth on outer edge of jaws, a band of large, wide-set, caniniform teeth on palatine and inner side of lower jaw; upper jaw protractile, slightly shorter than the lower. Dorsal fin very long, with numerous spine-like rays, low anteriorly, gradually lengthening posteriorly, when depressed the tip of fin reaching beyond root of caudal; the pectoral obtusely rounded, nearly twice as long as broad, reaching beyond the middle of ventral; ventral fins small, not reaching vent; anal similar to the dorsal, inserted beneath anterior third of the base of dorsal, when depressed reaching beyond the root of caudal; caudal fin squarish, with rounded tip; caudal peduncle very short, deep, strongly compressed laterally. Body covered with rather large cycloid scales with irregular con- centric rings and radiated strie; top of head and cheeks covered with large scales; lateral line discontinuous, undulating, running along the center of body from base of caudal to just over third anal ray, thence upward for two rows of scales, forward sixteen rows, downward one row, and then forward to edge of gill-opening. Color in formalin olivaceous brown above, paler below; a row of twelve dark gray blotches along the base of dorsal, partly on the fin, THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 2838 partly on body; below these, but above the lateral line, another row of nine similar, but larger, blotches, extending anteriorly to the upper posterior border of eye, running below the upward curve of lateral line and forming a continuous longitudinal band; below this another row of about seventeen similarly colored, irregular blotches, extending from the base of pectoral posteriorly along lower edge of lateral line to base of caudal; below this another row of irregular and lighter- colored blotches; head olivaceous brown, streaked with irregular lines of black above; a band of dark brown as wide as pupil, but becoming wider posteriorly, running from postero-inferior edge of eye to the middle of base of pectoral; lower part of head paler; dorsal fin marbled with dark; membrane of caudal fin dark, its rays dusky brown, two vertical stripes of gray color near the base; anal fin with seven dark blotches at the base of posterior half, its membrane dusky; the ventral pale; pectorals grayish, with no marking. Length of body 220 mm. Described from a specimen from Taihoku, collected by Oshima in October, 1916. Habitat: Widely distributed throughout the Island. My specimens came from Taihoku, Raupi, Giran; Tozen River; Nanshisho, Giran. MEASUREMENTS OF Ophicephalus tadianus. Leueabetsch CAS Ley loeee leas ? reer ake if Lo} a oll | | | no} oo ~ . | n ~~ . Locality. NSE ile eta dieses oss = ¢ os 8 Bee |) gt reat eal enn jm | | Sm) 65] 4 | 2 a ones | } | | oa} BIR ATTIO Ms ea note seeucy ci clehcl o ehee 3 5-33 44 | 28|16| 4 a Ie 6 8 |4-57-14/220 “iPeiniave) au hesy Wie eee Oe Ore ;2-83/5-50, 41 | 25| 15| 4 | 2.214.66]6.33/8.25 4-54-14/215 RAIDEN yo ecad ous oS: Iz |5-tt| 44|27| 16] 4 | 2 |5.30|5.60/7-33|5—56-14|196 61. Ophicephalus maculatus Lacépéde. 1802. Bostrichus maculatus LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., III, p. 140, 143. 1831. Ophicephalus maculatus Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., VII, p. 437.— KNeErR, Novara, Fisch., II, 1865, p. 234; Hongkong.—BLEEKER, Naturk. Verh. A. K. Amst., XIX, 1879, p. 50; Philippine Islands.—RUuTTER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad., 1897, p. 69; Swatow.—JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1903, p. 330; Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, No. 4, 1900, p. 193; Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARD- son, Check-List Philip. Fish., r910, p. 34; Manila. 1861. Ophiocephalus maculatus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., III, p. 480; China. Head 3.66 in length; depth 6.18; D. 40; A. 28; P. 17; V. 6; width of head 1.8 in its length; eye 8 in head; interorbital space 5; snout 6; 284 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. pectoral 2.19; ventral 3.45; fifty-six scales in a lateral series, five scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line, fourteen scales between the latter and the root of ventral, sixteen scales between lateral line and the middle of belly, twelve scales between orbit and the end of pre- operculum. Body spindle-shaped, posterior part compressed; head_ broad, depressed; snout rather short, obtusely rounded anteriorly, inter- orbital space flat; eyes small, superior, and exceedingly anterior; nostrils separated, the anterior in a short tube, on upper edge of maxil- lary, the posterior in front of eye above; mouth oblique, large, its angle extending beyond the posterior margin of orbit; maxillary 3 in head; mandible 2.66; lower jaw slightly longer than the upper; a row of large caniniform teeth on palatine and inner side of lower jaw, a band of small teeth on outer edge of both jaws. The dorsal very long, with numerous spine-like rays, low anteriorly, when depressed reaching beyond the root of caudal; pectoral oval, outer margin rounded; ventrals rather small and slender, not reaching the vent; the anal similar to the dorsal, but not so long, inserted beneath the anterior third of the base of dorsal; caudal fin squarish, with rounded tip; caudal peduncle short and deep, greatly compressed. Body covered with large cycloid scales with irregular concentric rings and radiating strie; head and cheek covered with plate-like scales; lateral line broken anteriorly, running along the middle of sides from the base of caudal to just above the second anal ray, thence upward for two rows of scales, forward thirteen rows, downward one row, then forward to the upper edge of gill-opening. Color in formalin dark bluish gray above, paler below; belly dusky; eight large dark gray blotches above the lateral line, extending ante- riorly to the middle of and beneath the upward curve of the lateral line, forming a more or less continued longitudinal band; below this: another row of about fourteen similarly colored, large, irregular blotches, extending from the base of pectoral posteriorly to the base of caudal, running below the lateral line; interspace between the upper row of markings and the base of dorsal irregularly mottled with dark: upper surface of the head uniformly bluish gray, lower parts paler; a dark brown band from the upper posterior corner of the orbit run- ning backward, entering the upper row of markings of the sides; below this is an irregular, more or less undulating streak of the same color from eye to middle of base of the pectoral; upper part of the dorsal THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 280 grayish, paler below, its membrane with a series of dark spots along the base; caudal fin uniformly gray, with a faint stripe near the base; anal fin gray, with indications of dark blotches at the posterior half of the base; ventral fins whitish, rays dusky; the pectoral gray. Length of body 285 mm. Described from a specimen from Wodensho, Taichu, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: WWodensho, Taichu (a single specimen). Remarks: The present species is easily distinguished from Ophi- cephalus tadianus by its lower body; the greater number of scales between orbit and posterior angle of pre-operculum; and the greater number of scales in an oblique series between the lateral line and the ‘root of ventral. Genus CHANNA Gronow. 1763. Channa GRONOW, Zo6éphyl., p. 135. (Type Channa orientalis Bloch & Schneider. ) Body elongate, subcylindrical anteriorly, compressed posteriorly; head slightly depressed, covered with plate-like scales. Eyes lateral and anterior. Giull-openings wide, membranes of the two sides con- nected beneath the isthmus. Fine teeth in the jaws, on the vomer, and the palatine bones, intermixed with larger ones in the lower jaw. Pyloric appendages none. One long dorsal and anal fin, without spine; ventral fins none. Lateral line broken anteriorly. Distribution: Ceylon; China; Formosa. 62. Channa formosana Jordan & Evermann. IXotai (Formosa). 1903. Channa formosana JORDAN & EVERMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XV, p. 330; Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, No. 4. 19CQ, p. 193; Suwata (after Jordan & Evermann). Head 3.4 in length; depth 5; D. 44; A. 27; P. 14; width of head 1.6 in its length; eye 7 in head; interorbital space 3.5; snout 5; maxil- lary 2.5; mandible 2.2; pectoral 1.6; fifty-four scales in a lateral series, five scales between origin of dorsal and lateral line, thirteen scales between the latter and the middle of belly, about six scales between orbit and the angle of pre-operculum. Body elongate, anterior part subcylindrical, compressed posteriorly ; head rather broad, its top depressed; snout short, obtusely rounded anteriorly; mouth large, oblique, its angle extending beyond the 286 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. posterior margin of orbit; lower jaw slightly longer than upper; teeth in both jaws and on vomer, cardiform; eyes moderate, superior, and much anterior; nostrils widely separated, the anterior in a long tube, just behind the upper lip, the posterior in front of eye. Dorsal fin elongate, beginning over the base of pectoral, the rays quite uniform in length, when depressed reaching beyond the root of caudal; anal fin similar to dorsal but shorter, beginning beneath the fifteenth dorsal ray and ending under the forty-second; rays of the dorsal and anal all unbranched; pectoral fin broad, not reaching the vent; no ventral fins; caudal fin broad and rounded; caudal peduncle short and deep, greatly compressed. Lateral line broken anteriorly, running along the middle of the sides from the base of caudal to just above second anal ray, thence upward one row for one scale, again upward for one row, extending forward on seven scales, thence dropping one row, reaching to the upper extremity of gill-opening; body covered with large cycloid scales with irregular concentric lines and radiating strie; head and cheeks covered with plate-like scales. Color in formalin yellowish brown above, paler below; the sides with about nine V-shaped dark cross-bars, the apex pointing forward, these markings clearer posteriorly and more or less broken and irregu- lar in front; a large round black spot, bordered by white, on caudal MEASUREMENTS OF Channa formosana. Interor- bital. Snout Eye Scales ‘Length, Mm, ‘ | 5 7 1|5-54-13|/210 -5 14.5 | 6.86'5-53-13 200 i] aay oa! |e | Locality. 2 rales | < | | A | Tathokt aia cceiiers eas 340 5 Taihoki.- 2 ese eee peduncle near the base of caudal fin; sides of head with two broad, dark streaks from eye to the posterior edge of operculum, more or less undulating; dorsal and anal fins uniformly dusky gray, their edge somewhat darker; other fins grayish white. Length of body 210 mm. The present description is from a specimen from Taihoku, collected by Oshima in September, 1916. Habitat: Vaihoku; Shori, Toyen; Tamusui River; Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius). One of the commonest fishes in ponds and stag- nant pools. Tue FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND FO Formosa. 287 Remarks: This species is very closely allied to Channa ocellata™ from China. It differs in having no teeth on palatines and a greater num- ber of scales in a transverse series. Family GOBIITDE. ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE FORMOSAN GENERA. A. Ventral fins entirely separated; pectorals normal; eyes not erectile. a. Pre-opercle with a concealed, hook-like spine; scales moderate, ctenoid; dorsal spines low; interorbital space without ridge............ Eleotris. aa. Pre-opercle without spine; scales moderate, ctenoid; dorsal spine low; IMteroLbitaluspace: with) prominent midges. 2. wie. 6s wale | we Butis. B. Ventrals joined at least at base. a. Ventrals adherent to the belly; body scaly; teeth of the upper jaw mov- Aol ke shaly Gh asvlinyedl: CMAN 6, Qucwl oleh oi oon abto Cowie op Ola e om Oo ator Sicyoplerus. aa. Ventrals not adherent to the belly; body scaly; teeth conical, fixed, those of the upper jaw in several series. b. Soft dorsal and anal short, each composed of nine to twelve soft rays. c. Tongue truncate or rounded or pointed at tip; gill-openings chiefly confined to the sides; pectorals without silk-like rays above; dorsal spines rather weak, some of them often elongate. Rhinogobius. cc. Tongue emarginate at tip; gill-openings extending forward below; pectorals without silk-like rays above; scales rather large, ADO Wet Cypkesl or cyenc ewe crssremeerey ay sed speuious, ane elcbeamict ccc Glossogobius. bb. Soft dorsal and anal long, the former composed of fourteen to thirty rays, dorsal spines seven to nine. c. Scales moderate; soft dorsal composed of fourteen or fifteen rays; cheeks scaly at least above; pectorals without free silk-like rays AlOYON Tee Meer aot Ea ha een Oo. ce areata a-DIOtaro ick’. Acanthogobius. Genus ELEotrRIs (Gronow) Schneider. 1763. Eleotris GRONow, Zoéphyl., p. 83 (non binomial). 1801. Eleotris SCHNEIDER, Syst. Ichth., p. 65. (Type Gobius pisonis Gmelin). 1874. Culius BLEEKER, Archiv. Neerl., IX, p. 303 (Pecia fusca Schneider). Body long and low, compressed behind. Head long, low, flattened above, without spines or crests, almost everywhere scaly. Mouth large, oblique, lower jaw projecting. Lower pharyngeals rather broad, the teeth small, bluntish. Pre-opercle with a small concealed spine below, its tip hooked forward. Branchiostegals unarmed. Tongue broad, rounded. Posttemporal bones very strongly divergent, their insertions close together; top of skull somewhat elevated and declivous; interorbital area slightly convex transversely; dorsal fins well apart, 1 Channa ocellata Peters, Monatsb. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1864, p. 384, China. 288 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. the first composed of five or six low, flexible spines; ventrals separate. Scales moderate, ctenoid, forty-five to seventy in a longitudinal series; vertebrae (pisonis) 11-15. Tropical seas, entering fresh waters (Jordan & Snyder). Distribution: Freshwater fishes of the tropics, some of the species entering the sea; cosmopolitan. SYNOPSIS OF THE FORMOSAN SPECIES. a. Scales of moderate size, about 50 in a lateral series, 15 between origins of the second dorsal andanal® eyes stensvgcret as oie, ticked -trsie ioe renee nec oxycephala. aa. Scales small, about 60 in a lateral series, 16 between origins of the second dorsal and anal 63. Eleotris oxycephala (Schlegel). Doman (Lake Biwa, Japan); Onkora (Formosa). 1845. Eleotris oxycephala SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 150, Pl. LX XVII, Fig. 4, 5; Nagasaki—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., III, 1861, p. 116; China.—KNER Novara, Fisch., II, 1865, p..185; Chinax—JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXII, 1900, p. 371; Lake Biwa.—Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, 1901, p. 46; Haneda; Wakayama.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, No. 4, 1909, p. 200; Takao, Formosa. 1846. Eleotris canthrinus RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 209; Macao. 1905. Lleotris balia JORDAN & SEALE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIX, p. 526; Hongkong. Head 3.33 in length: depth 5; D. VI, '8;Ay 9; P..18;V. 5; depthaan caudal peduncle 2.33 in head; eye 6; interorbital space 3; snout 4; fifty scales in a lateral series, fifteen scales between origins of second dorsal and anal. Body deep, caudal peduncle strongly compressed; head long, much depressed, considerably broader than the body, a longitudinal groove along the median line of the top; snout rather short, broadly rounded anteriorly, interorbital space flat; mouth large, terminal, slightly oblique, its angle extending to a vertical through the anterior border of orbit; lips thick; lower jaw projecting beyond the upper; teeth on both jaws, simple, in rather broad bands, inner ones larger; palatines and vomers without teeth; eyes superior and anterior; tongue oblong, anterior edge rounded; nostrils separated, very small, anterior nostril in a short tube; gill-openings lateral, not extending very far forwards; posterior border of the pre-opercle with a hidden spine, which projects downward and forward; gill-rakers 3 + 9, short and covered with delicate sete. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 289 Two pairs of dorsal fins; first dorsal rather small, when depressed reaching the insertion of the second dorsal, posterior ray of the latter longest; pectorals acutely rounded, reaching to the posterior end of the base of the first dorsal; ventrals separated, rather small; the anal inserted beneath the third soft ray, when depressed reaching so far as the end of second dorsal; caudal fin rounded; anal flap developed. Head with minute scales except snout, chin, and throat; occiput and cheeks with small cycloid scales; body covered with uniform ctenoid scales, those on belly, breast, and nape are minute and cycloid. Color in formalin uniformly dark brown, ventral parts whitish, densely speckled with minute brown spots; a wide black stripe, made up of small black dots, extending from opercle to caudal; a distinct narrow black line through eye from snout to origin of dark stripe on body; another short black line from posterior margin of orbit to pos- terior margin of pre-opercle; first dorsal with two brown bands which run horizontally; second dorsal and anal with numerous dark spots; caudal and pectorals with small brownish spots arranged in vertical rows. Length of body 112 mm. Described from a specimen from Tozen River, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat:Tamusui River near Maruyama; Tozen River; Giran River near Inzanpo and Kiburan; Buroko River near Suwo. MEASUREMENTS OF Eleotris oxycephala. irene (me Pecos ‘ cnt Locality ¢ = fal lalale| See sa 3 | 5 | 2 FE ¢ v | | | | as Cee Oy S }e| A hela is 1) ea Re | } | pROZenURIVETS cy. ... 3-18] 6.09] VI, 0] 9/18] 2.4016 |2.50/5 |36—11/ 44 Weainanshozeeer. vee nae. 3-47| 5-20] VI, t0} 9/18) 2.14] 6.5 |2.50/5 |35—-12| 61 Bokusekikaku......... 3-17| 5.80| VI, 9| 8| 18% 2.57| 5 |2.50/5- |37-z0] 70 WMZAM PO 26) 25 2' eos ents | 3.31} 5.88] VI, 9 8) 18) 2.66} 7 2.33} 4:50\3 7-10 65 | | | | interorbital space, one behind each eye, two along the posterior edge of pre-operculum. Color in alcohol pale brown, somewhat darker anteriorly; all the fins pale brown, soft dorsal and anal bordered with white. Length of body 69 mm. Described from a specimen from Shinchiku, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. 300 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Habitat: Shinchiku; Tamusui River near Shinten; Dakusui River; Sobun River; Jitsugetsutan (Lake Candidius); Dainansho, Nanto; Bokusekikaku; Inzanpo, Giran. Remarks: This species is near Rhinogobius similis“ from Japan, but differs distinctly in the smaller number of mucous pores and in the greater number of scales in the lateral series. Rhinogobius candidius is another closely related species. It differs, however, in having no mucous pores and the spines of the first dorsal which are not filamentous. 70. Rhinogobius formosanus sp. nov. (Plate LIII, Fig. 2). Head 3.53 in length; depth 4.25; depth of caudal peduncle 2 in head; eye 5; interorbital space 5.5; snout 2.8; D. VI, 9; A. 9; P. 19; twenty- nine scales in lateral series, nine scales in an oblique series between origins of second dorsal and anal. Body rather robust, highest in front of first dorsal; tail slightly compressed; head elongate, entirely naked; snout pointed anteriorly; mouth moderate, more or less oblique, its angle reaching a vertical through anterior margin of orbit; jaws subequal; lips fleshy, upper lip rather wide; tongue broad, with rounded tip; teeth on the upper jaw in a single series, conical and minute, those on the lower jaw in a narrow villiform band, outer ones pointed and in a single row; eyes high in head, upper margin projecting above the contour of head, situated nearer to tip of snout than the posterior edge of opercle; interorbital space convex; nostrils separated, anterior nostril in a short tube. . Dorsal fins well separated, none of the spines elongated, when depressed not reaching the base of second dorsal; second dorsal rather short, middle ray longest; pectorals rhomboidal, pointed at the tip, not reaching the vent; ventrals united, forming a concave disk, not adnate to the belly; anal fin inserted below the third ray of second dor- sal, when depressed extending to end of second dorsal, posterior ray longest; caudal fin rounded. Body covered with large ctenoid scales, those on the belly smaller and cycloid; cheeks, operculum, and tip of head entirely naked. Color in alcohol pale olive-gray, back mottled with dark; sides with about seven squarish dark cross-bars; lower surface whitish; top of 144 Rhinogobius similis Gill, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1859, p. 145; near Shi- moda, Japan. THe FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 301 head, cheeks, and snout with a number of wavy, pale-brown, longi- tudinal streaks; membrane of the dorsal fins grayish, spines fuscous, soft rays spotted with dark; ventral fin whitish; pectoral and anal dusky, the latter bordered with white; caudal fin with wavy vertical cross-bands. Length of body 65 mm. Described from a specimen from Shinchiku, collected by T. Aoki in December, 1916. Habitat: Shinchiku (a single specimen). Remarks: The present species much resemble Rhinogobius hadrop- terus'!® from Japan. It differs, however, in having an entirely naked head. 71. Rhinogobius caninus (Cuv. & Val.). 1837. Gobius caninus Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., XII, p. 86.—BLEEKER, Verh. Batav. Gen., XXII, 1849, p. 27.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., III, 1861, p- 38; China; East Indian Archipelago. 1905. Rhinogobius caninus JORDAN & SEALE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, p. 796; Negros.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., X XVII, 1908, p. 259; Iloilo; Lubang.—JorpAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, 1909, p. 200; Takao, Formosa. 1912. Ctenogobius caninus SNYDER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., LXII, p. 514; Okinawa. Head 3.45 in length; depth 5.42; caudal peduncle 2.44 in head; eye 4.8; interorbital space 8; snout 3.28; D. VI, 1, 9; A. 9; P. 19; twenty- eight scales in a lateral series, ten scales between the origin of soft dorsal and that of the anal. Body oblong, compressed, depth nearly subequal throughout the body, gradually tapering posteriorly; head rather high, not depressed; snout rounded anteriorly, its profile slightly arched, interorbital space narrow; mouth oblique, its angle reaching beyond a vertical through anterior margin of orbit; lower jaw longer than the upper, with two large canine teeth on each side; teeth on both jaws in a villi- form band, outer ones larger; tongue rather short, truncated in front; eyes high in head, much nearer tip of snout than the end of opercle; nostrils separated, in front of eye, the posterior slightly larger than the anterior. Dorsal fins well separated, none of the spines elongated, when 15 Ctenogobius hadropterus Jordan & Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, 1901, p. 60. Rhinogobius hadropterus Jordan, Snyder, & Tanaka, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo. XOoUIE TO135 p. 343- 302 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. depressed scarcely reaching the origin of soft dorsal; soft dorsal rather long, armed with a short, slender undivided ray, posterior ray the longest, when depressed reaching root of caudal; pectorals quadrate, reaching a vertical through the vent; ventrals united, forming a shallow concave disc, not adnate to the belly; anal fin inserted below the third dorsal ray, posterior ray the longest, when depressed reaching the end of soft dorsal; caudal fin obtusely rounded. Body covered with large ctenoid scales, those on the belly and occi- put small and cycloid; cheek naked; occiput covered with minute scales. Color in alcohol pale yellowish brown, sides with large irregular brown spots disposed in two longitudinal series; a dark round spot above the base of pectorals; head with no markings; spinous dorsal and pectorals dusky; membrane of the soft dorsal with longitudinal series of dark spots; outer margin of the anal black; caudal fin uni- formly dusky. Length of body 100 mm. Described from a specimen from Takao, collected by Hans Sauter (Stanford Collections, No. 20995). Habitat: Takao. Genus GLossoGcostus Gill. Body rather elongate, tail slightly compressed; head broad and depressed anteriorly, naked; interorbital space flat. Mouth very large, terminal and oblique; teeth moderate, in broad bands, the inner teeth depressible; tongue emarginate at tip. Sides of head naked; no barbels; eyes well separated; isthmus very narrow; the gill-openings ending forward below; pseudobranchiz well-developed; no fleshy flaps on shoulder-girdle. Dorsal fins both short, the first composed of six slender spines; pectorals without silk-like rays above; ventrals united, not adnate to the belly; anal with nine soft rays; caudal free from the dorsal and anal. Body covered with rather large scales, which number about forty in the lateral series. | Distribution: Formosa; Philippine Islands; China; Japan; Malay Archipelago; Ceylon. SYNOPSIS OF THE FORMOSAN SPECIES. a. Dorsal fin VI, 10; anal composed of 9 rays; scales 31-32 in a lateral series, 9-10 in an oblique series between origins of the soft dorsal and anal. brunneus. aa, Dorsal fin VI, 11; anal composed of I1 rays; scales 54 in a lateral series, 13-14 in an oblique series between origins of the soft dorsal and anal. grammepomus. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 303 aaa. Dorsal fin VI, 9; anal composed of 9 rays; scales 41 in a lateral series, 13 inan oblique series between origins of the soft dorsal and anal............ parvus. aaaa. Dorsal fin VI, 10; anal composed of ro rays; scales 28—30 in a lateral series. abacopus. 72. Glossogobius brunneus (Schlegel). Urohaze (Japan); Kaugam (Giran, Formosa). 1847. Gobius brunneus SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 142, Pl. LXIV, Fig. 2; Nagasaki —GUnrTuH_Er, Cat. Fish., III, 1861, p. 65; after Schlegel.— ISHIKAWA, Cat. Fish., 1897, p. 39; Tokyo; Boshi. 1847. Gobius olivaceus SCHLEGEL, Fauna Japonica, Poiss., p. 143, Pl. LX XIV, Fig. 3; Nagasaki. 1901. Glossogobius brunneus JORDAN & SNYDER, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXV, p. 74; Wakanoura; Onomichi; Hakodate; Kurume; Nagasaki.—JORDAN & EVER- MANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, 1003, p. 361; Kotosho; Keelung, Formosa.—JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, 1909, p. 200; after Jordan & Evermann.—JORDAN, SNYDER, & TANAKA, Journ. Coll. Sci. Tokyo, XX XIII, 1913, p. 350; Hakodate to Nagasaki. 1846. Gobius platycephalus RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 204; Macao. 1846. Gobius fasciato-punctatus RICHARDSON, Ichthyol. China, p. 204; Canton. 1897. Gobius giurus RUTTER, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad., Jan., p. 85; Swatow. Head 3.16 in length; depth 4.88; depth of caudal peduncle 2.84; D. VI, 10; A. 9; P. 20; V. 1, 5; eye 5.71 in head,-interorbital space 6.83; snout 3; maxillary 2.44; thirty-one scales in a lateral series, ten scales in a transverse series; gill-rakers 3 + I0. Body robust, elongate, posterior part slightly compressed, highest near the insertion of spinous dorsal; head very large, depressed, broader than body, with a deep longitudinal groove on the top; snout more or less pointed, interorbital space rather flat; eyes supralateral, diameter nearly as long as the interorbital space; mouth large, ter- minal and oblique, its angle extending to a vertical through anterior third of the orbit; lower jaw protruding beyond the upper; lips broad; teeth simple, in two series, inner one depressible and somewhat larger; tongue broad, deeply notched at the tip; gill-openings lateral, running far forward below; width of isthmus nearly equal to the interorbital space; gill-rakers on the first arch short, reduced to mere elevations near the end of arch; nostrils separated, the anterior in a short tube; chin smooth. : Body covered with large ctenoid scales; head naked; no lateral line. Dorsal fins separated; anterior dorsal inserted behind the base of the pectoral, second spine the longest, when depressed, reaching be- yond the origin of second dorsal; fin-rays of second dorsal subequal in 304 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. height, a little shorter than first dorsal; pectoral fins lateral, large, rounded; ventrals united, forming an oval disc, not adnate to belly; anal inserted below third dorsal ray, posterior rays longer, reaching as far backward as do those of the dorsal, both not reaching the root of caudal; caudal fin rounded. Color in formalin dark gray above, lower parts white; upper parts of sides mottled with black; dorsal fins grayish, with small dusky spots in more or less definite longitudinal series; pectorals and caudal with vertical rows of small dark spots; ventral fins whitish; the anal dusky. Length of body 145 mm. Described from a specimen from Taihoku, collected by T. Aoki in September, 1916. Habitat: Taihoku; Tamusui River; Ritakukan, Giran. MEASUREMENTS OF Glossogobius brunneus. | = af [Sa a. si | eeeret Ie: Locality. | 5 a 235 a eel 09 a 5s | 2 a | c ie (eee eer | eo | 2.) Seca | | | | | | | | | ‘Tatooine caer ale | 3.16] 4.88) 2.85 | VI, 10/9 '20/1, 5| 6.83|3 ° | 5.71/31—1olr45 Tathokuy acct dons 13:07 52343. | Vil, ro).ol2olr es ir7 3.25| 6.33/32-10|150 Tathokumaacscet sorenae| 3.21] 5.89| 2.91 | VI, ro} 9 |20'1, 5| 6.60] 3.09| 5.60|32—10] 132 Maihokttepeteue aoe cere tS ees es | VI, 10] 9 {20!r, 5| 7 |3 | 5.66/32— 9/127 Ritakukan. -.o2/02- o)) S20S) 5205) 2273 | ils 10] 9 |20 I, 5/6.25/3 | 6.33132- 9) 173 Ritelkukan 5 S54. se 3) S62 55200) 287 Vas 10, 9 |20 1, 5,6 13. +| 6.18/32— 9/180 Ritakukan...........}3-42| 5.76] 2.73 | VI;.10| 9 !20 1, 5| 6.66] 2.93] 6.33/32— 9/177 73. Glossogobius grammepomus (Bleeker). 1849. Gobius grammepomus BLEEKER, Verh. Batav. Gen., XXII, p. 34.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., III, 1861, p. 64; Malay Archipelago. 1849. Gobius melanocephalus BLEEKER, Verh. Batav. Gen., XXII, p. 34.— Naturk. Tydschr. Nederl. Ind., 1851, I, Fig. 4.—Day, Fish, Brit. India, p. 292, Pl. LXIII, Fig. 6; Seas of India to Malay Archipelago. L861. Gobius litturatus STEINDACHNER, Sitzsb. Wien, Acad., XLII, p. 289, Figs. 4, 5; Philippine Islands. Head 3.17 in length; depth 4.5°:D: V1, 117A. 11; P! 173 Vines width of head 1.42; eye 5.5 in head; interorbital space 4.42; snout 2.39; maxillary 2; depth of caudal peduncle 2.58; fifty four scales in a lateral series, fourteen scales between origin of second dorsal and that of the anal; gill-rakers 2 + 4. Body thick, dorsal profile arcuate, ventral profile nearly straight, deepest in front of the spinous dorsal, tail compressed; head very large, broader than the body; cheek more or less bulged out; snout THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 9305 rather long, broadly rounded anteriorly; eyes moderate, superior, but directed laterally; interorbital space broad, more or less concave; mouth slightly oblique, with very thick lips, its angle reaching a vertical through center of the orbit; upper jaw a little longer than the lower; teeth in a broad villiform band, no canine teeth, those in outer row somewhat larger; tongue broad, deeply notched in front; gill- openings run forward below; inner edge of shoulder-girdle without papille; gill-rakers very short; nostrils separated, the anterior in a short tube. Head naked, except the occiput; body covered with large ctenoid scales, those on the nape and belly small and cycloid. Dorsal fins separated; spines not filamentous, third spine longest, contained 1.82 in head, soft rays a little shorter than the spines, anterior longest; pectorals large, reaching the posterior end of the base of spinous dorsal; ventrals united, free from belly; anal flap well developed; anal fin inserted below second dorsal ray, when depressed reaching to the root of caudal; caudal fin rounded. Color in formalin dark brown above, paler below, sides and upper part of the body with a number of vermiculated black spots; mem- branes of the dorsal fins dusky, spines and rays with a series of dark spots; caudal fin with a number of vertical cross-bars; the rest of the fin grayish. Length of the body 118 mm. Described from a specimen from Inzampo, Giran, collected by T. Aoki in August, 1917. Habitat: Inzampo, Giran (two specimens). MEASUREMENTS OF Glossogobius grammepomus. ae AA les | See eer eee AE ; eS ra é oil eo dics) 1) 58 eS ms = me Locality. i | a A abe ma sm £2 i aS 8 ge 3 | . iA a al at LUZAMUP Os ees ec -ccperaee seo 3-17| 4.50! VI, 11 II|E7/1, 5| I.42| 4.42] 2.39] 5.5 seven ImMZaTpOkse ties ae 3-39) 4.75) VI, T1/11/17/1, 5|1.44|5 | 2.40! 5.5 |54-13] 97 - 74. Glossogobius parvus sp. nov. (Plate LIII, Fig. 3). HMeadiz.161n length; depth 4; DP VI,.9: A: 9: P: 16° V. 1, 5; width of head 1.5 in its length; eye 4 in head; snout 3; interorbital space 2.5; depth of caudal peduncle 2.25; maxillary 2.2; scales about forty- one in a lateral series, thirteen scales between origins of the soft dorsal and anal; pectoral 1.5 in head; ventral 2. 21 TANG 22a O LO: 306 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Body rather slender, laterally compressed; head more or less depressed, broader than body, cheek fleshy, somewhat bulged out laterally; snout flat, broadly rounded anteriorly, interorbital space rather flat; eyes superior, directed laterally; mouth oblique, its angle reaching a vertical through centre of orbit; lips fleshy; upper jaw slightly longer than the lower; teeth in villiform bands, no caniniform teeth; tongue quadrate, emarginate at the tip; nostrils widely separated, the anterior in a short tube, just behind the upper lip; gill-openings extending downward and a little forward; gill-rakers very short. Dorsal fin separated; spinous dorsal rather small, triangular, the anterior spine longest, no filamentous spines, when depressed not reaching the origin of soft dorsal; soft dorsal rather low, the posterior ray longest, its height contained twice in the length of head; pectorals rounded, reaching beyond the middle of base of spinous dorsal; ventrals united, not adnate to the belly, cup round and deep; anal flap well developed, elongate; the anal inserted below the second ray of soft dorsal, as high as the soft dorsal; caudal fin rounded. Body covered with thin minute ctenoid scales; head, except occiput, naked; scales on the occiput and belly minute and cycloid; base of the pectoral fleshy and scaly. Color in formalin brownish gray, sides with a number of irregular dark cross-bars; cheek with two longitudinal brown stripes originating at the orbit; dorsal fins brownish gray; tip of the spinous dorsal black, interspace between each ray with a black streak; caudal fin dusky, with three dark cross-bars; the rest of the fins uniformly dusky. Length of body 44 mm. Described from a specimen from Kizanto, Giran, collected by T. Aoki in August, 1917. Habitat: Kizanto, Giran (a single specimen). Remarks: Wizanto is a small island near Giran; the present species is probably a marine fish. 75. Glossogobius abacopus Jordan & Richardson. 1909. Glossogobius abacopus JORDAN & RICHARDSON, Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, no. 4, p. 200; Takao, Formosa. Head to tip of lower jaw three times in length; depth 5.5; eye 4 in head; dorsal VI, 10; anal 10; scales 28-30; snout 3.4 in head; maxillary 2.4; interorbital space slightly greater than width of pupil. Body elongate, rather depressed in front, tapering gradually backward to THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 307 the depressed caudal peduncle; depth of caudal peduncle 3.4 in head; head pointed; lower jaw projecting width of pupil; mouth large, maxillary reaching vertical from back of pupil; jaws, vomers and palatines with rows of fine, sharp-pointed teeth; tongue deeply notched; origin of spinous dorsal nearly an eye-length behind insertion of ventrals, its base 2.4 in head; base of soft dorsal 1.5 in head; longest dorsal spine 2.25; longest ray twice in head; origin of anal under second ray of soft dorsal, equidistant between base of caudal and back of eye; pectoral 1.3 in head; ventrals 1.4; depth of membranous cup of united ventrals two-thirds of length of eye; caudal 1.3 in head, rounded; a large anal papilla with notch behind. Color in spirits brownish-olive, back and caudal peduncle crossed obliquely by four broad saddle-like bands of dark color; membranes of dorsals and of anal chiefly blackish, with some small spot-like intervals of paler on these and on rays; caudal and ventrals barred or checkered with dark; pectorals lightly speckled with dusky, with darker and denser specks below at base; under parts unevenly punct- ulated, the dots forming indistinct bars on chin and lower jaws; tip of lower jaw blackish. This species is near Glossogobius vaisiganis from Samoa, but differs in the details of coloration, notably in the sharply checkered ventral fin. (Jordan & Richardson). Habitat: Takao. (Jordan & Richardson). Not seen. Genus ACANTHOGOBIUS Gill. 1859. Acanthogobius GILL, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 145. (Type Gobius flavimanus Temminck & Schlegel.) 1863. Synechogobius GILL, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad., p. 266. (Type Gobius hasta Temminck & Schlegel.) Body oblong, little compressed, covered with medium-sized roughish scales; cheeks with small scales; snout rather long, the head rounded in profile; mouth moderate, oblique, the jaws about equal, the teeth moderate; tongue truncate or very slightly notched; isthmus rather broad, the gill-openings slightly continued forward below; no flaps on shoulder-girdle. Dorsal fins rather long, the first composed of seven to nine slender spines, the second of fourteen or fifteen soft rays; anal of twelve to thirteen rays. (Jordan & Snyder). 76. Acanthogobius ommaturus (Richardson). 1846. Gobius ommaturus RICHARDSON, Voy. Sulph. Fish., p. 146, Pl. LV, Figs. 1-4; Woosung, Yang-tze-kiang.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish., III, 1861, p. 77; Amoy.— RUTTER, Proc. Nat. Sc. Philad., Jan., 1897, p. 85; Swatow. 308 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1905. Acanthogobius ommaturus JORDAN & SEALE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIV, p. 528; Shanghai. Head 3.56 in length; depth 7-537 D: PxXja8. Ay 153.2 eee width of head 1.81; eye 5.33 in head; interorbital space 7.5; snout 2.75; depth of caudal peduncle 3.75; seventy scales in a longitudinal series, eighteen scales between origins of second dorsal and anal; gill-rakers 3 + 8. Body elongate, slender, anterior part somewhat cylindrical, tail compressed; head large, slightly depressed, its top scaly, cheek covered with minute scales; snout somewhat produced, acutely rounded anteriorly, tip slightly swollen; mouth large, inferior, its angle not reaching a vertical through anterior border of orbit; lips thick and fleshy; upper jaw slightly longer than the lower; teeth conical and fixed, in several rows, those of the outer series somewhat larger; eyes high up, interorbital space concave; nostrils separated; tongue broad, truncated in front; gill-openings not extending far forward; isthmus rather broad. Dorsal fin separated; spinous dorsal slender, anterior spine longest, when depressed not reaching second dorsal; soft dorsal elongate, with many rays, length of each ray subequal; pectorals rather large, without free silk-like rays above, their bases smooth and muscular; ventrals completely united, forming a concave round disk which is not adnate to belly; anal inserted below fourth dorsal ray, when depressed reaching posteriorly as far as the dorsal, both not extending to the root of caudal; caudal fin rhomboidal, pointed at middle; caudal peduncle elongate. Body covered with thin ctenoid scales; scales on head small and cycloid. Color in alcohol pale gray above, lower half of the sides and belly whitish; rays of the dorsal fins spotted with black, caudal fin yellowish olive, with a number of dark markings near the base; the rest of the fins whitish. Length of body 140 mm. Described from a specimen from Taihoku, collected by T. Aoki. Habitat: Taihoku (two specimens). SUMMARY. Family SALMONID. I. PLECOGLossus Temminck & Schlegel. 1. altivelis Temminck & Schlegel; Tamusui River. i) ON tw “NI c THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 309 Family SALANGID. 2. PARASALANX Regan. . acuticeps (Regan); not seen. ariakensis (Kishinouye); Tamusui River. Family SILURIDA. 3. PARASILURUS Bleeker. . asotus (Linneus); Jitsugetsutan; Tamusui River; Inzampo; Ritakukan. 4. PSEUDOBAGRUS Bleeker. . brevianalis (Regan); Jitsugetsutan; Dainansho. . tatwanensis Oshima; Tozen River; Daito River; Shinchiku. adiposalis Oshima; Tamusui River; Daito River; Sobun River. 5. LiopaGrus Hilgendorf. . nantoénsis Oshima; Dainansho. 9g. formosanus Regan; not seen. 10. M105 TQ 14. 16. 6. CLARIAS Gronovius. fuscus (Lacépéde); Jitsugetsutan; Taihoku; Tamusui River; Maruyama, Giran. Family COBITIDA. 7. Miscurnus Lacépéde. anguillicaudatus (Cantor); Tamusui River; Maruyama; Giran; Rato; Raupi; Jitsugetsutan. decemcirrosus (Basilewsky); Taihoku; Taichu. 8. CositTis Linnzus. . tenia Linneus; Shinchiku; Jitsugetsutan; Rigyokutsu; Maruyama, Giran. Family HOMALOPTERID-. g. FORMOSANIA Oshima. gilbertt Oshima; Tamusui River. 10. HEMIMYZON Regan. . formosanus (Boulenger); Taiko River. Family CYPRINIDA. 1. Carassius Nilsson. auratus (Linneus); Taihoku; Giran. 310 19. ZO: Zils ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 12. Cyprinus (Artedi) Linnzeus. carpio Linneus; Taihoku; Temsonpi; Inzampo; Maruyama. 13. LABEO Cuvier. . jordant Oshima; Short. 14. ACROSSOCHEILUS Oshima. formosanus (Regan) Tamusui River; Tozen Rivor; Shinchiku; Horisha; Jitsugetsutan. I5. SCAPHESTHES Oshima. tamusuiensis Oshima; Tamusui River; Choso River; Giran River. 16. HEMIBARBUS Bleeker. labeo (Pallas); Tamusui River; Rigyokutsu. 17. BARBODES Bleeker. paradoxus (Giinther); Taiko River. 18. CAPOETA Cuvier & Valenciennes. semifasciolata (Giinther); Ako. 19. Puntius Hamilton. snyderi Oshima; Rigyokutsu; Maruyama; Daito River. 20. Spinibarbus Oshima. hollandi Oshima; Sobun River. 21. GNATHOPOGON Bleeker. iijime Oshima; Tozon River.. 22. PsEupoGoBIO Bleeker. brevirostris Giinther; Tamusui River. 23. PSEUDORASBORA Bleeker. parva (Schlegel); Tamusui River; Taihoku; Raupi; Tozon River; Nanto; Rigyokutsu; Shinchiku; Ako; Shori; Bokusekikaku. 24. PARARASBORA Regan. moltrechti Regan; Jitsugetsutan. 25. PHoxiscus Oshima. kikuchit Oshima; Bokusekikaku. (oe) on 40. Al. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 011 26. Dista@cHODON Peters. . tumzirostris Peters; Taihasho, Giran. 27. ISCHIKAUIA Jordan & Snyder. macrolepis Regan; not seen. 28. CTENOPHARYNGODON Steindachner. idellus (Cuvier & Valenciennes) ; Shori. 29. ACHEILOGNATHUS Bleeker. . himantegus Giinther; Taihoku; Wodensho; Taichu; Shimo- Tamusui River. 30. RHODEUS Agassiz. . ocellatus (Kner); Taihoku; Nanto. 31. Zacco Jordan & Snyder. . platypus (Schlegel); Tamusui River; Shinchiku; Choso River. . temmincki (Schlegel); Tamusui River; Daiko River; Daito River; Shinchiku; Dakusui River; Rigyokutsu; Sobun River; Shimo- Tamusui River; Ako; Heirinbi; Inzampo; Tensonpi; Suwo; Giran. pachycephalus Giinther; Tamusui River. 32. Merzia Jordan & Thompson. . mesembrina (Jordan & Evermann); Kotosho. 33. CANpDIpDIA Jordan & Richardson. barbata (Regan); Jitsugetsutan; Shito, Giran. 34. HyPOPHTHALMICHTHYS Bleeker. molitrix (Cuvier & Valienciennes) ; Shori. 35. ARISTICHTHYS Oshima. nobilis (Gray) (Richardson); Shori. 36. CHANODICHTHYS Bleeker. macrops Giinther; Tamusui River. 37. CULTER Basilewsky. . adokii Oshima; Jitsugetsutan. . brevicauda Giinther; Kagi. 312 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 38. CULTRICULUS Oshima. 46. kneri (Kreyenberg); Jitsugetsutan; Shimo-Tamusui River. Family PG@ACILIIDA. 39. Oryzias Jordan & Snyder. 47. latipes (Temminck & Schlegel); Shori; Ako; Giran. 40. GAMBUSIA Poey. 48. affinis (Baird & Girard); Shori. Family MONOPTERIDZ. 41. FLuta Bloch & Schneider. 49. alba (Zuiew); Jitsugetsutan; Shokwa; Taihoku; Kiburan, Giran. Family ANGUILLID. 42. ANGUILLA Shaw. 50. mauritiana Bennett; Giran; Jitsugetsutan. 51. japonica Temminck & Schlegel; Taihoku; Giran. 52. sinensis McClelland; not seen. Family MUGILID. 43. Muert (Artedi) Linneus. cephalus Linnzeus; Taihoku. Ww . oeur Forskal; Inzampo; Ritakukan. or wm as . carinatus (Ehrenberg) Cuvier & Valenciennes; Taihoku; Shimo- on on Tamusui River. 44. Liza Jordan & Swain. 56. troscheli (Bleeker); Sobun River. Family LABY RINE RICE. 45. PoLyACANTHUS (Kuhl) Cuvier. 57. operculztus (Linneus); Taihoku; Wodensho. 46. Macropopus Lacépéde. 58. filamentosus Oshima; Kotosho. Family KUHLIID. 47. Kuuwuia Gill. 59. marginata (Cuvier & Valienciennes); Tamusui River; Choso River; Giran River; Bokusekikaku. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. St Se to wn & W THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 313 Family OPHICEPHALID/. 48. OPHICEPHALUS Bloch. tadianus Jordan & Evermann; Taihoku; Raupi; Tozen River; Nanshisho. maculatus Lacépéde; Wodensho. 49. CHANNA Gronow. formosana Jordan & Evermann; Taihoku; Toyen; Tamusui River; Jitsugetsutan. Family GOBIID. 50. ELEoTRIS (Gronow) Schneider. oxycephala (Schlegel); Tamusui River; Tozen River; Giran River; Buroko River. fusca (Schneider); Buroko River. 51. Burtis Bleeker. butts (Buchanan-Hamilton); Taihoku. 52. SICYOPTERUS Gill. japonicus (Tanaka); Tamusui River; Tozen River; Koanronsho; Shinchiku; Bokusekikaku; Choso River; Raoko. 53. RuINoGoBIUS Gill. . candidius (Regan); Bokusekikaku; Heirinbi; Tozen River; Shinchiku; Daiko River; Daito River. . giurinus (Rutter); Shimo-Tamusui River; Tozen River; Woden- sho; Daito River; Tamusui River; Shori; Hyoko; Maruyama, Giran. . taiwanus Oshima; Tamusui River; Dakusui River; Sobun. River; Shinchiku; Jitsugetsutan; Dainansho; Bokusekikaku; Inzampo. . formosanus Oshima; Shinchiku. . caninus (Cuvier & Valenciennes); Takao (not seen). 54. GLossocostius Gill. . brunneus (Schlegel); Taichu; Tamusui River; Ritakukan. . grammepomus (Bleeker); Inzampo. . parvus Oshima; Kizanto. . abacopus Jordan & Richardson; not seen. 55. ACANTHOGOBIUS Gill. 6. ommaturus (Richardson); Taihoku. S14 ANNALS. OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. Of the seventy-six species above enumerated the following twenty- nine are artificially introduced species or semi-marine fishes or species which have been collected in an outlying island, and therefore have no bearing on the problems of the geographical distribution of the Formosan fresh-water fishes. Introduced Species. Labeo jordant. | Oo Ctenopharyngodon idellus. 3. Hypophthalmichthys molitrix. 4. 5 Aristichthys nobilis. Gambusta affints. Semi-marine Species. 6. Plecoglossus altivelis. 7. Parasalanx acuticeps. 8. Parasalanx ariakensis. 9g. Fluta alba. 10. Anguilla mauritiana. 11. Anguilla japonica. 12. Anguilla sinensis. 13. Mugil cephalus. 14. Mugil oeur. 15. Mugil carinatus. 16. Liza troschelt. LF 18. 19. 20. Kuhlia marginata. Eleotris oxycephala. Eleotris fusca. Butis butis. Rhinogobius giurinus. Rhinogobius caninus. Glossogobius brunneus. Glossogobius abacopus. Glossogobius parvus. Glossogobius grammepomus. Acanthogobius ommaturus. The Species from Botel-Tobago. 28. Metzia mesembrina. 29. Macropodus filamentosus. Of the the remaining forty-seven species twenty-six (55%) are peculiar to the island. Peculiar Species. 1. Pseudobagrus brevianalis. 2. Pseudobagrus taiwanensts. 3. Pseudobagrus adiposalis. 4. Liobagrus nantoénsis. 5. Liobagrus formosanus. 6. Formosania gilberti. 7. Hemimyzon formosanus. 8. Scaphesthes tamusuiensis. 9. Barbodes paradoxus. 10. Puntius snyderi. Spinibarbus hollandi. Acrossocheilus formosanus. Gnathopogon t1jime. Pseudogobio brevirostris. Pararasbora moltrechti. Phoxiscus kikuchit. Ischikauia macrole pis. Acheilognathus himantegus. Zacco pachycephalus. Candidia barbata. a THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF ForMoSA. 315 . Chanodichthys macrops. I 24. Rhinogobius candidius. 22. Culter aokit. 25. Rhinogobius taiwanus. 23. Channa formosana. 26. Rhinogobius formosanus. At present the percentage of peculiar species is extraordinarily high. But it is quite possible that some of them may be found in adjacent regions, probably in Southern China, and sooner or later a slight reduction may have to made. Of the above-mentioned twenty-six species, the relationship of five is somewhat dubious, namely, Hemimyzon formosanus, Spinibarbus hollandi, Candidia_ barbata, kikuchi. One is very closely related to a species from the interior of Hainan, namely Scaphesthes tamusutensis. Pararasbora moltrechti, and Phoxiscus Five have their nearest relatives in China, four-in Corea, one in Amur Province, and eight in Japan. There is no record regarding near relatives of the remaining two, namely, Barbodes paradoxus and ‘Ca poeta snydert. But the majority of the fishes which belong to these genera are distributed in British India, Indo-China, and China. Therefore, there is no doubt with reference to their relationship with the continental forms. Formosan Species. Nearest Relatives. Scaphesthes lepturus from Hainan. Formosania stenosoma from China. Acrossocheilus kreyenbergt from China. Scaphesthes tamusuiensis. Formosania gilbertt. Acrossocheilus formosanus. 4. Chanodichthys macrops. Chanodichthys stenzi from China. 5. Pseudogobio brevirostris. Pseudogobio sinensis from China. 6. Channa formosana. Channa ocellata from China. 7. Liobagrus nantoénsis. Liobagrus andersont from Corea. 8. Liobagrus formosanus. Liobagrus andersoni from Corea. 9g. Gnathopogon tijime. Gnathopogon coreanus from Corea. 10. Rhinogobius candidius. Rhinogobius bedfordi from Corea. 11. Culter aokit. Culter steboldi from Amur. 12. Pseudobagrus taiwanensis. . Pseudobagrus aurantiacus from Japan. 13. Pseudobagrus adiposalis. Pseudobagrus aurantiacus from Japan. ; 14. Pseudobagrus brevianalis. Pseudobagrus aurantiacus from Japan. 15. Ischikauta macrolepis. Ischikauia steenackert from Japan. 316 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 16. Zacco pachycephalus. Zacco temmincki from Japan. 17. Acheilognathus himantegus. Achetlognathus cyanostigma from Japan. 18. Rhinogobius formosanus. Rhinogobius hadropterus from Japan. Not only such a relationship is manifested by the peculiar species, but by the rest of the fresh-water fishes as well. Of the twenty-one species, which occur outside of Formosa, Clarias fuscus, Capoeta semtfasciolata, Distechodon tumirostris, Culter brevicauda, Cultriculus knert, Ophicephalus tadianus, and Ophicephalus maculatus are species of southern affinities, because they are distributed in Indo-China and South China, but not to the north of the Yang-tze-kiang. Polyacan- thus is a genus of the Indo-Malayan type, extending into the Malay Archipelago, but not occuring in eastern Asia. Such being the case, Polyacanthus operculatus may be included in this category, though it has been recorded from Tien-tsin, North China. Eleven species are of more or less general distribution, extending from South China to Corea and Japan proper, and one occurs only upon the Chinese mainland. Finally, Sicyopterus japonicus is one of the peculiar species of Japan, and its relationship is somewhat dubious, as it is not known to occur on the Asiatic continent. It will thus be seen that all the Formosan fresh-water fishes which have Chinese affinities differentiate into more or less distinct species, while those of southern affinities have remained unchanged. More- over, eight per cent of the non-peculiar species have been recorded from the Chinese mainland. These two facts explain very clearly that the island had been preoccupied by the fresh-water fishes of the Chinese fauna when those of the southern affhnities appeared through South China. Next to the prevalence of Chinese affinities, the total absence of any indication of affinity to the fresh-water fish fauna of the Philippine Islands and Malay Archipelago is a very striking fact. As shown in the table, only one species is recorded from the Philippines, namely Ophicephalus maculatus. However, as it also occurs in South China, its way of dispersal is clearly indicated, though there is no record of it in India and the Malay Acrhipelago. Cyprinus carpio is another species which has been recorded from Java. But it is evident that the carp is not a native of Java, but an introduced species. According to Leonhard Stejneger, there exists the same relationship between Formosa and the Philippine Islands with regard to the her- THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 317 GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE FORMOSAN FRESH-WATER FISHES. Sg - 18 4 ea} | Family SILURIDE: | PUP GSTUTUS QSOS. rice. 6. cs |— Pseudobagrus brevianalis...... | — Pseudobagrus taiwanensis...... — Pseudobagrus adiposalis....... i= Liobagrus nantoénsis..........) — Liobagrus formosanus......... — CUTLASS FUSGUS@ bets cc 5 «= ees Ae 2 — Family COBITID#: Misgurnus: anguillicaudatus....| —| Misgurnus decemcirrosus...... | — Gobiisiieniaer eee ae ee i= Family HOMALOPTERID:: Formosania gilberti...........| _ Hemimyzon formosanus....... | —| Family CYPRINID&: | GaraSSHUS AULALUS oe Al oe — CV DTINUSICOLPIO ne see oe — Acrossocheilus formosanus..... | — Scaphesthes tamusuiensis...... | = Femibarbus labeo:....-....... |— Warvodes paradoxusys). 44254: _ Capoeta semifasciolata......... i= IPUNLUWS ISNA GET... ts os os 2 — Spinibarbus hollandi........... _ Gnathopogon iijime.......... a Pseudogobio brevirostris........| —| Pseudorasbora parva.......... | =| Pararasbora moltrechti....... _ PNOSASGUS RURUCHUE =... Distechodon tumirostris....... - Ischikauia macrolepis......... =_ Acheilognathus himantegus.....| — inhodeusvocellatuss. ets — (AGCOLPIOW PUSA see See ee = LCCORMEMMIUNGRU Mee ee = Zacco pachycephalus.......... | — Candidvatbar bates 76 ee ae 6 = Parabramis macrops.......... |— Culteriaokiie en nec ee kane - CulteribrCuycaUuda san 9s en eee _ CUlirICcUulUsSTRIUCHIS ee eee ae — Family PGZCILIID2: | Opyrias laticepsa 4 wl) ae oe ly Family LABYRINTHICI: Polyacanthus opercularis....... | _ | Malay Peninsula. | Indo-China. | Formosa, x XX SSO eS KOKO XOXO TCX KOC ER | South China. | ll SS es oS Wes |] Miaiex | North China. Corea. | Amur Province. | Japan. |X | anietrer | Celebes. | Philippine Islands. 318 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE FORMOSAN FRESH-WATER FISHES.— Continued. = = ; = | = = —- ——— = ; 5 | | | |e yhes ee 3 hee aes | | 8 | | ies Bie a i Ina 4 =| els | J22 | i ot | I: al.) SIO El 8121 eh al lel Sh at eieeines 3) £| 2] 8|9|.8| 8/3] 2) 8] 3] s| 8] si3) e|s ‘e/ 3] .8| 8/2] S$] 6] 8] ,°] 6) &] S| 5| 2] | 6| a AAA Sl/4) Dain) a4]Ola/4in|s|o);a)a Family OPHICEPHALID#: 1 | Wir Kae | Ophicephalus tadianus........ | |< ol oy =| |SsSlae Ophicephalus maculatus....... —) -—|-—|-|-|-|x|x|—-|-}-|- = | eles << Channa formosana............ }—-|—|-|-|-|- Sl SS )> —|-|- -|-— Family GOBIID: | | lee cal Felt el Sicyopterus japonicus......... Sh =) hl eS Se Rhinogobius candidius........ | a el Rhinogobius taiwanus......... yi) 2 She) ial == Rhinogobius formosanus....... eM e | oaed Talla an —-|-|-|- - Sais petological fauna. He states that ‘‘A number of wide-ranging species of southern origin occur in both faunas, but as these also occur in southern China, on the mainland opposite Formosa, their way of dispersal is clearly indicated. There are only two species of this category which have not yet been collected in Chinese territories, namely, Dasia smaragdina, of wide distribution, and which may owe its occurence in Formosa to introduction by human agency, the other being a snake, Psammodynastes pulverulentus, the discovery of which within the limits of China would not cause surprise, as its known dis- tribution includes Sikkim, Assam., and the Shan states.’’ (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XX XVIII, 1911, pp. 93-94.) Finally he has ex- pressed his belief that there has been no direct land connection be- tween Formosa and the Philippine Islands since Formosa received its. batrachians and reptiles, because of the total absence of the Formosan herpetological fauna in the latter. The case of the fresh-water fishes is quite the same. Therefore it is reasonable to support his view with reference to the relationship between Formosa and the Philippine Islands. On the contrary, the occurence of all Japanese species in the main- land opposite to Japan is another interesting fact. There seems to be good reason for asserting the prehistoric land connection between Japan proper and the Asiatic continent, though the relationship between Japan and Formosa is somewhat dubious on account of the total absence of fresh-water fishes in the Riu Kiu Islands which cover the interspace between the two. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 319 BIBLIOGRAPHY. ABBOTT, JAMES FRANCIS. t9oor. List of Fishes collected in the River Pei-Ho, at Tien-Tsin, China, by Noah Fields Drake, with Descriptions of Seven New Species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,.X XIII, pp. 483-491. 7 figs. BASILEWSKY, STEPHANUS. 1855. Ichthyographia Chine Borealis. Nouv. Mem. Soc. Nat. - Moscow, X, pp. 215-264. 9 pls. BERG, LEw SEMENOWITCH. 1906. Description of a New Species of Leucogobio from Korea. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XVII,pp. 394-395. 1907. Description of a New Cyprinoid Fish, Acheilognathus signifer, from Korea, with a Synopsis of All the Known Rhodine. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XIX, pp. 159-163. 1907. Description of a New Cyprinoid Fish, Paraleucogobio notacanthus, from Northern China. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XIX, pp. 163-164. 1907. Notes sur Quelques Espéces Paléarctiques du Genre Phoxinus. Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., XI, pp. 196-213. 1907.: Notice sur Gobio rivularis Basilewsky. Ann. Mus. Zoél. Acad. Sci. SW JAA Mos 2s 1907. Notice sur le Groupe des Rhodeine (fam. Cyprinide) du Bassin de l’Amour. Ann. Mus. Zoél. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., XI, pp. 11-14. 1907. Les Poissons du bassin de l’Amour. Ichthyologia Amurensis. Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb. (6), I, pp. 326-327. 1907. A Review of the Cobitoid Fishes of the Basin of the Amur. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXII, pp. 435-438. 1907. Revision des Poissons d’Eau Douce de la Corée. Ann. Mus. Zodl. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., XII, pp. 1-12. 1909. Ichthyologia Amurensis. Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb. (8), XXIV, pp. 1-270. 3 pls. 1909. Ueber die Gattungen Acanthogobio Herzenstein und Hemibarbus Bleeker. Ann. Mus. Zoél. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., XIV, pp. 103-106. 1912. Ueber die Zusammensetzung und Herkunft der Fischfauna des Amur- Flusses mit Bezug auf die Frage von den Zo6geographischen Re- gionen fiir die Siisswasserfische.. Zoél. Jahrb. (Abt. Syst.), XXXII, PP. 475-520. BLEEKER, PIETER. 1853. Diagnostische Beschrijvingen van Nieuwe of Wenig Bekende Visch- oorten van Sumatra. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., IV., pp 243-302. 1858. Conspectus Specierum Mugilis Archipelagi Indici Analyticus. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., XVI, pp. 275-280. 1859. Derde Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Vischfauna van Sombawa. Wat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., XIX, pp. 434-440. 1860. Conspectus Systematis Cyprinorum. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., XX, pp. 421-441. 1860. Zesde Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Vischfauna van Japan. Act. Soc. Ge Indo-Neerl., VIII, pp. 1-104. 320 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1862. Atlas Ichthyologique des Indes Orientales Néerlandaise, Publié sous to les Auspices du Gouvernement Colonial Néerlandais. I-IX. T3777. 1863. Notice sur les Noms de Quelques Genres de la Famille des Cyprinoides. Versl. Akad. Amsterdam, XV, pp. 261-264. 1863. Sur une Nouvelle Espéce de Poisson du Japon Appartenant a un Nouveau Genre. Versl. Akad. Amsterdam, XV, pp. 257-260. 1865. Notices sur Quelques Genres et Espéces de Cyprinoides de Chine. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk., 11, pp. 18-29. 1869. Neuvieme Notice sur la Faune Ichthyologique de Japon. Versl. Akad. Amsterdam (2), III, pp. 237-252. 1870. Description d’une Espéce Inédite de Botia de Chine et Figures du Botia elongata et du Botia modesta. Versl. Akad. Amsterdam (2), IV, pp. 254-256. 1870. Description et Figure d’une Espéce Inédite de Hemibargus de Chine. Versl. Akad. Amsterdam (2), IV, pp. 257-258. 1870. Mededeeling Omtrent Eenige Nieuwe Vischoorten van China. Versl. Akad. Amsterdam (2), IV, pp. 251-253. 1871. Memoire sur les Cyprinoides de Chine. Verh. Akad. Amsterdam, XII, pp. I-91. 1872. Notice sur les Peintures Chinoises de Cyprinoides Déposées au Muséum de l'Université de Groninque par M. J. Senn van Basel. Versl. Akad. Amsterdam (2), VI, pp. I17-I21. 1873. Sur les Espéces du Genre Culler Basilewsky. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk., IV, pp. 89-91. 1875. Notice sur l’Elopichthys dahuricus. Proc. Zo6él. Soc. London, pp. 534-530. 1878. Sur les Espéces du genre Hypophthalmichthys Bleeker. Versl. Akad. Amsterdam (2), XII, pp. 209-218. : 1879. Mémoire sur les Poissons 4 Pharyngiens Labyrinthiformes de |’Inde Archipélagique. Verh. Akad. Amsterdam, XIX, pp. I-56. 1879. Sur Quelques Espéces Inédites ou Peu Connues de Poissons de Chine appartenant au Muséum de Hambourg. Verh. Akad. Amsterdam, XVIII, pp. 1-17. BiLocH, Marc ELIESER. 1785. Ichthyologie, ou Histoire Naturelle, Générale et Particuliére des Poissons. 12 vols. BOULENGER, GEORGE ALBERT. 1894. Descriptions of a New Lizard and a New Fish Obtained in Formosa. Ann. Mag. Nat: Hist. (6), pp. 462-463. 1895. List of Freshwater Fishes Collected by Mr. A. Everett on Palawan and Balabac. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), XV, pp. 185-187. 1899. On the Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes Collected by the late Mr. John Whitehead in the Interior of Hainan. Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, Pp. 950-962. 1901. Descriptions of New Freshwater Fishes Discovered by Mr. J. W. ; Styanat Ningpo, China. Proc. Zoél. Soc. London, March, p. 268-271. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF Formosa. 321 CHAUDHURI, BANAWARI LAL. t912. Contributions to the Fauna of Yunnan Based on Collections made by J. Coggin Brown. Part II, Fishes. Rec. Indian Mus., Calcutta, VI, pp. 13-24. CuVIER, GEORGES, ET VALENCIENNES, ACHILLE. 1828-1846. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons. 22 vols. Day, FRANCIS. 1867. On the Fishes of the Neilgherry Hills and Rivers Around their Bases. Proc. Zoodl. Soc. London, pp. 281-302. 1869. On the Fishes of Orissa. Proc. Zoél. Soc..London, pp. 296-310; 360-387. 1870. Description of Five New Species of Fishes from Burmah. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 99-101. 1875. The Fishes of India. London. 1888. Supplement to the Fishes of India. London. DyBOWSKI, BENEDIKT IVAN. 1869. Vorldufige Mittheilungen tiber die Fischfauna des Ononflusses und des Ingoda in Transbaikalien. Verh. Zodél.-Bot. Ver., Wien, XIX, Pp. 945-958. 1872. Zur Kenntniss der Fischfauna des Amurgebietes. Verh. Zod6l.-Bot. Ver., Wien, XXII, pp. 209-222. EVERMANN, BARTON WARREN, AND SEALE, ALVIN. 1906. Fishes of the Philippine Islands. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., XXVI, pp. 49-110. 1906. Fishes Collected in the Philippine Islands by Maj. Edgar A. Mearns, Surgeon, U. S. Army. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXI, pp. 505-512. FOWLER, HENRY WEED. 1899. Notes on a Small Collection of Chinese Fishes. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., pp. 482-896. 1910. Description of Four New Cyprinoids (Rhodeinz). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., pp. 476-486. FRANZ, VIKTOR. 1910. Die Japanischen Knochenfische der Sammlungen Haberer und Doflein. Abh. Bayer. Akad. Wiss., 2. Cl., Suppl. IV, No. I, pp. I-135. GILL, THEODORE NICHOLAS. 1858. Prodromus Descriptionis Subfamiliz Gobinarum Squamis Cycloidi. Piscium, a W. Stimpsono in mare Pacifico Acquisitorum. Amns Lyceum Nat. Hist., N. Y., VII, pp. 12-16. 1860. Notes on a Collection of Japanese Fishes, Made by Dr. J. Morrow. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., pp. 144-150. 1861. Conspectus Piscium in Expeditione ad Oceanum Pacificum Septen- trionalem, C. Ringoldio et J. Rodgersio Ducibus, a Gulielmo Stimp- sono Collectorum. Sicydiane. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1860, pp. 100-102. GINSBURG, ISAAC. 1917. On Two New Species of Fishes from Yalu River, China. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., LIV, 1917, pp. 99-101. 22—JAN. 12, 1920. BA ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. GUNTHER, ALBERT. 1859-70. Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Museum. 8 vols. 1872. Report on the Deep-Sea Fishes Collected by H. M. S. ‘‘Challenger”’ during the years 1873-76. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., pp. 397-399. 1873. On a Collection of Fishes from Chefoo, North China. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XII, pp. 377-380. 1873. Report on a Collection of Fishes from China. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XII, pp. 239-250. 1874. Third Notice of a Collection of Fishes made by Mr. Swinhoe in China. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XIII, pp. 154-1509. 1880. Report on the Shore Fishes Procured During the Voyage of H. M.S. ““Challenger’’ in the years 1873-1876. Voyage of H. M. S. ‘“Chal- lenger,’’ Zodlogy, I, Pt. VI, 82 pp. 1887. Report on the Deep-sea Fishes Collected by H. M. S. ‘‘Challenger’’ during the years 1873-76. Voyage of H. M. S. ‘‘Challenger,”’ Zobdlogy, Vol. XXII, Pt. 57, pp. 1-268. 1888. Contribution to our Knowledge of the Fishes of the Yangtsze-Kiang,. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), I, pp. 429-435. 1889. Third Contribution to our Knowledge of Reptiles and Fishes from the Upper Yangtsze-Kiang. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), IV, pp. 218-229. 1892. List of the Species of Reptiles and Fishes Collected by Mr. A. E. Pratt on the Upper Yangtsze-Kiang and in the Province Sze-Chuen, with Descriptions of New Species. Pratt; ‘“‘Snow of Tibet,’’ 1892, pp. 238-250. 1896. Report on the Collection of Reptiles, Batrachians, and Fishes made by Messrs. Potanin and Berezowski in the Chinese Provinces Kansu and Sze-Chuen. Ann. Acad. Nat. Sct. Petersb., pp. 199-219. 1898. Report on a Collection of Fishes from Newchang, North China. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), I, pp. 257-263. HERZENSTEIN, SALOMON MARKOVICH. 1892. Ichthyologische Bemerkungen aus dem Zodlogischen Museum der Kaiserlichen Akademie Wissenschaften. Mélanges Biol. Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., XIII, pp. 219-235. HERZENSTEIN, SALOMON MARKOVICH & VARPAKOVSKII, N. 1887. Notizen iiber die Fischfauna des Amur-Beckens und der angrenzenden Gebiete. Trudi St. Petersb: Nat., XVIII, pp. 1-58. HILGENDORF, FRANZ MARTIN. 1878. Ueber Einige Neue Japanische Fischgattungen. Sitzber. Ges. Naturf. Freunde Berlin, pp. 155-157. ISHIKAWA, CHIYOMATSU. 1895. A Preliminary Note on the Fishes of Lake Biwa. Zodél. Mag. Tokyo VII, No. 82, p. 120. 1898. On the Variations of the Proportional Length of the Head, etc., as to the Total Length in our Common Fel. Axnnot. Zodl. Jap., Tokyo, II, pp. 125-126. 1901. Notes on Two New Species of Fishes from the Lake Biwa. Annot. Zool. Jap., III, pp. 161-164. THE FRESH WATER FISHES OF THE ISLAND OF ForMOoSA. 3823 1904. Notes on Some New or Little-known Fishes of Japan. Proc. Nat. Hist. Tokyo Museum, I, pp. 1-17. ISHIKAWA, CHTYOMATSU & TAKAHASHI, NISUKE. 1914. Note on the Eels of Japanese, Corean, Formosan, and Adjacent Waters. Journ. Coll. Agricult. Tokyo, IV, No. 7, pp. 415-433. JORDAN, DAvip STARR. 1902. The Salmon and Trout of Japan. Awnnolt. Zoél. Jap., 1V, pt. 2, pp. 69-75. 1905. Note on the Salmon and Trout of Japan. Annot. Zodl. Jap., V, pp. 161-162. ; 1913. Description of Anguilla manabei, a New Eel from Japan. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXXIV, pp. 359-360. JORDAN, DAvip STARR & EVERMANN, BARTON WARREN. 1896. The Fishes of North and Middle America. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., XOOGCV rsOGn bt ters OS, bt octets ss TOOO Met A: 1903. Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Island of Formosa. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, pp. 315-368. JORDAN, DAvip STARR & FOWLER, HENRY W. 1902. Notes on Little-known Japanese Fishes, with Description of a New Species of Aboma. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXV, pp. 573-576. 1903. A Review of the Cobitide, or Loaches, of the Rivers of Japan. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., X XVI, pp. 765-774. 1903. A Review of the Cyprinoid Fishes of Japan. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., YORVIL oy Buren, 1903. A Review of the Siluroid Fishes or Catfishes of Japan. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXVI, pp. 897-911. JORDAN, Davin STARR & MeEtTz, CHARLES WILLIAM. 1913. A Catalog of the Fishes Known from the Waters of Korea. Mem. Carneg. Mus., V1, No. 2, pp. I-65. JORDAN, DAvip STARR & RICHARDSON, ROBERT EARL. 1907. Ona Collection of Fishes from Echigo, Japan. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIII, pp. 263-266. 1908. List of Fishes Collected in the Philippines by Richard Crittenden McGregor. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., XXVII, pp. 233-287. 1909. A Catalog of the Fishes of the Island of Formosa. Mem. Carneg. Mus., IV, No. 4, pp. 159-204. 1910. Check-list of the Species of Fishes Known from the Philippine Archi- pelago. Manila, 1910, 78 p. JORDAN, DAvip STARR & SEALE, ALVIN. 1905. List of Fishes Collected by Dr. Bashford Dean on the Island of Negros, Philippines. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXVIII, pp. 769-803. 1905. List of Fishes Collected in 1882-83 by Pierre Louis Jouy at Shanghai and Hongkong, China. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXI1X, pp. 517-529. 1906. Descriptions of Six New Species of Fishes from Japan. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, pp. 143-148. 1907. Fishes of Luzon and Panay. Bull. Bur. Fish. U. S., XXVI, pp. 1-48. 324 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM. 1907. List of Fishes Collected at Hongkong by Captain William Finch, with Descriptions of Five New Species. Proc. Davenport Acad. Sci., X, pp. I-17. JORDAN, DAvip STARR & SNYDER, JOHN OTTERBEIN. 1901. List of Fishes Collected in 1883 and 1885 by Pierre Louis Jouy and Preserved in the United States National Museum, with Descriptions of Six New Species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, pp. 739-769. 1901. A List of Fishes Collected in Japan by Keinoske Otaki, and by the United States Fish Commission Steamer ‘‘ Albatross,’’ with Descrip- tions of Fourteen New Species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXIII, pp. 335-380. 1901. Cet ; arc reeqrcenerennoswngns